Lakhmir Singh’s Science
Teacher’s Resource Kit
LAKHMIR SINGH
MANJIT KAUR
7
(C) S
Cha
nd And
LAKHMIR SINGHAnd
LAKHMIR SINGH
MANJIT KAURAnd
MANJIT KAUR
Compa
ny Li
mited
Limite
d
Branches :
Ahmedabad : Ph: 27541965, 27542369, [email protected]
Bengaluru : Ph: 22268048, 22354008, [email protected]
Bhopal : Ph: 4274723, 4209587, [email protected]
Chandigarh : Ph: 2625356, 2625546, 4025418, [email protected]
Chennai : Ph: 28410027, 28410058, [email protected]
Coimbatore : Ph: 2323620, 4217136, [email protected] (Marketing Office)
Cuttack : Ph: 2332580, 2332581, [email protected]
Dehradun : Ph: 2711101, 2710861, [email protected]
Guwahati : Ph: 2738811, 2735640, [email protected]
Hyderabad : Ph: 27550194, 27550195, [email protected]
Jaipur : Ph: 2219175, 2219176, [email protected]
Jalandhar : Ph: 2401630, 5000630, [email protected]
Kochi : Ph: 2809208, 2808207, [email protected]
Kolkata : Ph: 22367459, 22373914, [email protected]
Lucknow : Ph: 4026791, 4065646, [email protected]
Mumbai : Ph: 22690881, 22610885, [email protected]
Nagpur : Ph: 6451311, 2720523, 2777666, [email protected]
Patna : Ph: 2300489, 2302100, [email protected]
Pune : Ph: 64017298, [email protected]
Raipur : Ph: 2443142, [email protected] (Marketing Office)
Ranchi : Ph: 2361178, [email protected]
Sahibabad : Ph: 2771235, 2771238, [email protected]
© 2017, Lakhmir Singh and Manjit Kaur
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or copied in any material form (including photocopying or storing it in any medium in form of graphics, electronic or mechanical means and whether or not transient or incidental to some other use of this publication) without written permission of the publisher. Any breach of this will entail legal action and prosecution without further notice.Jurisdiction : All disputes with respect to this publication shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Courts, Tribunals and Forums of New Delhi, India only.
First Published in 2017
Code: 10SE000073
PRINTED IN INDIA
By Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Plot 20/4, Site-IV, Industrial Area Sahibabad, Ghaziabad-201010 and Published by S. Chand And Company Limited, 7361, Ram Nagar, New Delhi -110 055.
S. CHAND SCHOOL BOOKS(An imprint of S. Chand Publishing)A Division of S. Chand And Company Limited(An ISO 9001 : 2008 Company)7361, Ram Nagar, Qutab Road, New Delhi-110055Phone: 23672080-81-82, 9899107446, 9911310888; Fax: 91-11-23677446www.schandpublishing.com; e-mail : [email protected]
Lakhmir Singh Science Teachers Resource Kit 07
(C) Jurisdiction :
(C) Jurisdiction : All disputes with respect to this publication shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Courts, Tribunals and Forums of New
(C) All disputes with respect to this publication shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Courts, Tribunals and Forums of New
Delhi, India only.
(C) Delhi, India only.
(C)
First Published in 2017(C)
First Published in 2017
S All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or copied in any material form (including photocopying or storing it in any
S All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or copied in any material form (including photocopying or storing it in any medium in form of graphics, electronic or mechanical means and whether or not transient or incidental to some other use of this publication) S medium in form of graphics, electronic or mechanical means and whether or not transient or incidental to some other use of this publication) S without written permission of the publisher. Any breach of this will entail legal action and prosecution without further notice.S without written permission of the publisher. Any breach of this will entail legal action and prosecution without further notice.
All disputes with respect to this publication shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Courts, Tribunals and Forums of New S All disputes with respect to this publication shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Courts, Tribunals and Forums of New
Chand
Ph: 2443142, [email protected] (Marketing Office)
Chand
Ph: 2443142, [email protected] (Marketing Office)
Ph: 2361178, [email protected]
Chand
Ph: 2361178, [email protected]
Ph: 2771235, 2771238, [email protected]
Chand
Ph: 2771235, 2771238, [email protected]
© 2017, Lakhmir Singh and Manjit KaurChand
© 2017, Lakhmir Singh and Manjit Kaur
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or copied in any material form (including photocopying or storing it in any Chand
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or copied in any material form (including photocopying or storing it in any medium in form of graphics, electronic or mechanical means and whether or not transient or incidental to some other use of this publication) Cha
nd
medium in form of graphics, electronic or mechanical means and whether or not transient or incidental to some other use of this publication)
And Ph: 22690881, 22610885, [email protected]
And Ph: 22690881, 22610885, [email protected]
Ph: 6451311, 2720523, 2777666, [email protected]
And Ph: 6451311, 2720523, 2777666, [email protected]
Ph: 2300489, 2302100, [email protected]
And
Ph: 2300489, 2302100, [email protected]
Ph: 64017298, [email protected]
Ph: 64017298, [email protected]
Ph: 2443142, [email protected] (Marketing Office)And
Ph: 2443142, [email protected] (Marketing Office)
Compa
ny
Ph: 27550194, 27550195, [email protected]
Compa
ny
Ph: 27550194, 27550195, [email protected]
Ph: 2401630, 5000630, [email protected]
Compa
ny
Ph: 2401630, 5000630, [email protected]
Ph: 2809208, 2808207, [email protected]
Compa
ny
Ph: 2809208, 2808207, [email protected]
Ph: 22367459, 22373914, [email protected]
Compa
ny
Ph: 22367459, 22373914, [email protected]
Ph: 4026791, 4065646, [email protected]
ny
Ph: 4026791, 4065646, [email protected]
Ph: 22690881, 22610885, [email protected]
ny
Ph: 22690881, 22610885, [email protected]
Limite
dPh: 2323620, 4217136, [email protected] (Marketing Office)
Limite
dPh: 2323620, 4217136, [email protected] (Marketing Office)
Taking into consideration the ever-growing advancements in the field of education; the concept of teaching goes beyond the conventional chalk and talk method. It evolves into the new-age learning where rote learning is replaced by the concept of activity-based learning and imparting knowledge. Illustrations and experimental pedagogy aid to imbibe the scientific concepts with a better understanding of the subj ect.
The Lakhmir Singh’s Science series enhances the overall learning experience of a child. Learning science is made fun through numerous experiments, activities, proj ects, assignments and assessments. This not only proves to be engaging for the pupils but also helps the teachers to customize teaching and add an innovation to their classes.
In the new age of technology; these books bring to you a variety of performance-based assessments that will enable the learners to inculcate knowledge of concepts and provide an insight within. This will help the students to develop a scientific and rational attitude towards the concept and work upon the challenges with zeal and confidence. Holistic development of the students will be successfully achieved by:
rational approach
execution of learnt concepts
developed inquisitiveness
critical mindset
research and study beyond the books
Lakhmir Singh’s Science Teacher’s Resource Kit is tailor-made for the teachers who use the course book. The resource kit will serve as a medium to support the classroom lessons and renovate them with activities and tasks mentioned in it. It will serve as an effective tool to the teachers' classroom lessons.
Salient features
Detailed lesson plan: This is a briefing of the entire chapter. It includes key points to be highlighted, suggested number of periods for each subtopic, aim of learning and supporting tasks.
Warm-up activities: This focuses on some brainstorming activities that will help in initiating the chapter and create a suitable environment for learning.
V ocabulary: It helps the students to learn new terminologies.
Expected learning outcomes: Distinct introspection and the ability to comprehend the chapter should be enabled by the students at the end of the chapter.
Proj ects, discussions and activities: This helps in continuous and comprehensive learning of the concepts by the students.
Answers to the questions mentioned in the course book alongwith the Higher Order Thinking Skills ( HOTS) answers.
Worksheets after every chapter will help the teacher to conduct surprise test or assessments to realize the understanding level of the students.
IntroductionIntroduction
(C)
concepts by the students.
(C)
concepts by the students.
(C) Answers to the questions mentioned in the course book alongwith the Higher Order Thinking Skills
(C) Answers to the questions mentioned in the course book alongwith the Higher Order Thinking Skills
( HOTS) answers.
(C) ( HOTS) answers.
(C)
Worksheets after every chapter will help the teacher to conduct surprise test or assessments to (C)
Worksheets after every chapter will help the teacher to conduct surprise test or assessments to realize the understanding level of the students.(C)
realize the understanding level of the students.
S Proj ects, discussions and activities: This helps in continuous and comprehensive learning of the
S Proj ects, discussions and activities: This helps in continuous and comprehensive learning of the concepts by the students.S concepts by the students.
Answers to the questions mentioned in the course book alongwith the Higher Order Thinking Skills S Answers to the questions mentioned in the course book alongwith the Higher Order Thinking Skills
Chand
suggested number of periods for each subtopic, aim of learning and supporting tasks.
Chand
suggested number of periods for each subtopic, aim of learning and supporting tasks.
Warm-up activities: This focuses on some brainstorming activities that will help in initiating the
Chand
Warm-up activities: This focuses on some brainstorming activities that will help in initiating the chapter and create a suitable environment for learning.
Chand
chapter and create a suitable environment for learning.
V ocabulary: It helps the students to learn new terminologies.
Chand
V ocabulary: It helps the students to learn new terminologies.
Chand
Expected learning outcomes: Distinct introspection and the ability to comprehend the chapter
Chand
Expected learning outcomes: Distinct introspection and the ability to comprehend the chapter should be enabled by the students at the end of the chapter.Cha
nd
should be enabled by the students at the end of the chapter.
Proj ects, discussions and activities: This helps in continuous and comprehensive learning of the Chand
Proj ects, discussions and activities: This helps in continuous and comprehensive learning of the
And The resource kit will serve as a medium to support the classroom lessons and renovate them with activities
And The resource kit will serve as a medium to support the classroom lessons and renovate them with activities
and tasks mentioned in it. It will serve as an effective tool to the teachers' classroom lessons.
And and tasks mentioned in it. It will serve as an effective tool to the teachers' classroom lessons.
Detailed lesson plan: This is a briefing of the entire chapter. It includes key points to be highlighted, And
Detailed lesson plan: This is a briefing of the entire chapter. It includes key points to be highlighted, suggested number of periods for each subtopic, aim of learning and supporting tasks.And
suggested number of periods for each subtopic, aim of learning and supporting tasks.
Compa
ny that will enable the learners to inculcate knowledge of concepts and provide an insight within. This will help
Compa
ny that will enable the learners to inculcate knowledge of concepts and provide an insight within. This will help
the students to develop a scientific and rational attitude towards the concept and work upon the challenges
Compa
ny the students to develop a scientific and rational attitude towards the concept and work upon the challenges
with zeal and confidence. Holistic development of the students will be successfully achieved by:
Compa
ny with zeal and confidence. Holistic development of the students will be successfully achieved by:
Lakhmir Singh’s Science Teacher’s Resource Kit is tailor-made for the teachers who use the course book. Compa
ny
Lakhmir Singh’s Science Teacher’s Resource Kit is tailor-made for the teachers who use the course book. The resource kit will serve as a medium to support the classroom lessons and renovate them with activities Com
pany
The resource kit will serve as a medium to support the classroom lessons and renovate them with activities and tasks mentioned in it. It will serve as an effective tool to the teachers' classroom lessons.
Compa
ny
and tasks mentioned in it. It will serve as an effective tool to the teachers' classroom lessons.
Limite
dand experimental pedagogy aid to imbibe the scientific concepts with a better understanding of the subj ect.
Limite
dand experimental pedagogy aid to imbibe the scientific concepts with a better understanding of the subj ect.
The Lakhmir Singh’s Science series enhances the overall learning experience of a child. Learning science
Limite
dThe Lakhmir Singh’s Science series enhances the overall learning experience of a child. Learning science is made fun through numerous experiments, activities, proj ects, assignments and assessments. This not only
Limite
dis made fun through numerous experiments, activities, proj ects, assignments and assessments. This not only proves to be engaging for the pupils but also helps the teachers to customize teaching and add an innovation
Limite
dproves to be engaging for the pupils but also helps the teachers to customize teaching and add an innovation
In the new age of technology; these books bring to you a variety of performance-based assessments
Limite
dIn the new age of technology; these books bring to you a variety of performance-based assessments
that will enable the learners to inculcate knowledge of concepts and provide an insight within. This will help Limite
dthat will enable the learners to inculcate knowledge of concepts and provide an insight within. This will help the students to develop a scientific and rational attitude towards the concept and work upon the challenges Lim
ited
the students to develop a scientific and rational attitude towards the concept and work upon the challenges
Chapter 1: Nutrition In Plants 5
Chapter 2: Nutrition In Animals 16
Chapter 3: Fibre To Fabric 27
Chapter 4: Heat 36
Chapter 5: Acids, Bases And Salts 48
Chapter 6: Physical And Chemical Changes 58
Chapter 7: Weather, Climate And Adaptations of Animals To Climate 67
Chapter 8: Winds, Storms And Cyclones 80
Chapter 9: Soil 93
Chapter 10: Respiration in Organisms 106
Chapter 11: Transport in Animals and Plants 118
Chapter 12: Reproduction in Plants 130
Chapter 13: Motion And Time 143
Chapter 14: Electric Current And Its Effects 152
Chapter 15: Light 162
Chapter 16: Water: A Precious Resource 174
Chapter 17: Forests: Our Lifeline 183
Chapter 18: Wastewater Story 191
ContentsContents
(C)
Chapter 18:
(C)
Chapter 18: S Chapter 18: S Chapter 18: WastS WastCha
nd Electric Current And Its E
Chand
Electric Current And Its E
Chand
Wat
Chand
Water: A Precious Resource
Chand
er: A Precious Resource
ForesChand
Forests: Our Lifeline Chand
ts: Our Lifeline
And Transport in Animals and Plan
And Transport in Animals and Plan
ts
And ts
Motion And Time And
Motion And Time
Electric Current And Its EAnd
Electric Current And Its E
Compa
ny , Climate And Adaptations of Animals To Climate
Compa
ny , Climate And Adaptations of Animals To Climate
Transport in Animals and PlanCompa
ny
Transport in Animals and Plants Compa
ny
ts
Limite
d27
Limite
d27
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
5
1
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The autotrophic and heterotrophic modes of nutrition.
• The food making process in plants- Photosynthesis.
• Conditions necessary for photosynthesis.
• The other modes of nutrition.
• How nutrients are replenished in the soil.
• Cell and its structure.
Textbook: Refer to pages 1 to 16
Periods allocated: 10 periods
VOCABULARY
Nutrition, autotrophs, autotrophic nutrition, heterotrophs, heterotrophic nutrition, chlorophyll, photosynthesis, glucose, algae, parasite, host, saprophytes, insectivorous plants, symbiosis, leguminous plants, cells, cytoplasm, cell membrane, nucleus, mitochondria, vacuoles.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Modes of nutrition (Page 1)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students the importance of eating food would be a good start for the topic. Students should realize that human beings and animals depend on plants for their food requirements, directly or indirectly.
Nutrition in Plants Nutrition in Plants
(C)
(C)
(C) Modes of nutrition (Page 1) (C) Modes of nutrition (Page 1)
Learning Tools (C)
Learning Tools
S S leguminous plants, cells, cytoplasm, cell membrane, nucleus, mitochondria, vacuoles.
S leguminous plants, cells, cytoplasm, cell membrane, nucleus, mitochondria, vacuoles. Chand
Chand
Chand
Chand
Periods allocated: 10 periods
Chand
Periods allocated: 10 periods
Nutrition, autotrophs, autotrophic nutrition, heterotrophs, heterotrophic nutrition, chlorophyll,
Chand
Nutrition, autotrophs, autotrophic nutrition, heterotrophs, heterotrophic nutrition, chlorophyll,
Chand
photosynthesis, glucose, algae, parasite, host, saprophytes, insectivorous plants, symbiosis, Cha
nd
photosynthesis, glucose, algae, parasite, host, saprophytes, insectivorous plants, symbiosis, leguminous plants, cells, cytoplasm, cell membrane, nucleus, mitochondria, vacuoles. Cha
nd
leguminous plants, cells, cytoplasm, cell membrane, nucleus, mitochondria, vacuoles.
And
Textbook: Refer to pages 1 to 16
And
Textbook: Refer to pages 1 to 16
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
The autotrophic and heterotrophic modes of nutrition.
Compa
ny
The autotrophic and heterotrophic modes of nutrition.
The food making process in plants- Photosynthesis.
Compa
ny
The food making process in plants- Photosynthesis.
How nutrients are replenished in the soil. Compa
ny
How nutrients are replenished in the soil.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
6
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked how plants prepare food from raw materials obtained from the environment. Ask them the difference between producers and consumers. Ask them to classify consumers on the basis of their food habits as herbivores, carnivores and omnivores.
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that nutrition is the process of taking food by an organism as well as its utilization by the organisms. Students should know that the organisms which can make food themselves from simple substances by the process of photosynthesis are called autotrophs ( green plants) . Students should be able to define autotrophic mode of nutrition. Explain that heterotrophs are organisms which cannot make food themselves by the process of photosynthesis and take food from green plants or animals and their mode of nutrition is called heterotrophic mode of nutrition.
Suggested home assignment
Make a list of autotrophs and heterotrophs and paste their pictures in your copy.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2 AND 3
Photosynthesis (Page 2)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that the green plants make their own food from simple inorganic substances like carbon dioxide and water by using sunlight in the presence of green colored pigment chlorophyll present in leaves is called photosynthesis. Students should be able to express the process of photosynthesis in the form of a word equation and draw a neat diagram. They should be familiarized with the essential conditions of photosynthesis like carbon dioxide, water, chlorophyll and sunlight. They should be aware of the role of chlorophyll ( to trap sunlight) and sunlight ( to provide energy) . Students should know that leaves having colour other than green also undergo photosynthesis. Tell them about the photosynthesis by plant parts other than leaves. Students should be made to understand that besides glucose, plants also produce oils, proteins and vitamins.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Write a word equation and draw a neat and well-labeled diagram to show the process of photosynthesis.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 4 AND 5
Other modes of nutrition in plants (Page 7)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that depending on the mode of nutrition of those plants which do not have chlorophyll
(C)
Suggested home assignment
(C)
Suggested home assignment
(C)
(C) Write a word equation and draw a neat and well-labeled diagram to show the process of
(C) Write a word equation and draw a neat and well-labeled diagram to show the process of
photosynthesis. (C) photosynthesis.
S on the Study Gear app.
S on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignmentS Suggested home assignmentCha
nd Students should know that leaves having colour other than green also undergo photosynthesis.
Chand
Students should know that leaves having colour other than green also undergo photosynthesis. Tell them about the photosynthesis by plant parts other than leaves. Students should be made to
Chand
Tell them about the photosynthesis by plant parts other than leaves. Students should be made to
Chand
understand that besides glucose, plants also produce oils, proteins and vitamins.
Chand
understand that besides glucose, plants also produce oils, proteins and vitamins.
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter Chand
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app. Cha
nd
on the Study Gear app.
And present in leaves is called photosynthesis. Students should be able to express the process of
And present in leaves is called photosynthesis. Students should be able to express the process of
photosynthesis in the form of a word equation and draw a neat diagram. They should be familiarized
And photosynthesis in the form of a word equation and draw a neat diagram. They should be familiarized
with the essential conditions of photosynthesis like carbon dioxide, water, chlorophyll and sunlight.
And
with the essential conditions of photosynthesis like carbon dioxide, water, chlorophyll and sunlight. They should be aware of the role of chlorophyll ( to trap sunlight) and sunlight ( to provide energy) . And
They should be aware of the role of chlorophyll ( to trap sunlight) and sunlight ( to provide energy) . Students should know that leaves having colour other than green also undergo photosynthesis. And
Students should know that leaves having colour other than green also undergo photosynthesis. Tell them about the photosynthesis by plant parts other than leaves. Students should be made to And
Tell them about the photosynthesis by plant parts other than leaves. Students should be made to
Compa
ny
Compa
ny ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2 AND 3
Compa
ny ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2 AND 3
Discuss with them that the green plants make their own food from simple inorganic substances like
Compa
ny
Discuss with them that the green plants make their own food from simple inorganic substances like carbon dioxide and water by using sunlight in the presence of green colored pigment chlorophyll Com
pany
carbon dioxide and water by using sunlight in the presence of green colored pigment chlorophyll present in leaves is called photosynthesis. Students should be able to express the process of Com
pany
present in leaves is called photosynthesis. Students should be able to express the process of photosynthesis in the form of a word equation and draw a neat diagram. They should be familiarized Com
pany
photosynthesis in the form of a word equation and draw a neat diagram. They should be familiarized
Limite
d
Limite
dthemselves from simple substances by the process of photosynthesis are called autotrophs ( green
Limite
dthemselves from simple substances by the process of photosynthesis are called autotrophs ( green plants) . Students should be able to define autotrophic mode of nutrition. Explain that heterotrophs
Limite
dplants) . Students should be able to define autotrophic mode of nutrition. Explain that heterotrophs are organisms which cannot make food themselves by the process of photosynthesis and take food
Limite
dare organisms which cannot make food themselves by the process of photosynthesis and take food from green plants or animals and their mode of nutrition is called heterotrophic mode of nutrition.
Limite
dfrom green plants or animals and their mode of nutrition is called heterotrophic mode of nutrition.
Make a list of autotrophs and heterotrophs and paste their pictures in your copy. Limite
dMake a list of autotrophs and heterotrophs and paste their pictures in your copy.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
7
and thus, cannot carry out the process of photosynthesis, all heterotrophic plants can be classified as parasites and saprophytes. Students should be able to define the terms parasite and host and give their respective examples. Explain that saprophytes like fungi obtain their food from the dead and decaying organic matter. Insectivorous plants feed on insects to obtain nitrogen compounds. They should be made to realize that plants can live together and help each other to survive forming a symbiotic relationship.
Using resources
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
• se a chart showing the process of photosynthesis to explain in detail.
Suggested home assignment
What do you understand by th term symbiotic relationship? Give examples of plants showing symbiotic relationship.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
How nutrients are replenished in the soil (Page 10)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that the main nutrients required by the plants are nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium. Although they are present in the soil but they can be replenished in the soil by adding fertilizers and manures. Make the students realize the importance of leguminous plants which have Rhizobium bacteria in their root nodules that can convert nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen compounds. Students should realize that by growing leguminous plants, farmers need not put nitrogen fertilizer in the fields.
Suggested home assignment
How can plant nutrients or minerals be replenished in the soil? What is NPK?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Cells (Page 11)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that a cell is the smallest unit of life. Students should know they are the building blocks of plants and animals. Students should be familiarized with the classification of cells as plant cells and animal cells. They should be aware of the terms-cell membrane, cell wall, cytoplasm, nucleus, chloroplast, mitochondria, vacuole which form the structure of the cells. Students should be able to distinguish between plant cell and animal cell and draw their respective diagrams.
(C) Teacher guided discussion
(C) Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that a cell is the smallest unit of life. Students should know they are the building blocks (C) Explain them that a cell is the smallest unit of life. Students should know they are the building blocks (C)
of plants and animals. Students should be familiarized with the classification of cells as plant cells (C)
of plants and animals. Students should be familiarized with the classification of cells as plant cells and animal cells. They should be aware of the terms-cell membrane, cell wall, cytoplasm, nucleus, (C
) and animal cells. They should be aware of the terms-cell membrane, cell wall, cytoplasm, nucleus,
S Cells (Page 11)
S Cells (Page 11)
Teacher guided discussionS Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
How can plant nutrients or minerals be replenished in the soil? What is NPK?
Chand
How can plant nutrients or minerals be replenished in the soil? What is NPK?
And fertilizers and manures. Make the students realize the importance of leguminous plants which
And fertilizers and manures. Make the students realize the importance of leguminous plants which
have Rhizobium bacteria in their root nodules that can convert nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen
And have Rhizobium bacteria in their root nodules that can convert nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen
compounds. Students should realize that by growing leguminous plants, farmers need not put
And
compounds. Students should realize that by growing leguminous plants, farmers need not put
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
How nutrients are replenished in the soil (Page 10)
Compa
ny
How nutrients are replenished in the soil (Page 10)
Discuss with them that the main nutrients required by the plants are nitrogen, phosphorus and
Compa
ny
Discuss with them that the main nutrients required by the plants are nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium. Although they are present in the soil but they can be replenished in the soil by adding Com
pany
potassium. Although they are present in the soil but they can be replenished in the soil by adding fertilizers and manures. Make the students realize the importance of leguminous plants which Com
pany
fertilizers and manures. Make the students realize the importance of leguminous plants which
Limite
dy run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the
Limite
dy run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the
What do you understand by th term symbiotic relationship? Give examples of plants showing Limite
dWhat do you understand by th term symbiotic relationship? Give examples of plants showing
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
8
Using resources
se a chart showing the structure of plant cell and animal cell and explain their structures to the students.
Suggested home assignment
Draw neat and well-labeled diagrams of plant cell and animal cell in your copy.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Stomata
2. Photosynthesis
3. The process by which green plants can make their own food from simple substances like carbon dioxide and water by using sunlight ( in the presence of chlorophyll) is called photosynthesis.
4. ( a) False ( b) True ( c) True ( d) False ( e) False
5 . Pea plant
6 . Algae
7 . It contains green colored pigment called chlorophyll.
8 . ( a) Carbon dioxide ( b) Oxygen
9 . ( a) Autotrophs ( b) Heterotrophs
10 . Symbiotic relationship
11. Symbiotic relationship
12. Leaves
13. Because they contain green colored pigment called chlorophyll.
14. Chlorophyll
(C) It contains green colored pigment called chlorophyll.
(C) It contains green colored pigment called chlorophyll.
8 .
(C) 8 . ( a) Carbon dioxide ( b) Oxygen
(C) ( a) Carbon dioxide ( b) Oxygen
9 .(C)
9 . ( a) Autotrophs ( b) Heterotrophs (C)
( a) Autotrophs ( b) Heterotrophs
10 .(C)
10 . Symbiotic relationship (C)
Symbiotic relationship
S Algae S Algae
It contains green colored pigment called chlorophyll. S It contains green colored pigment called chlorophyll.
Chand
The process by which green plants can make their own food from simple substances
Chand
The process by which green plants can make their own food from simple substances like carbon dioxide and water by using sunlight ( in the presence of chlorophyll) is called
Chand
like carbon dioxide and water by using sunlight ( in the presence of chlorophyll) is called photosynthesis.
Chand
photosynthesis.
( a) False ( b) True ( c) True ( d) False ( e) False
Chand
( a) False ( b) True ( c) True ( d) False ( e) False
Pea plant Chand
Pea plant
And A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
And A. Very Short Answer Type Questions Com
pany
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
Compa
ny
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
TEXT BOOK ANSWERSCompa
ny
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
9
15 . Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium
16 . R h iz o biu m
17 . Leguminous plants
18 . Peas, beans
19 . Algae and mushroom
20 . Cuscuta
21. Pitcher plant
22. Cactus plant; stem
23. Starch, Oils ( or Fats) , Proteins and V itamins
24. Parasites and saprophytes
25 . (a) mushroom yeast (b) solution (c) air (d) alga (e) fungus (f) starch (g) chlorophyll ( h) carbon dioxide; oxygen ( i) oxygen ( j ) glucose ( k) proteins ( l) cells
B. Short Answer Type Questions
26 . ( i) d ( ii) a ( iii) e ( iv) b ( v) c
27 . The presence of starch in leaves can be tested as follows :
( i) Pluck a green leaf from a plant.
( ii) Boil the leaf in alcohol to remove the green pigment chlorophyll from it.
( iii) Wash the decolourised leaf with water to remove any chlorophyll sticking to it.
( iv) Pour dilute iodine solution from a dropper over the decolourised leaf.
( v) Appearance of blue-black colour in leaf shows the presence of starch in it.
28 . Chlorophyll is a green pigment present in the leaves of plants which helps them to trap sunlight for the formation of food.
29 . Sunlight and chlorophyll
30 . ( a) Grass ( b) Mushroom ( c) Lichen ( d) Pitcher plant ( e) Cuscuta
31. The organisms need to take food ( i) to obtain energy ( ii) to obtain materials for growth, and ( iii) to obtain materials for the repair of damaged parts of the body. The two modes of nutrition in organisms are autotrophic mode and heterotrophic mode.
32. Those organisms which can make food themselves from simple substances ( like carbon dioxide and water) by the process of photosynthesis are called autotrophs. All the green plants are autotrophs.
33. Those organisms which cannot make food themselves by the process of photosynthesis and take food from green plants or animals are called heterotrophs. All the non-green plants and animals ( including human beings) are heterotrophs.
34. All the animals ( including human beings) are categorised as heterotrophs because they cannot make their own food, they depend on plants or other animals for obtaining their food.
35 . Those green plants which obtain their food partly from insects are called insectivorous plants. Example: Pitcher plant.
(C) plants are autotrophs.
(C) plants are autotrophs.
33.
(C) 33. Those organisms which cannot make food themselves by the process of photosynthesis and
(C) Those organisms which cannot make food themselves by the process of photosynthesis and
take food from green plants or animals are called heterotrophs. All the non-green plants (C)
take food from green plants or animals are called heterotrophs. All the non-green plants and animals ( including human beings) are heterotrophs. (C)
and animals ( including human beings) are heterotrophs.
S Those organisms which can make food themselves from simple substances ( like carbon
S Those organisms which can make food themselves from simple substances ( like carbon
S dioxide and water) by the process of photosynthesis are called autotrophs. All the green S dioxide and water) by the process of photosynthesis are called autotrophs. All the green plants are autotrophs. S plants are autotrophs.
Chand
sunlight for the formation of food.
Chand
sunlight for the formation of food.
Sunlight and chlorophyll
Chand
Sunlight and chlorophyll
( a) Grass ( b) Mushroom ( c) Lichen ( d) Pitcher plant ( e) Cuscuta
Chand
( a) Grass ( b) Mushroom ( c) Lichen ( d) Pitcher plant ( e) Cuscuta
The organisms need to take food ( i) to obtain energy ( ii) to obtain materials for growth,
Chand
The organisms need to take food ( i) to obtain energy ( ii) to obtain materials for growth, and ( iii) to obtain materials for the repair of damaged parts of the body. The two modes
Chand
and ( iii) to obtain materials for the repair of damaged parts of the body. The two modes of nutrition in organisms are autotrophic mode and heterotrophic mode. Cha
nd
of nutrition in organisms are autotrophic mode and heterotrophic mode.
Those organisms which can make food themselves from simple substances ( like carbon Chand
Those organisms which can make food themselves from simple substances ( like carbon
And om a dropper over the decolourised leaf.
And om a dropper over the decolourised leaf.
Appearance of blue-black colour in lea
And Appearance of blue-black colour in lea
Chlorophyll is a green pigment present in the leaves of plants which helps them to trap
And
Chlorophyll is a green pigment present in the leaves of plants which helps them to trap sunlight for the formation of food. And
sunlight for the formation of food.
Compa
ny ( h) carbon dioxide; oxygen ( i) oxygen ( j ) glucose ( k) proteins ( l) cells
Compa
ny ( h) carbon dioxide; oxygen ( i) oxygen ( j ) glucose ( k) proteins ( l) cells
The presence of starch in leaves can be tested as follows :
Compa
ny
The presence of starch in leaves can be tested as follows :
o remove the green pigment chlorophyll from it.
Compa
ny
o remove the green pigment chlorophyll from it.
f with water to remove any chlorophyll sticking to it. Compa
ny
f with water to remove any chlorophyll sticking to it.
om a dropper over the decolourised leaf. Compa
ny
om a dropper over the decolourised leaf.
f shows the presence of starch in it. Com
pany
f shows the presence of starch in it.
Limite
d(a) mushroom yeast (b) solution (c) air (d) alga (e) fungus (f) starch (g) chlorophyll
Limite
d(a) mushroom yeast (b) solution (c) air (d) alga (e) fungus (f) starch (g) chlorophyll ( h) carbon dioxide; oxygen ( i) oxygen ( j ) glucose ( k) proteins ( l) cells Lim
ited
( h) carbon dioxide; oxygen ( i) oxygen ( j ) glucose ( k) proteins ( l) cells
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
10
36 . Fertilisers and manures contain plant nutrients (or minerals) such as nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, etc. So, when fertilisers and manures are added to the soil in the fields, then the soil gets enriched with nutrients like nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, etc. The crop plants can then grow well in this soil. Thus, plant nutrients are added in the cultivated fields in the form of fertilisers and manures so as to get good crops.
37 . A plant ( or animal) which lives on or inside another organism ( called host) and derives the food from it, is called a parasite. An example of parasite plant is Cuscuta.
38 . Those non-green plants which obtain their food (or nutrition) from dead and decaying organic matter are called saprophytes. The fungi such as mushrooms, bread mould and yeast are saprophytes.
39 . The plants cannot absorb nitrogen gas for their needs ( like making proteins) . Now, the soil has certain bacteria which convert nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen compounds ( like nitrates) and release them into soil. Nitrates are the water soluble nitrogen compounds which are absorbed by the plants from the soil along with water. In this way, the plants fulfil their requirement of nitrogen. The plants also obtain nitrogen from the nitrogenous fertilisers which the farmers add to the soil in the fields from time to time.
40 . (a) Nucleus ( b) Cytoplasm ( c) Cell membrane ( d) Cell wall, vacuoles
C. Long Answer Type Questions
41. The process by which green plants make their own food ( like glucose) from carbon dioxide and water by using sunlight energy ( in the presence of chlorophyll) is called photosynthesis. Chlorophyll is present in the green leaves. So, the process of photosynthesis takes place in the leaves of a plant. Oxygen gas is produced during photosynthesis. This oxygen goes into the air. The oxygen gas released in photosynthesis is utilised by all the living organisms for their survival. The process of photosynthesis first produces a simple carbohydrate called ‘ glucose’ as food. The glucose carbohydrate then gets converted into a complex carbohydrate called ‘ starch’. This starch gets stored as food in the various parts of plant including leaves. Chlorophyll is a green substance which is present in the leaves of plants. Chlorophyll absorbs light energy from the sun and supplies this energy to the leaves to enable them to carry out photosynthesis for making food.
42. (a) The plants take carbon dioxide gas needed for photosynthesis from the air. The plants take carbon dioxide gas from air through the tiny pores called stomata ( singular: stoma) present on the surface of leaves. Actually, there are a large number of tiny pores called stomata on the the surface of leaves of plants. Each pore ( or stoma) is surrounded by a pair of guard cells. The opening and closing of stomatal pores in the leaves is controlled by the guard cells. The carbon dioxide gas present in air enters the leaves of a plant through the stomatal pores present on their surface and utilised in photosynthesis. The oxygen gas produced in the leaves during photosynthesis goes out into air through the same stomatal pores.The stomatal pores of leaves open only when carbon dioxide is to be taken in or oxygen is to be released otherwise they remain closed.
( b) The plants take water needed for photosynthesis from the soil. Soil always contains some water in it. Water present in the soil is absorbed by the roots of a plant and then
(C) leaves is controlled by the guard cells. The carbon dioxide gas present in air enters
(C) leaves is controlled by the guard cells. The carbon dioxide gas present in air enters
the leaves of a plant through the stomatal pores present on their surface and utilised (C)
the leaves of a plant through the stomatal pores present on their surface and utilised
S stoma) present on the surface of leaves. Actually, there are a large number of tiny
S stoma) present on the surface of leaves. Actually, there are a large number of tiny pores called stomata on the the surface of leaves of plants. Each pore ( or stoma) is S pores called stomata on the the surface of leaves of plants. Each pore ( or stoma) is surrounded by a pair of guard cells. The opening and closing of stomatal pores in the S surrounded by a pair of guard cells. The opening and closing of stomatal pores in the
Chand
called ‘ starch’. This starch gets stored as food in the various parts of plant including leaves.
Chand
called ‘ starch’. This starch gets stored as food in the various parts of plant including leaves. Chlorophyll is a green substance which is present in the leaves of plants. Chlorophyll absorbs
Chand
Chlorophyll is a green substance which is present in the leaves of plants. Chlorophyll absorbs light energy from the sun and supplies this energy to the leaves to enable them to carry
Chand
light energy from the sun and supplies this energy to the leaves to enable them to carry out photosynthesis for making food.
Chand
out photosynthesis for making food.
The plants tak
Chand
The plants take carbon dioxide gas needed for photosynthesis from the air. The plants
Chand
e carbon dioxide gas needed for photosynthesis from the air. The plants
take carbon dioxide gas from air through the tiny pores called stomata ( singular: Chand
take carbon dioxide gas from air through the tiny pores called stomata ( singular: stoma) present on the surface of leaves. Actually, there are a large number of tiny Cha
nd
stoma) present on the surface of leaves. Actually, there are a large number of tiny
And the leaves of a plant. Oxygen gas is produced during photosynthesis. This oxygen goes into
And the leaves of a plant. Oxygen gas is produced during photosynthesis. This oxygen goes into
the air. The oxygen gas released in photosynthesis is utilised by all the living organisms for
And the air. The oxygen gas released in photosynthesis is utilised by all the living organisms for
their survival. The process of photosynthesis first produces a simple carbohydrate called
And
their survival. The process of photosynthesis first produces a simple carbohydrate called ‘ glucose’ as food. The glucose carbohydrate then gets converted into a complex carbohydrate And
‘ glucose’ as food. The glucose carbohydrate then gets converted into a complex carbohydrate And
called ‘ starch’. This starch gets stored as food in the various parts of plant including leaves. And
called ‘ starch’. This starch gets stored as food in the various parts of plant including leaves.
Compa
ny which are absorbed by the plants from the soil along with water. In this way, the plants
Compa
ny which are absorbed by the plants from the soil along with water. In this way, the plants
fulfil their requirement of nitrogen. The plants also obtain nitrogen from the nitrogenous
Compa
ny fulfil their requirement of nitrogen. The plants also obtain nitrogen from the nitrogenous
fertilisers which the farmers add to the soil in the fields from time to time.
Compa
ny
fertilisers which the farmers add to the soil in the fields from time to time.
( c) Cell membrane
Compa
ny
( c) Cell membrane
The process by which green plants make their own food ( like glucose) from carbon dioxide
Compa
ny
The process by which green plants make their own food ( like glucose) from carbon dioxide and water by using sunlight energy ( in the presence of chlorophyll) is called photosynthesis.
Compa
ny
and water by using sunlight energy ( in the presence of chlorophyll) is called photosynthesis. Chlorophyll is present in the green leaves. So, the process of photosynthesis takes place in Com
pany
Chlorophyll is present in the green leaves. So, the process of photosynthesis takes place in the leaves of a plant. Oxygen gas is produced during photosynthesis. This oxygen goes into Com
pany
the leaves of a plant. Oxygen gas is produced during photosynthesis. This oxygen goes into the air. The oxygen gas released in photosynthesis is utilised by all the living organisms for
Compa
ny
the air. The oxygen gas released in photosynthesis is utilised by all the living organisms for
Limite
dThose non-green plants which obtain their food (or nutrition) from dead and decaying
Limite
dThose non-green plants which obtain their food (or nutrition) from dead and decaying organic matter are called saprophytes. The fungi such as mushrooms, bread mould and
Limite
dorganic matter are called saprophytes. The fungi such as mushrooms, bread mould and
The plants cannot absorb nitrogen gas for their needs ( like making proteins) . Now, the
Limite
dThe plants cannot absorb nitrogen gas for their needs ( like making proteins) . Now, the soil has certain bacteria which convert nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen compounds ( like
Limite
dsoil has certain bacteria which convert nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen compounds ( like nitrates) and release them into soil. Nitrates are the water soluble nitrogen compounds Lim
ited
nitrates) and release them into soil. Nitrates are the water soluble nitrogen compounds which are absorbed by the plants from the soil along with water. In this way, the plants Lim
ited
which are absorbed by the plants from the soil along with water. In this way, the plants fulfil their requirement of nitrogen. The plants also obtain nitrogen from the nitrogenous Lim
ited
fulfil their requirement of nitrogen. The plants also obtain nitrogen from the nitrogenous
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
11
transported to the leaves through the vessels which run like inter-connected pipes throughout the roots, stem, branches and leaves. The tiny, pipe-like vessels which transport water from the roots of a plant to its leaves are called xylem. The plants also need minerals to make foods other than carbohydrates. For example, plants need nitrogen mineral to make proteins. The minerals are present in the soil ( and have to be transported to the leaves) . The minerals dissolve in water present in the soil and get transported with it.
43. The plant nutrients ( or minerals) are replenished ( or put back) in the soil in the following two ways 1. utrients are Replenished in the Soil by Adding Fertilisers and Manures- Fertilisers and manures contain plant nutrients (or minerals) such as nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, etc. So, when fertilisers and manures are added to the soil in the fields, then the soil gets enriched with nutrients like nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, etc. The crop plants can then grow well in this soil. Thus, plant nutrients are added in the cultivated fields in the form of fertilisers and manures so as to get good crops. 2. itrogen can be replenished in the Soil by Growing Leguminous Crops-Though a lot of nitrogen gas is present in the air but the plants cannot use nitrogen in gaseous form. The plants need nitrogen in the form of water soluble compounds ( such as nitrates) . The plants such as gram ( chana) , peas, pulses ( moong, etc.) and beans are called leguminous plants ( or legumes) . The leguminous plants have root nodules in them which contain Rhizobium bacteria. Rhizobium bacteria can convert nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen compounds ( like nitrates) .
44. (a) The leaves having colours other than green also have chlorophyll in them. Actually, the large amount of red, violet, brown or other pigments in such leaves masks the green colour of chlorophyll. So, photosynthesis also takes place in leaves having colour other than green.
( b) Photosynthesis is important for the existence of life on this earth. In the absence of photosynthesis, life would be impossible on this earth. This is due to the following reasons: ( i) Photosynthesis by plants provide food to animals ( including human beings) . So, the survival of animals ( including human beings) depends on the food made by plants by photosynthesis. In the absence of photosynthesis, there would be no plants on this earth and hence no animals will survive. ( ii) The process of photosynthesis by plants puts oxygen gas into the air. It is this oxygen gas which the animals ( including human beings) use for breathing and respiration. In the absence of photosynthesis, there would be no oxygen in air and hence no animals could exist on this earth.
45. (a) There are two modes of nutrition in plants: autotrophic mode and heterotrophic mode of nutrition. Those organisms which can make food themselves from simple substances ( like carbon dioxide and water) by the process of photosynthesis are called autotrophs. All the green plants are autotrophs. Those organisms which cannot make food themselves by the process of photosynthesis and take food from green plants or animals are called heterotrophs. All the non-green plants and animals ( including human beings) are heterotrophs.
( b) The living together of two different species of plants as if they are parts of the same plant and help each other in obtaining food is called symbiosis ( and such plants are
(C) substances ( like carbon dioxide and water) by the process of photosynthesis are called
(C) substances ( like carbon dioxide and water) by the process of photosynthesis are called
autotrophs. All the green plants are autotrophs. Those organisms which cannot make (C)
autotrophs. All the green plants are autotrophs. Those organisms which cannot make
S there would be no oxygen in air and hence no animals could exist on this earth.
S there would be no oxygen in air and hence no animals could exist on this earth.
There are two modes of nutrition in plants: autotrophic mode and heterotrophic S There are two modes of nutrition in plants: autotrophic mode and heterotrophic mode of nutrition. Those organisms which can make food themselves from simple S mode of nutrition. Those organisms which can make food themselves from simple
Chand
reasons: ( i) Photosynthesis by plants provide food to animals ( including human beings) .
Chand
reasons: ( i) Photosynthesis by plants provide food to animals ( including human beings) .So, the survival of animals ( including human beings) depends on the food made by
Chand
So, the survival of animals ( including human beings) depends on the food made by plants by photosynthesis. In the absence of photosynthesis, there would be no plants
Chand
plants by photosynthesis. In the absence of photosynthesis, there would be no plants on this earth and hence no animals will survive. ( ii) The process of photosynthesis by
Chand
on this earth and hence no animals will survive. ( ii) The process of photosynthesis by plants puts oxygen gas into the air.
Chand
plants puts oxygen gas into the air.human beings) use for breathing and respiration. In the absence of photosynthesis, Cha
nd
human beings) use for breathing and respiration. In the absence of photosynthesis, Chand
there would be no oxygen in air and hence no animals could exist on this earth. Chand
there would be no oxygen in air and hence no animals could exist on this earth.
And green colour of chlorophyll. So, photosynthesis also takes place in leaves having colour
And green colour of chlorophyll. So, photosynthesis also takes place in leaves having colour
And
thesis is important for the existence of life on this earth. In the absence of
And
thesis is important for the existence of life on this earth. In the absence of photosynthesis, life would be impossible on this earth. This is due to the following And
photosynthesis, life would be impossible on this earth. This is due to the following reasons: ( i) Photosynthesis by plants provide food to animals ( including human beings) .And
reasons: ( i) Photosynthesis by plants provide food to animals ( including human beings) .
Compa
ny in the Soil by Growing Leguminous Crops-Though a lot of nitrogen gas is present in the air
Compa
ny in the Soil by Growing Leguminous Crops-Though a lot of nitrogen gas is present in the air
but the plants cannot use nitrogen in gaseous form. The plants need nitrogen in the form
Compa
ny but the plants cannot use nitrogen in gaseous form. The plants need nitrogen in the form
of water soluble compounds ( such as nitrates) . The plants such as gram ( chana) , peas,
Compa
ny
of water soluble compounds ( such as nitrates) . The plants such as gram ( chana) , peas, pulses ( moong, etc.) and beans are called leguminous plants ( or legumes) . The leguminous
Compa
ny
pulses ( moong, etc.) and beans are called leguminous plants ( or legumes) . The leguminous plants have root nodules in them which contain Rhizobium bacteria. Rhizobium bacteria
Compa
ny
plants have root nodules in them which contain Rhizobium bacteria. Rhizobium bacteria can convert nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen compounds ( like nitrates) .
Compa
ny
can convert nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen compounds ( like nitrates) .
The leaves having colours other than green also have chlorophyll in them. Actually,
Compa
ny
The leaves having colours other than green also have chlorophyll in them. Actually, the large amount of red, violet, brown or other pigments in such leaves masks the Com
pany
the large amount of red, violet, brown or other pigments in such leaves masks the green colour of chlorophyll. So, photosynthesis also takes place in leaves having colour Com
pany
green colour of chlorophyll. So, photosynthesis also takes place in leaves having colour
Limite
dThe plant nutrients ( or minerals) are replenished ( or put back) in the soil in the following
Limite
dThe plant nutrients ( or minerals) are replenished ( or put back) in the soil in the following two ways 1. utrients are Replenished in the Soil by Adding Fertilisers and Manures-
Limite
dtwo ways 1. utrients are Replenished in the Soil by Adding Fertilisers and Manures- Fertilisers and manures contain plant nutrients (or minerals) such as nitrogen, phosphorus
Limite
dFertilisers and manures contain plant nutrients (or minerals) such as nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, etc. So, when fertilisers and manures are added to the soil in the fields, then
Limite
dand potassium, etc. So, when fertilisers and manures are added to the soil in the fields, then the soil gets enriched with nutrients like nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, etc. The crop
Limite
dthe soil gets enriched with nutrients like nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, etc. The crop plants can then grow well in this soil. Thus, plant nutrients are added in the cultivated fields
Limite
dplants can then grow well in this soil. Thus, plant nutrients are added in the cultivated fields in the form of fertilisers and manures so as to get good crops. 2. itrogen can be replenished Lim
ited
in the form of fertilisers and manures so as to get good crops. 2. itrogen can be replenished in the Soil by Growing Leguminous Crops-Though a lot of nitrogen gas is present in the air Lim
ited
in the Soil by Growing Leguminous Crops-Though a lot of nitrogen gas is present in the air
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
12
known as symbiotic plants) . In lichens, the green coloured plant called ‘ alga’ ( autotroph) and non-green plant ‘ fungus’ ( saprophyte) live together. The fungus holds the alga cells in its mat of web-like hyphae ( thin filaments) . The fungus plant absorbs the water and mineral salts from the surroundings and supplies them to alga. The alga plant being green, prepares the food by photosynthesis and shares it with fungus. Thus, both alga and fungus gain mutually from one another by living together. This is an example of symbiosis. The plants which exhibit symbiosis are called symbiotic plants.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
46 . ( b) 47 . ( d) 48 . ( b) 49 . ( c) 5 0 . ( c)
5 1. ( d) 5 2. ( c) 5 3. ( c) 5 4. ( d) 5 5 . ( c)
5 6 . ( b) 5 7 . ( b) 5 8 . ( d) 5 9 . ( b) 6 0 . ( b)
6 1. ( c) 6 2. ( c) 6 3. ( c) 6 4. ( a) 6 5 . ( b)
6 6 . ( c) 6 7 . ( d) 6 8 . ( d) 6 9 . ( c) 7 0 . ( c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
71. ( a) ( i) Carbon dioxide ( ii) Water ( b) ( i) Glucose ( ii) Starch ( c) Photosynthesis ( d) Food E ( e) Chlorophyll 72. ( a) Cactus plant ( b) Stem and Branches ( c) The photosynthesis in this desert plant is carried out by its green stem and branches whereas the photosynthesis in ordinary garden plants is carried out by their green leaves ( d) Green
7 3. A : Leaves ; B : Stomata ; C : Guard cells ; D : Carbon dioxide ; E : Photosynthesis ; F : Oxygen
7 4. (a) Pitcher plant (b) Insect (c) Proteins (d) Amino acids (e) Insectivorous plants
7 5 . (a) (i) Alga (ii) Fungus (iii) ichen (b) is green in colour (c) Symbiotic relationship (d) Rhizobium bacteria and Leguminous plants.
(C) S
Cha
nd And
(a) Pitcher plant (b) Insect (c) Proteins (d) Amino acids (e) Insectivorous plants
And (a) Pitcher plant (b) Insect (c) Proteins (d) Amino acids (e) Insectivorous plants
(a) (i) Alga (ii) Fungus (iii) ichen (b) is green in colour (c) Symbiotic relationship (d)
And (a) (i) Alga (ii) Fungus (iii) ichen (b) is green in colour (c) Symbiotic relationship (d)
And
Rhizobium bacteria and Leguminous plants.
And
Rhizobium bacteria and Leguminous plants.
Compa
ny ( c)
Compa
ny ( c)
xide ( ii) Water ( b) ( i) Glucose ( ii) Starch ( c) Photosynthesis ( d) Food E
Compa
ny
xide ( ii) Water ( b) ( i) Glucose ( ii) Starch ( c) Photosynthesis ( d) Food E
Compa
ny
( e) Chlorophyll 72. ( a) Cactus plant ( b) Stem and Branches ( c) The photosynthesis in this
Compa
ny
( e) Chlorophyll 72. ( a) Cactus plant ( b) Stem and Branches ( c) The photosynthesis in this desert plant is carried out by its green stem and branches whereas the photosynthesis
Compa
ny
desert plant is carried out by its green stem and branches whereas the photosynthesis in ordinary garden plants is carried out by their green leaves ( d) Green
Compa
ny
in ordinary garden plants is carried out by their green leaves ( d) Green
A : Leaves ; B : Stomata ; C : Guard cells ; D : Carbon dioxide ; E : Photosynthesis ; F : Oxygen Compa
ny
A : Leaves ; B : Stomata ; C : Guard cells ; D : Carbon dioxide ; E : Photosynthesis ; F : Oxygen Compa
ny
(a) Pitcher plant (b) Insect (c) Proteins (d) Amino acids (e) Insectivorous plants Compa
ny
(a) Pitcher plant (b) Insect (c) Proteins (d) Amino acids (e) Insectivorous plants
(a) (i) Alga (ii) Fungus (iii) ichen (b) is green in colour (c) Symbiotic relationship (d) Com
pany
(a) (i) Alga (ii) Fungus (iii) ichen (b) is green in colour (c) Symbiotic relationship (d)
Limite
d5 0 .
Limite
d5 0 . ( c)
Limite
d( c)
5 5 .
Limite
d5 5 . ( c)
Limite
d( c)
6 0 .
Limite
d6 0 .
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
13
WORKSHEET
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The gas absorbed from the air which is required for the process of photosynthesis.
( b) The bacteria which can convert the nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen compounds.
( c) A plant where photosynthesis occurs in plant parts other than leaves.
( d) The green pigment present in the leaves of the plants.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) A parasitic plant with yellow, slender and tubular stem is .… … … … … ............ .
( b) A plant which can prepare food by both autotrophic and heterotrophic modes of nutrition is.… … … … … ............ .
( c) The j elly like material which fills the cell is .… … … … … ............ .
( d) Rhizobium bacteria live in the .… … … … … ............ nodules of the leguminous plants.
3. Write true or false:
( a) The solar energy is converted into chemical energy during the process of photosynthesis.
( b) Y east is an example of autotroph.
( c) The mineral needed by plants to form proteins is nitrogen.
( d) Grass can make its own food.
4. entionthefunctionofthefollowing:
( a) Stomata ( b) Chlorophyll ( c) Stem of cactus plant ( d) Cell membrane
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between autotrophs and heterotrophs.
( b) What are saprophytes? Give an example.
( c) How do plants obtain nitrogen for making proteins?
( d) What are insectivorous plants? (C) ( b)
(C) ( b)
( c)
(C) ( c) How do plants ob
(C) How do plants ob
( d)(C)
( d)
S 5. Answer
S 5. Answer
DifferS Differentiate between autotrophs and heterotrophs. S entiate between autotrophs and heterotrophs.
What are saprS What are sapr
Chand
e its own food.
Chand
e its own food.
function
Chand
function of
Chand
of the
Chand
the following:
Chand
following:
Chand
( b) Chlorophyll
Chand
( b) Chlorophyll
B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
theChand
the followingChand
following
entiate between autotrophs and heterotrophs. Chand
entiate between autotrophs and heterotrophs.
And nergy is converted into chemical energy during the process of photosynthesis.
And nergy is converted into chemical energy during the process of photosynthesis.
xample of autotroph.
And
xample of autotroph.
The mineral needed by planAnd
The mineral needed by plants to form proteins is nitrogen. And
ts to form proteins is nitrogen.
e its own food. And
e its own food.
Compa
ny
ellow, slender and tubular stem is .… … … … … ............ .
Compa
ny
ellow, slender and tubular stem is .… … … … … ............ .
t which can prepare food by both autotrophic and heterotrophic modes of
Compa
ny
t which can prepare food by both autotrophic and heterotrophic modes of
erial which fills the cell is .… … … … … ............ .
Compa
ny
erial which fills the cell is .… … … … … ............ .
e in the .… … … … … ............ nodules of the leguminous plants.
Compa
ny
e in the .… … … … … ............ nodules of the leguminous plants.
nergy is converted into chemical energy during the process of photosynthesis. Compa
ny
nergy is converted into chemical energy during the process of photosynthesis.
Limite
dom the air which is required for the process of photosynthesis.
Limite
dom the air which is required for the process of photosynthesis.
onvert the nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen compounds.
Limite
donvert the nitrogen gas of air into nitrogen compounds.
osynthesis occurs in plant parts other than leaves. Limite
dosynthesis occurs in plant parts other than leaves.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
14
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 50
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) A parasitic plant.
( b) A non-green heterotrophic plant.
( c) Autotrophic organisms which grow as slimy green patches in ponds or other stagnant water bodies.
( d) A plant that has both autotrophic and heterotrophic mode of nutrition.
( e) Gas released during the process of photosynthesis.
2. Write True or False:
( a) The chemical used to test starch in plants is dilute iodine solution.
( b) A saprophyte derives its nutrition in solution form from soil organisms.
( c) A m ar be l is an example of host plant.
( d) The carbohydrates produced during photosynthesis are stored in plants as starch.
( e) Mushroom is a heterotroph.
3. Fill in the blanks:
( a) The .… … … … … ............ is the ultimate source of energy for all organisms.
( b) The mode of taking in food by an organism for utilization by the body is called .… … … … … ............ .
( c) Fertilizers and manure are rich in plant nutrients like .… … … … … ............, .… … … … … ............ and .… … … … … ............ .
4. Correct the following statements:
( a) The simplest food produced during photosynthesis is cellulose.
( b) Fungi are autotrophs.
( c) Spines of a cactus plant carry out the process of photosynthesis.
( d) Chloroplasts are present in animal cells.
( e) Symbiotic relationship is beneficial to only one partner.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between parasitic plants and saprotrophic plants.
( b) Give the functions of: Chlorophyll and Stomata.
(C)
( b)
(C)
( b)
( c)
(C) ( c) Spines of a cactus plant c
(C) Spines of a cactus plant c
( d)(C) ( d) Chloroplasts ar(C) Chloroplasts ar
( e)(C)
( e)
S The simplest food pr
S The simplest food pr
S Fungi are autotrS Fungi are autotr
Spines of a cactus plant cS Spines of a cactus plant c
Chand
aking in food by an organism for utilization by the body is called
Chand
aking in food by an organism for utilization by the body is called .… … … … … ............ .
Chand
.… … … … … ............ .
tilizers and manure are rich in plant nutrients like .… … … … … ............, .… … … … … ............
Chand
tilizers and manure are rich in plant nutrients like .… … … … … ............, .… … … … … ............
and .… … … … … ............ .
Chand
and .… … … … … ............ .
Correct the folloChand
Correct the following statements: Cha
nd
wing statements:
The simplest food prChand
The simplest food pr
And drates produced during photosynthesis are stored in plants as starch.
And drates produced during photosynthesis are stored in plants as starch.
erotroph.
And erotroph.
The .… … … … … ............ is the ultimate sourAnd
The .… … … … … ............ is the ultimate sour
aking in food by an organism for utilization by the body is called And
aking in food by an organism for utilization by the body is called
Compa
ny otrophic and heterotrophic mode of nutrition.
Compa
ny otrophic and heterotrophic mode of nutrition.
osynthesis.
Compa
ny
osynthesis.
est starch in plants is dilute iodine solution.
Compa
ny
est starch in plants is dilute iodine solution.
te derives its nutrition in solution form from soil organisms.
Compa
ny
te derives its nutrition in solution form from soil organisms.
is an example of host plant. Compa
ny
is an example of host plant.
drates produced during photosynthesis are stored in plants as starch. Compa
ny
drates produced during photosynthesis are stored in plants as starch.
Limite
dorganisms which grow as slimy green patches in ponds or other stagnant Lim
ited
organisms which grow as slimy green patches in ponds or other stagnant
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
15
( c) Give the word equation describing the process of photosynthesis.
( d) Why do pickles, leather clothes, etc. get spoilt during rainy season?
( e) Why farmers do not add fertilizers to the soil in which leguminous plants are grown?
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) List the various modes of nutrition in plants. Give examples.
( b) Explain the term symbiosis. Give two examples to support your answer.
( c) How do insectivorous plants derive their nutrition? Give examples.
( d) Explain the structure of animal cell and plant cell with the help of a neat diagram.
( e) How are nutrients replenished in the soil?
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Which of the following plants is an example of autotroph?
( a) Mushroom ( b) Y east ( c) Bread mould ( d) Mimosa 2. The green insectivorous plants trap insects, kill them digest them to obtain mainly
( a) Glucose ( b) Starch ( c) Nitrogen ( d) Oxygen. 3. Which of the following shows symbiosis?
( a) Algae and money plant ( b) Algae and fish ( c) Rhizobium and pea plant ( d) Rhizobium and money plant 4. hemineralneeded plantstoma eproteinsis:
( a) Phosphorus ( b) Iodine ( c) Nitrogen ( d) Calcium 5. Whichpartofaplantiscalledits itchen ?
( a) Leaves ( b) Roots ( c) Branches ( d) Stem
(C) S
Cha
nd And
itchen ?
And itchen ?
( b) Roots
And
( b) Roots Com
pany
( c) Bread mould
Compa
ny ( c) Bread mould
The green insectivorous plants trap insects, kill them digest them to obtain mainly
Compa
ny The green insectivorous plants trap insects, kill them digest them to obtain mainly
( c) Nitrogen
Compa
ny
( c) Nitrogen
( b) Algae and fish
Compa
ny
( b) Algae and fish ( d) Rhizobium and money plan
Compa
ny
( d) Rhizobium and money planproteins
Compa
ny
proteins is:
Compa
ny
is:
( c) Nitrogen Compa
ny
( c) Nitrogen itchen ?Com
pany
itchen ?
Limite
dt cell with the help of a neat diagram.
Limite
dt cell with the help of a neat diagram.
( d) Mimosa Limite
d
( d) Mimosa
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
16
2
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The types and modes of nutrition in human beings.
• The digestive system in human beings.
• About the teeth and their structure.
• About the tongue.
• What is diarrhoea
• igestion in ruminants and amoeba.
Textbook: Refer to pages 17 to 31
Periods allocated: 12 periods
VOCABULARY
Ingestion, digestion, absorption, assimilation, egestion, alimentary canal, trachea, diarrhoea, cud, ruminants.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Animal nutrition (Page 17)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: iscussing the various food items students eat would be a good start for the topic. Ask them which nutrients they derive from these food items.
Chapter opening exercise: Ask the students the importance of having food and the various organs that help in the breaking down of this food inside the body.
Nutrition In AnimalsNutrition In Animals
(C) Animal nutrition (Page 17)
(C) Animal nutrition (Page 17)
Learning Tools (C)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: (C)
Interactive warm up exercise:
S S Animal nutrition (Page 17) S Animal nutrition (Page 17)
Chand
Chand
Chand
Chand
Chand
Periods allocated: 12 periods
Chand
Periods allocated: 12 periods
absorption,
Chand
absorption,
And
And
And
And
Textbook: Refer to pages 17 to 31
And
Textbook: Refer to pages 17 to 31 Com
pany
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Lim
ited
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
17
Teacher guided discussion
iscuss with them that the process of taking in food by an animal and its utilization in the body is called animal nutrition. Students should be familiarized with the steps in which animal nutrition takes place Ingestion, digestion, absorption, assimilation and egestion. Students should be able to define these terms. iscuss the method of ingestion in insects, hydra and starfish. xplain that digestion is the process in which the food containing large, insoluble substances is broken down into small, water soluble substances which can be absorbed by our body. Students should know that the alimentary canal is the digestive tract and food moves forward in it by peristalsis.
Suggested home assignment
Mention the mechanism of ingestion in Butterfly, ydra and Starfish.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2 TO 4
Human digestive system (Page 19)
Teacher guided discussion
iscuss that the human digestive system consists of the alimentary canal and its associated glands. Students should be aware of the main organs of the digestive system Mouth (Buccal cavity),
esophagus, Stomach, Small intestine, arge intestine, Rectum and Anus. The associated glands are the Salivary glands, iver and the Pancreas. Students should be familiarized with the digestive process when it passes through the various parts of the alimentary canal along with the role of secretions of digestive glands. The topic could be made interesting by explaining the reason for getting hiccups.
Using resources
• se a chart showing the human digestive system. xplain the role of various organs and the digestive glands through this chart.
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 21 of the book to study the effect of saliva present in food.
Suggested home assignment
raw a neat and well-labeled diagram to show the human digestive system (Fig.2).
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Teeth (Page 22)
Teacher guided discussion
xplain to the students that food can be used by the body, only when it is broken down into small pieces, which is done by the teeth. Students should know that there are four types of teeth Incisors, Canines, Premolars and Molars. Students should know the positions of these teeth inside our mouth
(C)
(C)
(C)
Teeth (Page 22) (C)
Teeth (Page 22)
S S neat S neat andS and well-labeledS well-labeledChand
the
Chand
the human
Chand
humanglands
Chand
glands through
Chand
through this
Chand
this
activity
Chand
activity given
Chand
given
Suggested home assignmentChand
Suggested home assignment
well-labeledChand
well-labeled
And could
And could
humanAnd
human
Compa
ny
alimentar
Compa
ny
alimentary
Compa
ny
y canal
Compa
ny
canaldiges
Compa
ny
digestive
Compa
ny
tive sys
Compa
ny
systine,
Compa
ny
tine, Rectum
Compa
ny
RectumStudents
Compa
ny
Students should
Compa
ny
shouldparts Com
pany
parts ofCompa
ny
of theCompa
ny
the alimentarCompa
ny
alimentarbe Com
pany
be madeCompa
ny
made
Limite
d
Limite
dperistalsis.
Limite
dperistalsis.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
18
and their respective functions. Students should be able to differentiate between milk teeth and permanent teeth. They should know how the formation of cavities takes place in teeth and thus, how important oral care is, for our mouth.
Using resources
• se a chart to show the position of different types of teeth in our mouth.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
ist the different ways by which you can prevent tooth decay.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Tongue (Page 24)
Teacher guided discussion
iscuss the structure and functions of tongue with students. Ask them the types of tastes they have experienced with different food materials. Familiarize them with the terms taste buds and their positions on the tongue.
Suggested home assignment
raw the tongue and mention the different functions of it.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Diarrhoea (Page 24)
Teacher guided discussion
xplain them that the condition in which a person passes out watery stools frequently is called diarrhoea. Students should know that diarrhoea may lead to dehydration which can be prevented by ral Rehydration Solution ( RS).
Suggested home assignment
Buy an RS packet from the chemist and list its ingredients in your copy. Try to find the role of these ingredients in controlling dehydration.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Grass eating animals (Page 25)
Teacher guided discussion
(C)
(C) an
(C) an RS
(C) RS packet
(C) packet
ingredients
(C) ingredients in
(C) in controlling
(C) controllingS Suggested home assignmentS Suggested home assignment
packetS packet
Chand
Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Teacher guided discussion
the
Chand
the condition
Chand
condition
Students
Chand
Students should
Chand
should know
Chand
know
Rehydration Chand
Rehydration SolutionCha
nd
Solution
Suggested home assignmentCha
nd
Suggested home assignment
And
And functions
And functions
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Compa
ny
students.
Compa
ny
students. Ask
Compa
ny
Ask them
Compa
ny
themFamiliarize
Compa
ny
Familiarize them
Compa
ny
them with
Compa
ny
with
functionsCompa
ny
functions ofCompa
ny
of
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
19
xplain that the herbivorous animals eat grass which is rich in a carbohydrate called cellulose. So these animals have a special stomach to digest this carbohydrate. xplain the process of rumination in these animals like cow. Students should be able to answer why these animals are called ruminants.
Suggested home assignment
Can human beings digest cellulose Why
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Amoeba (Page 26)
Teacher guided discussion
iscuss that Amoeba is a microscopic organism which consists of a single cell, has no fixed shape and is the simplest animal. xplain the mechanism of feeding and digestion in Amoeba to the students. Students should be aware of the terms Pseudopodia and Vacuole.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
raw the different stages in the feeding and digestion in Amoeba.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the C given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
iscuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Ingestion 2. Saliva
3. Peristalsis 4. (a) arge intestine (b) Small intestine
(C)
(C)
(C) Assessment
(C) Assessment of
(C) of
(C) for the chapter.
(C) for the chapter. S S understS underst
Chand
Chand
Chand
corresponding
Chand
corresponding chapter
Chand
chapter in
Chand
in
exercisesChand
exercises givenCha
nd
given
And
And
And
And ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
And ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
previous
And
previous lessons.
And
lessons.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
R
Compa
ny
R Code
Compa
ny
Code given
Compa
ny
given
digestionCompa
ny
digestion inCompa
ny
in Amoeba.Compa
ny
Amoeba.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10 Com
pany
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Limite
d
Limite
dcell,
Limite
dcell, has
Limite
dhas no
Limite
dno fixed
Limite
dfixed
AmoebaLimite
dAmoeba
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
20
5. Oesophagus 6. Acid
7. a. Premolars b. Canines c. Incisors . a. Milk teeth b. Permanent teeth
9. Milk teeth 1 . and years
11. Tongue 12. Sweet and salty tastes
13. a. Sour b. Bitter 14. Ruminants
15. Cellulose digesting bacteria 1 . Amoeba
1 . Amoeba 1 . Pseudopodia
1 . Pseudopodia 2 . iarrhoea
21. iarrhoea 22. ral Rehydration Solution
23. nergy is produced 24. (a) True (b) False (c) True (d) True
25. (a) liver (b) digestive (c) villi (d) glucose amino acids fatty acids glycerol (e) digestive (f) milk (g) acid (h) cud (i) cow (j) pseudopodia (k) food vacuole
B. Short Answer Type Questions
2 . (a) Mucus protects the lining of stomach (from its own secretions of hydrochloric acid). ydrochloric acid kills any bacteria which may enter the stomach with food.
(b) ydrochloric acid also makes the medium in the stomach acidic (which is necessary for the proper action of digestive juices on proteins in the stomach).
2 . A long tube running from mouth to anus of a human being (or other animals) in which digestion and absorption of food takes place is called alimentary canal. The human digestive system consists of the alimentary canal and its associated glands. The various organs of the human digestive system in sequence are Mouth (Buccal cavity), esophagus (or Food pipe), Stomach, Small intestine, arge intestine, Rectum and Anus. The glands which are associated with human digestive system and form a part of human digestive system are Salivary glands, iver and Pancreas.
2 . (i) b (ii) c (iii) a
2 . Saliva is a digestive juice which helps to digest the starch present in the food partially.
3 . a. Small intestine b. Buccal cavity (teeth) c. Stomach d. Small intestine e. arge intestine
31. iver secretes a liquid called bile (which is stored temporarily in the sac called gall bladder). The bile plays an important part in the digestion of fats.
32. The food of butterfly is nectar ( ectar is a sugary liquid present inside the flowers). The butterfly uses its long feeding tube to suck nectar from flowers of plants.
33. Frog is an animal which eats flying insects as food. Snakes are flesh eaters. They eat animals like rats, etc. Both male and female mosquitoes feed by sucking nectar from flowers. The female mosquitoes also suck blood from other animals (including human beings). ice feed by sucking blood from the skin of scalp. ouseflies feed on filth and refuse. They take in only liquid food by sucking. ouseflies spit out saliva on solid food to convert it into a liquid and then suck this liquid. Ants feed on plant material and other animals by biting and chewing. Snails feed on algae by scraping it from rocks.
(C) butterfly
(C) butterfly
33.
(C) 33.
(C) Frog
(C) Frog is
(C) is
like(C)
like rats,(C) rats,
female(C)
female
S bile
S bile
The S The foodS food ofS ofbutterflyS butterfly
Chand
and
Chand
and Pancreas.
Chand
Pancreas.
digestive
Chand
digestive juice
Chand
juice which
Chand
which
intestine
Chand
intestine b.
Chand
b. Buccal
Chand
Buccal
secretesChand
secretes aCha
nd
a liquidChand
liquidCha
nd
playsChand
plays anChand
an
And canal
And canal
sequence
And sequence are
And are
tine,
And
tine,
And
arge
And
arge intes
And
intesdigestivAnd
digestiveAnd
e sysAnd
sys
Pancreas.And
Pancreas.
Compa
ny
own
Compa
ny
own secretions
Compa
ny
secretionsenter
Compa
ny
enter the
Compa
ny
the stomach
Compa
ny
stomach
in
Compa
ny
in the
Compa
ny
the stomach
Compa
ny
stomachon
Compa
ny
on proteins
Compa
ny
proteins in
Compa
ny
in
anus
Compa
ny
anus of
Compa
ny
of a
Compa
ny
a human
Compa
ny
humanplaceCom
pany
place isCompa
ny
is callCompa
ny
calledCompa
ny
edandCom
pany
and itsCompa
ny
its
Limite
d(d)
Limite
d(d) True
Limite
dTrue
Limite
d
glycerol
Limite
dglycerol (e)
Limite
d(e)
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
21
34. (i) c (ii) d (iii) a (iv) b (v) e (vi) f (vii) g
35. The inner surface of the small intestine has millions of tiny, finger-like outgrowths called villi. The presence of villi gives the inner walls of the small intestine a very large surface area (which helps in the rapid absorption of food). Thus, the role of villi in the small intestine is to increase the surface area for the rapid absorption of digested food.
36. iver secretes a liquid called bile (which is stored temporarily in the sac called gall bladder). The bile plays an important part in the digestion of fats.
37. Glucose is a kind of pre-digested food (so it has not to go through the slow digestive process in our body). Glucose solution is immediately absorbed by our body. The absorbed glucose then combines with oxygen to give us quick energy (or instant energy).
3 . Amoeba is a microscopic organism (very small organism) which consists of a single cell. Amoeba lives in pond water. A similarity between the nutrition in Amoeba and human beings is that in both the cases digestive juices break down the complex food particles into simpler substances (which can be absorbed). A difference is that Amoeba has no mouth and no digestive system whereas a human being has a mouth and a digestive system made up of many organs.
39. Amoeba takes in food (or ingests food) by using pseudopodia. When a considerable amount of undigested food collects inside Amoeba, then its cell membrane suddenly ruptures at any place and the undigested food is thrown out (or egested) from the body of Amoeba
4 . There are four types of teeth in our mouth. These are (i) Incisors, (ii) Canines, (iii) Premolars, and (iv) Molars. The incisors are for biting and cu ng the food. The canines are for piercing and tearing the food. The premolars and molars are for chewing and grinding the food.
41. Most of the adult men and women have a total of 32 teeth. f these, 1 are in the upper jaw and 1 are in the lower jaw. The 1 teeth of each jaw consist of 4 incisors, 2 canines, 4 premolars and molars. The teeth of upper jaw match with the teeth of lower jaw.
42. We can distinguish between ice and ice cream (even with our eyes closed) from their taste. A piece of ice kept on the tongue will appear to be tasteless whereas a piece of ice cream will give a sweet taste.
43. The various functions of the tongue are as follows 1.The tongue helps in mixing saliva with food during chewing (which is essential for the digestion of food). 2. The tongue helps in swallowing the food into the food pipe. 3. The tongue helps in ge ng the taste of food. 4. The tongue is essential for talking (or speaking). There are four types of tastes: sweet, salt sourand i er.
44. We (human beings) cannot survive by eating only grass (or raw leafy vegetables) because these foods contain mainly cellulose (carbohydrate) and our body does not have bacteria which can digest cellulose carbohydrate.
45. (i) Most taste buds at the front of the tongue detect sweet and salty tastes. The maximum effect of sweet taste is felt at the tip of the tongue whereas the maximum effect of salty taste is felt just behind the tip of the tongue. (ii) Most of the taste buds on the sides of the tongue detect sour taste. (iii) Most of the taste buds at the back of the tongue detect bitter taste.
(C) We
(C) We (human
(C) (human
these
(C) these foods
(C) foods
which(C)
which
45.(C)
45. (i)(C)
(i)
S The
S The tongue
S tongue
S salt sourand i er.S salt sourand i er.
(humanS (human
Chand
between
Chand
betweenon
Chand
on the
Chand
the tongue
Chand
tonguetaste.
Chand
taste.
functions
Chand
functions of
Chand
of the
Chand
the
during
Chand
during chewing
Chand
chewing (which
Chand
(which
swallowing Chand
swallowing theCha
nd
the foodChand
food
tongueChand
tongue isChand
is
And and tearing the food. The premolars and molars are for chewing and grinding the food.
And and tearing the food. The premolars and molars are for chewing and grinding the food.
women
And women have
And have
jaw.
And
jaw. The
And
The 1
And
1 teeth
And
teethTheAnd
The teethAnd
teeth ofAnd
of
iceAnd
ice andAnd
and
Compa
ny that
Compa
ny that
mouth
Compa
ny mouth and
Compa
ny and a
Compa
ny a digestiv
Compa
ny digestiv
pseudopodia.
Compa
ny
pseudopodia. When
Compa
ny
Whenits
Compa
ny
its cell
Compa
ny
cell membrane
Compa
ny
membraneout
Compa
ny
out (or
Compa
ny
(or egested)
Compa
ny
egested)
These
Compa
ny
These are
Compa
ny
are (i)
Compa
ny
(i) Inciso
Compa
ny
Incisobiting
Compa
ny
biting and
Compa
ny
and cu ng
Compa
ny
cu ngand tearing the food. The premolars and molars are for chewing and grinding the food.Com
pany
and tearing the food. The premolars and molars are for chewing and grinding the food.
totalCompa
ny
total
Limite
dtive
Limite
dtive process
Limite
dprocessabsorbed
Limite
dabsorbed glucose
Limite
dglucose
consists
Limite
dconsists of
Limite
dof a
Limite
da single
Limite
dsingle
Amoeba
Limite
dAmoeba and
Limite
dand
complexLimite
dcomplex foodLim
ited
foodAmoebaLim
ited
AmoebadigestivLim
ited
digestiv
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
22
C. Long Answer Type Questions
4 . The process in which the food containing large, insoluble substances is broken down into small, water soluble substances which can be absorbed by our body, is called digestion. The human digestive system consists of the alimentary canal and its associated glands. The various organs of the human digestive system in sequence are Mouth (Buccal cavity),
esophagus (or Food pipe), Stomach, Small intestine, arge intestine, Rectum and Anus. The glands which are associated with human digestive system and form a part of human digestive system are Salivary glands, iver and Pancreas. Refer to figure 2 for the diagram.
4 . xcessive use of sugar containing foods such as sweets, chocolates, toffees, ice cream and cold drinks, etc., are the major cause of tooth decay. Tooth decay can be prevented in the following ways 1. We should rinse the mouth thoroughly with clean water after every meal. 2. We should clean our teeth with a brush and toothpaste at least twice a day. 3. A dental floss should be used to take out food particles trapped between the teeth. ( ental floss is a soft thread used to clean between the teeth). 4. We should eat less of sugary foods such as sweets, chocolates, toffees, and ice cream, etc. Too many cold drinks should also be avoided (this is because sugar bacteria acid which eats up tooth).
4 . Refer to figure 11.
4 . The process by which the cud (partially digested food) is brought back from the stomach to the mouth of the animal and chewed again is called rumination (or chewing the cud). All the animals like cow and buffalo which chew the cud are called ruminants. (a) Cow, Sheep, Buffalo, eer, Goat, Giraffe (b) Cellulose The cellulose digesting bacteria are not present in the body of human beings due to which human beings cannot digest cellulose carbohydrate present in plant foods.
5 . The inner lining of stomach secretes mucus, hydrochloric acid and digestive juices. Mucus protects the lining of stomach (from its own secretions of hydrochloric acid). ydrochloric acid kills any bacteria which may enter the stomach with food. ydrochloric acid also makes the medium in the stomach acidic (which is necessary for the proper action of digestive juices on proteins in the stomach). The digestive juices secreted by the stomach lining break down the proteins present in our food into simpler substances (This happens in the acidic medium). The large intestine absorbs most of the water from the undigested food material.
51. There are four types of teeth in our mouth. These are (i) Incisors, (ii) Canines, (iii) Premolars, and (iv) Molars. The incisors are for biting and cu ng the food. The canines are for piercing and tearing the food. The premolars are for chewing and grinding the food. Molars are for chewing and grinding the food.
52. (a) Bitter. Most of the taste buds at the back of the tongue detect bitter taste. (b) Sour. Most of the taste buds on the sides of the tongue detect sour taste.
53. The process by which the cud (partially digested food) is brought back from the stomach to the mouth of the animal and chewed again is called rumination (or chewing the cud). All the animals like cow and buffalo which chew the cud are called ruminants. The animals called ruminants can survive on grass as food because they have certain bacteria in the
(C) and tearing the food. The premolars are for chewing and grinding the food. Molars are for
(C) and tearing the food. The premolars are for chewing and grinding the food. Molars are for
chewing and grinding the food.
(C) chewing and grinding the food.
52.(C)
52. ((C) (a)(C)
a) Bitter.(C) Bitter.
Most of the taste buds on the sides of the tongue detect sour taste.(C)
Most of the taste buds on the sides of the tongue detect sour taste.
S are
S areand S and (iv)S (iv) Molars.S Molars.and tearing the food. The premolars are for chewing and grinding the food. Molars are for S and tearing the food. The premolars are for chewing and grinding the food. Molars are for chewing and grinding the food. S chewing and grinding the food.
Chand
which
Chand
whichstomach
Chand
stomachin
Chand
in the
Chand
the stomach).
Chand
stomach).
proteins
Chand
proteins present
Chand
present
medium).
Chand
medium). The
Chand
The large
Chand
large
fourChand
four typesChand
typesMolars.Cha
nd
Molars.
And beings
And beings
foods.
And foods.
secret
And
secretes
And
es mucus,
And
mucus,stomach And
stomach (fromAnd
(from itsAnd
its
mayAnd
may entAnd
entacidicAnd
acidic
Compa
ny should
Compa
ny should
many
Compa
ny many cold
Compa
ny cold
eats
Compa
ny
eats up
Compa
ny
up tooth).
Compa
ny
tooth).
food)
Compa
ny
food) is
Compa
ny
is brought
Compa
ny
broughtagain
Compa
ny
again is
Compa
ny
is called
Compa
ny
called rumination
Compa
ny
ruminationchew
Compa
ny
chew the
Compa
ny
the cud
Compa
ny
cudCellulose
Compa
ny
Cellulose The
Compa
ny
Thedue Com
pany
due toCompa
ny
to whichCompa
ny
which
Limite
ddiagram.
Limite
ddiagram.
ice
Limite
dice cream
Limite
dcream and
Limite
dandprev
Limite
dprevented
Limite
dented in
Limite
din
er
Limite
der after
Limite
dafter eve
Limite
deve
twice
Limite
dtwice a
Limite
da day.
Limite
dday.
theLimite
dthe teeth.Lim
ited
teeth.eatLim
ited
eat lessLimite
dless
coldLimite
d
cold
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
23
rumen part of their stomach which can digest the cellulose carbohydrate present in grass (and other plant leaves). The cellulose digesting bacteria are not present in the body of human beings due to which human beings cannot digest cellulose carbohydrate present in plant foods.
54. The condition in which a person passes out watery stools frequently is called diarrhoea. iarrhoea may be caused by an infection (due to disease-causing microorganisms), food
poisoning or indigestion. iarrhoea leads to the loss of water and salts from the body of a person (through frequent watery stools). The loss of water from the body of a person through watery stools is called dehydration. The sudden loss of too much water (or dehydration) makes a person dangerously ill in a very short time. xcessive dehydration of body caused by diarrhoea can even lead to death. So, diarrhoea should never be neglected. In order to prevent dehydration, the person suffering from diarrohea should be given a solution of sugar and salt in clean water, many times a day. The solution of sugar and salt in water is called ral Rehydration Solution ( RS) (because it is given to the person orally, through mouth). We can make an oral rehydration solution ourselves by dissolving a teaspoonful of sugar and a pinch of salt in a glass of clean water. The water used for this purpose should be first boiled and then cooled (so as to make it germfree).
55. In order to prevent dehydration, the person suffering from diarrohea should be given a solution of sugar and salt in clean water, many times a day. The solution of sugar and salt in water is called ral Rehydration Solution ( RS) (because it is given to the person orally, through mouth). We can make an oral rehydration solution ourselves by dissolving a teaspoonful of sugar and a pinch of salt in a glass of clean water. The water used for this purpose should be first boiled and then cooled (so as to make it germfree).
D. Multiple Choice Questions
56. (b) 5 . (c) 5 . (c) 5 . (d) . (b)
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b)
. (c) . (d) . (d) . (d) . (d)
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d)
. (b) . (c) . (b) . (d) . (a)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
1. (a) (i) Salivary glands (ii) Saliva (iii) Starch (iv) esophagus (or Food pipe) (v) Stomach
(b) Proteins
2. (a) (i) Small intestine (ii) Bile (iii) Fatty acids (iv) Glycerol (v) Glucose (vi) Amino acids (b) Gall bladder
3. (a) (i) Villi (ii) arge intestine (iii) Rectum (iv) Anus (b) gestion
4. (a) (i) Bacteria (ii) Sugar (iii) Acid (iv) namel (v) entine (vi) Pulp cavity (b) Tooth decay
5. (a) (i) Starch (ii) A sugar (Maltose) (b) Saliva helps in digesting starch carbohydrate present in food.
(C) (b)
(C) (b)
2. (a)
(C) 2. (a) (i)
(C) (i)
(b)(C)
(b) Gall(C) Gall(C)
3. (a)(C)
3. (a)
S (i) S (i) SalivaryS Salivary
ProteinsS Proteins
Chand
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b)
Chand
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b)
. (c) . (d) . (d) . (d)
Chand
. (c) . (d) . (d) . (d)
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d)
Chand
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d)
. (b) . (c)
Chand
. (b) . (c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking SkillsChand
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
SalivaryChand
Salivary
And then
And then
5 . (c) 5 . (d) . (b)And
5 . (c) 5 . (d) . (b)
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b)And
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b)
Compa
ny by
Compa
ny by dissolving
Compa
ny dissolving
sugar and a pinch of salt in a glass of clean water. The water used for this purpose should
Compa
ny sugar and a pinch of salt in a glass of clean water. The water used for this purpose should
germfree).
Compa
ny
germfree).
suffering
Compa
ny
suffering from
Compa
ny
from diarrohea
Compa
ny
diarroheamany
Compa
ny
many times
Compa
ny
times a
Compa
ny
a day.
Compa
ny
day.Solution
Compa
ny
Solution ( RS)
Compa
ny
( RS) (because
Compa
ny
(becauseoral
Compa
ny
oral rehy
Compa
ny
rehy
Compa
ny
dration
Compa
ny
drationa teaspoonful of sugar and a pinch of salt in a glass of clean water. The water used for this Com
pany
a teaspoonful of sugar and a pinch of salt in a glass of clean water. The water used for this cooledCom
pany
cooled (soCompa
ny
(so
Limite
dthro
Limite
dthro
dehydr
Limite
ddehydration)
Limite
dation)of
Limite
dof body
Limite
dbody caused
Limite
dcausedneglected.
Limite
dneglected. In
Limite
dIn
be
Limite
dbe given
Limite
dgiven a
Limite
da
sugar
Limite
dsugar and
Limite
dand salt
Limite
dsalt
the Limite
dthe personLim
ited
persondissolvingLim
ited
dissolving
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
24
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. amethefollowing:
(a) The substance which mixes with food in the mouth during chewing of food.
(b) The teeth in human beings which are replaced by permanent teeth.
(c) False feet of Amoeba.
(d) Form of carbohydrate digested by ruminants like cow.
2. illinthe lan s:
(a) The condition in which a person passes out watery stools is called . ...... .
(b) The digestive organ where water from the undigested food material is absorbed is . ...... .
(c) The process of taking in food into the body is . ..... .
(d) The process in which tooth becomes rotten due to formation of . ...... is called tooth decay.
. Writetrueorfalse:
(a) Butterfly sucks nectar from flowers.
(b) The gall bladder stores bile juice temporarily.
(c) We should eat excess sweets and do not care to brush our teeth.
(d) Canines are for biting and cutting of food.
4. entionthefunctionofthefollowing:
(a) Incisors (b) Pseudopodia in Amoeba
(c) Tongue (d) Rumen in cow
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
(a) Give a point of similarity between the digestion in Amoeba and digestion in human beings.
(b) Why do we get hiccups
(c) Which is the largest gland of our body and mention its function
(d) ame the various components of the alimentary canal.
(C) (d) ame
(C) (d) ameS (b) Why
S (b) Why
S (c) WhichS (c) Which
(d) ameS (d) ame
Chand
(d) Rumen
Chand
(d) Rumen
B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
Chand
Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
point
Chand
point of
Chand
of similarity
Chand
similarity
beings.Chand
beings.
doChand
do weChand
we
And cutting
And cutting
entionthefunctionofthefollo
And entionthefunctionofthefollowing:
And wing:
(b) Pseudopodia
And
(b) Pseudopodia in
And
in
(d) RumenAnd
(d) Rumen inAnd
in cowAnd
cow
Compa
ny . .....
Compa
ny . ..... .
Compa
ny .
formation
Compa
ny
formation of
Compa
ny
of
temporarily.
Compa
ny
temporarily.
do Compa
ny
do notCompa
ny
not careCompa
ny
care toCompa
ny
to
of Compa
ny
of food.Compa
ny
food.
Limite
d. ......
Limite
d. ......
material
Limite
dmaterial is
Limite
dis
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
25
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 5
ame ............................................................... Class ......................... ate ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. amethefollowing:
(a) The digestive gland which produces bile juice.
(b) The acid produced by the inner lining of the stomach.
(c) The organ in Amoeba which expels out the undigested food material.
(d) The false feet of Amoeba.
(e) The process by which digested food passes into the blood vessels in the walls of the small intestine.
2. Write rueor alse:
(a) Intake of food into the body of an organism is called egestion.
(b) The process of eliminating wastes from our body is called assimilation.
(c) The saliva is produced by the salivary glands.
(d) The pancreas is the largest organ of our body.
(e) Tongue helps us in talking.
. entiononefunctionofthefollowing:
(a) Pseudopodia in Amoeba (b) Vacuoles in Amoeba
(c) Gall bladder in human beings (d) Villi in small intestine
(e) ydrochloric acid in stomach
4. orrectthefollowingstatements:
(a) uring diarrhoea, we should not give water to the patient.
(b) uman beings are ruminants and can digest cellulose.
(c) The fats of food material are broken down in the stomach.
(d) Absorption of digested food takes place in the large intestine.
(e) The process in which the undigested food material is removed from the body is called digestion.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
(a) ifferentiate between milk teeth and permanent teeth.
(b) What causes tooth decay
(C) (d) Absorption
(C) (d) Absorption
(e) The
(C) (e) The
B. Subjective Type Questions(C
) B. Subjective Type Questions
S (b) uman
S (b) uman
(c) TheS (c) The fatsS fats
(d) AbsorptionS (d) Absorption
Chand
Amoeba
Chand
Amoeba
human
Chand
human beings
Chand
beings
(e) ydrochloric
Chand
(e) ydrochloric acid
Chand
acid in
Chand
in stomach
Chand
stomach
orrectthefollo
Chand
orrectthefollowingstatements:
Chand
wingstatements:
(a) uring Chand
(a) uring diarrhoea,Cha
nd
diarrhoea,
(b) umanChand
(b) uman beingsChand
beings
And organ
And organ of
And of
talking.
And
talking.
entiononefunctionofthefolloAnd
entiononefunctionofthefollowing:And
wing:
Amoeba And
Amoeba
Compa
ny
the
Compa
ny
the blood
Compa
ny
blood vessels
Compa
ny
vessels
organism
Compa
ny
organism is
Compa
ny
is called
Compa
ny
called egestion.
Compa
ny
egestion.
from
Compa
ny
from our
Compa
ny
our body
Compa
ny
body is
Compa
ny
is
salivaryCompa
ny
salivary glands.Compa
ny
glands.
ourCompa
ny
our body.Compa
ny
body.
Limite
dmaterial.Lim
ited
material.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
26
(c) Briefly explain the role of liver in the human digestive system.
(d) Which mode of feeding is used by Starfish and ydra
(e) Which part of the alimentary canal is involved in illing of bacteria and the Formation of faeces
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
(a) ist the various stages in the process of nutrition.
(b) ow does digestion take place in a ruminant like cow
(c) ow does nutrition occur in Amoeba xplain with the help of a neat diagram.
(d) Write a short note on process of digestion in the small intestine.
(e) iscuss the different types of teeth, their position and functions in the mouth of a human being.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. hemillionsoftin outgrowthsontheinnersurfaceofsmallintestinearecalled:
(a) Capillaries (b) Buds (c) Villi (d) Veins 2. helengthofsmallintestineinadulthuman eingsisa out:
a) 1.5 m (b) 2.5m (c) .5. (d) 4.5m . Waterfromtheundigestedfoodisa sor edmainl inthe:
(a) Stomach (b) Food pipe (c) Small intestine (d) arge intestine 4. hedigestionofaparticularfoodinthesmallintestineproducesaminoacids. hisfood
must contain mainly:
(a) Carbohydrates (b) Fats (c) Vitamins (d) Proteins 5. hedigestionofgroundnutoilpresentinfoodproduces:
(a) Amino acids (b) Glycerol (c) Alcohol (d) Fatty acids
(C) S
Cha
nd (b)
Chand
(b) And Fats
And Fats
And
And (c)
And (c)
oundnutoilpresentinfoodproduces:
And
oundnutoilpresentinfoodproduces:
(b) And
(b) GlycerolAnd
Glycerol
Compa
ny wthsontheinnersurfaceofsmallintestinearecalled:
Compa
ny wthsontheinnersurfaceofsmallintestinearecalled:
Compa
ny
(d)
Compa
ny
(d)estineinadulthuman eingsisa out:
Compa
ny
estineinadulthuman eingsisa out:
2.5m (c)
Compa
ny
2.5m (c) .5.
Compa
ny
.5. Waterfromtheundigestedfoodisa sor edmainl inthe:
Compa
ny
Waterfromtheundigestedfoodisa sor edmainl inthe:
(c)
Compa
ny
(c) Small
Compa
ny
Smalltionofaparticularfoodinthesmallintestineproducesaminoacids. hisfoodCom
pany
tionofaparticularfoodinthesmallintestineproducesaminoacids. hisfood
(c)Com
pany
(c)
Limite
ddiagram.
Limite
ddiagram.
in
Limite
din the
Limite
dthe mouth
Limite
dmouth
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
27
3
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The concept of fibres and fabric and to know the differences between natural fibres and synthetic fibres.
• The method of production of wool and occupational hazard in wool industry.
• Discovery of silk, its sources and life history of silk moth.
• How to distinguish between natural silk and synthetic silk.
Textbook: Refer to pages 32 to 41
Periods allocated: 7 periods
VOCABULARY
Fleece, selective breeding, shearing, scouring, sorting, dyeing, combing, spinning, anthrax, sericulture, cocoon, reeling.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Wool and its production (Page 32)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students with the students the differences between natural fibres and synthetic fibres would be a good start for the topic. Ask them the process of converting fibres into fabric. This will provide a good recapitulation of the topic covered in Class V I.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked to list some of the important animal fibres. They should be asked the animals from which we yield these fibres. Y ou can use pictures of animals ( flash cards) and students may be asked to name the fibre which is obtained from that animal.
Fibre to FabricFibre to Fabric
(C) Learning Tools
(C) Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: (C)
Interactive warm up exercise: between natural fibres and synthetic fibres would be a good start for the topic. Ask them the process (C
) between natural fibres and synthetic fibres would be a good start for the topic. Ask them the process of converting fibres into fabric. This will provide a good recapitulation of the topic covered in Class V I.
(C)
of converting fibres into fabric. This will provide a good recapitulation of the topic covered in Class V I.
S Wool and its production (Page 32) S Wool and its production (Page 32)
Learning Tools S
Learning Tools
Chand
Chand
Fleece, selective breeding, shearing, scouring, sorting, dyeing, combing, spinning, anthrax,
Chand
Fleece, selective breeding, shearing, scouring, sorting, dyeing, combing, spinning, anthrax, sericulture, cocoon, reeling.
Chand
sericulture, cocoon, reeling.
Wool and its production (Page 32) Chand
Wool and its production (Page 32)
And
And
And
And C
ompa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
The concept of fibres and fabric and to know the differences between natural fibres and
Compa
ny
The concept of fibres and fabric and to know the differences between natural fibres and
The method of production of wool and occupational hazard in wool industry.
Compa
ny
The method of production of wool and occupational hazard in wool industry.
Discovery of silk, its sources and life history of silk moth.
Compa
ny
Discovery of silk, its sources and life history of silk moth.
How to distinguish between natural silk and synthetic silk.
Compa
ny
How to distinguish between natural silk and synthetic silk.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
28
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that wool is the soft, wavy hair which covers the body of animals like sheep, goat, yak, camel, llama and alpaca. Students should be aware of the term selective breeding. Students should be explained the process of production of wool which involves the rearing and breeding of sheep, shearing of the fleece of sheep, scouring, sorting, dyeing, combing and spinning of fibres into thick yarn called wool. Students should be sensitized with the occupational hazards of the wool industry where the bacteria anthrax may cause a blood disease – Sorter’s disease.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Paste pictures of different animals that provide us with wool in your copy.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 3 AND 4
Silk and its production (Page 35)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that silk is a fine, strong, soft and shining fibre produced by silkworms. Students should know the properties of silk. They should know that the rearing of silkworms for obtaining silk is called sericulture. They should be familiarized with the life history of silk moth and the process of production of silk. Students should be acquainted with the different types of silk. Y ou may discuss the story of discovery of silk to give the topic an interesting edge.
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 3 to distinguish between natural silk and artificial silk.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Make a collage with different types of pieces of silk.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
(C)
(C) Make a collage with different types of pieces of silk.
(C) Make a collage with different types of pieces of silk.
(C)
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons. (C)
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
S Suggested home assignment
S Suggested home assignment
Make a collage with different types of pieces of silk. S Make a collage with different types of pieces of silk.
Chand
activity
Chand
activity given
Chand
given on
Chand
on
may
Chand
may run
Chand
run the
Chand
the
Chand
video
Chand
video
chapter on the Study Gear app.
Chand
chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignmentChand
Suggested home assignment
And is called sericulture. They should be familiarized with the life history of silk moth and the process of
And is called sericulture. They should be familiarized with the life history of silk moth and the process of
production of silk. Students should be acquainted with the different types of silk. Y ou may discuss
And production of silk. Students should be acquainted with the different types of silk. Y ou may discuss
the story of discovery of silk to give the topic an interesting edge.
And
the story of discovery of silk to give the topic an interesting edge.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny Paste pictures of different animals that provide us with wool in your copy.
Compa
ny Paste pictures of different animals that provide us with wool in your copy.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 3 AND 4
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 3 AND 4
Discuss with them that silk is a fine, strong, soft and shining fibre produced by silkworms. Students
Compa
ny
Discuss with them that silk is a fine, strong, soft and shining fibre produced by silkworms. Students should know the properties of silk. They should know that the rearing of silkworms for obtaining silk Com
pany
should know the properties of silk. They should know that the rearing of silkworms for obtaining silk is called sericulture. They should be familiarized with the life history of silk moth and the process of Com
pany
is called sericulture. They should be familiarized with the life history of silk moth and the process of
Limite
dStudents may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Limite
dStudents may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
29
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXTBOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Wool and silk 2. Y ak wool
3. J ammu and Kashmir 4. Kashmiri goat
5. South America 6. Lohi and Rampur
7. erbivores . (a) Shearing (b) Scouring (c) Sorting
9. Bacteria called anthrax 10. Shearing
11. Silk 12. False
13. Mulberry
14. The natural colour of wool is generally creamy white though some breeds of sheep produce wool having brown and black colours.
15. Larva 16. Larva
17. Sericulture 1 . Wool and silk
19. Plant fibre
20. ( a) breeding ( b) goat ( c) wool ( d) herbivores ( e) sheep ( f) cocoon ( g) protein ( h) larvae ( or caterpillars) ( i) cocoon ( j ) reeling
B. Short Answer Type Questions
21. Apart from grazing grass, the sheep are also fed mixture of pulses, corn, j owar, oil cakes ( oil cake is the material left after the extraction of oil from oil-seeds), and minerals. In winter, sheep are kept indoors and fed on leaves, grains and dry fodder.
22. Rearing of sheep means to look after the sheep by providing them feed (food), shelter and health care. Certain breeds of sheep have a thick coat of hair on their body which yields good quality wool in large quantities. These are called sheep of good breeds. Such sheep are ‘selectively bred’ by choosing at least one parent sheep of good breed. So, the breeding of sheep is done to obtain such breeds of sheep which yield good quality wool in large quantities.
23. Wool is obtained from the sheep by a long process which involves the following steps: Shearing, Scouring, Sorting, yeing, Combing and Spinning.
24. The wool-yielding animals have a thick coat of hair on their body to keep them warm during cold winter season. The hair ( or wool) traps a lot of air. Air is a poor conductor of heat. So,
(C) health care. Certain breeds of sheep have a thick coat of hair on their body which yields
(C) health care. Certain breeds of sheep have a thick coat of hair on their body which yields
good
(C) good quality
(C) quality
are(C)
are ‘selectively(C) ‘selectively
of sheep is done to obtain such breeds of sheep which yield good quality wool in large (C)
of sheep is done to obtain such breeds of sheep which yield good quality wool in large quantities.(C)
quantities.
S sheep are kept indoors and fed on leaves, grains and dry fodder.
S sheep are kept indoors and fed on leaves, grains and dry fodder.
RearingS Rearing ofS of sheepS sheephealth care. Certain breeds of sheep have a thick coat of hair on their body which yields S health care. Certain breeds of sheep have a thick coat of hair on their body which yields
Chand
( a) breeding ( b) goat ( c) wool ( d) herbivores ( e) sheep ( f) cocoon ( g) protein ( h) larvae ( or
Chand
( a) breeding ( b) goat ( c) wool ( d) herbivores ( e) sheep ( f) cocoon ( g) protein ( h) larvae ( or caterpillars) ( i) cocoon ( j ) reeling
Chand
caterpillars) ( i) cocoon ( j ) reeling
B. Short Answer Type Questions
Chand
B. Short Answer Type Questions
Apart from grazing grass, the sheep are also fed mixture of pulses, corn, j owar, oil cakes ( oil
Chand
Apart from grazing grass, the sheep are also fed mixture of pulses, corn, j owar, oil cakes ( oil
the Chand
the materialCha
nd
materialChand
sheep are kept indoors and fed on leaves, grains and dry fodder. Chand
sheep are kept indoors and fed on leaves, grains and dry fodder.
And
( a) breeding ( b) goat ( c) wool ( d) herbivores ( e) sheep ( f) cocoon ( g) protein ( h) larvae ( or And
( a) breeding ( b) goat ( c) wool ( d) herbivores ( e) sheep ( f) cocoon ( g) protein ( h) larvae ( or caterpillars) ( i) cocoon ( j ) reeling And
caterpillars) ( i) cocoon ( j ) reeling
Compa
ny Lohi and Rampur
Compa
ny Lohi and Rampur
Shearing
Compa
ny
Shearing (b)
Compa
ny
(b)
Shearing
Compa
ny
Shearing
12.
Compa
ny
12. False
Compa
ny
False
The natural colour of wool is generally creamy white though some breeds of sheep produce
Compa
ny
The natural colour of wool is generally creamy white though some breeds of sheep produce
Limite
dKashmiri goat Lim
ited
Kashmiri goat
Lohi and Rampur Limite
d
Lohi and Rampur
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
30
the air trapped in hair ( or wool) of these animals prevents their body heat from being lost to cold surroundings and keeps them warm in winter.
25. Wool is a modified form of hair that grows with a waviness. Because of the waviness of wool, the woollen fabrics have a greater bulk (than cotton fabrics) and hence trap more air. Due to this, woollen fabrics keep us more warm during cold, winter days.
26. The risks faced by people working in any industry due to the ‘ nature of their work’ are called occupational hazards. Sorter’s disease is an occupational hazard.
27. The rearing of silkworms for obtaining silk is called sericulture.
2 . The most common silk moth is the mulberry silk moth. Silk is a fine, strong, soft and shining fibre produced by silkworms in making their cocoons.
29. Take a piece of natural silk fabric and another piece of artificial silk fabric, burn them separately and observe the smell produced :
( i) The fabric which burns giving a smell of burning hair will be natural silk ( or pure silk) .
( ii) The fabric which burns giving a smell of burning paper will be artificial silk ( or rayon) .
3 . The process of taking out silk fibres from the cocoons for use as silk is called reeling. Reeling is done in special machines which unwind the fibres of silk from cocoons.
31. ( i) e ( ii) c ( iii) b ( iv) a
32. Goat, sheep, yak, camel, alpaca yield wool. Wool comes mainly from sheep.
33. Some of the varieties of silk are Mulberry silk Tassar silk Mooga silk osa silk and ri silk. It is an animal fibre.
34. The silky covering spun by the silkworm ( or caterpillar) of silk moth is called cocoon.
35. Shearing, Scouring, Sorting, yeing, Combing, Spinning
B. Long Answer Questions
3 . (i) Shearing-The hair of sheep along with a thin layer of skin (called fleece) are removed from the body of sheep. The process of removing hair (or cu ng off hair) from the body of a sheep in the form of fleece is called shearing. (ii) The process of washing the fleece (cut hair of sheep) that removes dust, dirt, dried sweat and grease is called scouring. Scouring makes the fleece of sheep clean. The scoured fleece (or washed fleece) is then dried. (iii) The process of separating the fleece of a sheep into sections according to the quality of woollen fibres (such as fine, coarse, long, short, etc.) is called sorting. very section of wool obtained after sorting contains the same quality wool (or uniform wool). (iv) yeing. The natural fleece or hair of sheep (or goats) is white, brown or black in colour. The white woollen fibres obtained by sorting can be dyed in different colours. (v) Combing. Combing is a method to prepare woollen fibres for spinning the yarn. This is done by using combs having metal teeth. The process of combing straightens the entangled woollen fibres and also removes the small fluffy fibres (called ‘burrs’) which may be caught in them. (vi) Spinning. The long woollen fibres are spun (or twisted) into thick yarn called ‘wool’ (which is used for kni ng sweaters, etc.). The short woollen fibres are spun into fine yarn and then woven on a loom to make woollen cloth ( like shawls, etc.) .
(C) The
(C) The
woollen
(C) woollen
is(C)
is a(C)
a method(C) method
having(C)
having
S woollen
S woollenwool S wool obtainedS obtained
naturalS natural
Chand
of
Chand
of sheep
Chand
sheepsheep.
Chand
sheep. The
Chand
The process
Chand
processform
Chand
form
Chand
of
Chand
of fleece
Chand
fleece
hair of sheep) that removes dust, dirt, dried sweat and grease is called scouring. Scouring
Chand
hair of sheep) that removes dust, dirt, dried sweat and grease is called scouring. Scouring
fleece
Chand
fleece of
Chand
of sheep
Chand
sheep
processChand
process ofCha
nd
of separatingChand
separating
fibresChand
fibres
And The silky covering spun by the silkworm ( or caterpillar) of silk moth is called cocoon.
And The silky covering spun by the silkworm ( or caterpillar) of silk moth is called cocoon.
yeing,
And yeing, Combing,
And Combing,
sheep And
sheep alongAnd
along
Compa
ny which burns giving a smell of burning hair will be natural silk ( or pure silk) .
Compa
ny which burns giving a smell of burning hair will be natural silk ( or pure silk) .
which burns giving a smell of burning paper will be artificial silk ( or rayon) .
Compa
ny which burns giving a smell of burning paper will be artificial silk ( or rayon) .
use
Compa
ny
use as
Compa
ny
as silk
Compa
ny
silk is
Compa
ny
is call
Compa
ny call
of
Compa
ny
of silk
Compa
ny
silk from
Compa
ny
from cocoons.
Compa
ny
cocoons.
Goat, sheep, yak, camel, alpaca yield wool. Wool comes mainly from sheep.
Compa
ny
Goat, sheep, yak, camel, alpaca yield wool. Wool comes mainly from sheep.
Mulberry
Compa
ny
Mulberry silk
Compa
ny
silk Tassar
Compa
ny
Tassar silk
Compa
ny
silk
The silky covering spun by the silkworm ( or caterpillar) of silk moth is called cocoon. Compa
ny
The silky covering spun by the silkworm ( or caterpillar) of silk moth is called cocoon.
Combing,Com
pany
Combing,
Limite
dsoft
Limite
dsoft and
Limite
dand shining
Limite
dshining
fabric,
Limite
dfabric, burn
Limite
dburn
which burns giving a smell of burning hair will be natural silk ( or pure silk) . Limite
dwhich burns giving a smell of burning hair will be natural silk ( or pure silk) .
which burns giving a smell of burning paper will be artificial silk ( or rayon) . Limite
d
which burns giving a smell of burning paper will be artificial silk ( or rayon) .
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
31
3 . The hair of sheep along with a thin layer of skin (called fleece) are removed from the body of sheep. The process of removing hair (or cu ng off hair) from the body of a sheep in the form of fleece is called shearing. The process of washing the fleece (cut hair of sheep) that removes dust, dirt, dried sweat and grease is called scouring. Scouring makes the fleece of sheep clean. The scoured fleece (or washed fleece) is then dried. ) The process of separating the fleece of a sheep into sections according to the quality of woollen fibres (such as fine, coarse, long, short, etc.) is called sorting. very section of wool obtained after sorting contains the same quality wool (or uniform wool).
3 . The life history of silk moth is as follows:
( i) The female silk moth lays eggs on the leaves of a tree ( such as mulberry tree) .
(ii) The eggs hatch to form worm-like larvae see Figure 4(b) . The larvae of silk moth are called ‘ caterpillars’ or ‘ silkworms’. The silkworms feed on the leaves of mulberry tree and grow bigger in size.
( iii) When the silkworm ( or caterpillar) is ready to enter the next stage of its development called pupa, it first weaves a net to hold itself. Then it swings its head from side to side in the form of figure of ‘eight’ ( ). uring these movements of head, the silkworm secretes silk in liquid form through the tiny opening in its head which solidifies on exposure to air and becomes a silk fibre ( or silk thread) . Soon the silkworm ( or caterpillar) covers itself completely by silk fibres. The silky covering spun by the silkworm ( or caterpillar) of silk moth is called cocoon. The cocoon is made by silkworm to protect its development as ‘ pupa’. Pupa is a stage in the life history of silk moth when the caterpillar ( or silkworm) becomes ‘encased’ in a hard shell of silk fibres called cocoon. The silkworm continues to develop in the form of pupa inside the cocoon to form the silk moth.
( iv) When the pupa ( encased in cocoon) develops fully to form an adult silk moth, then the cocoon splits up and a beautiful silk moth comes out. The adult female silk moth then lays more eggs. In this way, the life history of silk moth is completed. Refer to figure 4 for the diagram.
3 . (i) Rearing of Silkworms to btain Cocoons-A female silk moth lays hundreds of eggs at a time. The eggs of silk moths are stored carefully on paper strips (or cloth strips) and sold to silkworm farmers. The farmers keep these eggs at suitable temperature and humidity under hygienic conditions. The eggs are then warmed to a suitable temperature for hatching. When the eggs hatch, silkworms ( larvae or caterpillars) come out of eggs. The silkworms are fed cut-up mulberry leaves. The silkworms eat day and night and grow big in size. After about 25 to 3 days, the silkworms stop eating and get ready to spin cocoons. The silkworms climb the twigs placed near them and spin cocoons of silk fibres. The silkworms enclose themselves completely inside the silken cocoons in two or three days. (ii) Processing of Cocoons to btain Silk Fibres-All the cocoons are collected at one place. The pile of cocoons is placed in hot water. Hot water makes the silk fibres of cocoons to separate out. The long silk fibres are obtained by unwinding the threads from cocoons. The process of taking out silk fibres from the cocoons for use as silk is called reeling. Reeling is done in special machines which unwind the fibres of silk from cocoons. (iii) Converting Silk Fibres into Silk Cloth-Silk fibres obtained from
(C) silk
(C) silk
S hatching. When the eggs hatch, silkworms ( larvae or caterpillars) come out of eggs.
S hatching. When the eggs hatch, silkworms ( larvae or caterpillars) come out of eggs. TheS TheS silkwormsS silkwormsgrowS grow bigS
bigto spin cocoons. The silkworms climb the twigs placed near them and spin cocoons of S to spin cocoons. The silkworms climb the twigs placed near them and spin cocoons of
Chand
then lays more eggs. In this way, the life history of silk moth is completed. Refer to
Chand
then lays more eggs. In this way, the life history of silk moth is completed. Refer to figure 4 for the diagram.
Chand
figure 4 for the diagram.
Silkworms
Chand
Silkworms to
Chand
to btain
Chand
btain
eggs
Chand
eggs of
Chand
of
Chand
silk
Chand
silk moths
Chand
moths
to silkworm farmers. The farmers keep these eggs at suitable temperature and humidity
Chand
to silkworm farmers. The farmers keep these eggs at suitable temperature and humidity under
Chand
under hygienic
Chand
hygienic
hatching. When the eggs hatch, silkworms ( larvae or caterpillars) come out of eggs. Chand
hatching. When the eggs hatch, silkworms ( larvae or caterpillars) come out of eggs. silkwormsCha
nd
silkworms
And to develop in the form of pupa inside the cocoon to form the silk moth.
And to develop in the form of pupa inside the cocoon to form the silk moth.
When the pupa ( encased in
And When the pupa ( encased in cocoon) develops fully to form an adult silk moth, then
And cocoon) develops fully to form an adult silk moth, then
the cocoon splits up and a beautiful silk moth comes out. The adult female silk moth
And
the cocoon splits up and a beautiful silk moth comes out. The adult female silk moth then lays more eggs. In this way, the life history of silk moth is completed. Refer to And
then lays more eggs. In this way, the life history of silk moth is completed. Refer to
Compa
ny aterpillar) is ready to enter the next stage of its development
Compa
ny aterpillar) is ready to enter the next stage of its development
called pupa, it first weaves a net to hold itself. Then it swings its head from side to side in
Compa
ny called pupa, it first weaves a net to hold itself. Then it swings its head from side to side in
ments
Compa
ny
ments of
Compa
ny
of head,
Compa
ny
head, the
Compa
ny the
silk in liquid form through the tiny opening in its head which solidifies on exposure to air
Compa
ny
silk in liquid form through the tiny opening in its head which solidifies on exposure to air and becomes a silk fibre ( or silk thread) . Soon the silkworm ( or caterpillar) covers itself
Compa
ny
and becomes a silk fibre ( or silk thread) . Soon the silkworm ( or caterpillar) covers itself completely by silk fibres. The silky covering spun by the silkworm ( or caterpillar) of silk
Compa
ny
completely by silk fibres. The silky covering spun by the silkworm ( or caterpillar) of silk The cocoon is made by silkworm to protect its development as
Compa
ny
The cocoon is made by silkworm to protect its development as ‘ pupa’. Pupa is a stage in the life history of silk moth when the caterpillar ( or silkworm)
Compa
ny
‘ pupa’. Pupa is a stage in the life history of silk moth when the caterpillar ( or silkworm) of Com
pany
of silkCompa
ny
silk fibresCompa
ny
fibresto develop in the form of pupa inside the cocoon to form the silk moth. Com
pany
to develop in the form of pupa inside the cocoon to form the silk moth.
Limite
ds eggs on the leaves of a tree ( such as mulberry tree) .
Limite
ds eggs on the leaves of a tree ( such as mulberry tree) .
larvae
Limite
dlarvae of
Limite
dof silk
Limite
dsilk moth
Limite
dmoth
called ‘ caterpillars’ or ‘ silkworms’. The silkworms feed on the leaves of mulberry tree
Limite
dcalled ‘ caterpillars’ or ‘ silkworms’. The silkworms feed on the leaves of mulberry tree
aterpillar) is ready to enter the next stage of its development Limite
d
aterpillar) is ready to enter the next stage of its development
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
32
cocoons are spun ( twisted) to form silk threads called ‘ silk yarn’. The silk yarn is then woven on looms into silk cloth by the weavers.
40. The shearing (cu ng the hair) of sheep is done in the hot weather of summer so that sheep may survive without their protective coat of hair. The hair of sheep grow again before the onset of winter and protect them in cold weather. Shearing does not hurt the sheep because the uppermost layer of the skin of sheep is ‘ dead’.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (a)
4 . (b) 4 . (a) 4 . (c) 4 . (d) 5 . (b)
51. (b) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
56. ( a) ( i) Wool ( ii) Air ( b) Summer ( c) Sheep, Goat, Y ak, Camel
5 . (a) (i) Sheep (ii) Fleece (b) (i) Shearing (ii) Scouring (c) Wool (d) Making sweaters by kni ng
5 . P Wool Silk R Cotton S ute
59. ( a) Silk moth ( b) ( i) Larva ( ii) Caterpillar ( iii) Pupa ( iv) Silkworm ( c) Silk ( d) Mulberry tree
60. ( a) Silk moth ( b) ( i) Silkworm ( ii) Mulberry tree ( c) Silk ( d) Reeling
(C) S
Cha
nd And
Com
pany
(d)
Compa
ny (d)
Compa
ny Making
Compa
ny Making
terpillar ( iii) Pupa ( iv) Silkworm ( c) Silk ( d) Mulberry tree
Compa
ny
terpillar ( iii) Pupa ( iv) Silkworm ( c) Silk ( d) Mulberry tree
Compa
ny
ee ( c) Silk ( d) Reeling
Compa
ny
ee ( c) Silk ( d) Reeling
Limite
d43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (a)
Limite
d43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (a)
4 . (b) 4 . (a) 4 . (c) 4 . (d) 5 . (b)
Limite
d 4 . (b) 4 . (a) 4 . (c) 4 . (d) 5 . (b)
51. (b) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (c)
Limite
d 51. (b) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (c)
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
33
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) A breed of sheep found in India.
( b) Tree whose leaves provide food for the silkworms.
( c) A fibre made of proteins.
( d) The country in which discovery of silk was made.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) The fabric which burns to give a smell of burning hair is .… … … … … ...... silk.
( b) The silky covering spun by the silkworms of silk moth is called .… … … … … ..... .
( c) The process of removing hair from the body of sheep in the form of fleece is called .… … … … … ..... .
( d) .… … … … … ...... fibres are threads obtained from plants and animals.
3. Write true or false:
( a) We obtain silk from alpaca.
( b) Shearing hurts the sheep.
( c) The process of washing the fleece that removes dust, dirt, dried sweat and grease is called scouring.
( d) Rearing of silkworms to obtain silk is called sericulture.
4. entiontheuseofthewoolo tainedfromthefollowing reedofsheep:
( a) Nali ( b) Bakharwal ( c) Patanwadi ( d) Lohi
B. Subjective Type Questions
5 . Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) What is dyeing and why is it done on fabrics and wool?
( b) What is sorter’s disease and how is it caused?
( c) Name four varieties of silk.
( d) What do you observe when you burn a pure silk thread and an artificial silk thread?
(C) S
What do you ob
S What do you obChand
B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
Chand
Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
What is dyeing and wh
Chand
What is dyeing and wh
What is sorter
Chand
What is sorter
Chand
’s disease and how is it caused?
Chand
’s disease and how is it caused?
Name four varieChand
Name four varie
What do you obChand
What do you ob
And o obtain silk is called sericulture.
And o obtain silk is called sericulture.
entiontheuseofthewoolo tainedfromthefollowing reedofsheep:
And entiontheuseofthewoolo tainedfromthefollowing reedofsheep:
( b) Bakharwal And
( b) Bakharwal
Compa
ny removing hair from the body of sheep in the form of fleece is called
Compa
ny removing hair from the body of sheep in the form of fleece is called
.… … … … … ...... fibres are threads obtained from plants and animals.
Compa
ny
.… … … … … ...... fibres are threads obtained from plants and animals.
washing the fleece that removes dust, dirt, dried sweat and grease is
Compa
ny
washing the fleece that removes dust, dirt, dried sweat and grease is
o obtain silk is called sericulture. Compa
ny
o obtain silk is called sericulture.
Limite
de a smell of burning hair is .… … … … … ...... silk.
Limite
de a smell of burning hair is .… … … … … ...... silk.
ering spun by the silkworms of silk moth is called .… … … … … ..... .
Limite
dering spun by the silkworms of silk moth is called .… … … … … ..... .
removing hair from the body of sheep in the form of fleece is called Limite
dremoving hair from the body of sheep in the form of fleece is called
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
34
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 50
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) An animal which produces wool for making fine Pashmina shawls.
( b) A natural fibre obtained from insects.
( c) State of India where Angora goats are found.
( d) Threads obtained from plants and animals.
( e) The process of separating the fleece of a sheep into sections according to the quality of woolen fibres.
2. Write True or False:
( a) Silk fibre is made up of carbohydrate.
( b) The rearing of silkworms for obtaining silk is called sericulture.
( c) The persons who look after the sheep are called shepherds.
( d) Rampur Bushair is commonly found in Uttar Pradesh.
( e) The most common variety of silk is Tussar silk.
3. Fill in the blanks:
( a) The discovery of silk was made in .… … … … … ..... .
( b) The fabric which burns giving a smell of burning paper is.… … … … … ...... silk.
( c) The process of taking out silk fibres from the cocoons for use as silk is .… … … … … ..... .
( d) The .… … … … … ...... silk moth lays eggs on the leaves of mulberry tree.
( e) The long, woolen yarns are twisted into thick yarn by the process of .… … … … … ..... .
4. Correct the following statements:
( a) During shearing, the fleece of sheep is thoroughly cleaned.
( b) Sericulture means fish farming.
( c) Sorter’s disease is caused by a fungus.
( d) The fleece of sheep is cut into many pieces while shearing.
( e) Carpet wool is obtained from Lohi breed of sheep.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Mention all the steps in correct order in which they are carried out during the production of woolen yarn from the sheep.
(C) ( b)
(C) ( b)
( c)
(C) ( c) Sorter’
(C) Sorter’
( d)(C)
( d)
( e)(C)
( e)
S During shearing, the fleece of sheep is thoroughly cleaned. S During shearing, the fleece of sheep is thoroughly cleaned. S Sericulture means fish farming. S Sericulture means fish farming.
Chand
ery of silk was made in .… … … … … ..... .
Chand
ery of silk was made in .… … … … … ..... .
The fabric which burns giving a smell of burning paper is.… … … … … ...... silk.
Chand
The fabric which burns giving a smell of burning paper is.… … … … … ...... silk.
The process of taking out silk fibr
Chand
The process of taking out silk fibr
The .… … … … … ...... silk moth lays eg
Chand
The .… … … … … ...... silk moth lays eg
The long, woolen y
Chand
The long, woolen y
Correct the folloChand
Correct the following statements:Chand
wing statements:
During shearing, the fleece of sheep is thoroughly cleaned. Chand
During shearing, the fleece of sheep is thoroughly cleaned.
And Rampur Bushair is commonly found in Ut
And Rampur Bushair is commonly found in Ut
ariety of silk is Tussar silk.
And ariety of silk is Tussar silk.
ery of silk was made in .… … … … … ..... . And
ery of silk was made in .… … … … … ..... .
The fabric which burns giving a smell of burning paper is.… … … … … ...... silk. And
The fabric which burns giving a smell of burning paper is.… … … … … ...... silk.
Compa
ny
ating the fleece of a sheep into sections according to the quality
Compa
ny
ating the fleece of a sheep into sections according to the quality
or obtaining silk is called sericulture.
Compa
ny
or obtaining silk is called sericulture.
er the sheep are called shepherds. Compa
ny
er the sheep are called shepherds.
Rampur Bushair is commonly found in UtCompa
ny
Rampur Bushair is commonly found in Uttar Pradesh. Compa
ny
tar Pradesh.
ariety of silk is Tussar silk. Com
pany
ariety of silk is Tussar silk.
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
35
( b) Name any four types of silk.
( c) Differentiate between shearing and scouring.
( d) Why does a woollen garment keep us warm during winters?
( e) Name an occupational hazard that may be caused during the production of wool. Give the name of its causative organism.
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) Describe the life history of silk moth briefly.
( b) How will you differentiate between pure silk and synthetic silk?
( c) Name the animals which yield wool. What do you understand by selective breeding?
( d) Mention the steps involved in the production of silk in brief.
( e) Write a short note on the discovery of silk.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Whichofthefollowingdoesnot ieldwool:
( a) Alpaca ( b) Llama ( c) Goat ( d) Silkworm 2. Sorter sdiseaseiscaused :
( a) Bacteria ( b) V irus ( c) Fungus ( d) Protozoa . heprocessofta ingoutsil resfromthecocoonsiscalled:
( a) Reeling ( b) Combing ( c) Sorting ( d) Shearing 4. hewoolcoatofasheepthatiscuto alongwithathinla erofs inis:
( a) Fleece ( b) Grease ( c) Dried sweat ( d) Dirt 5. a harwalisa reedof:
( a) Goat ( b) Y ak ( c) Sheep ( d) Camel
(C) S
Cha
nd And
( b) Grease
And ( b) Grease
( b) Y ak And
( b) Y ak
Compa
ny
( c) Goat
Compa
ny
( c) Goat
( c) Fungus
Compa
ny
( c) Fungus esfromthecocoonsiscalled:
Compa
ny
esfromthecocoonsiscalled:
( c) Sorting
Compa
ny
( c) Sorting tofasheepthatiscuto alongwithathinla erofs inis:Com
pany
tofasheepthatiscuto alongwithathinla erofs inis:
Limite
dyield wool. What do you understand by selective breeding?
Limite
dyield wool. What do you understand by selective breeding?
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
36
4
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn
• The meaning of the terms ‘ hot’ and ‘ cold’.
• About the clinical thermometer and laboratory thermometer.
• The different modes of transfer of heat.
• About conduction, good and poor conductors and their uses.
• About convection and formation of convection currents.
• About radiation and its effects on different colors.
Textbook: Refer to pages 42 to 63
Periods allocated: 15 periods
VOCABULARY
Temperature, thermometer, kink, conduction, convection, land breeze, sea breeze, radiation.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Hot and cold (Page 42)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students the various obj ects that are hot and cold would be a good start for the topic. Ask students how the increase and decrease in temperature is related to heat.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked how the doctor measures their body temperature when they fell ill / have high temperature.
HeatHeat
(C) Learning Tools
(C) Learning Tools
(C)
Interactive warm up exercise:(C)
Interactive warm up exercise:would(C
) would be(C
) be
is related to heat. (C
) is related to heat.
S Hot and cold (Page 42) S Hot and cold (Page 42)
Learning Tools S
Learning Tools
Chand
Chand
Chand
Chand
Chand
thermometer,
Chand
thermometer, kink,
Chand
kink,
Hot and cold (Page 42) Chand
Hot and cold (Page 42)
And
And
And
And different
And different
Textbook: Refer to pages 42 to 63
And
Textbook: Refer to pages 42 to 63 Com
pany
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
ter and laboratory thermometer.
Compa
ny
ter and laboratory thermometer.
and
Compa
ny
and their
Compa
ny
their uses.
Compa
ny
uses.
convection
Compa
ny
convection currents.
Compa
ny
currents.
colors.Compa
ny
colors.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
37
Teacher guided discussion
iscuss that heat is a form of energy which makes a substance hotter. Students should know that a temperature is a reliable measure of hotness or coldness of an object. Students should realize the importance of thermometer which is used to measure the temperature. Perform the activity given on page no. 42 to find out that our sense of touch is not reliable in telling us whether an obj ect is really hot or cold.
Suggested home assignment
When you finish your meal in a restaurant, a bowl of water is given to you to wash hands. Is it very hot, lukewarm or cold to touch
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2
Temperature (Page 43)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that a hot obj ect has a high temperature whereas a cold obj ect has a low temperature. Students should be able to define the temperature of an obj ect. Students should be able to express the temperature of an obj ect in the unit of degree Celsius.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
What is the temperature of boiling water and ice in degree Celsius
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 3 AND 4
Measuring temperature: Thermometers (Page 43)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain that a thermometer is a device for measuring the temperature of an obj ect. Students should be able to and draw a laboratory thermometer and describe its range as well as use. They should be acquainted with the precautions in using laboratory thermometer.
Using resources
• Students may be shown a laboratory thermometer.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
(C) be able to and draw a laboratory thermometer and describe its range as well as use. They should
(C) be able to and draw a laboratory thermometer and describe its range as well as use. They should
be acquainted with the precautions in using laboratory thermometer.
(C) be acquainted with the precautions in using laboratory thermometer.
Using resources(C)
Using resources
• Students(C
) • Students
S Teacher guided discussion
S Teacher guided discussion
S Explain that a thermometer is a device for measuring the temperature of an obj ect. Students should S Explain that a thermometer is a device for measuring the temperature of an obj ect. Students should be able to and draw a laboratory thermometer and describe its range as well as use. They should S be able to and draw a laboratory thermometer and describe its range as well as use. They should
Chand
Chand
boiling
Chand
boiling
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 3 AND 4
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 3 AND 4
Measuring temperature: Thermometers (Page 43)
Chand
Measuring temperature: Thermometers (Page 43)
Teacher guided discussionChand
Teacher guided discussion
And Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
And Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
waterAnd
water andAnd
and
Compa
ny
Discuss with them that a hot obj ect has a high temperature whereas a cold obj ect has a low
Compa
ny
Discuss with them that a hot obj ect has a high temperature whereas a cold obj ect has a low temperature. Students should be able to define the temperature of an obj ect. Students should be
Compa
ny
temperature. Students should be able to define the temperature of an obj ect. Students should be able to express the temperature of an obj ect in the unit of degree Celsius.
Compa
ny
able to express the temperature of an obj ect in the unit of degree Celsius.
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter Compa
ny
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Limite
d
Limite
dhands.
Limite
dhands. Is
Limite
dIs it
Limite
dit very
Limite
dvery
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
38
Suggested home assignment
Draw a neat and well-labeled diagram to show a laboratory thermometer.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 5 AND 6
Clinical Thermometer (Page 45)
Teacher guided discussion
iscuss with them the term kink constriction before starting the topic clinical thermometer. Students should be familiarized with the structure and range of the clinical thermometer. They should know that mercury is present in its glass bulb. They should know how to use it and precautions while handling it. Digital thermometers and maximum-and-minimum thermometers may also be discussed.
Using resources
Students may be shown a clinical thermometer to show its range.
Suggested home assignment
Differentiate between a laboratory thermometer and a clinical thermometer.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Transfer of heat (Page 48)
Teacher guided discussion
xplain to the students that to carry heat from one part of an object to its other part, or from one object to another object, is called transfer of heat. Students should know that heat flows from a hot object to a cold object. They should know the different ways in which heat can be transferred- conduction in solids, convection in liquids and gases and radiation in vacuum.
Suggested home assignment
What is transfer of heat
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 8 AND 9
Conduction (Page 48)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that conduction is the transfer of heat from the hotter part of a material to its colder part without the movement of material as a whole. Students should be aware that it takes place only in solids. They should be able to differentiate between good conductors of heat and bad conductors of heat and cite their examples. Students should be acquainted with the uses of good conductors and bad conductors of heat.
(C)
(C)
(C) Conduction (Page 48)
(C) Conduction (Page 48)
Teacher guided discussion(C)
Teacher guided discussion
S S Cha
nd called
Chand
called
Chand
Chand
transf
Chand
transfThey
Chand
They should
Chand
shouldconvection
Chand
convection in
Chand
in liquids
Chand
liquids
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
of Chand
of heatCha
nd
heat
And
carry And
carry heatAnd
heat fromAnd
fromAnd
transfAnd
transferAnd
er
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Students may be shown a clinical thermometer to show its range.
Compa
ny
Students may be shown a clinical thermometer to show its range.
Differentiate between a laboratory thermometer and a clinical thermometer.
Compa
ny
Differentiate between a laboratory thermometer and a clinical thermometer.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Limite
dthermometer
Limite
dthermometerer.
Limite
der. They
Limite
dThey should
Limite
dshouldand
Limite
dand precautions
Limite
dprecautions
while handling it. Digital thermometers and maximum-and-minimum thermometers may also be
Limite
dwhile handling it. Digital thermometers and maximum-and-minimum thermometers may also be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
39
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 4 to show the conduction of heat. (Perform this activity under the supervision of an adult)
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 5 to distinguish between good conductors and bad conductors of heat.
Suggested home assignment
• Why is mercury metal used in making thermometers
• Why do we wear woolen clothes in winter
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 10 AND 11
Convection in Water and Air (Page 52)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that convection is the transfer of heat from the hotter parts of a liquid/ gas to its colder parts by the movement of the liquid itself. Students should be aware that convection takes place only in liquids and gases. Students should be made to realize that water transfers heat by convection because it is a poor conductor of heat. Explain that the circulatory movements of water in a beaker in which hot water rises and cold water sinks again and again are called convection currents. iscuss that since air is also a poor conductor of heat, it transfers heat from its hotter parts to colder parts by the process of convection. Air can transfer the heat of a source by convection only in the upward direction. Students should be familiarized with the blowing of land breeze and sea breeze in coastal areas due to convection currents in air.
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on page no. 53 to show convection currents during heating of water.
• Conduct the activity given on page no. 54 to show the transfer of heat in air by convection.
Suggested home assignment
xplain the blowing of sea breeze and land breeze with the help of diagrams.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Radiation (Page 56)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that radiation is the transfer of heat energy from a hot body to a cold body by means of heat rays, without any material medium between them. iscuss how the heat from the Sun reaches on the earth by the process of radiation. Students should know that objects having dark colors absorb more heat radiations than the objects having light colors. ot objects having dark colors emit more heat radiations than the hot obj ects having light colors. Students should be acquainted with the importance of color of obj ects in our everyday life.
(C) Radiation (Page 56)
(C) Radiation (Page 56)
Teacher guided discussion(C)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that radiation is the transfer of heat energy from a hot body to a cold body by means of (C)
Explain them that radiation is the transfer of heat energy from a hot body to a cold body by means of
S S Radiation (Page 56) S Radiation (Page 56)
Chand
Chand
give
Chand
given
Chand
n on
Chand
on page
Chand
page
activity
Chand
activity given
Chand
given on
Chand
on
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
blowing Chand
blowing ofCha
nd
of seaChand
sea breezeCha
nd
breeze
And should
And should be
And be
convection
And convection currents
And currents
pageAnd
page
Compa
ny
Discuss with the students that convection is the transfer of heat from the hotter parts of a liquid/ gas
Compa
ny
Discuss with the students that convection is the transfer of heat from the hotter parts of a liquid/ gas to its colder parts by the movement of the liquid itself. Students should be aware that convection
Compa
ny
to its colder parts by the movement of the liquid itself. Students should be aware that convection made
Compa
ny
made to
Compa
ny
to realize
Compa
ny
realizeby convection because it is a poor conductor of heat. Explain that the circulatory movements of
Compa
ny
by convection because it is a poor conductor of heat. Explain that the circulatory movements of wat
Compa
ny
water
Compa
ny
er sinks
Compa
ny
sinks again
Compa
ny
againconductor
Compa
ny
conductor of
Compa
ny
of heat,
Compa
ny
heat,to colder parts by the process of convection. Air can transfer the heat of a source by convection Com
pany
to colder parts by the process of convection. Air can transfer the heat of a source by convection familiarizedCom
pany
familiarized
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
40
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on pages 5 and 5 .
Suggested home assignment
List few examples to show that colors of the obj ects play an important role in the transfer of heat.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 13
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the C given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 14
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 15
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. The temperature is expressed in the unit of ‘degree Celsius’ (which is written in short form as C).
2. The normal temperature of human body is 3 C (thirty seven degree Celsius). 3. The range of a laboratory thermometer is generally from, 1 C to 11 C. 4. Mercury 5. ink (or Constriction) 6. (a) aboratory thermometer (b) Clinical thermometer . A clinical thermometer has usually two temperature scales marked on its glass tube on
the two sides of the mercury thread: Celsius scale of temperature and Fahrenheit scale of temperature.
. The Fahrenheit scale of temperature marked on the clinical thermometer has a range of 4 F to 1 F ( F means degree Fahrenheit).
. The normal temperature of human body on Fahrenheit scale is . F. 1 . Digital thermometers 11. Maximum-and-minimum thermometer 12. eat can be transferred from a hot object to a cold object in three different ways (i) by
conduction, (ii) by convection, and (iii) by radiation (or heat rays). 13. Conduction
(C)
temperature.
(C)
temperature. The
(C) The
4 F
(C) 4 F to
(C) to
.(C)
. The(C)
The 1 .(C
) 1 . Digital thermometers (C
) Digital thermometers
S the two sides of the mercury thread: Celsius scale of temperature and Fahrenheit scale of
S the two sides of the mercury thread: Celsius scale of temperature and Fahrenheit scale of temperature. S temperature.
FahrenheitS Fahrenheit
Chand
temperature
Chand
temperature of
Chand
oflaboratory
Chand
laboratory thermometer
Chand
thermometer
Constriction)
Chand
Constriction)
Chand
aboratory
Chand
aboratory thermometer
Chand
thermometer
clinical Chand
clinical thermometerCha
nd
thermometerthe two sides of the mercury thread: Celsius scale of temperature and Fahrenheit scale of Cha
nd
the two sides of the mercury thread: Celsius scale of temperature and Fahrenheit scale of
And A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
And A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
in
And
in the
And
the unit
And
unit
humanAnd
human
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 15
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 15
done
Compa
ny
done with
Compa
ny
with the
Compa
ny
the help
Compa
ny
help
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
Compa
ny
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
41
14. Conduction 15. When temperature of both the objects becomes the same (or equal) 16. Insulators 1 . Convection 1 . Good convector of heat
1 . Convection
2 . (a) Convection (b) Convection 21. and breeze and sea breeze 22. Radiation 23. Radiation 24. (a) Radiation (b) Conduction (c) Convection 25. Radiation 26. By radiation 2 . Radiation 2 . Radiation 2 . (a) Shiny white surface Better reflector of heat (b) ull black surface Better absorber of
heat 3 . (a) conduction (b) conduction (c) plastic wood (d) poor good (e) air (f) temperature (g)
Celsius (h) clinical (i) radiation (j) convection
B. Short Answer Type Questions
31. Metals are good conductors of heat while wood is not a good conductor of heat. 32. Wood is not a good conductor of heat. 33. A laboratory thermometer cannot be used to measure the human body temperature. This
is because as soon as we take out the bulb of the laboratory thermometer from our mouth, the level of mercury in its tube will start falling quickly (due to cooling of its bulb by air). This will give a wrong value of the body temperature.
34. The kink prevents the mercury level in the thermometer tube from falling on its own. So, even when the thermometer bulb is removed from the mouth of a patient, the mercury thread will keep standing at the maximum level reached.
35. Conduction is the transfer of heat from the hotter part of a material to its colder part (or from a hot material to a cold material in contact with it) without the movement of material as a whole. A cold metal spoon dipped in a hot cup of tea gets heated by conduction (In this case, hot tea acts only as a source of heat).
3 . Those materials which allow heat to pass through them easily are called good conductors of heat. For example, the metals such as silver, copper, aluminium, iron and mercury are all good conductors of heat.
3 . Those materials which do not allow heat to pass through them easily are called poor conductors of heat. The materials which are poor conductors of heat are called insulators. Some of the examples of poor conductors of heat (or insulators of heat) are plastic, wood, paper, cloth, leather, cotton, wool, thermocol, rubber, asbestos, clay, bricks, cork, cane, bamboo, straw, saw-dust, glass, fibreglass, water and air.
(C) as
(C) as
this
(C) this case,
(C) case,
3 .(C) 3 . Those materials which allow heat to pass through them easily are called good conductors (C) Those materials which allow heat to pass through them easily are called good conductors
of(C)
of heat.(C)
heat.all good conductors of heat. (C)
all good conductors of heat.
S Conduction
S Conduction
S from S from aS a hotS hotwhole.S whole.
Chand
take
Chand
takein
Chand
in its
Chand
its tube
Chand
tubeThis will give a wrong value of the body temperature.
Chand
This will give a wrong value of the body temperature.
prevents
Chand
prevents the
Chand
the mercury
Chand
mercury
the
Chand
the thermometer
Chand
thermometer
will Chand
will keepCha
nd
keep standingChand
standing
Conduction Chand
Conduction isChand
is theChand
thematerialCha
nd
material
And Metals are good conductors of heat while wood is not a good conductor of heat.
And Metals are good conductors of heat while wood is not a good conductor of heat.
Wood is not a good conductor of heat.
And
Wood is not a good conductor of heat. A laboratory thermometer cannot be used to measure the human body temperature.And
A laboratory thermometer cannot be used to measure the human body temperature.
take And
take outAnd
out theAnd
thetubeAnd
tube willAnd
will
Compa
ny
ull
Compa
ny
ull black
Compa
ny
black surface
Compa
ny
surface
wood
Compa
ny
wood (d)
Compa
ny
(d) poor
Compa
ny
poor
Compa
ny
good
Compa
ny
goodconvection
Compa
ny
convection
Compa
ny
Metals are good conductors of heat while wood is not a good conductor of heat. Compa
ny
Metals are good conductors of heat while wood is not a good conductor of heat.
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
42
3 . G ood cond uctors: Copper, stainless steel, aluminium Poor cond uctors: wood, plastic, air, paper, glass, thermocol, rubber
3 . (a) Conduction (b) Convection (c) Convection (d) Radiation 4 . Stainless steel is a good conductor of heat while thermocol is a poor conductor of heat. 41. The short range of a clinical thermometer is due to the fact that the temperature of human
body normally does not go below 35 C or above 42 C. 42. The kink prevents the mercury level in the thermometer tube from falling on its own. So,
even when the thermometer bulb is removed from the mouth of a patient, the mercury thread will keep standing at the maximum level reached. ue to this we can read the correct body temperature of the patient even after removing the thermometer bulb from his mouth.
43. The temperature of an object is the degree of hotness (or coldness) of the object. Temperature is measured by using a device (or instrument) called thermometer.
44. A similarity between clinical thermometer and laboratory thermometer is that both are mercury-in glass thermometers. The differences between a clinical thermometer and a laboratory thermometer are as follows (i) The clinical thermometer has a very short temperature range (35 C to 42 C) whereas a laboratory thermometer has a large temperature range (usually from, 1 C to 11 C). (ii) The clinical thermometer has a kink (or constriction) in its tube to prevent the back flow of mercury into the bulb whereas a laboratory thermometer has no kink. (iii) The clinical thermometer measures temperature more accurately (up to .1 C) than a laboratory thermometer (which usually measures up to 1 C).
45. eat from the sun cannot reach the earth by conduction or convection because both these processes require a material medium (like solid, liquid or gas) to transfer heat, they cannot take place in empty space (or vacuum).
C. Long Answer Type Questions
46. Woollen clothes keep us warm during cold winter days. Wool is a poor conductor of heat due to which woollen clothes stop the flow of heat from our warm body to the cold surroundings. Moreover, there is air trapped in-between the fibres of the woollen clothes.
Air is a very poor conductor of heat. So, the air trapped in fibres of woollen clothes also stops the flow of heat from our warm body to the cold surroundings. Since our body does not lose its heat, we feel warm on wearing woollen clothes in winter. Wearing more layers of clothes keeps us warmer in winter than wearing just one thick piece of clothing. This is because more layers of clothes trap more air in them and air being a very poor conductor of heat, prevents our body heat from going away to cold surroundings.
4 . The thermometer used for measuring the temperature of human body is called clinical thermometer. A clinical thermometer has a very short range of temperature from 35 C to 42° C. A clinical thermometer cannot be used to measure high temperatures because it has been designed to measure only human body temperature which varies over a short range. If a clinical thermometer is used to measure high temperatures, it will get damaged.
4 . When a beaker containing water is kept over a burner, water at the bottom of beaker (near the flame) gets heated, expands and becomes lighter. This hot water (being lighter) rises upwards and carries heat along with it. The cold water from above (being denser) sinks downwards to take the place of hot rising water. This cold water then gets heated by
(C) of
(C) of heat,
(C) heat,
4 .
(C) 4 . The thermometer used for measuring the temperature of human body is called clinical
(C) The thermometer used for measuring the temperature of human body is called clinical
thermometer.(C)
thermometer.42° C. A clinical thermometer cannot be used to measure high temperatures because it has (C)
42° C. A clinical thermometer cannot be used to measure high temperatures because it has been designed to measure only human body temperature which varies over a short range. (C)
been designed to measure only human body temperature which varies over a short range.
S clothes
S clothesbecause more layers of clothes trap more air in them and air being a very poor conductor S because more layers of clothes trap more air in them and air being a very poor conductor
heat,S heat, preventsS
prevents
Chand
us
Chand
us warm
Chand
warmwoollen
Chand
woollen clothes
Chand
clothesMoreov
Chand
Moreover,
Chand
er, there
Chand
there
poor
Chand
poor conduct
Chand
conduct
flow
Chand
flow of
Chand
of heat
Chand
heat
its Chand
its heat,Cha
nd
heat, weChand
we
keepsChand
keeps
And medium
And medium (like
And (like
vacuum).
And vacuum).
C. Long Answer Type Questions And
C. Long Answer Type Questions
warmAnd
warm
Compa
ny een
Compa
ny een a
Compa
ny a
clinical
Compa
ny clinical therm
Compa
ny therm
laborat
Compa
ny
laboratory
Compa
ny
ory thermometer
Compa
ny
thermometer(ii)
Compa
ny
(ii) The
Compa
ny
The clinical
Compa
ny
clinicalflow
Compa
ny
flow of
Compa
ny
of mercury
Compa
ny
mercuryclinical
Compa
ny
clinical thermometer
Compa
ny
thermometerory
Compa
ny
ory thermometer
Compa
ny
thermometer
earth Compa
ny
earth byCompa
ny
by conductionCompa
ny
conduction(like Com
pany
(like solid,Compa
ny
solid,
Limite
dmercury
Limite
dmercury
can
Limite
dcan read
Limite
dread the
Limite
dthethermometer
Limite
dthermometer bulb
Limite
dbulb from
Limite
dfrom
coldness)
Limite
dcoldness) of
Limite
dof the
Limite
dthe
thermometer.
Limite
dthermometer.
A similarity between clinical thermometer and laboratory thermometer is that both Limite
dA similarity between clinical thermometer and laboratory thermometer is that both
clinicaLimite
d
clinica
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
43
the burner and also rises upwards carrying its heat upwards. And more cold water sinks downwards. This process of hot water rising upwards and cold water sinking downwards takes place again and again due to which the whole water in the beaker gets heated uniformly. The circulatory movements of water in the beaker in which hot water rises and cold water sinks again and again, are called convection currents. These convection currents transfer heat from water at the bottom of the beaker to the top of beaker rapidly. Refer to figure 11 for the diagram.
4 . In order to heat air in a room during winter, we keep the heater on the floor (usually in a corner of the room). ow, though the heater is placed on the floor at the bottom of the room but it still heats all the air in the room. Actually, when air is heated by the heater in one part of the room, it transfers heat by convection. When the heater kept on the floor in a room is switched on, the air near the heater gets heated, expands and become lighter. This hot air (being lighter) rises above the top of the heater and carries its heat alongwith it. The cold air from above (being denser) sinks downwards to the bottom of the heater to take the place of hot rising air. This cold air also gets heated by the heater and rises upwards carrying its heat upwards. And more cold air sinks downwards towards the heater. This process of hot air rising upwards and cold air sinking downwards takes place again and again due to which all the air in the room gets heated uniformly after some time. The circulatory movements of air in the room in which hot air rises and cold air sinks again and again are called convection currents. Thus, a room heater heats all the air in a room by se ng up convection currents in the air. Refer to figure 13 for the diagram.
5 . Refer to figure 15 and figure 1 and the text given on Page no. 55.
51. People prefer to wear white clothes (or light coloured clothes) in the hot summer days because white clothes (or light coloured clothes) absorb less heat from the sun. In fact, white clothes (or light coloured clothes) reflect most of the sun’s heat rays which fall on them and keep us cool and comfortable in hot weather. For example, in summer a white shirt reflects the sun’s heat rays and makes us stay cooler. People prefer to wear dark coloured clothes in the cold winter days. This is because dark coloured clothes absorb more heat rays from the sun and keep us warm in winter season. For example, a black shirt worn in winter absorbs the sun’s heat rays more e ciently and keeps us warm.
52. A thermometer is a device for measuring the temperature of an obj ect. A clinical thermometer is used to measure our body temperature by a doctor. A laboratory thermometer cannot be used to measure the human body temperature. This is because as soon as we take out the bulb of the laboratory thermometer from our mouth, the level of mercury in its tube will start falling quickly (due to cooling of its bulb by air). This will give a wrong value of the body temperature.
53. The box of solar cooker (and solar water heater) is painted black from inside. This is because a black surface is a very good absorber of heat and it will absorb maximum heat radiations coming from the sun. The houses in hot, sunny countries (like ours) are usually painted white or with light colours from outside. This is because a house painted white or with light colours absorbs very little sun’s heat rays, it reflects most of the sun’s heat rays. This keeps the house cool in the hot days of summer.
54. Convection is the transfer of heat from the hotter parts of a liquid (or gas) to its colder parts by the movement of the liquid (or gas) itself. In order to heat water, we keep the
(C) body temperature.
(C) body temperature.
53.
(C) 53. The
(C) The box
(C) box
a(C)
a black(C)
blackcoming(C)
coming
S bulb
S bulbwill S will startS start fallingS fallingbody temperature. S body temperature.
Chand
winter
Chand
winter days.
Chand
days.and
Chand
and keep
Chand
keep us
Chand
usthe
Chand
the sun’s
Chand
sun’s heat
Chand
heat
Chand
A thermometer is a device for measuring the temperature of an obj ect. A clinical thermometer
Chand
A thermometer is a device for measuring the temperature of an obj ect. A clinical thermometer is used to measure our body
Chand
is used to measure our bodybe used to measure the human body temperature.Cha
nd
be used to measure the human body temperature.of Cha
nd
of theChand
the
And coloure
And coloured
And d clothes)
And clothes)
clothes)
And clothes) reflect
And reflect
ortable
And
ortable in
And
in hot
And
hotandAnd
and makesAnd
makes
days.And
days. ThisAnd
This
Compa
ny heated
Compa
ny heated
downw
Compa
ny downwards
Compa
ny ards
sinking
Compa
ny
sinking downw
Compa
ny
downwards
Compa
ny ards
heated
Compa
ny
heated uniformly
Compa
ny
uniformlyhot
Compa
ny
hot air
Compa
ny
air rises
Compa
ny
rises and
Compa
ny
androom
Compa
ny
room heater
Compa
ny
heater heats
Compa
ny
heatsRefer
Compa
ny
Refer to
Compa
ny
to figure
Compa
ny
figure 13
Compa
ny
13
text
Compa
ny
text given
Compa
ny
given on
Compa
ny
on
(or Compa
ny
(or lightCompa
ny
light colouredCompa
ny
colouredclothes)Com
pany
clothes)
Limite
d(usually
Limite
d(usually
bottom
Limite
dbottom of
Limite
dof the
Limite
dthethe
Limite
dthe heater
Limite
dheaterkept
Limite
dkept on
Limite
don the
Limite
dthe
and
Limite
dand become
Limite
dbecome
carries
Limite
dcarries its
Limite
dits heat
Limite
dheat
the Limite
dthe bottomLim
ited
bottomby Lim
ited
by theLimite
dthe
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
44
vessel containing water over a gas burner. ow, though the burner is kept at the bottom of the vessel, but it still heats all the water in the vessel. Actually, when water is heated in a vessel, it transfers heat from its hotter parts (just above the flame of burner) to its colder parts by the process of convection. The transfer of heat by convection cannot take place in solids because the particles in the solids are fixed at a place and hence cannot move about freely.
55. Radiation is the transfer of heat energy from a hot body to a cold body by means of heat rays, without any material medium between them. The best example of radiation is the transfer of heat energy of the sun to the earth. When we come out in the sunshine, we feel hot. This means that the heat from the sun is being transferred to us which makes us feel hot. When we stand next to a burning fire, we can feel the heat of the fire falling on our face. The heat is transferred from the fire to our face by the process of radiation.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
5 . (b) 5 . (c) 5 . (d) 5 . (c) . (d)
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (c)
. (c) . (d) . (d) . (c) . (b)
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (d)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
. (a) Thermometer A will show higher temperature (b) Black objects are better absorbers of heat
. Steel spoon and divider (They are made of metals which are good conductors of heat).
. I would prefer to use two thin woollen blankets joined together to keep warm on a cold winter night. This is because the two thin blankets joined together will have a layer of air trapped in-between them. And this extra layer of trapped air (being a very poor conductor of heat) will prevent the body heat from going away more e ciently and hence keep me more warm.
. (a) The black shirt will make the person more comfortable in cold winter season. This is because the black coloured shirt will absorb more heat rays from the sun and keep him warm and comfortable in cold winter season (b) The white shirt will make the person more comfortable in the hot summer season. This is because the white coloured shirt will reflect most of the sun’s heat rays and keep him cool and comfortable in hot summer season.
.
(C)
(C) S
comfortable
S comfortablemost S most ofS of theS theS C
hand
them.
Chand
them.the
Chand
the body
Chand
body
shirt
Chand
shirt will
Chand
will make
Chand
make
the
Chand
the black
Chand
black coloured
Chand
coloured
and Chand
and comfortableCha
nd
comfortablecomfortableCha
nd
comfortable inChand
in theChand
the
And made
And made
thin
And
thin woollen
And
woollen blankets
And
blanketsbecause And
because theAnd
the twoAnd
two
AndAnd
And thisAnd
thisheatAnd
heat
Compa
ny 5 . (d) 5 . (c) . (d)
Compa
ny 5 . (d) 5 . (c) . (d)
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (c)
Compa
ny
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (c)
. (c) . (d) . (d) . (c) . (b)
Compa
ny
. (c) . (d) . (d) . (c) . (b)
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (d)
Compa
ny
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (d)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
Compa
ny
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
tempera
Compa
ny
temperature
Compa
ny
ture (b)
Compa
ny
(b)
ofCompa
ny
of metalsCompa
ny
metals
Limite
dradiation
Limite
dradiation is
Limite
dis
sunshine,
Limite
dsunshine, we
Limite
dwewhich
Limite
dwhich makes
Limite
dmakesthe
Limite
dthe fire
Limite
dfire falling
Limite
dfalling
process
Limite
dprocess of
Limite
dof radiation.
Limite
dradiation.
5 . (d) 5 . (c) . (d)Limite
d
5 . (d) 5 . (c) . (d)
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
45
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
(a) The unit in which temperature is commonly measured.
(b) The liquid commonly used in making thermometers.
(c) Another term used for poor conductors of heat.
(d) Process of heat transfer involved when a utensil filled with hot water kept away from flame cools down by transferring heat to the surroundings.
2. Fill in the blanks:
(a) eat is transferred in solids by . ........... .
(b) Air and water are . ........... conductors of heat.
(c) The hotness or coldness of an object is determined by its . ........... .
(d) In liquids and gases, heat is transferred by the process of . ........... .
3. Write true or false:
(a) very hot object emits invisible heat rays in only one direction.
(b) Air can transfer the heat of a source by convection only in the upward direction.
(c) Gentle wind is called breeze.
(d) Copper is a bad conductor of heat.
4. entionwhetherthefollowingaregoodconductororpoorconductorofheat:
(a) Steel (b) Thermocol (c) Clay (d) Aluminium
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
(a) ifferentiate between radiation and convection.
(b) What is the range of laboratory thermometer
(c) Why do we wear woollen clothes in winter
(d) Why do people generally prefer to wear light colored clothes in hot summer days
(C) S
Cha
nd questions
Chand
questions
between
Chand
between radiation
Chand
radiation
the
Chand
the range
Chand
range of
Chand
of
do
Chand
do we
Chand
we wear
Chand
wear
(d) Why Chand
(d) Why doCha
nd
do peopleChand
people
And are
And are good
And good
Thermocol
And Thermocol (c)
And (c)
questionsAnd
questions
Compa
ny its
Compa
ny its . ...........
Compa
ny . ...........
process
Compa
ny
process of
Compa
ny
of . ...........
Compa
ny
. ...........
only
Compa
ny
only one
Compa
ny
one direction.
Compa
ny
direction.
convection
Compa
ny
convection only
Compa
ny
only
heat. Compa
ny
heat.
good Compa
ny
good conductorCompa
ny
conductor
Limite
dkept
Limite
dkept awa
Limite
daway
Limite
dy from
Limite
dfrom
. ...........Limite
d
. ...........
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
46
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 5
ame ............................................................... Class ......................... ate ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
(a) A narrow and sharp bend in the bore of a clinical thermometer tube.
(b) Transfer of heat from the hot material to a cold material which is in contact with it, without the movement of material as a whole.
(c) Materials which allow heat to pass through them easily.
(d) A poor conductor of heat.
(e) The breeze blowing from land towards the sea.
2. Write True or False:
(a) The objects having dark colors absorb more heat radiations than the objects having light colors.
(b) Solar cooker is painted black because black color absorbs minimum heat radiations coming from the sun.
(c) eat is transferred from a glowing bulb to our hand by radiation.
(d) Gentle wind is called air.
(e) The clinical thermometer has a very short range of temperature.
3. G ive one example of:
(a) A good conductor of heat.
(b) A poor conductor of heat.
(c) A convector of heat.
(d) A color which absorbs more heat radiations.
(e) A color which emits less heat radiations.
4. Correct the following statements:
(a) Weather reports on TV and newspapers are measured by digital thermometers.
(b) The normal temperature of a human body is 5 degree Celsius.
(c) Some stainless steel pans are provided with copper bottoms because copper is a poor conductor of heat.
(d) Water transfers heat by the process of conduction.
(e) The breeze blowing from the sea towards the land is called land breeze.
(C) Correct the follo
(C) Correct the follo
(a) Weather
(C) (a) Weather
(C)
(b) The(C)
(b) The
(c) Some(C)
(c) Some
S (e) A S (e) A S colorS color
Correct the folloS Correct the follo
Chand
G ive one example of:
Chand
G ive one example of:
conductor
Chand
conductor of
Chand
of heat.
Chand
heat.
conductor
Chand
conductor of
Chand
of
convector
Chand
convector of
Chand
of heat.
Chand
heat.
colorChand
color whichCha
nd
which
colorChand
color whichChand
which
And glowing
And glowing bulb
And bulb
thermometer And
thermometer hasAnd
has aAnd
a
Compa
ny easily.
Compa
ny easily.
Compa
ny
more
Compa
ny
more heat
Compa
ny
heat radiations
Compa
ny
radiations
becauseCompa
ny
because blackCompa
ny
black colorCompa
ny
color
bulbCom
pany
bulb toCom
pany
to
Limite
dtube.
Limite
dtube.
which
Limite
dwhich is
Limite
dis in
Limite
din cont
Limite
dcont
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
47
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
(a) Mention any two precautions before using clinical thermometer.
(b) ifferentiate between conductors and insulators.
(c) State the direction of flow of heat.
(d) Why is mercury used in thermometers
(e) Why has the use of digital thermometer become so popular nowadays
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
(a) xplain the formation of land breeze with the help of a diagram.
(b) Why can the heat of the sun not reach us by conduction or convection
(c) ow can colors be related to the radiation in day to day life
(d) What precautions should be taken while using a laboratory thermometer
(e) What do you understand by convection xplain with the help of an example.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. heconvectioncurrentsinairtransferheat:
(a) ownwards (b) pwards
(c) ownwards as well as upwards (d) Sideways
2. heinvisi lera swhichcantransferheat radiationarecalled:
(a) ltraviolet rays (b) ltrasonic rays
(c) Infrasonic rays (d) Infrared rays
3. The heat from the sun reaches us on the earth by the process of:
(a) Conduction (b) Radiation (c) Convection (d) one of these.
4. The process which can transfer heat through the vacuum as well as air is:
(a) Conduction (b) Convection (c) Irradiation (d) Radiation
5 . The normal temperature of a healthy person is thirty seven d egrees on:
(a) elvin scale (b) Fahrenheit scale (c) Celsius scale (d) one of the above
(C) S
Cha
nd (b)
Chand
(b)
The process which can tr
Chand
The process which can transfer heat through the vacuum as well as air is:
Chand
ansfer heat through the vacuum as well as air is:
(a) Conduction (b)
Chand
(a) Conduction (b)
The normal tempera
Chand
The normal temperature of a healthy person is thirty seven d egrees on:
Chand
ture of a healthy person is thirty seven d egrees on:
(a) elvin Chand
(a) elvin scaleCha
nd
scale (b)Chand
(b)
And rays (b)
And rays (b)
rays (d)
And
rays (d)
eaches us on the earth by the process of: And
eaches us on the earth by the process of: And
RadiationAnd
Radiation
Compa
ny laboratory
Compa
ny laboratory
the
Compa
ny the help
Compa
ny help
pwards
Compa
ny
pwards
(d)
Compa
ny
(d) Sideways
Compa
ny
Sideways
heatCompa
ny
heatCompa
ny
radiationCompa
ny
radiation
rays (b)Compa
ny
rays (b) ltrasonicCompa
ny
ltrasonic
Limite
dconvection
Limite
dconvection
thermometerLimite
dthermometer
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
48
5Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The acids and bases.
• The indicators used to test acids and bases.
• About the neutralisation reactions.
• ses of neutralisation reactions in everyday life.
• About salts formed by the reaction of acids and bases.
Textbook: Refer to pages 64 to 78
Periods allocated: 10 periods
VOCABULARY
Indicator, acid, acid rain, base, neutral substances, neutralisation, salt.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Indicators for testing acids and bases (Page 64)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: iscussing the names of various acids and bases that students are already acquainted with, would be a good start for the topic. Ask students whether they know about substances that are neither acidic nor basic in nature.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked to name the acid produced in the stomach that helps in the process of digestion.
Teacher guided discussion
iscuss with the students that indicators are special types of chemicals which are used to test whether a given substance is an acid or a base. Students should be acquainted with all types of
Acids, Bases and SaltsAcids, Bases and Salts
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
(C) already acquainted with, would be a good start for the topic. Ask students whether they know
(C) already acquainted with, would be a good start for the topic. Ask students whether they know
about substances that are neither acidic nor basic in nature. (C)
about substances that are neither acidic nor basic in nature. (C)
Chapter opening exercise: (C)
Chapter opening exercise:
S Learning ToolsS Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: S Interactive warm up exercise:
Chand
Chand
Indicator, acid, acid rain, base, neutral substances, neutralisation, salt.
Chand
Indicator, acid, acid rain, base, neutral substances, neutralisation, salt.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Indicators for testing acids and bases (Page 64) Chand
Indicators for testing acids and bases (Page 64)
And
And
And
And C
ompa
ny
About salts formed by the reaction of acids and bases.
Compa
ny
About salts formed by the reaction of acids and bases.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
dThe present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Lim
ited
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
49
indicators like itmus, China rose, Turmeric and Phenolphthalein and the color changes they produce with acids and bases.
Using resources
• Conduct the litmus paper test (given on page no. ) to differentiate between an acid and a base.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
nder the guidance of your parents, conduct the activity given on page no. and use turmeric paper as an indicator to test acid (in orange juice) and base (in soap solution).
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Acids (Pages 67)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that a substance which reacts with a base to form salt and water is called an acid. Students should know that acids turn blue litmus to red. They should be able to cite examples of common acids and differentiate between organic acids and mineral acids. They should be able to distinguish between strong and weak acids. Students should be sensitized about the harmful consequences of acid rain.
Suggested home assignment
What are acids? Name the acids present in ant’s sting and curd.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 4
Bases and neutral substances (Page 69)
Teacher guided discussion
xplain them that a substance which can neutralize an acid to form a salt and water is called a base. Students should know that bases turn red litmus to blue. A base soluble in water is termed as alkali. Students should be able to cite examples of different bases. They should be able to differentiate between strong and weak bases. They should be aware that not all substances are acidic or basic. Those substances which are neither acidic nor basic are called neutral substances.
Using resources
• Conduct the litmus paper test (activity on Page no. 1) to confirm the neutral nature of substances.
Suggested home assignment
ifferentiate among acids, bases and neutral substances giving two examples of each.
(C) Students should be able to cite examples of different bases. They should be able to differentiate
(C) Students should be able to cite examples of different bases. They should be able to differentiate
between strong and weak bases. They should be aware that not all substances are acidic or basic.
(C) between strong and weak bases. They should be aware that not all substances are acidic or basic.
(C)
Those substances which are neither acidic nor basic are called neutral substances.(C)
Those substances which are neither acidic nor basic are called neutral substances.
Using resources(C
) Using resources
S xplain them that a substance which can neutralize an acid to form a salt and water is called a base.
S xplain them that a substance which can neutralize an acid to form a salt and water is called a base. Students should know that bases turn red litmus to blue. A base soluble in water is termed as alkali. S Students should know that bases turn red litmus to blue. A base soluble in water is termed as alkali. Students should be able to cite examples of different bases. They should be able to differentiate S Students should be able to cite examples of different bases. They should be able to differentiate
Chand
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 4
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 4
Bases and neutral substances (Page 69)
Chand
Bases and neutral substances (Page 69)
Teacher guided discussionChand
Teacher guided discussion
xplain them that a substance which can neutralize an acid to form a salt and water is called a base. Chand
xplain them that a substance which can neutralize an acid to form a salt and water is called a base.
And
And
What are acids? Name the acids present in ant’s sting and curd. And
What are acids? Name the acids present in ant’s sting and curd.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Discuss that a substance which reacts with a base to form salt and water is called an acid. Students
Compa
ny
Discuss that a substance which reacts with a base to form salt and water is called an acid. Students should know that acids turn blue litmus to red. They should be able to cite examples of common
Compa
ny
should know that acids turn blue litmus to red. They should be able to cite examples of common acids and differentiate between organic acids and mineral acids. They should be able to distinguish
Compa
ny
acids and differentiate between organic acids and mineral acids. They should be able to distinguish between strong and weak acids. Students should be sensitized about the harmful consequences Com
pany
between strong and weak acids. Students should be sensitized about the harmful consequences
Limite
d
Limite
dnder the guidance of your parents, conduct the activity given on page no. and use turmeric
Limite
dnder the guidance of your parents, conduct the activity given on page no. and use turmeric
paper as an indicator to test acid (in orange juice) and base (in soap solution).
Limite
dpaper as an indicator to test acid (in orange juice) and base (in soap solution).
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
50
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Neutralisation (Page 72)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that the reaction in which an acid reacts with a base to form salt and water is called neutralisation reaction. eat is evolved during the reaction.
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on page no. 2 to show the production of common salt (Sodium Chloride), when ydrochloric acid reacts with Sodium hydroxide.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Is sugar solution acidic, basic or neutral in nature ow will you test it
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Neutralisation in everyday life (Page 73)
Teacher guided discussion
xplain them that neutralisation reactions involving acids and bases play a very important role in our everyday life. Students should know that remedy for indigestion, treatment of an ant’s sting, reducing the too acidic or too basic nature of soil and treatment of factory wastes, all involve neutralisation reactions.
Suggested home assignment
Name the base used to treat indigestion and ant’s sting.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Salts (Page 74)
Teacher guided discussion
xplain them that a salt is a substance formed by the reaction of an acid with a base. Students should be able to classify salts as neutral salts, acidic salts and basic salts and cite their examples. They should be able to predict the name of the salt produced from its constituent acid and base.
Suggested home assignment
ist the different types of salts and give two examples of each.
(C) Teacher guided discussion
(C) Teacher guided discussion
xplain them that a salt is a substance formed by the reaction of an acid with a base. Students (C)
xplain them that a salt is a substance formed by the reaction of an acid with a base. Students should be able to classify salts as neutral salts, acidic salts and basic salts and cite their examples. (C
) should be able to classify salts as neutral salts, acidic salts and basic salts and cite their examples. They should be able to predict the name of the salt produced from its constituent acid and base.
(C)
They should be able to predict the name of the salt produced from its constituent acid and base.
S Salts (Page 74) S Salts (Page 74)
Teacher guided discussionS Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Name the base used to treat indigestion and ant’s sting.
Chand
Name the base used to treat indigestion and ant’s sting.
And xplain them that neutralisation reactions involving acids and bases play a very important role in
And xplain them that neutralisation reactions involving acids and bases play a very important role in
our everyday life. Students should know that remedy for indigestion, treatment of an ant’s sting,
And
our everyday life. Students should know that remedy for indigestion, treatment of an ant’s sting, reducing the too acidic or too basic nature of soil and treatment of factory wastes, all involve And
reducing the too acidic or too basic nature of soil and treatment of factory wastes, all involve
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Is sugar solution acidic, basic or neutral in nature ow will you test it
Compa
ny
Is sugar solution acidic, basic or neutral in nature ow will you test it
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
xplain them that neutralisation reactions involving acids and bases play a very important role in Compa
ny
xplain them that neutralisation reactions involving acids and bases play a very important role in
Limite
dgiven on page no. 2 to show the production of common salt (Sodium
Limite
dgiven on page no. 2 to show the production of common salt (Sodium
y run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the
Limite
dy run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
51
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the C given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
iscuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Turmeric Phenolphthalein
2. itmus
3. (a) Red (b) Magenta ( eep pink)
4. (a) Blue (b) Green (c) Pink (d) Red
5. (a) itmus (b) Turmeric paper
. (a) False (b) False (c) False (d) True (e) True
. Base
. Acidic
9. Basic
1 . itrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide
11. ydrochloric acid and nitric acid are strong acids. Tartaric acid and carbonic acid are some of the weak acids.
12. Sodium hydroxide and Potassium hydroxide are strong bases. Calcium hydroxide and Ammonium hydroxide are weak bases.
13. Formic acid
14. Baking soda solution
15. eutralisation reaction
1 . Phenolphthalein
1 . Sodium chloride
1 . a. Citric acid, actic acid b. sulphuric acid and nitric acid
1 . a. Acids have sour taste. b. Bases have bitter taste.
(C)
Ammonium hydroxide are weak bases.
(C)
Ammonium hydroxide are weak bases.
Formic acid
(C) Formic acid
14.(C) 14. Baking soda solution (C) Baking soda solution
15.(C)
15. eutralisation reaction (C)
eutralisation reaction
S Sodium hydroxide and Potassium hydroxide are strong bases. Calcium hydroxide and
S Sodium hydroxide and Potassium hydroxide are strong bases. Calcium hydroxide and
S Ammonium hydroxide are weak bases. S Ammonium hydroxide are weak bases.
Formic acid S Formic acid
Chand
itrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide
Chand
itrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide
ydrochloric acid and nitric acid are strong acids. Tartaric acid and carbonic acid are some
Chand
ydrochloric acid and nitric acid are strong acids. Tartaric acid and carbonic acid are some
of the weak acids. Chand
of the weak acids.
Sodium hydroxide and Potassium hydroxide are strong bases. Calcium hydroxide and Chand
Sodium hydroxide and Potassium hydroxide are strong bases. Calcium hydroxide and
And
(a) False (b) False (c) False (d) True (e) True
And
(a) False (b) False (c) False (d) True (e) True
Compa
ny Li
mited
Limite
d
Limite
dAssessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
Limite
dAssessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
52
2 . (a) acidic (b) neutralisation (c) salt water (d) Salt (e) Sodium chloride (f) indicator (g) indicators
B. Short Answer Type Questions
21. Indicators are special type of chemicals which are used to test whether a given substance is an acid or base. itmus, China rose and Turmeric are naturally occurring indicators.
22. It is extracted from a type of plant called ‘lichen’. itmus is the most common indicator for testing acids and bases in the laboratory.
23. This is due to the fact that soap solution is basic in nature which changes the colour of turmeric in the curry stain to red.
24. Acidic vinegar, stomach juices, lemon juice Basic lime water, toothpaste, baking soda solution, milk of magnesia, ammonia solution
25. A salt is a substance formed by the reaction of an acid with a base. Sodium chloride and Sodium sulphate are two salts.
2 . Salts can be of three types (i) eutral salts (ii) Acidic salts, and (iii) Basic salts. The two examples of neutral salts are sodium chloride and sodium sulphate. Those salts which form an acidic solution on dissolving in water are called acidic salts. The two examples of acidic salts are ammonium chloride and ammonium sulphate. Those salts which form basic solutions on dissolving in water are called basic salts. The two examples of basic salts are sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate.
2 . Acid ic salts: ammonium chloride, ammonium sulphate Basic salts: sodium carbonate Neutral salts: sodium chloride, sodium sulphate
2 . Some heat is always evolved (or produced) in a neutralisation reaction. This heat raises the temperature of reaction mixture due to which the reaction mixture becomes hot.
2 . The reaction mixture will become hot. This is because a neutralisation reaction takes place
3 . Being basic in nature, antacids react with excess acid in the stomach and neutralise it. This gives relief to the person concerned.
31. This is because, being a base, baking soda solution (or calamine solution) neutralises the acidic liquid injected by the ant and cancels its effect.
32. When the soil is too acidic, it is treated with bases such as quicklime (calcium oxide) or slaked lime (calcium hydroxide). The bases such as quicklime (or slaked lime) neutralise the excess acid present in the soil and reduce its acidic nature.
33. If the soil is too basic, then decaying organic matter (called manure or compost) is added to it. The decaying organic matter releases acids which neutralise the excess bases present in the soil and reduce its basic nature.
34. Antacids are a group of mild bases which have no toxic effects on the body. Antacids are a group of mild bases which have no toxic effects on the body. Being basic in nature, antacids react with excess acid in the stomach and neutralise it. This gives relief to the person concerned. A common antacid used for curing indigestion due to acidity is milk of magnesia. Milk of magnesia contains a base called magnesium hydroxide.
(C) If the soil is too basic, then decaying organic matter (called manure or compost) is added
(C) If the soil is too basic, then decaying organic matter (called manure or compost) is added
to it.
(C) to it. The decaying organic matter releases acids which neutralise the
(C) The decaying organic matter releases acids which neutralise the
in the soil and reduce its basic nature. (C)
in the soil and reduce its basic nature.
34.(C)
34. Antacids are a group of mild bases which have no toxic effects on the body. Antacids (C)
Antacids are a group of mild bases which have no toxic effects on the body. Antacids
S slaked lime (calcium hydroxide). The bases such as quicklime (or slaked lime) neutralise
S slaked lime (calcium hydroxide). The bases such as quicklime (or slaked lime) neutralise the excess acid present in the soil and reduce its acidic nature. S the excess acid present in the soil and reduce its acidic nature.
If the soil is too basic, then decaying organic matter (called manure or compost) is added S If the soil is too basic, then decaying organic matter (called manure or compost) is added
Chand
The reaction mixture will become hot. This is because a neutralisation reaction takes place
Chand
The reaction mixture will become hot. This is because a neutralisation reaction takes place
Being basic in nature, antacids react with excess acid in the stomach and neutralise it. This
Chand
Being basic in nature, antacids react with excess acid in the stomach and neutralise it. This gives relief to the person concerned.
Chand
gives relief to the person concerned.
Chand
This is because, being a base, baking soda solution (or calamine solution) neutralises the
Chand
This is because, being a base, baking soda solution (or calamine solution) neutralises the acidic liquid injected by the ant and cancels its effect.
Chand
acidic liquid injected by the ant and cancels its effect.
When the soil is too acidic, it is treated with bases such as quicklime (calcium oxide) or Chand
When the soil is too acidic, it is treated with bases such as quicklime (calcium oxide) or slaked lime (calcium hydroxide). The bases such as quicklime (or slaked lime) neutralise Cha
nd
slaked lime (calcium hydroxide). The bases such as quicklime (or slaked lime) neutralise the excess acid present in the soil and reduce its acidic nature. Cha
nd
the excess acid present in the soil and reduce its acidic nature.
And sodium chloride, sodium sulphate
And sodium chloride, sodium sulphate
Some heat is always evolved (or produced) in a neutralisation reaction. This heat raises the
And Some heat is always evolved (or produced) in a neutralisation reaction. This heat raises the
temperature of reaction mixture due to which the reaction mixture becomes hot.
And
temperature of reaction mixture due to which the reaction mixture becomes hot.
The reaction mixture will become hot. This is because a neutralisation reaction takes place And
The reaction mixture will become hot. This is because a neutralisation reaction takes place
Being basic in nature, antacids react with excess acid in the stomach and neutralise it. This And
Being basic in nature, antacids react with excess acid in the stomach and neutralise it. This
Compa
ny
Salts can be of three types (i) eutral salts (ii) Acidic salts, and (iii) Basic salts. The two
Compa
ny
Salts can be of three types (i) eutral salts (ii) Acidic salts, and (iii) Basic salts. The two examples of neutral salts are sodium chloride and sodium sulphate. Those salts which
Compa
ny
examples of neutral salts are sodium chloride and sodium sulphate. Those salts which form an acidic solution on dissolving in water are called acidic salts. The two examples of
Compa
ny
form an acidic solution on dissolving in water are called acidic salts. The two examples of acidic salts are ammonium chloride and ammonium sulphate. Those salts which form basic
Compa
ny
acidic salts are ammonium chloride and ammonium sulphate. Those salts which form basic solutions on dissolving in water are called basic salts. The two examples of basic salts are
Compa
ny
solutions on dissolving in water are called basic salts. The two examples of basic salts are sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate.
Compa
ny
sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate.
ammonium chloride, ammonium sulphateCompa
ny
ammonium chloride, ammonium sulphate sodium chloride, sodium sulphate Com
pany
sodium chloride, sodium sulphate
Some heat is always evolved (or produced) in a neutralisation reaction. This heat raises the Com
pany
Some heat is always evolved (or produced) in a neutralisation reaction. This heat raises the
Limite
dThis is due to the fact that soap solution is basic in nature which changes the colour of
Limite
dThis is due to the fact that soap solution is basic in nature which changes the colour of
Acidic vinegar, stomach juices, lemon juice Basic lime water, toothpaste, baking soda
Limite
dAcidic vinegar, stomach juices, lemon juice Basic lime water, toothpaste, baking soda
A salt is a substance formed by the reaction of an acid with a base. Sodium chloride and Limite
dA salt is a substance formed by the reaction of an acid with a base. Sodium chloride and
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
53
35. ur stomach produces hydrochloric acid. This hydrochloric acid helps in digesting our food without harming the stomach. Sometimes, excess of hydrochloric acid is produced in the stomach due to various reasons (one being over-eating). The excess of acid in the stomach causes indigestion which produces pain and irritation (The person who has excess acid in the stomach is also said to suffer from acidity). In order to cure indigestion and get rid of pain, we can take bases called ‘antacids’.
3 . A common antacid used for curing indigestion due to acidity is milk of magnesia. Magnesium hydroxide neutralises the excess acid present in the stomach and cures indigestion.
3 . The sting of an ant contains an acid called formic acid. So, when an ant stings (or bites) a person, it injects an acidic liquid into the skin of the person which causes burning pain. If an ant stings a person, then rubbing a mild base like baking soda solution (or calamine solution) on the stung area of the skin gives relief.
3 . The drink with the sour taste is an acidic drink. The one with bitter taste is basic drink and the third one is neutral drink.
39. 1. Acids have sour taste. Bases have bitter taste. 2. Acids are not soapy to touch. Bases feel soapy to touch. 3. Acids turn blue litmus to red. Bases turn red litmus to blue.
4 . istilled water is neutral in nature. We can confirm the neutral nature of substances by performing the litmus test. For example, let us put one drop of distilled water on blue litmus paper and another drop of distilled water on red litmus paper. We will find that there is no change in the colour of blue litmus paper or red litmus paper. This shows that distilled water is neither acidic nor basic in nature. So, distilled water is neutral.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
41. The rain which contains a higher level of acid than normal is called acid rain. Acid rain is caused by the acidic gases like sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide which are released into the air as pollutants during the burning of various types of fuels. Sulphur dioxide gas dissolves in falling rain drops to form sulphuric acid nitrogen dioxide gas dissolves in rain drops to form nitric acid whereas carbon dioxide gas dissolves in rain drops to form carbonic acid. The presence of sulphuric acid, nitric acid and carbonic acid in rain water makes the rain water acidic. And when this acidic rain water falls on the earth, we call it acid rain. Acid rain causes damage to aquatic animals (like fish), trees, crop plants, metal structures and stone buildings and monuments.
42. Salts can be of three types (i) eutral salts (ii) Acidic salts, and (iii) Basic salts. The two examples of neutral salts are sodium chloride and sodium sulphate. Those salts which form an acidic solution on dissolving in water are called acidic salts. The two examples of acidic salts are ammonium chloride and ammonium sulphate. Those salts which form basic solutions on dissolving in water are called basic salts. The two examples of basic salts are sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate.
43. A substance which reacts with a base to form a salt (and water) is called an acid. Acids have sour taste. Acids turn blue litmus to red. Some of the examples of acids are Acetic acid, Citric acid.
(C) examples of neutral salts are sodium chloride and sodium sulphate. Those salts which
(C) examples of neutral salts are sodium chloride and sodium sulphate. Those salts which
form an acidic solution on dissolving in water are called acidic salts. The two examples of
(C) form an acidic solution on dissolving in water are called acidic salts. The two examples of
acidic salts are ammonium chloride and ammonium sulphate. Those salts which form basic
(C) acidic salts are ammonium chloride and ammonium sulphate. Those salts which form basic
solutions on dissolving in water are called basic salts. The two examples of basic salts are (C)
solutions on dissolving in water are called basic salts. The two examples of basic salts are sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate. (C)
sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate.
S Salts can be of three types (i) eutral salts (ii) Acidic salts, and (iii) Basic salts. The two S Salts can be of three types (i) eutral salts (ii) Acidic salts, and (iii) Basic salts. The two examples of neutral salts are sodium chloride and sodium sulphate. Those salts which S examples of neutral salts are sodium chloride and sodium sulphate. Those salts which form an acidic solution on dissolving in water are called acidic salts. The two examples of S form an acidic solution on dissolving in water are called acidic salts. The two examples of
Chand
which are released into the air as pollutants during the burning of various types of fuels.
Chand
which are released into the air as pollutants during the burning of various types of fuels. Sulphur dioxide gas dissolves in falling rain drops to form sulphuric acid nitrogen dioxide
Chand
Sulphur dioxide gas dissolves in falling rain drops to form sulphuric acid nitrogen dioxide
Chand
gas dissolves in rain drops to form nitric acid whereas carbon dioxide gas dissolves in rain
Chand
gas dissolves in rain drops to form nitric acid whereas carbon dioxide gas dissolves in rain drops to form carbonic acid. The presence of sulphuric acid, nitric acid and carbonic acid in
Chand
drops to form carbonic acid. The presence of sulphuric acid, nitric acid and carbonic acid in rain water makes the rain water acidic. And when this acidic rain water falls on the earth,
Chand
rain water makes the rain water acidic. And when this acidic rain water falls on the earth, we call it acid rain. Acid rain causes damage to aquatic animals (like fish), trees, crop plants,
Chand
we call it acid rain. Acid rain causes damage to aquatic animals (like fish), trees, crop plants, metal structures and stone buildings and monuments. Cha
nd
metal structures and stone buildings and monuments.
Salts can be of three types (i) eutral salts (ii) Acidic salts, and (iii) Basic salts. The two Chand
Salts can be of three types (i) eutral salts (ii) Acidic salts, and (iii) Basic salts. The two
And
The rain which contains a higher level of acid than normal is called acid rain. Acid rain
And
The rain which contains a higher level of acid than normal is called acid rain. Acid rain is caused by the acidic gases like sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide And
is caused by the acidic gases like sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide which are released into the air as pollutants during the burning of various types of fuels. And
which are released into the air as pollutants during the burning of various types of fuels. Sulphur dioxide gas dissolves in falling rain drops to form sulphuric acid nitrogen dioxide And
Sulphur dioxide gas dissolves in falling rain drops to form sulphuric acid nitrogen dioxide
Compa
ny 1. Acids have sour taste. Bases have bitter taste. 2. Acids are not soapy to touch. Bases feel
Compa
ny 1. Acids have sour taste. Bases have bitter taste. 2. Acids are not soapy to touch. Bases feel
soapy to touch. 3. Acids turn blue litmus to red. Bases turn red litmus to blue.
Compa
ny
soapy to touch. 3. Acids turn blue litmus to red. Bases turn red litmus to blue.
istilled water is neutral in nature. We can confirm the neutral nature of substances by
Compa
ny
istilled water is neutral in nature. We can confirm the neutral nature of substances by performing the litmus test. For example, let us put one drop of distilled water on blue litmus
Compa
ny
performing the litmus test. For example, let us put one drop of distilled water on blue litmus paper and another drop of distilled water on red litmus paper. We will find that there is
Compa
ny
paper and another drop of distilled water on red litmus paper. We will find that there is no change in the colour of blue litmus paper or red litmus paper. This shows that distilled
Compa
ny
no change in the colour of blue litmus paper or red litmus paper. This shows that distilled water is neither acidic nor basic in nature. So, distilled water is neutral.
Compa
ny
water is neither acidic nor basic in nature. So, distilled water is neutral.
Limite
dhydroxide neutralises the excess acid present in the stomach and cures indigestion.
Limite
dhydroxide neutralises the excess acid present in the stomach and cures indigestion.
The sting of an ant contains an acid called formic acid. So, when an ant stings (or bites) a
Limite
dThe sting of an ant contains an acid called formic acid. So, when an ant stings (or bites) a person, it injects an acidic liquid into the skin of the person which causes burning pain.
Limite
dperson, it injects an acidic liquid into the skin of the person which causes burning pain. ant stings a person, then rubbing a mild base like baking soda solution (or calamine
Limite
dant stings a person, then rubbing a mild base like baking soda solution (or calamine
The drink with the sour taste is an acidic drink. The one with bitter taste is basic drink and Limite
dThe drink with the sour taste is an acidic drink. The one with bitter taste is basic drink and
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
54
44. A substance which can neutralise an acid to form a salt (and water) is called a base. Bases turn red litmus to blue. Some of the examples of bases are Sodium hydroxide and Ammonium hydroxide.
45. The reaction in which an acid reacts with a base to form salt and water is called neutralisation. Some heat is always evolved (or produced) in a neutralisation reaction. This heat raises the temperature of reaction mixture due to which the reaction mixture becomes hot. In a neutralisation reaction, two new substances, salt and water, are formed. An example of neutralisation reaction is given. Sodium hydroxide is a base and hydrochloric acid is an acid. So, when sodium hydroxide is treated with hydrochloric acid, then a neutralisation reaction takes place to form sodium chloride (salt) and water. Sodium hydroxide ydrochloric acid → Sodium chloride Water
D. Multiple Choice Questions
4 . (c) 4 . (d) 4 . (a) 4 . (d) 5 . (c)
51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (b)
5 . (b) 5 . (b) 5 . (c) 5 . (c) . (c)
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (c)
. (a) . (c) . (b) . (c) . (b)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
1. (a) Ammonium sulphate solution. Because it is acidic in nature (b) Sodium carbonate solution. Because it is basic in nature (c) Sodium carbonate solution. Because it is basic in nature (d) Sodium sulphate solution. Because it is neutral in nature.
2. The solution is either basic or neutral. This is because basic and neutral solutions do not change the colour of blue litmus paper ( nly acids turn blue litmus paper to red)
3. Baking soda solution Being basic, it neutralises excess acid in the stomach
4. (a) Turmeric (b) Basic (c) Phenolphthalein
5. Acidic solution will turn blue litmus red This red litmus will turn blue in basic solution istilled water will have no effect on any type of litmus paper.
(C) S
Cha
nd Baking soda solution Being basic, it neutralises ex
Chand
Baking soda solution Being basic, it neutralises ex
(a) Turmeric (b) Basic (c) Phenolphthalein
Chand
(a) Turmeric (b) Basic (c) Phenolphthalein
Acidic solution will
Chand
Acidic solution will turn blue litmus red This red litmus will turn blue in basic solution
Chand
turn blue litmus red This red litmus will turn blue in basic solution
Chand
istilled water will have no effect on any type of litmus paper.
Chand
istilled water will have no effect on any type of litmus paper.
And solution. Because it is basic in nature (c) Sodium carbonate solution. Because it is basic in
And solution. Because it is basic in nature (c) Sodium carbonate solution. Because it is basic in
nature (d) Sodium sulphate solution. Because it is neutral in nature.
And nature (d) Sodium sulphate solution. Because it is neutral in nature.
either basic or neutral. This is because basic and neutral solutions do not
And
either basic or neutral. This is because basic and neutral solutions do not change the colour of blue litmus paper ( nly acids turn blue litmus paper to red) And
change the colour of blue litmus paper ( nly acids turn blue litmus paper to red) And
Baking soda solution Being basic, it neutralises exAnd
Baking soda solution Being basic, it neutralises ex
Compa
ny (a)
Compa
ny (a)
5 .
Compa
ny
5 . (c)
Compa
ny
(c)
4.
Compa
ny
4. (b)
Compa
ny
(b)
.
Compa
ny
. (c)
Compa
ny
(c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
Compa
ny
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
(a) Ammonium sulphate solution. Because it is acidic in nature (b) Sodium carbonate Compa
ny
(a) Ammonium sulphate solution. Because it is acidic in nature (b) Sodium carbonate solution. Because it is basic in nature (c) Sodium carbonate solution. Because it is basic in Com
pany
solution. Because it is basic in nature (c) Sodium carbonate solution. Because it is basic in nature (d) Sodium sulphate solution. Because it is neutral in nature. Com
pany
nature (d) Sodium sulphate solution. Because it is neutral in nature.
Limite
dneutralisation reaction is given. Sodium hydroxide is a base and hydrochloric acid is an acid.
Limite
dneutralisation reaction is given. Sodium hydroxide is a base and hydrochloric acid is an acid. So, when sodium hydroxide is treated with hydrochloric acid, then a neutralisation reaction
Limite
dSo, when sodium hydroxide is treated with hydrochloric acid, then a neutralisation reaction takes place to form sodium chloride (salt) and water. Sodium hydroxide ydrochloric acid
Limite
dtakes place to form sodium chloride (salt) and water. Sodium hydroxide ydrochloric acid
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
55
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
(a) A natural indicator.
(b) A substance formed by the reaction of acid and base.
(c) The salt produced when hydrochloric acid reacts with sodium hydroxide.
(d) aturally occurring acids.
2. Fill in the blanks:
(a) Bases turn the yellow turmeric paper to . ......color.
(b) Phenolphthalein indicator is colorless in . ...... solution.
(c) . ...... acid is present in tamarind, unripe grapes and unripe mangoes.
(d) The rain which contains a higher level of acid than normal is called. ...... .
3. Write true or false:
(a) Formic acid is a weak acid. (b) actic acid is present in sour milk.
(c) Acids turn red litmus to blue. (d) itric acid is a mineral acid.
4. entionthenameoftheacid asefoundinthefollowing:
(a) Spinach (b) emons (c) Washing soda (d) ime water
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
(a) Why do some fruits taste sour
(b) efine indicators. Give examples of natural and synthetic indicators.
(c) What is indigestion and how is it cured
(d) ow can too basic and too acidic soil be treated
(C) S
Cha
nd tors. Give examples of natural and synthetic indicators.
Chand
tors. Give examples of natural and synthetic indicators.
tion and how is it cured
Chand
tion and how is it cured
Chand
oo basic and too acidic soil be treated
Chand
oo basic and too acidic soil be treated
And questions
And questions in
And in short:
And short:
te sour
And
te sour
tors. Give examples of natural and synthetic indicators.And
tors. Give examples of natural and synthetic indicators.
tion and how is it curedAnd
tion and how is it cured
Compa
ny amarind, unripe grapes and unripe mangoes.
Compa
ny amarind, unripe grapes and unripe mangoes.
tains a higher level of acid than normal is called. ...... .
Compa
ny tains a higher level of acid than normal is called. ...... .
actic acid is present in sour milk.
Compa
ny
actic acid is present in sour milk.
itric acid is a mineral acid.
Compa
ny
itric acid is a mineral acid.
in
Compa
ny
in the
Compa
ny
the following:
Compa
ny
following:
(c) Washing soda
Compa
ny
(c) Washing soda
Limite
dtor is colorless in . ...... solution.
Limite
dtor is colorless in . ...... solution.
amarind, unripe grapes and unripe mangoes. Limite
damarind, unripe grapes and unripe mangoes.
tains a higher level of acid than normal is called. ...... . Limite
d
tains a higher level of acid than normal is called. ...... .
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
56
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 5
ame ............................................................... Class ......................... ate ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
(a) The base found in window cleaner.
(b) The acid secreted in our stomach.
(c) The organic acid found in oranges.
(d) The substances which are neither acidic nor basic in nature.
(e) A common antacid used to cure indigestion due to acidity.
2. Write True or False:
(a) Calamine solution is applied on skin when bitten by an ant.
(b) There is no need to be careful while working with acids and bases in the laboratory.
(c) eat is produced during neutralisation reaction.
(d) Tap water is basic in nature.
(e) ime water is chemically magnesium hydroxide.
3. G ive one example of:
(a) A mineral acid (b) A synthetic indicator
(c) An organic acid (d) A weak base
(3) A natural indicator
4. Correct the following statements:
(a) emons contain lactic acid.
(b) Sodium sulphate is a basic salt.
(c) The salts of hydrochloric acid are called carbonates.
(d) Acids feel soapy to touch.
(e) Acids turn china rose indicator to green color.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
(a) What are salts ow are they formed
(b) ifferentiate between organic acids and mineral acids.
(c) ow is litmus obtained What is the use of this solution
(C) (e)
(C) (e)
(C) B. Subjective Type Questions(C) B. Subjective Type Questions(C)
5. Answer(C)
5. Answer
S The salts of hydr
S The salts of hydr
Acids feel soapy tS Acids feel soapy t
Acids turn china rose indicaS Acids turn china rose indica
Chand
ator
Chand
ator
wing statements:
Chand
wing statements:
emons cont
Chand
emons contain lactic acid.
Chand
ain lactic acid.
Sodium sulphate is a basic salt.
Chand
Sodium sulphate is a basic salt.
The salts of hydrChand
The salts of hydr
And er is chemically magnesium hydroxide.
And er is chemically magnesium hydroxide. Com
pany
ances which are neither acidic nor basic in nature.
Compa
ny ances which are neither acidic nor basic in nature.
acid used to cure indigestion due to acidity.
Compa
ny
acid used to cure indigestion due to acidity.
Calamine solution is applied on skin when bitten b
Compa
ny
Calamine solution is applied on skin when bitten by an ant.
Compa
ny
y an ant.
areful while working with acids and bases in the laboratory.
Compa
ny
areful while working with acids and bases in the laboratory.
alisation reaction.
Compa
ny
alisation reaction.
er is chemically magnesium hydroxide. Compa
ny
er is chemically magnesium hydroxide.
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
57
(d) After carrying out the neutralisation reaction, if we touch the test tube, it is hot. xplain.
(e) State whether distilled water is acidic, basic or neutral in nature. ow will you confirm it?
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
(a) What is meant by acid rain ow is it formed
(b) ifferentiate among acidic salts, basic salts and neutral salts with the help of examples.
(c) xplain neutralisation reaction with the help of an example.
(d) efine indicator. What are its types Give examples.
(e) Give three examples to show how neutralisation reactions play an important role in our life.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. hereaction etweenanacidanda asetoformsaltandwateriscalled:
(a) Carbonation (b) ydrogenation (c) eutralization (d) Titration. 2. Whenanantstingsaperson itin ectsaliquidintothes inofthepersonwhichcontains:
(a) Acetic acid (b) Calcium hydroxide (c) Formic acid (d) Potassium hydroxide. . Acertainsolutiondoesnotchangethecolorofan indicator. hissolutionismostli el
to be:
(a) Vinegar solution (b) Baking soda solution
(c) Common salt solution (d) Washing soda solution
4. Which of the following d oes not cause acid rain?
(a) Sulphur dioxide (b) Carbon monoxide (c) Carbon dioxide (d) itrogen dioxide. 5. Whichofthefollowingcontainslacticacid?
(a) Ant’s sting (b) nripe mangoes (c) Sour milk (d) emons
(C) S
Cha
nd following
Chand
following contains
Chand
contains
(b) nripe mangoes
Chand
(b) nripe mangoes
And (b) Baking soda solution
And (b) Baking soda solution
(d) Washing soda solution
And (d) Washing soda solution
Which of the following d oes not c
And
Which of the following d oes not cause acid rain?
And
ause acid rain?
(b) Carbon monoxide (c) Carbon dioxide And
(b) Carbon monoxide (c) Carbon dioxide containsAnd
contains
Compa
ny water
Compa
ny water is
Compa
ny is
(c) eutraliza
Compa
ny
(c) eutralization
Compa
ny
tion the
Compa
ny
the s in
Compa
ny
s in of
Compa
ny
of the
Compa
ny
the
ydroxide.
Compa
ny
ydroxide. color
Compa
ny
color of
Compa
ny
of an
Compa
ny
an indicat
Compa
ny
indicat
Compa
ny
(b) Baking soda solutionCompa
ny
(b) Baking soda solution
(d) Washing soda solution Com
pany
(d) Washing soda solution
Limite
dferentiate among acidic salts, basic salts and neutral salts with the help of examples.
Limite
dferentiate among acidic salts, basic salts and neutral salts with the help of examples.
ee examples to show how neutralisation reactions play an important role in
Limite
dee examples to show how neutralisation reactions play an important role in
called:Limite
d
called:
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
58
6
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The physical and chemical changes.
• The physical and chemical changes in our everyday life.
• About rusting and the methods to prevent it.
• About the process of crystallisation.
Textbook: Refer to pages 79 to 93
Periods allocated: 10 periods
VOCABULARY
Physical change, chemical change, rusting, galvanisation, chrome-plating, crystallisation.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Physical changes (Page 79)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students the various examples of changes that we observe around us would be a good start for the topic. Ask students to list the properties in which they find the change occurring.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked to list some of the common changes occurring in nature and to state its cause. Recapitulation of neutralisation reaction may be done and ask what changes were observed in that chemical reaction.
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that the change in a substance is always brought about by a cause. There are
Physical and Chemical ChangesPhysical and Chemical Changes
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
(C) we observe around us would be a good start for the topic. Ask students to list the properties in
(C) we observe around us would be a good start for the topic. Ask students to list the properties in
which they find the change occurring.(C)
which they find the change occurring.
Chapter opening exercise: (C)
Chapter opening exercise: in nature and to state its cause. Recapitulation of neutralisation reaction may be done and ask what
(C)
in nature and to state its cause. Recapitulation of neutralisation reaction may be done and ask what
S Learning Tools S Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: S Interactive warm up exercise:
Chand
Chand
Physical change, chemical change, rusting, galvanisation, chrome-plating, crystallisation.
Chand
Physical change, chemical change, rusting, galvanisation, chrome-plating, crystallisation.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Physical changes (Page 79) Chand
Physical changes (Page 79)
And
And
And
And
Physical change, chemical change, rusting, galvanisation, chrome-plating, crystallisation. And
Physical change, chemical change, rusting, galvanisation, chrome-plating, crystallisation.
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
The physical and chemical changes in our everyday life.
Compa
ny
The physical and chemical changes in our everyday life.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
59
two types of changes- Physical changes and Chemical changes. Students should know that those changes in which no new substances are formed are called physical changes. It is a temporary change. Students should be able to cite examples of physical changes list the physical properties in which the change occurs.
Suggested home assignment
What are physical changes? How is breaking of a glass tumbler an example of physical change?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 3 TO 5
Chemical changes (Page 82)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that those changes in which new substances are formed, are called chemical changes. They are permanent changes. Students should be able to cite examples of chemical changes and list their various characteristics. Explain the reaction between Baking soda and lime water to test the presence of Carbon dioxide gas. Students should realize the importance of chemical changes.
Using resources
• Conduct the activities given on page no. 4 to show the chemical changes associated with the burning of Magnesium ribbon and the subsequent dissolving of Magnesium oxide in water.
• Conduct the activity given on page no. to show the chemical change associated with the reaction of Copper sulphate solution and Iron.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
How does the ozone layer act as a protective shield for us in the atmosphere?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Rusting of iron (Page 87)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that when an iron obj ect is left in damp air/ water for a considerable time, it gets covered with a red-brown flaky substance called rust. The process is called rusting of iron. Students should be able to express the process of rusting with the help of a word equation and show that that it is a chemical change. They should be able to list the conditions which are essential for the rusting of iron. They should realize that how rusting damages iron obj ects and should be familiarized with the ways to prevent rusting like galvanisation and chrome plating. Students should know that due to the presence of salts in sea water, the process of rusting is faster in ships. The topic can be
(C) Teacher guided discussion
(C) Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that when an iron obj ect is left in damp air/ water for a considerable time, it gets
(C) Explain them that when an iron obj ect is left in damp air/ water for a considerable time, it gets
covered with a red-brown flaky substance called rust. The process is called rusting of iron. Students (C)
covered with a red-brown flaky substance called rust. The process is called rusting of iron. Students (C)
should be able to express the process of rusting with the help of a word equation and show that (C)
should be able to express the process of rusting with the help of a word equation and show that
S Rusting of iron (Page 87)
S Rusting of iron (Page 87)
Teacher guided discussionS Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
How does the ozone layer act as a protective shield for us in the atmosphere?
Chand
How does the ozone layer act as a protective shield for us in the atmosphere?
Rusting of iron (Page 87) Chand
Rusting of iron (Page 87)
And page
And page no.
And no.
And solution
And solution
for
And
for the
And
the given
And
givenchapter on the Study Gear app. And
chapter on the Study Gear app.
Compa
ny Discuss with them that those changes in which new substances are formed, are called chemical
Compa
ny Discuss with them that those changes in which new substances are formed, are called chemical
changes. They are permanent changes. Students should be able to cite examples of chemical changes
Compa
ny changes. They are permanent changes. Students should be able to cite examples of chemical changes
and list their various characteristics. Explain the reaction between Baking soda and lime water to test
Compa
ny
and list their various characteristics. Explain the reaction between Baking soda and lime water to test the presence of Carbon dioxide gas. Students should realize the importance of chemical changes.
Compa
ny
the presence of Carbon dioxide gas. Students should realize the importance of chemical changes.
to
Compa
ny
to show
Compa
ny
show the
Compa
ny
the chemical
Compa
ny
chemicalthe burning of Magnesium ribbon and the subsequent dissolving of Magnesium oxide in
Compa
ny
the burning of Magnesium ribbon and the subsequent dissolving of Magnesium oxide in
Compa
ny
toCompa
ny
to showCompa
ny
showandCom
pany
and
Limite
d
Limite
dDiscuss with them that those changes in which new substances are formed, are called chemical Lim
ited
Discuss with them that those changes in which new substances are formed, are called chemical changes. They are permanent changes. Students should be able to cite examples of chemical changes Lim
ited
changes. They are permanent changes. Students should be able to cite examples of chemical changes
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
60
made interesting by taking students on an educational trip to utub Minar at elhi and showing them the iron pillar which was made 1 years ago and has still not rusted.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
List some ways to prevent the rusting of iron obj ects.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Crystallisation (Page 89)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that the process of cooling a hot, concentrated solution of a substance to obtain crystals is called crystallisation. It is an example of physical change.
Using resources
Conduct the activity given on page no. to obtain pure crystals of Copper sulphate from an impure sample.
Suggested home assignment
How do the impurities from a solution get removed during crystallisation?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.(C
) (C
) Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet (C) Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
for the chapter.(C)
for the chapter.
S S Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
S Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.Chand
Chand
Chand
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Chand
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
Chand
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.Chand
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
And
And How do the impurities from a solution get removed during crystallisation?
And How do the impurities from a solution get removed during crystallisation?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8 And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.And
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Compa
ny
Discuss that the process of cooling a hot, concentrated solution of a substance to obtain crystals
Compa
ny
Discuss that the process of cooling a hot, concentrated solution of a substance to obtain crystals
in
Compa
ny
in pure
Compa
ny
pure cry
Compa
ny
crystals
Compa
ny
stals
How do the impurities from a solution get removed during crystallisation? Com
pany
How do the impurities from a solution get removed during crystallisation?
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
61
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Z inc
2. When iron is mixed ( or alloyed) with carbon, chromium and nickel, then stainless steel is obtained.
3. Crystallisation
4. (a) vaporation (b) Crystallisation
5. Impure copper sulphate
. Carbon dioxide
7. ( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) True
. Physical changes: d, e, f
Chemical changes: a, b, c
. Physical changes: i, iii, v, vii, viii
Chemical changes: ii, iv, vi, ix, x
1 . ( a) chemical ( b) physical ; chemical ( c) chemical ( d) sodium hydrogen carbonate ( e) calcium carbonate (f) painting galvanisation (g) galvanisation (h) salt (i) crystallisation
B. Short Answer Type Questions
11. They are painted regularly to protect them from rusting.
12. The iron pipes used in our homes to carry water are also galvanised/ coated with zinc to prevent rusting.
13. The tools and machine parts made of iron and steel are smeared with grease or oil to prevent their rusting.
14. When a coat of paint is applied to the surface of an iron obj ect, then air and moisture cannot come in contact with the iron object and hence no rusting takes place.
15. The rusting of iron is faster in coastal areas (sea-side areas) because the air at those places contains more water vapour ( or more moisture) .
1 . The process of depositing a thin layer (or coating) of zinc metal on iron objects is called galvanisation. Galvanisation is done by dipping an iron object in molten zinc metal. A thin layer of zinc metal formed on the surface of an iron object which protects it from rusting (because zinc metal remains unaffected by air and moisture).
17. Rusting of iron can be prevented by painting or applying grease or oil.
1 . When iron is mixed ( or alloyed) with carbon, chromium and nickel, then stainless steel is obtained. Stainless steel is an alloy of iron. Stainless steel does not rust at all.
1 . 1. No new substance is formed in a physical change. 1. New substance is formed in a chemical change. 2. A physical change is a temporary change. A chemical change is a permanent change. 3. A physical change is easily reversible. A chemical change is usually irreversible.
(C) (because
(C) (because
17.
(C) 17. Rusting
(C) Rusting
1 .(C)
1 . When iron is mixed ( or alloyed) with carbon, chromium and nickel, then stainless steel is (C)
When iron is mixed ( or alloyed) with carbon, chromium and nickel, then stainless steel is obtained. Stainless steel is an alloy of iron. Stainless steel does not rust at all. (C)
obtained. Stainless steel is an alloy of iron. Stainless steel does not rust at all.
S galvanisation.
S galvanisation.layer S layer ofS of zincS zinc(becauseS (because
Chand
When a coat of paint is applied to the surface of an iron obj ect, then air and moisture
Chand
When a coat of paint is applied to the surface of an iron obj ect, then air and moisture contact
Chand
contact with
Chand
with
iron
Chand
iron is
Chand
is fast
Chand
fast
Chand
contains more water vapour ( or more moisture) .
Chand
contains more water vapour ( or more moisture) .
processChand
process ofCha
nd
of depositingChand
depositing
galvanisation.Chand
galvanisation. GalvanisationChand
Galvanisation
And The iron pipes used in our homes to carry water are also galvanised/ coated with zinc to
And The iron pipes used in our homes to carry water are also galvanised/ coated with zinc to
The tools and machine parts made of iron and steel are smeared with grease or oil to And
The tools and machine parts made of iron and steel are smeared with grease or oil to
When a coat of paint is applied to the surface of an iron obj ect, then air and moisture And
When a coat of paint is applied to the surface of an iron obj ect, then air and moisture
Compa
ny
( a) chemical ( b) physical ; chemical ( c) chemical ( d) sodium hydrogen carbonate ( e) calcium
Compa
ny
( a) chemical ( b) physical ; chemical ( c) chemical ( d) sodium hydrogen carbonate ( e) calcium galvanisation
Compa
ny
galvanisation (h)
Compa
ny
(h) salt
Compa
ny
salt
themCompa
ny
them fromCompa
ny
from rusting.Compa
ny
rusting.
The iron pipes used in our homes to carry water are also galvanised/ coated with zinc to Compa
ny
The iron pipes used in our homes to carry water are also galvanised/ coated with zinc to
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
62
2 . Iron + Oxygen + Water → Iron oxide
( Fe) ( O2) ( H2O) ( Fe2O3)
21. The explosion of a firework (like a cracker) is a chemical change because many new substances are formed in this process. The explosion of a firework also produces heat, light, sound and unpleasant gases.
22. o new substance is formed during the melting of ice, only a change of state (from solid to liquid) takes place during the melting of ice. So, the melting of ice (to form water) is a physical change.
23. The process of cooling a hot, concentrated solution of a substance to obtain crystals is called crystallisation. The process of crystallisation is used to obtain large crystals of a pure solid substance from the impure solid substance.
24. Take about 1 m of water in a beaker and add a few drops of dilute sulphuric acid to it. eat the water over a burner till it boils. Add copper sulphate powder slowly to the hot
water with constant stirring. Continue to add copper sulphate till no more copper sulphate can be dissolved. This will give us a saturated solution of copper sulphate. Filter the hot saturated solution of copper sulphate to remove insoluble impurities. Allow the hot and concentrated solution of copper sulphate to cool slowly. o not disturb the solution when it is cooling. After some time, we will see large copper sulphate crystals at the bottom of the beaker. Separate the copper sulphate crystals from solution by filtration and dry them. The soluble impurities present in copper sulphate do not crystallise and hence remain behind in the solution.
25. (a) Burning of magnesium ribbon in air to form magnesium oxide (b) Melting of ice to form water
C. Long Answer Type Questions
2 . Those changes, in which no new substances are formed, are called physical changes. The changes in state, size, shape and colour of a substance are physical changes. Examples of physical changes are Melting of ice (to form water) Freezing of water (to form ice). Those changes, in which new substances are formed, are called chemical changes. A lot of energy ( in the form of heat, light, sound, etc.) is either absorbed or given out in chemical changes.
xamples of chemical changes are Souring of milk Formation of curd from milk.
27. When an iron object is left in damp air (or water) for a considerable time, it gets covered with a red brown flaky substance called rust. This is called rusting of iron. Two conditions are necessary for the rusting of iron to take place (i) presence of oxygen (of air), and (ii) presence of water or water vapour (called moisture). Rust is soft and porous, and it gradually falls off from the surface of a rusted iron object, and then the iron below starts rusting. Thus, rusting of iron is a continuous process which slowly eats up the iron objects and makes them useless.
2 . The reaction between copper sulphate (CuS 4) solution and iron (Fe) is a chemical change because it produces two new substances: iron sulphate ( FeSO4) solution and copper (Cu). Copper sulphate solution Iron → Iron sulphate solution Copper. It is a chemical change.
(C) are
(C) are
(ii)
(C) (ii) presence
(C) presence
gradually(C) gradually
rusting.(C)
rusting.and makes them useless. (C)
and makes them useless.
S an
S anwith S with a S a redS red
necessaryS necessary
Chand
Those changes, in which no new substances are formed, are called physical changes. The
Chand
Those changes, in which no new substances are formed, are called physical changes. The changes in state, size, shape and colour of a substance are physical changes. Examples of
Chand
changes in state, size, shape and colour of a substance are physical changes. Examples of are
Chand
are Melting
Chand
Melting
changes, in which new substances are formed, are called chemical changes. A lot of energy
Chand
changes, in which new substances are formed, are called chemical changes. A lot of energy ( in the form of heat, light, sound, etc.) is either absorbed or given out in chemical changes.
Chand
( in the form of heat, light, sound, etc.) is either absorbed or given out in chemical changes.
xamples Chand
xamples ofCha
nd
of chemicalChand
chemical
ironChand
iron objectChand
objectbrownCha
nd
brown
And air
And air
C. Long Answer Type Questions
And
C. Long Answer Type Questions
Those changes, in which no new substances are formed, are called physical changes. The And
Those changes, in which no new substances are formed, are called physical changes. The changes in state, size, shape and colour of a substance are physical changes. Examples of And
changes in state, size, shape and colour of a substance are physical changes. Examples of
Compa
ny till
Compa
ny till no
Compa
ny no
copper
Compa
ny copper sulphate.
Compa
ny sulphate.
insoluble
Compa
ny
insoluble impurities.
Compa
ny
impurities.slowl
Compa
ny
slowly.
Compa
ny
y. o
Compa
ny
o not
Compa
ny
not disturb
Compa
ny
disturbcopper
Compa
ny
copper sulphate
Compa
ny
sulphate crys
Compa
ny
crysfrom
Compa
ny
from solution
Compa
ny
solutionsulphate
Compa
ny
sulphate do
Compa
ny
do not
Compa
ny
not crys
Compa
ny
crys
to Compa
ny
to formCompa
ny
form magnesiumCompa
ny
magnesium
Limite
dcrys
Limite
dcrystals
Limite
dtals is
Limite
dis call
Limite
dcalled
Limite
dedtals
Limite
dtals of
Limite
dof a
Limite
da pure
Limite
dpure
dilute
Limite
ddilute sulphuric
Limite
dsulphuric
powderLimite
dpowder slowlyLim
ited
slowlymoreLim
ited
more
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
63
2 . When baking soda and vinegar are mixed together, then bubbles of carbon dioxide gas are formed ( along with some other substances) . The reaction between baking soda and vinegar is a chemical change because it forms carbon dioxide as one of the new substances. Sodium hydrogen carbonate Acetic acid → Sodium acetate + Carbon dioxide + Water
3 . When carbon dioxide gas is passed through lime water, then calcium hydroxide combines with carbon dioxide to form a white solid substance ‘ calcium carbonate’ ( which makes lime water appear milky) . It is a chemical change.
Calcium hydroxide + Carbon dioxide → Calcium carbonate + Water
31. It is a chemical change. Carbon dioxide gas is produced in the reaction which is a new substance formed.
32. The melting of wax is a physical change but the burning of wax is a chemical change. So, when a candle burns, then both physical and chemical changes take place. This is because when a candle burns, then some of the wax melts ( physical change) and some of the wax burns ( chemical change) .
33. Cu ng of wood is a physical change as no new product is formed. Burning of wood produces new products like carbon dioxide and thus, it is a chemical change.
34. When a magnesium ribbon is heated, it burns in air with a brilliant white light to form a powdery ash called magnesium oxide. This magnesium oxide is an entirely new substance. The burning of magnesium ribbon is a chemical change.
Magnesium + Oxygen → Magnesium oxide
35. When we dissolve magnesium oxide in water, then magnesium oxide combines with water to form a new substance called magnesium hydroxide. It is a chemical change.
Magnesium oxide + Water → Magnesium hydroxide
D. Multiple Choice Questions
3 . (c) 3 . (c) 3 . (a) 3 . (a) 4 . (b)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (d) 45. (d)
4 . (c) 4 . (c) 4 . (b) 4 . (c) 5 . (d)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
51. ( a) ( i) Magnesium oxide ( ii) Magnesium hydroxide ( b) Y turns red litmus paper blue ( c) Y is basic in nature ( d) Milk of magnesia
52. (a) Iron (b) Rusting (c) (i) xygen (of air) (ii) Water (or Water vapour) (d) inc
53. ( a) ( i) Hydrogen ( ii) Oxygen ( iii) Steam ( b) ( i) Chemical change ( ii) Physical change
54. (a) (i) Baking soda (ii) Vinegar (b) Acetic acid (c) Chemical change (d) Carbon dioxide
55. (a) Iron (b) Copper sulphate solution (c) Iron sulphate solution (d) Copper(C) 52. (a)
(C) 52. (a)
53.
(C) 53. ( a) ( i) Hydrog
(C) ( a) ( i) Hydrog
54. (a)(C)
54. (a) (i)(C) (i)(C)
55. (a)(C)
55. (a)
S ( a) ( i) Magnesium oxide ( ii) Magnesium hydroxide ( b) Y turns red litmus paper blue ( c) Y is
S ( a) ( i) Magnesium oxide ( ii) Magnesium hydroxide ( b) Y turns red litmus paper blue ( c) Y is basic in nature ( d) Milk of magnesia S basic in nature ( d) Milk of magnesia
IronS Iron (b)S
(b)
Chand
(c) 3 . (c)
Chand
(c) 3 . (c)
41. (b) 42. (c)
Chand
41. (b) 42. (c)
4 . (c) 4 . (c)
Chand
4 . (c) 4 . (c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
Chand
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
( a) ( i) Magnesium oxide ( ii) Magnesium hydroxide ( b) Y turns red litmus paper blue ( c) Y is Chand
( a) ( i) Magnesium oxide ( ii) Magnesium hydroxide ( b) Y turns red litmus paper blue ( c) Y is basic in nature ( d) Milk of magnesia Cha
nd
basic in nature ( d) Milk of magnesia
And to form a new substance called magnesium hydroxide. It is a chemical change.
And to form a new substance called magnesium hydroxide. It is a chemical change.
Magnesium hydroxide
And Magnesium hydroxide Com
pany
forme
Compa
ny formed.
Compa
ny d. Burning
Compa
ny Burning
new products like carbon dioxide and thus, it is a chemical change.
Compa
ny
new products like carbon dioxide and thus, it is a chemical change.
When a magnesium ribbon is heated, it burns in air with a brilliant white light to form a
Compa
ny
When a magnesium ribbon is heated, it burns in air with a brilliant white light to form a magnesium
Compa
ny
magnesium oxide
Compa
ny
oxide is
Compa
ny
isThe burning of magnesium ribbon is a chemical change.
Compa
ny
The burning of magnesium ribbon is a chemical change.
Magnesium oxide
Compa
ny
Magnesium oxide
When we dissolve magnesium oxide in water, then magnesium oxide combines with water Compa
ny
When we dissolve magnesium oxide in water, then magnesium oxide combines with water to form a new substance called magnesium hydroxide. It is a chemical change. Com
pany
to form a new substance called magnesium hydroxide. It is a chemical change.
Magnesium hydroxide Com
pany
Magnesium hydroxide
Limite
dwhich
Limite
dwhich is
Limite
dis a
Limite
da new
Limite
dnew
chemical
Limite
dchemical change.
Limite
dchange.
when a candle burns, then both physical and chemical changes take place. This is because
Limite
dwhen a candle burns, then both physical and chemical changes take place. This is because when a candle burns, then some of the wax melts ( physical change) and some of the wax Lim
ited
when a candle burns, then some of the wax melts ( physical change) and some of the wax
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
64
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions 1. Name the following:
( a) The metal used to galvanise iron so as to prevent its rusting.
( b) A salt purified by the process of crystallisation.
( c) A gas which turns lime water milky.
( d) A change in which no new substance is formed.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) Iron metal is extracted from its ore by .… … … ....… … ...... change.
( b) The .… … … ....… … ...... layer protects us from the harmful ultraviolet rays coming from the sun.
( c) Iron sulphate is .… … … ....… … ...... in color.
( d) Magnesium hydroxide is .… … … ....… … ...... in nature.
3. Write true or false:
( a) The burning of Magnesium ribbon is a chemical change.
( b) A chemical change is a temporary change.
( c) Melting of ice is a physical change.
( d) Rust is a yellowish green substance.
4. entionwhichofthefollowingareph sicalorchemicalchanges:
( a) Burning of biogas ( b) Dissolving salt in water
( c) Condensation of steam ( d) Rusting of iron rod
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between physical changes and chemical changes.
( b) List the conditions essential for rusting to take place.
( c) Write a word equation to describe the reaction between iron and copper sulphate solution.
( d) Define crystallisation. Give an example.
(C)
(C) S
solution.
S solution.
Define cryS Define cryS Cha
nd B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
following
Chand
following questions
Chand
questions
entiate between physical changes and chemical changes.
Chand
entiate between physical changes and chemical changes.
List the conditions essen
Chand
List the conditions essen
Write a wChand
Write a word equation to describe the reaction between iron and copper sulphate Cha
nd
ord equation to describe the reaction between iron and copper sulphate solution. Cha
nd
solution.
Define cryChand
Define cry
And ph sical
And ph sical
( b)
And ( b)
( d)
And
( d)
Compa
ny
The burning of Magnesium ribbon is a chemical change.
Compa
ny
The burning of Magnesium ribbon is a chemical change.
wish green substance.
Compa
ny
wish green substance.
ph sicalCompa
ny
ph sical orCompa
ny
or chemicalCompa
ny
chemical
Dissolving salt in watCompa
ny
Dissolving salt in wat
Limite
der protects us from the harmful ultraviolet rays coming from
Limite
der protects us from the harmful ultraviolet rays coming from
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
65
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 5
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The changes in which new products are formed.
( b) The gas which protects us from the harmful ultraviolet radiations of the Sun.
( c) The reddish brown flaky substance which is formed when iron obj ects come in contact with damp air.
( d) The process of depositing a thin layer of zinc metal on iron obj ects.
( e) The process of cooling a hot concentrated solution of a substance to obtain its crystals.
2. Write True or False:
( a) Rusting can be prevented by painting.
( b) Only oxygen is required for rusting of iron to take place.
( c) Copper sulphate solution is green in color.
( d) Lime water turns milky when it reacts with carbon dioxide gas.
( e) Baking soda is chemically sodium hydrogen carbonate.
. entionwhichofthefollowingareph sicalandchemicalchanges:
( a) Digestion of food ( b) Cutting pieces of wood
( c) Freezing of water ( d) Photosynthesis
( e) Formation of compost from dead and decaying leaves
4. Correct the following statements:
( a) Burning of LPG is a physical change.
( b) Condensation of steam is a chemical change.
( c) Magnesium oxide is called limewater.
( d) Limewater turns milky due to the formation of calcium hydroxide.
( e) When iron is coated with a layer of zinc, the process is called chrome-plating.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Write four physical properties of a substance in which changes occur.
( b) Why rusting of iron is faster in case of ships?
( c) When a candle burns, both physical and chemical changes are observed. Identify these changes.
(C) ( d)
(C) ( d)
( e)
(C) ( e) When iron is coa
(C) When iron is coa
(C)
B. Subjective Type Questions(C)
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answer(C
) 5. Answer
S Magnesium oxide is called limeS Magnesium oxide is called lime
LimewaS Limewa
Chand
ater
Chand
ater
Formation of c
Chand
Formation of compost from dead and decaying leaves
Chand
ompost from dead and decaying leaves
Correct the follo
Chand
Correct the follo
Chand
wing statements:
Chand
wing statements:
Burning of LPG is a physic
Chand
Burning of LPG is a physic
Condensation of stChand
Condensation of st
Magnesium oxide is called limeChand
Magnesium oxide is called lime
And er turns milky when it reacts with carbon dioxide gas.
And er turns milky when it reacts with carbon dioxide gas.
Baking soda is chemically sodium hy
And Baking soda is chemically sodium hydrogen carbonate.
And drogen carbonate.
following
And
following are
And
are ph sical
And
ph sical
Compa
ny er of zinc metal on iron obj ects.
Compa
ny er of zinc metal on iron obj ects.
ocess of cooling a hot concentrated solution of a substance to obtain its crystals.
Compa
ny
ocess of cooling a hot concentrated solution of a substance to obtain its crystals.
en is required for rusting of iron to take place.
Compa
ny
en is required for rusting of iron to take place.
een in color. Compa
ny
een in color.
er turns milky when it reacts with carbon dioxide gas. Compa
ny
er turns milky when it reacts with carbon dioxide gas.
drogen carbonate. Com
pany
drogen carbonate.
Limite
dects us from the harmful ultraviolet radiations of the Sun.
Limite
dects us from the harmful ultraviolet radiations of the Sun.
ddish brown flaky substance which is formed when iron obj ects come in contact Limite
dddish brown flaky substance which is formed when iron obj ects come in contact
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
66
( d) Write the components of stainless steel.
( e) Why is curdling of milk considered a chemical change?
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) List all the characteristics associated with chemical changes.
( b) What happens when baking soda is treated with vinegar? Give equations.
( c) Differentiate between physical and chemical changes.
( d) What happens when magnesium oxide is dissolved in water? Give equation.
( e) How are the pure crystals of copper sulphate prepared from its impure sample?
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Burning of Magnesium ribbon is:
( a) Chemical change ( b) Physical change ( c) Periodic change ( d) None of the above 2. hecolorofcoppersulphatesolutionis:
( a) White ( b) Green ( c) Y ellow ( d) Blue . nadditiontonewproducts achemicalchangeisaccompanied :
( a) Heat ( b) Light ( c) Sound ( d) All of the above 4. hesaltwaterma estheprocessofrusting:
( a) Faster ( b) Slower ( c) Has no effect ( d) Depends on the presence of humidity 5. Somesu stancescan eo tainedinpurestatefromtheirsolutions theprocessof:
( a) Sedimentation ( b) Crystallisation ( c) Filtration ( d) Decantation
(C) S
Cha
nd And
in
And in pure
And pure
( b) Crys
And ( b) Crystallisation
And tallisation Com
pany
( c) Y ellow
Compa
ny
( c) Y ellow accompanied
Compa
ny
accompanied
( c) Sound
Compa
ny
( c) Sound rusting:
Compa
ny
rusting:
( d) Depends on the presence of humidity Compa
ny
( d) Depends on the presence of humidity pureCom
pany
pure stateCompa
ny
state
Limite
ded in water? Give equation.
Limite
ded in water? Give equation.
e crystals of copper sulphate prepared from its impure sample?
Limite
de crystals of copper sulphate prepared from its impure sample?
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
67
7
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The difference between weather and climate.
• Factors which affect climate.
• Adaptations in animals living in different climates.
• About migration and its reasons.
Textbook: Refer to pages 94 to 111
Periods allocated: 12 periods
VOCABULARY
Weather, climate, humidity, rain gauge, weather forecasting, meteorology, climate, adaptation, migration.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Weather (Page 94)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students the clothes that we wear when the weather is hot, cold, rainy and humid would be good start for the topic. Ask students what kind of fun activities they do in different weathers.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked to collect weather forecasts of at least five days from the newspaper. Ask them to read it in the class.
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that the weather and climate are two different things. Humidity is the
Weather, Climate and Adaptations of Animals to Climate
Weather, Climate and Adaptations of Animals to Climate
(C) Learning Tools
(C) Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise:
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
(C)
weather is hot, cold, rainy and humid would be good start for the topic. Ask students what kind of (C)
weather is hot, cold, rainy and humid would be good start for the topic. Ask students what kind of fun activities they do in different weathers. (C
) fun activities they do in different weathers.
Chapter opening exercise: (C
) Chapter opening exercise:
S Weather (Page 94)
S Weather (Page 94)
Learning Tools S Learning Tools
Chand
Chand
Weather, climate, humidity, rain gauge, weather forecasting, meteorology, climate, adaptation,
Chand
Weather, climate, humidity, rain gauge, weather forecasting, meteorology, climate, adaptation,
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Weather (Page 94) Chand
Weather (Page 94)
And
And
And
And
Weather, climate, humidity, rain gauge, weather forecasting, meteorology, climate, adaptation, And
Weather, climate, humidity, rain gauge, weather forecasting, meteorology, climate, adaptation,
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Adaptations in animals living in different climates.
Compa
ny
Adaptations in animals living in different climates.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
68
measure of water vapour in air. Students should know that it is expressed in percentage. They should also know that rain gauge is an instrument to measure the rainfall at a place in millimeters. Students should be able to define weather as the day to day condition of the atmosphere at a place and is produced by the heat of the sun and thus weather is never constant. Students should be able to define weather forecasting and meteorology. Students should know that the maximum temperature of the day is generally during the afternoon while the minimum temperature occurs during early morning.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Collect the weather reports of your city for one week and paste it in copy.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Climate (Page 98)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that the average weather pattern at a place taken over a long period of time is called climate of that place. Students should be able to know the four maj or types of climate and their description. Students should be aware that climate depends on our position on the earth and our distance from the sun. The tropical regions and the polar regions are the two regions on earth which have extreme climatic conditions, receiving maximum and minimum heat of the sun, respectively. Students should be able to list the factors which affect climate.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Compare the climate of any two places of India.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 4
Climate and adaptations (Page 100)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the presence of specific body features which enable a plant or an animal to live in a particular habitat is called adaptation. Discuss the adaptations of some animals to two types of habitats- Polar regions and Tropical rainforests.
(C)
(C) Climate and adaptations (Page 100) (C) Climate and adaptations (Page 100)
Teacher guided discussion(C)
Teacher guided discussion
S S Compare the climate of any two places of India.
S Compare the climate of any two places of India. Chand
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Chand
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Chand
on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Compare the climate of any two places of India. Chand
Compare the climate of any two places of India.
And and their description. Students should be aware that climate depends on our position on the earth
And and their description. Students should be aware that climate depends on our position on the earth
and our distance from the sun. The tropical regions and the polar regions are the two regions on
And and our distance from the sun. The tropical regions and the polar regions are the two regions on
earth which have extreme climatic conditions, receiving maximum and minimum heat of the sun,
And
earth which have extreme climatic conditions, receiving maximum and minimum heat of the sun, respectively. Students should be able to list the factors which affect climate. And
respectively. Students should be able to list the factors which affect climate.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Discuss with the students that the average weather pattern at a place taken over a long period of
Compa
ny
Discuss with the students that the average weather pattern at a place taken over a long period of time is called climate of that place. Students should be able to know the four maj or types of climate Com
pany
time is called climate of that place. Students should be able to know the four maj or types of climate and their description. Students should be aware that climate depends on our position on the earth Com
pany
and their description. Students should be aware that climate depends on our position on the earth and our distance from the sun. The tropical regions and the polar regions are the two regions on Com
pany
and our distance from the sun. The tropical regions and the polar regions are the two regions on
Limite
dStudents may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Limite
dStudents may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Collect the weather reports of your city for one week and paste it in copy. Limite
dCollect the weather reports of your city for one week and paste it in copy.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
69
Suggested home assignment
Collect pictures of animals living in Polar regions and Tropical rainforests and paste it in your copy.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
The Polar Regions (Page 101)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that the polar regions of the earth have an extremely cold climate. Students should be familiarized with the two animals living in polar regions- polar bears and penguins. Students should be able to list the various adaptations in polar bears and penguins.
Suggested home assignment
Write two adaptations in Polar bear and Penguins.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Migration (Page 102)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the process in which a bird moves from one place to another in one season and returns again in a different season is called migration. Students should realize that migration is to escape the harsh and cold conditions of their normal habitat in winter so as to survive. Students should be able to name the most common migratory bird Siberian crane which comes to India every year. Students should be able to answer how migratory birds travel to the same place year after year.
Suggested home assignment
What is migration? Collect picture of Siberian crane and paste it in your copy.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 7 TO 9
The Tropical Rainforests (Page 103)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the area of earth near both sides of the equator is called tropical region. It has hot and humid climate. Students should know the places in India where tropical rainforests are found. Students should be able to name the maj or types of animals found here like- lion, tiger, elephants, red eyed frog, toucan, monkey and lion tailed macaque and list their adaptations.
Suggested home assignment
List the adaptations in red eyed frog to survive in its habitat.
(C) Teacher guided discussion
(C) Teacher guided discussion
(C) Explain them that the area of earth near both sides of the equator is called tropical region. It has hot
(C) Explain them that the area of earth near both sides of the equator is called tropical region. It has hot
and humid climate. Students should know the places in India where tropical rainforests are found. (C)
and humid climate. Students should know the places in India where tropical rainforests are found. Students should be able to name the maj or types of animals found here like- lion, tiger, elephants, (C
) Students should be able to name the maj or types of animals found here like- lion, tiger, elephants, red eyed frog, toucan, monkey and lion tailed macaque and list their adaptations.
(C)
red eyed frog, toucan, monkey and lion tailed macaque and list their adaptations.
S The Tropical Rainforests (Page 103)
S The Tropical Rainforests (Page 103)
Teacher guided discussionS Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
What is migration? Collect picture of Siberian crane and paste it in your copy.
Chand
What is migration? Collect picture of Siberian crane and paste it in your copy.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 7 TO 9
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 7 TO 9
The Tropical Rainforests (Page 103) Chand
The Tropical Rainforests (Page 103)
And returns again in a different season is called migration. Students should realize that migration is to
And returns again in a different season is called migration. Students should realize that migration is to
escape the harsh and cold conditions of their normal habitat in winter so as to survive. Students
And escape the harsh and cold conditions of their normal habitat in winter so as to survive. Students
should be able to name the most common migratory bird Siberian crane which comes to India every
And
should be able to name the most common migratory bird Siberian crane which comes to India every year. Students should be able to answer how migratory birds travel to the same place year after year. And
year. Students should be able to answer how migratory birds travel to the same place year after year.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Explain them that the process in which a bird moves from one place to another in one season and Compa
ny
Explain them that the process in which a bird moves from one place to another in one season and returns again in a different season is called migration. Students should realize that migration is to Com
pany
returns again in a different season is called migration. Students should realize that migration is to escape the harsh and cold conditions of their normal habitat in winter so as to survive. Students Com
pany
escape the harsh and cold conditions of their normal habitat in winter so as to survive. Students
Limite
dDiscuss with the students that the polar regions of the earth have an extremely cold climate. Students
Limite
dDiscuss with the students that the polar regions of the earth have an extremely cold climate. Students should be familiarized with the two animals living in polar regions- polar bears and penguins.
Limite
dshould be familiarized with the two animals living in polar regions- polar bears and penguins. Students should be able to list the various adaptations in polar bears and penguins.
Limite
dStudents should be able to list the various adaptations in polar bears and penguins.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
70
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Sun
2. During the summer days, we wear light coloured clothes because the weather is hot. In winter, we prefer to wear dark coloured clothes because the weather is cold.
3. Humidity
4. Rain gauge
5. ‘ millimetres’ ( mm)
6. Weather
7. (a) Kerela ( b) Raj asthan ( c) J ammu and Kashmir ( d) North-East India
8. Assam
9. Raj asthan
10. Polar bear; Penguin
11. Musk oxen and Reindeers
12. Penguin
13. Bharatpur in Raj asthan, Sultanpur in Haryana
14. The major types of animals living in the tropical rainforests are lions, tigers, leopards, elephants and monkeys.
15. ions and tigers
16. Toucan
17. The most outstanding feature of lion-tailed macaque is its silver-white ‘ mane’ which surrounds its head from the cheeks down to its chin.
18. ( a) False ( b) False
19. Hot and wet
(C) The major types of animals living in the tropical rainforests are lions, tigers, leopards,
(C) The major types of animals living in the tropical rainforests are lions, tigers, leopards,
elephants and monkeys.
(C) elephants and monkeys.
15.(C)
15. ions and tigers (C)
ions and tigers
16.(C)
16. Toucan (C)
Toucan
S Bharatpur in Raj asthan, Sultanpur in Haryana S Bharatpur in Raj asthan, Sultanpur in Haryana
The major types of animals living in the tropical rainforests are lions, tigers, leopards, S The major types of animals living in the tropical rainforests are lions, tigers, leopards,
Chand
a) Kerela ( b) Raj asthan ( c) J ammu and Kashmir ( d) North-East India
Chand
a) Kerela ( b) Raj asthan ( c) J ammu and Kashmir ( d) North-East India
Polar bear; Penguin
Chand
Polar bear; Penguin
Musk oxen and Reindeers
Chand
Musk oxen and Reindeers
Penguin Chand
Penguin
Bharatpur in Raj asthan, Sultanpur in Haryana Chand
Bharatpur in Raj asthan, Sultanpur in Haryana
And
a) Kerela ( b) Raj asthan ( c) J ammu and Kashmir ( d) North-East India And
a) Kerela ( b) Raj asthan ( c) J ammu and Kashmir ( d) North-East India
Compa
ny
During the summer days, we wear light coloured clothes because the weather is hot. In
Compa
ny
During the summer days, we wear light coloured clothes because the weather is hot. In winter, we prefer to wear dark coloured clothes because the weather is cold.
Compa
ny
winter, we prefer to wear dark coloured clothes because the weather is cold.
Limite
d
Limite
dAssessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
Limite
dAssessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
71
20. ( a) climate ( b) weather ( c) hot ; dry ( d) polar regions ; tropical regions ( e) shorter ( f) Western; Assam
B. Short Answer Type Questions
21. (i) The maximum temperature of the day generally occurs in the afternoon, and (ii) The minimum temperature of the day generally occurs in the early morning.
22. uring summers, we feel miserable in the afternoon because the maximum temperature of the day is reached in the afternoon (making the surroundings very hot and unbearable).
n the other hand, we feel comparatively cool and comfortable in the early morning during summers because the minimum temperature of the day is reached in the early morning ( making the surroundings somewhat cooler) .
23. The daily weather report carries information about the temperatures, humidity and rainfall during the past 24 hours. It also gives the timings of sunrise, sunset, moonrise and moonset. The weather report also predicts the weather for the day.
24. Rainfall is measured by an instrument called ‘ rain gauge’. Rain gauge is basically a measuring cylinder with a funnel at the top to collect rainwater. Rain gauge measures the rainfall at a place in the unit of ‘ millimetres’ ( mm) .
25. The animals living in the polar regions have adapted to the extremely cold climate by having some special features such as white colour, thick layer of fur, thick skin, a layer of fat under the skin, strong sense of smell, and big feet (big paws) for walking on soft snow and swimming, etc.
26. Due to white colour, polar bear is not visible easily in the snowy white background and hence its prey is unable to see it. This adaptation (of white colour) helps the polar bear to catch its prey. The white colour of polar bear also protects it from its predators ( who kill and eat it) because it mixes well with the snowy white surroundings due to which the predators cannot see it easily.
27. Polar bear has two thick layers of fur on its body. It has a thick layer of fat under its skin.
28. Fur protects the polar bear from extreme cold by preventing the loss of heat from its body. Thus, the two thick layers of fur keep the polar bear warm in extremely cold climate ( by keeping its body heat in) . The polar bear also has fur on its feet and toes. This protects it from cold when it walks on snow and ice. The layer of fat insulates the body of polar bear against heat loss and keeps it warm in cold climate. Thus, the thick layer of fat also protects the polar bear from extreme cold.
29. The very strong sense of smell helps the polar bear in locating and catching its prey for food.
30. Polar bear has big feet ( or big paws) to spread the weight of its body on snow which prevent it from sinking into snow and make it walk on snow easily.
31. The big feet ( or big paws) help the polar bear to swim well. Being a fast swimmer helps the polar bear to catch its prey ( like seal) in water very easily. While swimming under water, polar bear can close its nostrils and remain under water for long durations.
(C) The very strong sense of smell helps the polar bear in locating and catching its prey for
(C) The very strong sense of smell helps the polar bear in locating and catching its prey for
food.
(C) food.
30.(C)
30. Polar bear has big feet ( or big paws) to spread the weight of its body on snow which prevent (C)
Polar bear has big feet ( or big paws) to spread the weight of its body on snow which prevent it from sinking into snow and make it walk on snow easily. (C)
it from sinking into snow and make it walk on snow easily.
S against heat loss and keeps it warm in cold climate. Thus, the thick layer of fat also protects
S against heat loss and keeps it warm in cold climate. Thus, the thick layer of fat also protects the polar bear from extreme cold. S the polar bear from extreme cold.
The very strong sense of smell helps the polar bear in locating and catching its prey for S The very strong sense of smell helps the polar bear in locating and catching its prey for
Chand
see it easily.
Chand
see it easily.
Chand
Polar bear has two thick layers of fur on its body. It has a thick layer of fat under its skin.
Chand
Polar bear has two thick layers of fur on its body. It has a thick layer of fat under its skin.
Fur protects the polar bear from extreme cold by preventing the loss of heat from its body.
Chand
Fur protects the polar bear from extreme cold by preventing the loss of heat from its body. Thus, the two thick layers of fur keep the polar bear warm in extremely cold climate ( by
Chand
Thus, the two thick layers of fur keep the polar bear warm in extremely cold climate ( by keeping its body heat in) . The polar bear also has fur on its feet and toes. This protects it
Chand
keeping its body heat in) . The polar bear also has fur on its feet and toes. This protects it from cold when it walks on snow and ice. The layer of fat insulates the body of polar bear Cha
nd
from cold when it walks on snow and ice. The layer of fat insulates the body of polar bear against heat loss and keeps it warm in cold climate. Thus, the thick layer of fat also protects Cha
nd
against heat loss and keeps it warm in cold climate. Thus, the thick layer of fat also protects
And Due to white colour, polar bear is not visible
And Due to white colour, polar bear is not visible
unable to see it. This adaptation (of white colour) helps the polar bear
And unable to see it. This adaptation (of white colour) helps the polar bear
to catch its prey. The white colour of polar bear also protects it from its
And
to catch its prey. The white colour of polar bear also protects it from itskill and eat it) because it mixes well with theAnd
kill and eat it) because it mixes well with the
see it easily. And
see it easily.
Polar bear has two thick layers of fur on its body. It has a thick layer of fat under its skin. And
Polar bear has two thick layers of fur on its body. It has a thick layer of fat under its skin.
Compa
ny Rainfall is measured by an instrument called ‘ rain gauge’. Rain gauge is basically a measuring
Compa
ny Rainfall is measured by an instrument called ‘ rain gauge’. Rain gauge is basically a measuring
cylinder with a funnel at the top to collect rainwater. Rain gauge measures the rainfall at
Compa
ny
cylinder with a funnel at the top to collect rainwater. Rain gauge measures the rainfall at
The animals living in the polar regions have adapted to the extremely cold climate by
Compa
ny
The animals living in the polar regions have adapted to the extremely cold climate by having some special features such as white colour, thick layer of fur, thick skin, a layer of
Compa
ny
having some special features such as white colour, thick layer of fur, thick skin, a layer of fat under the skin, strong sense of smell, and big feet (big paws) for walking on soft snow
Compa
ny
fat under the skin, strong sense of smell, and big feet (big paws) for walking on soft snow
Due to white colour, polar bear is not visibleCompa
ny
Due to white colour, polar bear is not visible easily in the snowy white background and Compa
ny
easily in the snowy white background and unable to see it. This adaptation (of white colour) helps the polar bearCom
pany
unable to see it. This adaptation (of white colour) helps the polar bear
Limite
dof the day is reached in the afternoon (making the surroundings very hot and unbearable).
Limite
dof the day is reached in the afternoon (making the surroundings very hot and unbearable). n the other hand, we feel comparatively cool and comfortable in the early morning during
Limite
dn the other hand, we feel comparatively cool and comfortable in the early morning during summers because the minimum temperature of the day is reached in the early morning
Limite
dsummers because the minimum temperature of the day is reached in the early morning
The daily weather report carries information about the temperatures, humidity and rainfall
Limite
dThe daily weather report carries information about the temperatures, humidity and rainfall during the past 24 hours. It also gives the timings of sunrise, sunset, moonrise and moonset. Lim
ited
during the past 24 hours. It also gives the timings of sunrise, sunset, moonrise and moonset.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
72
32. The trunk helps the elephant in many ways. The elephant uses the trunk to smell. Because of the trunk, elephant has a strong sense of smell. It is also used for breathing. The elephant uses its long trunk to pick up food ( like grass and plants, etc.) and put into its mouth. Elephant uses the tusks to tear off the bark of trees which it eats as food. When the temperature rises, the elephants flap their large ears and use them as fans to cool themselves. So, the large ears also help the elephant to keep cool in the hot and humid climate of the tropical rainforest.
33. Tusks are the big and long pointed teeth which come out from the closed mouth of the elephant. Tusks are the modified teeth of elephant. Tusks are actually the incisor teeth of elephant. lephant uses the tusks to tear off the bark of trees which it eats as food.
34. The large ears of elephant help it to hear even very soft sounds. ue to large ears, an elephant can hear even the slightest sound made by its predator behind him that way it can sense the danger and run away to safety. When the temperature rises, the elephants flap their large ears and use them as fans to cool themselves. So, the large ears also help the elephant to keep cool in the hot and humid climate of the tropical rainforest.
35. Red-eyed frog has developed sticky pads on its feet which help it to climb easily on the trees on which it lives. The sticky pads on feet also allow the red-eyed frog to attach itself to the branches and leaves of the trees.
36. The long and large beak helps a toucan to reach the fruits attached to the ends of even thin branches of trees which are too weak to support its weight. Thus, long and large beak is an adaptation in toucan for ge ng the otherwise unreachable fruits at the ends of very thin branches of trees. The large beak also helps in the temporary storage of fruits being collected by toucan.
37. Monkeys are expert climbers, have very good eyesight, have long and strong gripping tails which they use for grasping branches of trees and eat fruits, seeds, leaves, roots and insects as food.
38. The lion-tailed macaque is also called ‘ beard ape’. The lion-tailed macaques live in the rainforests of Western Ghats in India.
39. The lion-tailed macaque is a good climber and spends most of its time high up in trees. The lion-tailed macaque has very good eyesight which helps it in leaping between the branches. The lion-tailed macaque feeds mainly on fruits on the trees.
40. 1. Penguin is black and white in colour but still it merges well with the white background of ice and snow. 2. Penguin has thick skin and a layer of fat below its skin which protect it from extreme cold. 3. Penguins live together in large numbers. Penguins huddle together to keep themselves warm. 4. Penguin has streamlined body, flipper-like wings and webbed feet which make it a good swimmer. Being a good swimmer helps penguin in catching fish as prey.
41. Penguin has thick skin and a layer of fat below its skin which protect it from extreme cold. Penguins live together in large numbers. They huddle together to keep themselves warm.
42. Penguins live together in large numbers. They huddle together to keep themselves warm.
(C) from extreme cold. 3. Penguins live together in large numbers. Penguins huddle together
(C) from extreme cold. 3. Penguins live together in large numbers. Penguins huddle together
to keep themselves warm. 4. Penguin has streamlined body, flipper-like wings and webbed
(C) to keep themselves warm. 4. Penguin has streamlined body, flipper-like wings and webbed
feet which make it a good swimmer. Being a good swimmer helps penguin in catching fish (C) feet which make it a good swimmer. Being a good swimmer helps penguin in catching fish
as prey. (C)
as prey.
S 1. Penguin is black and white in colour but still it merges well with the white background
S 1. Penguin is black and white in colour but still it merges well with the white background of ice and snow. 2. Penguin has thick skin and a layer of fat below its skin which protect it S of ice and snow. 2. Penguin has thick skin and a layer of fat below its skin which protect it from extreme cold. 3. Penguins live together in large numbers. Penguins huddle together S from extreme cold. 3. Penguins live together in large numbers. Penguins huddle together
Chand
The lion-tailed macaque is also called ‘ beard ape’. The lion-tailed macaques live in the
Chand
The lion-tailed macaque is also called ‘ beard ape’. The lion-tailed macaques live in the rainforests of Western Ghats in India.
Chand
rainforests of Western Ghats in India.
The lion-tailed macaque is a good climber and spends most of its time high up in trees. The
Chand
The lion-tailed macaque is a good climber and spends most of its time high up in trees. The lion-tailed macaque has very good eyesight which helps it in leaping between the branches.
Chand
lion-tailed macaque has very good eyesight which helps it in leaping between the branches. The lion-tailed macaque feeds mainly on fruits on the trees.
Chand
The lion-tailed macaque feeds mainly on fruits on the trees.
1. Penguin is black and white in colour but still it merges well with the white background Chand
1. Penguin is black and white in colour but still it merges well with the white background of ice and snow. 2. Penguin has thick skin and a layer of fat below its skin which protect it Cha
nd
of ice and snow. 2. Penguin has thick skin and a layer of fat below its skin which protect it
And Monkeys are expert climbers, have very good eyesight, have long and strong gripping tails
And Monkeys are expert climbers, have very good eyesight, have long and strong gripping tails
which they use for grasping branches of trees and eat fruits, seeds, leaves, roots and insects
And
which they use for grasping branches of trees and eat fruits, seeds, leaves, roots and insects
The lion-tailed macaque is also called ‘ beard ape’. The lion-tailed macaques live in the And
The lion-tailed macaque is also called ‘ beard ape’. The lion-tailed macaques live in the
Compa
ny flap their large ears and use them as fans to cool themselves. So, the large ears also help
Compa
ny flap their large ears and use them as fans to cool themselves. So, the large ears also help
the elephant to keep cool in the hot and humid climate of the tropical rainforest.
Compa
ny the elephant to keep cool in the hot and humid climate of the tropical rainforest.
Red-eyed frog has developed sticky pads on its feet which help it to climb easily on the
Compa
ny
Red-eyed frog has developed sticky pads on its feet which help it to climb easily on the trees on which it lives. The sticky pads on feet also allow the red-eyed frog to attach itself
Compa
ny
trees on which it lives. The sticky pads on feet also allow the red-eyed frog to attach itself
The long and large beak helps a toucan to reach the fruits attached to the ends of even
Compa
ny
The long and large beak helps a toucan to reach the fruits attached to the ends of even thin branches of trees which are too weak to support its weight. Thus, long and large beak
Compa
ny
thin branches of trees which are too weak to support its weight. Thus, long and large beak is an adaptation in toucan for ge ng the otherwise unreachable fruits at the ends of very
Compa
ny
is an adaptation in toucan for ge ng the otherwise unreachable fruits at the ends of very thin branches of trees. The large beak also helps in the temporary storage of fruits being Com
pany
thin branches of trees. The large beak also helps in the temporary storage of fruits being
Monkeys are expert climbers, have very good eyesight, have long and strong gripping tails Com
pany
Monkeys are expert climbers, have very good eyesight, have long and strong gripping tails
Limite
dTusks are the big and long pointed teeth which come out from the closed mouth of the
Limite
dTusks are the big and long pointed teeth which come out from the closed mouth of the elephant. Tusks are the modified teeth of elephant. Tusks are actually the incisor teeth of
Limite
delephant. Tusks are the modified teeth of elephant. Tusks are actually the incisor teeth of elephant. lephant uses the tusks to tear off the bark of trees which it eats as food.
Limite
delephant. lephant uses the tusks to tear off the bark of trees which it eats as food.
The large ears of elephant help it to hear even very soft sounds. ue to large ears, an
Limite
dThe large ears of elephant help it to hear even very soft sounds. ue to large ears, an elephant can hear even the slightest sound made by its predator behind him that way it
Limite
delephant can hear even the slightest sound made by its predator behind him that way it can sense the danger and run away to safety. When the temperature rises, the elephants
Limite
dcan sense the danger and run away to safety. When the temperature rises, the elephants flap their large ears and use them as fans to cool themselves. So, the large ears also help Lim
ited
flap their large ears and use them as fans to cool themselves. So, the large ears also help the elephant to keep cool in the hot and humid climate of the tropical rainforest. Lim
ited
the elephant to keep cool in the hot and humid climate of the tropical rainforest.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
73
43. Penguin has streamlined body, flipper-like wings and webbed feet which make it a good swimmer. Being a good swimmer helps penguin in catching fish as prey.
44. The process in which a bird ( or other animal) moves from one place to another in one season and returns again in a different season is called migration. Migration of birds (or other animals) is an adaptation to escape the harsh and cold conditions of their normal habitat in winter so as to survive.
45. The birds which migrate from very cold regions to warmer regions in winter and go back after the winter gets over are called migratory birds. ne of the most common migratory bird which comes to India every year for a few months is the Siberian crane.
46. The tropical regions have hot and humid climate. In tropical regions, days and nights are almost equal in length throughout the year. An important feature of the tropical regions of earth is the tropical rainforests.
47. In India, tropical rainforests are found in Western Ghats and Assam.
48. Because of highly favourable climatic conditions in tropical rainforests (such as continuous warmth and rain) , a large variety of plants and animals are found in tropical rainforests.
49. When winter sets in Siberia, and it gets extremely cold, the Siberian crane flies thousands of kilometres and comes to warmer places in India such as Bharatpur in Raj asthan, Sultanpur in Haryana, some wet lands of North– East, and some other parts of India. The Siberian cranes stay in the warmer places in India for a few months. The Siberian cranes fly back to Siberia when the winter ends there and climate becomes favourable. Thus, the adaptation of migration in Siberian crane is to escape the extremely cold winter conditions in Siberia and survive by moving to warmer regions.
50. The big cats (lion and tiger) have a highly developed sense of smell which helps them to locate their prey ( and kill for obtaining food) . The ‘ yellow-brown colour’ of lion and the ‘yellow-brown colour with black stripes’ of tiger helps them to hide in the forest (without being seen easily). This camouflage (or blending with the surroundings) helps the big cats in catching their prey.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
51. The day-to-day condition of the atmosphere at a place and time with respect to the temperature, pressure, humidity, wind speed and wind direction, sunshine, clouds, rainfall (or snowfall), etc., is called weather at that place at that time. The major elements of weather at a place are temperature, pressure, humidity, wind speed and wind direction, sunshine, clouds, and rainfall ( or snowfall) .
52. Weather is produced by the heat of the sun and the effect it has on the atmosphere. This happens as follows: The sun is a huge sphere of hot gases at a very high temperature. Though the distance of the sun from the earth is very large, even then it is the source of all heat and light on the earth. The heat energy of the sun absorbed and reflected by the earth’s surface, oceans and atmosphere, plays an important role in determining the weather at any place. For example, the sun’s heat causes water from the oceans and land to evaporate. This water vapour rise high up in the atmosphere, get cooled, condense and form clouds in the atmosphere which produce rain leading to ‘ rainy’ weather. Similarly,
(C) sunshine, clouds, and rainfall ( or snowfall) .
(C) sunshine, clouds, and rainfall ( or snowfall) .
52.
(C) 52. Weather is produced by the heat of the sun and the effect it has on the atmosphere. This
(C) Weather is produced by the heat of the sun and the effect it has on the atmosphere. This
happens as follows: The sun is a huge sphere of hot gases at a very high temperature. (C)
happens as follows: The sun is a huge sphere of hot gases at a very high temperature. Though the distance of the sun from the earth is very large, even then it is the source (C)
Though the distance of the sun from the earth is very large, even then it is the source
S (or snowfall), etc., is called weather at that place at that time. The major elements of
S (or snowfall), etc., is called weather at that place at that time. The major elements of weather at a place are temperature, pressure, humidity, wind speed and wind direction, S weather at a place are temperature, pressure, humidity, wind speed and wind direction, sunshine, clouds, and rainfall ( or snowfall) . S sunshine, clouds, and rainfall ( or snowfall) .
Chand
being seen easily). This camouflage (or blending with the surroundings) helps the big cats
Chand
being seen easily). This camouflage (or blending with the surroundings) helps the big cats in catching their prey.
Chand
in catching their prey.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
Chand
C. Long Answer Type Questions
The day-to-day condition of the atmosphere at a place and time with respect to the
Chand
The day-to-day condition of the atmosphere at a place and time with respect to the temperature, pressure, humidity, wind speed and wind direction, sunshine, clouds, rainfall Cha
nd
temperature, pressure, humidity, wind speed and wind direction, sunshine, clouds, rainfall (or snowfall), etc., is called weather at that place at that time. The major elements of Cha
nd
(or snowfall), etc., is called weather at that place at that time. The major elements of weather at a place are temperature, pressure, humidity, wind speed and wind direction, Cha
nd
weather at a place are temperature, pressure, humidity, wind speed and wind direction,
And and survive by moving to warmer regions.
And and survive by moving to warmer regions.
The big cats (lion and tiger) have a highly developed sense of smell which helps them to
And The big cats (lion and tiger) have a highly developed sense of smell which helps them to
locate their prey ( and kill for obtaining food) . The ‘ yellow-brown colour’ of lion and the
And
locate their prey ( and kill for obtaining food) . The ‘ yellow-brown colour’ of lion and the ‘yellow-brown colour with black stripes’ of tiger helps them to hide in the forest (without And
‘yellow-brown colour with black stripes’ of tiger helps them to hide in the forest (without And
being seen easily). This camouflage (or blending with the surroundings) helps the big cats And
being seen easily). This camouflage (or blending with the surroundings) helps the big cats
Compa
ny Because of highly favourable climatic conditions in tropical rainforests (such as continuous
Compa
ny Because of highly favourable climatic conditions in tropical rainforests (such as continuous
warmth and rain) , a large variety of plants and animals are found in tropical rainforests.
Compa
ny warmth and rain) , a large variety of plants and animals are found in tropical rainforests.
When winter sets in Siberia, and it gets extremely cold, the Siberian crane flies
Compa
ny
When winter sets in Siberia, and it gets extremely cold, the Siberian crane flieskilometres and comes to warmer places in India such as Bharatpur in Raj asthan, Sultanpur
Compa
ny
kilometres and comes to warmer places in India such as Bharatpur in Raj asthan, Sultanpur in Haryana, some wet lands of North– East, and some other
Compa
ny
in Haryana, some wet lands of North– East, and some otherplaces in India for a few months. The Siberian cranes fly
Compa
ny
places in India for a few months. The Siberian cranes flySiberia when the winter ends there and climate becomes favourable. Thus, the adaptation
Compa
ny
Siberia when the winter ends there and climate becomes favourable. Thus, the adaptation of migration in Siberian crane is to escape the extremely cold winter conditions in Siberia Com
pany
of migration in Siberian crane is to escape the extremely cold winter conditions in Siberia and survive by moving to warmer regions. Com
pany
and survive by moving to warmer regions.
The big cats (lion and tiger) have a highly developed sense of smell which helps them to Compa
ny
The big cats (lion and tiger) have a highly developed sense of smell which helps them to
Limite
dafter the winter gets over are called migratory birds. ne of the most common migratory
Limite
dafter the winter gets over are called migratory birds. ne of the most common migratory
The tropical regions have hot and humid climate. In tropical regions, days and nights are
Limite
dThe tropical regions have hot and humid climate. In tropical regions, days and nights are almost equal in length throughout the year. An important feature of the tropical regions
Limite
dalmost equal in length throughout the year. An important feature of the tropical regions
In India, tropical rainforests are found in Western Ghats and Assam. Limite
dIn India, tropical rainforests are found in Western Ghats and Assam.
Because of highly favourable climatic conditions in tropical rainforests (such as continuous Limite
d
Because of highly favourable climatic conditions in tropical rainforests (such as continuous
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
74
heat from the sun heats the earth’s surface. The hot surface of earth heats the air near it. This hot air (being lighter) rises up creating an area of low pressure. Air from high pressure area moves towards the low pressure area. The air moving from high pressure area to low pressure area is called wind. So, it is the sun’s heat which causes wind to blow and gives us ‘windy’ weather. The weather changes so frequently because the condition of the earth’s atmosphere keeps changing frequently due to the various effects produced by the sun’s heat.
53. The average weather pattern at a place taken over a long period of time (say, 25 years) is called the climate of that place. For example, if the temperature at a place is high most of the time, then we say that the climate of that place is hot. And if there is also heavy rainfall on most of the days at that place, then we say that the climate of that place is hot and wet ( or hot and humid) . There are four maj or types of climates in the world: polar climate, temperate climate, tropical climate and desert climate.
54. ( i) Temperature and rainfall are the two most important factors which determine the climate at a place. (ii) Another factor which affects the climate of a place is its altitude whether it is located on high mountains or on plains (flat ground). A place at higher altitude will have a cooler climate than another place on plains (flat ground). This is why hill stations always have a cool climate. (iii) A yet another factor which affects the climate at a place is its location with respect to the sea whether it is located near the sea or far away from the sea. Sea-water heats up slowly and also cools down slowly. This has a moderating effect on the climate of coastal areas. The temperatures in coastal areas are neither very high nor very low. Srinagar is situated at high altitude on a mountain in the orthern part of India whereas Thiruvananthapuram is situated on plains (flat ground) at sea-level in the South-West part of India. Srinagar is located very far away from the sea whereas Thiruvananthapuram is located near the sea. Srinagar is located quite far away from the equator whereas Thiruvananthapuram is comparatively nearer to the equator. So, due to their totally different positions on earth, Srinagar and Thiruvananthapuram have entirely different climates. (i) In Srinagar, the temperatures round the year are neither very low nor very high. Also, the rainfall is neither very low nor very high. Thus, Srinagar has a moderately hot and wet climate. In general we can say that J ammu and Kashmir has a moderately hot and wet climate. It is like a temperate climate. ( ii) In Thiruvananthapuram, the temperatures round the year are quite high. Also, the rainfall is very high. Thus, Thiruvananthapuram has a very hot and wet climate. In general we can say that Kerala state has a very hot and wet climate. Actually, Kerala has a typical tropical climate.
55. The areas situated near the poles of the earth are called Polar Regions. Some of the well known countries that belong to the polar regions of the earth are Canada, Greenland ( Denmark) , Iceland, Norway, Sweden, Finland, Alaska in USA and Siberian region of Russia. The polar regions of the earth have an extremely cold climate. The Polar Regions are covered with ice and snow, and it is extremely cold for most part of the year. For six months, the sun does not set at the poles while for the next six months, the sun does not rise ( above the horizon) . During winter in Polar Regions, the temperature can be as low as, – 37° C ( minus 37° C) .
56. The presence of specific body features (or certain habits) which enable an animal or a plant to live in a particular habitat (or surroundings) is called adaptation. For example,
(C) The areas situated near the poles of the earth are called Polar Regions. Some of the well
(C) The areas situated near the poles of the earth are called Polar Regions. Some of the well
known countries that belong to the polar regions of the earth are Canada, Greenland
(C) known countries that belong to the polar regions of the earth are Canada, Greenland
( Denmark) , Iceland, Norway, Sweden, Finland, Alaska in USA and Siberian region of Russia.(C) ( Denmark) , Iceland, Norway, Sweden, Finland, Alaska in USA and Siberian region of Russia.
The polar regions of the earth have an extremely cold climate.(C)
The polar regions of the earth have an extremely cold climate.with ice and snow, and it is extremely cold for most part of the year. For six months, the sun (C)
with ice and snow, and it is extremely cold for most part of the year. For six months, the sun
S a very hot and wet climate. In general we can say that Kerala state has a very hot and wet
S a very hot and wet climate. In general we can say that Kerala state has a very hot and wet climate. Actually, Kerala has a typical tropical climate. S climate. Actually, Kerala has a typical tropical climate.
The areas situated near the poles of the earth are called Polar Regions. Some of the well S The areas situated near the poles of the earth are called Polar Regions. Some of the well known countries that belong to the polar regions of the earth are Canada, Greenland S known countries that belong to the polar regions of the earth are Canada, Greenland
Chand
their totally different positions on earth, Srinagar and Thiruvananthapuram have entirely
Chand
their totally different positions on earth, Srinagar and Thiruvananthapuram have entirely different climates. (i) In Srinagar, the temperatures round the year are neither very low nor
Chand
different climates. (i) In Srinagar, the temperatures round the year are neither very low nor very high. Also, the rainfall is neither very low nor very high. Thus, Srinagar has a moderately
Chand
very high. Also, the rainfall is neither very low nor very high. Thus, Srinagar has a moderately hot and wet climate. In general we can say that J ammu and Kashmir has a moderately hot
Chand
hot and wet climate. In general we can say that J ammu and Kashmir has a moderately hot and wet climate. It is like a temperate climate. ( ii) In Thiruvananthapuram, the temperatures
Chand
and wet climate. It is like a temperate climate. ( ii) In Thiruvananthapuram, the temperatures round the year are quite high. Also, the rainfall is very high. Thus, Thiruvananthapuram has
Chand
round the year are quite high. Also, the rainfall is very high. Thus, Thiruvananthapuram has
Chand
a very hot and wet climate. In general we can say that Kerala state has a very hot and wet Chand
a very hot and wet climate. In general we can say that Kerala state has a very hot and wet climate. Actually, Kerala has a typical tropical climate. Cha
nd
climate. Actually, Kerala has a typical tropical climate.
And part of India whereas Thiruvananthapuram is situated on plains (flat ground) at sea-level
And part of India whereas Thiruvananthapuram is situated on plains (flat ground) at sea-level
in the South-West part of India. Srinagar is located very far away from the sea whereas
And in the South-West part of India. Srinagar is located very far away from the sea whereas
And
Thiruvananthapuram is located near the sea. Srinagar is located quite far away from the
And
Thiruvananthapuram is located near the sea. Srinagar is located quite far away from the equator whereas Thiruvananthapuram is comparatively nearer to the equator. So, due to And
equator whereas Thiruvananthapuram is comparatively nearer to the equator. So, due to their totally different positions on earth, Srinagar and Thiruvananthapuram have entirely And
their totally different positions on earth, Srinagar and Thiruvananthapuram have entirely different climates. (i) In Srinagar, the temperatures round the year are neither very low nor And
different climates. (i) In Srinagar, the temperatures round the year are neither very low nor
Compa
ny ( i) Temperature and rainfall are the two most important factors which determine the climate
Compa
ny ( i) Temperature and rainfall are the two most important factors which determine the climate
at a place. (ii) Another factor which affects the climate of a place is its altitude whether
Compa
ny at a place. (ii) Another factor which affects the climate of a place is its altitude whether
it is located on high mountains or on plains (flat ground). A place at higher altitude will
Compa
ny
it is located on high mountains or on plains (flat ground). A place at higher altitude will have a cooler climate than another place on plains (flat ground). This is why hill stations
Compa
ny
have a cooler climate than another place on plains (flat ground). This is why hill stations always have a cool climate. (iii) A yet another factor which affects the climate at a place
Compa
ny
always have a cool climate. (iii) A yet another factor which affects the climate at a place is its location with respect to the sea whether it is located near the sea or far away from
Compa
ny
is its location with respect to the sea whether it is located near the sea or far away from the sea. Sea-water heats up slowly and also cools down slowly. This has a moderating
Compa
ny
the sea. Sea-water heats up slowly and also cools down slowly. This has a moderating effect on the climate of coastal areas. The temperatures in coastal areas are neither very
Compa
ny
effect on the climate of coastal areas. The temperatures in coastal areas are neither very high nor very low. Srinagar is situated at high altitude on a mountain in the orthern Com
pany
high nor very low. Srinagar is situated at high altitude on a mountain in the orthern part of India whereas Thiruvananthapuram is situated on plains (flat ground) at sea-level Com
pany
part of India whereas Thiruvananthapuram is situated on plains (flat ground) at sea-level in the South-West part of India. Srinagar is located very far away from the sea whereas Com
pany
in the South-West part of India. Srinagar is located very far away from the sea whereas
Limite
dThe average weather pattern at a place taken over a long period of time (say, 25 years) is
Limite
dThe average weather pattern at a place taken over a long period of time (say, 25 years) is called the climate of that place. For example, if the temperature at a place is high most of
Limite
dcalled the climate of that place. For example, if the temperature at a place is high most of the time, then we say that the climate of that place is hot. And if there is also heavy rainfall
Limite
dthe time, then we say that the climate of that place is hot. And if there is also heavy rainfall on most of the days at that place, then we say that the climate of that place is hot and
Limite
don most of the days at that place, then we say that the climate of that place is hot and
There are four maj or types of climates in the world: polar climate,
Limite
dThere are four maj or types of climates in the world: polar climate,
( i) Temperature and rainfall are the two most important factors which determine the climate Limite
d( i) Temperature and rainfall are the two most important factors which determine the climate at a place. (ii) Another factor which affects the climate of a place is its altitude whether Lim
ited
at a place. (ii) Another factor which affects the climate of a place is its altitude whether
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
75
polar bears have two thick layers of fur and a thick layer of fat under their skin. Both these body features of polar bears are the adaptations to make them withstand the extremely cold climate of polar region so that they may survive in their habitat. The polar bear lives in extremely cold climate of polar regions due to the following adaptations 1. Polar bear has white colour which matches with its surroundings. Due to white colour, polar bear is not visible easily in the snowy white background and hence its prey is unable to see it. 2. Polar bear has two thick layers of fur on its body. This fur protects the polar bear from extreme cold by preventing the loss of heat from its body. 3. Polar bear has a thick layer of fat under its skin. This layer of fat insulates the body of polar bear against heat loss and keeps it warm in cold climate. 4. Polar bear has a rounded body and small ears to keep the body surface area to a minimum ( compared to the body weight) . This reduces the heat loss from the body of polar bear. 5. Polar bear has big feet ( or big paws) to spread the weight of its body on snow which prevent it from sinking into snow and make it walk on snow easily. 6. Polar bear is a good swimmer. The big feet ( or big paws) help the polar bear to swim well. 7. Polar bear has a very strong sense of smell. The very strong sense of smell helps the polar bear in locating and catching its prey for food.
57. a. An important feature of the tropical regions of earth is the tropical rainforests. Tropical rainforests are found in India, South-east Asia, Central America and Central Africa. b. Some of the adaptations in animals living in tropical rainforests are A skin colour which helps them to camouflage (mix up with the surroundings and hide) in order to catch prey or protect themselves from predators ; Running very fast ( to catch prey or escape from predators) ;
evelopment of trunk, tusks, and large ears and feet Sharp eyesight, Sensitive hearing and Thick skin ; Living on trees; Development of strong, gripping tails ; Long and large beaks ; Bright colours and Loud voice ; Living on diet of fruits, etc.
58. a. Climate has a great effect on all the living organisms (animals as well as plants). A living organism can survive in a particular habitat only if its body is suited (or adapted) to the climate of that habitat. For example, polar bears have two thick layers of fur and a thick layer of fat under their skin. Both these body features of polar bears are the adaptations to make them withstand the extremely cold climate of polar region so that they may survive in their habitat. Because of highly favourable climatic conditions in tropical rainforests (such as continuous warmth and rain), a large variety of plants and animals are found in tropical rainforests. The maj or types of animals living in the tropical rainforests are Lions, Tigers, Leopards, Elephants, Monkeys, Apes, Lion-tailed macaque, Gorillas, Birds, Snakes, Lizards, Frogs and Insects, etc.
b. Those which live in tropical regions: elephant, lion-tailed macaque, toucan, red-eyed frog.
Those which live in Polar Regions musk oxen, reindeer, penguin, seal, Siberian crane, arctic fox.
59. Weather is the day-to-day condition of the atmosphere at a place whereas climate is the average weather pattern at a place taken over a long period of time. a. Moderately hot and wet climate. b. V ery hot and humid climate c. Wet d. Hot and dry
60. a. Migration of birds (or other animals) is an adaptation to escape the harsh and cold conditions of their normal habitat in winter so as to survive. ne of the most common
(C) b. Those which live in tropical regions: elephant, lion-tailed macaque, toucan, red-eyed
(C) b. Those which live in tropical regions: elephant, lion-tailed macaque, toucan, red-eyed
frog.
(C) frog.
(C)
Those which (C)
Those which fox. (C)
fox.
S Leopards, Elephants, Monkeys, Apes, Lion-tailed macaque, Gorillas, Birds, Snakes, Lizards,
S Leopards, Elephants, Monkeys, Apes, Lion-tailed macaque, Gorillas, Birds, Snakes, Lizards, Frogs and Insects, etc. S Frogs and Insects, etc.
b. Those which live in tropical regions: elephant, lion-tailed macaque, toucan, red-eyed S b. Those which live in tropical regions: elephant, lion-tailed macaque, toucan, red-eyed
Chand
climate of that habitat. For example, polar bears have two thick layers of fur and a thick
Chand
climate of that habitat. For example, polar bears have two thick layers of fur and a thick layer of fat under their skin. Both these body features of polar bears are the adaptations to
Chand
layer of fat under their skin. Both these body features of polar bears are the adaptations to make them withstand the extremely cold climate of polar region so that they may survive in
Chand
make them withstand the extremely cold climate of polar region so that they may survive in their habitat. Because of highly favourable climatic conditions in tropical rainforests (such
Chand
their habitat. Because of highly favourable climatic conditions in tropical rainforests (such as continuous warmth and rain), a large variety of plants and animals are found in tropical
Chand
as continuous warmth and rain), a large variety of plants and animals are found in tropical rainforests. The maj or types of animals living in the tropical rainforests are Lions, Tigers, Cha
nd
rainforests. The maj or types of animals living in the tropical rainforests are Lions, Tigers, Leopards, Elephants, Monkeys, Apes, Lion-tailed macaque, Gorillas, Birds, Snakes, Lizards, Cha
nd
Leopards, Elephants, Monkeys, Apes, Lion-tailed macaque, Gorillas, Birds, Snakes, Lizards, Frogs and Insects, etc. Cha
nd
Frogs and Insects, etc.
And Thick skin ; Living on trees; Development of strong, gripping tails ; Long and large beaks ;
And Thick skin ; Living on trees; Development of strong, gripping tails ; Long and large beaks ;
Bright colours and Loud voice ; Living on diet of fruits, etc.
And Bright colours and Loud voice ; Living on diet of fruits, etc.
a. Climate has a great effect on all the living organisms (animals as well as plants). A living
And
a. Climate has a great effect on all the living organisms (animals as well as plants). A living organism can survive in a particular habitat only if its body is suited (or adapted) to the And
organism can survive in a particular habitat only if its body is suited (or adapted) to the climate of that habitat. For example, polar bears have two thick layers of fur and a thick And
climate of that habitat. For example, polar bears have two thick layers of fur and a thick layer of fat under their skin. Both these body features of polar bears are the adaptations to And
layer of fat under their skin. Both these body features of polar bears are the adaptations to
Compa
ny swim well. 7. Polar bear has a very strong sense of smell. The very strong sense of smell
Compa
ny swim well. 7. Polar bear has a very strong sense of smell. The very strong sense of smell
helps the polar bear in locating and catching its prey for food.
Compa
ny helps the polar bear in locating and catching its prey for food.
a. An important feature of the tropical regions of earth is the tropical rainforests. Tropical
Compa
ny
a. An important feature of the tropical regions of earth is the tropical rainforests. Tropical rainforests are found in India, South-east Asia, Central America and Central Africa. b. Some of
Compa
ny
rainforests are found in India, South-east Asia, Central America and Central Africa. b. Some of the adaptations in animals living in tropical rainforests are A skin colour which helps them
Compa
ny
the adaptations in animals living in tropical rainforests are A skin colour which helps them to camouflage (mix up with the surroundings and hide) in order to catch prey or protect
Compa
ny
to camouflage (mix up with the surroundings and hide) in order to catch prey or protect themselves from predators ; Running very fast ( to catch prey or escape from predators) ;
Compa
ny
themselves from predators ; Running very fast ( to catch prey or escape from predators) ; evelopment of trunk, tusks, and large ears and feet Sharp eyesight, Sensitive hearing and
Compa
ny
evelopment of trunk, tusks, and large ears and feet Sharp eyesight, Sensitive hearing and Thick skin ; Living on trees; Development of strong, gripping tails ; Long and large beaks ; Com
pany
Thick skin ; Living on trees; Development of strong, gripping tails ; Long and large beaks ; Bright colours and Loud voice ; Living on diet of fruits, etc. Com
pany
Bright colours and Loud voice ; Living on diet of fruits, etc.
Limite
dextreme cold by preventing the loss of heat from its body. 3. Polar bear has a thick layer
Limite
dextreme cold by preventing the loss of heat from its body. 3. Polar bear has a thick layer of fat under its skin. This layer of fat insulates the body of polar bear against heat loss and
Limite
dof fat under its skin. This layer of fat insulates the body of polar bear against heat loss and keeps it warm in cold climate. 4. Polar bear has a rounded body and small ears to keep the
Limite
dkeeps it warm in cold climate. 4. Polar bear has a rounded body and small ears to keep the body surface area to a minimum ( compared to the body weight) . This reduces the heat loss
Limite
dbody surface area to a minimum ( compared to the body weight) . This reduces the heat loss from the body of polar bear. 5. Polar bear has big feet ( or big paws) to spread the weight
Limite
dfrom the body of polar bear. 5. Polar bear has big feet ( or big paws) to spread the weight of its body on snow which prevent it from sinking into snow and make it walk on snow
Limite
dof its body on snow which prevent it from sinking into snow and make it walk on snow easily. 6. Polar bear is a good swimmer. The big feet ( or big paws) help the polar bear to Lim
ited
easily. 6. Polar bear is a good swimmer. The big feet ( or big paws) help the polar bear to swim well. 7. Polar bear has a very strong sense of smell. The very strong sense of smell Lim
ited
swim well. 7. Polar bear has a very strong sense of smell. The very strong sense of smell
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
76
migratory bird which comes to India every year for a few months is the Siberian crane. b. The trunk of an elephant is basically an elongated nose ( which is also capable of grasping things) . The trunk helps the elephant in many ways. The elephant uses the trunk to smell. Because of the trunk, elephant has a strong sense of smell. It is also used for breathing. The elephant uses its long trunk to pick up food ( like grass and plants, etc.) and put into its mouth. The trunk of elephant can reach up to the branches of trees and help it eat tree leaves as food. The elephant uses trunk for drinking water (by sucking up water and pu ng it into the mouth) . The elephant also uses the trunk to bathe itself.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
61. ( a) 62. ( d) 63. ( a) 64. ( b) 65. ( b)
66. ( b) 67. ( a) 68. ( c) 69. ( d) 70. ( b)
71. ( b) 72. ( d) 73. ( b) 74. ( b) 75. ( c)
76. ( d) 77. ( b) 78. ( d) 79. ( c) 80. ( b)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
81. ( i) a, d, e, g, h, i ( ii) b, c, f, j ( iii) e, g, h
82. ( a) Siberian crane ( b) ( i) Bharatpur ( ii) Sultanpur ( c) Migratory birds ( d) Winter season
83. ( a) ( i) Polar bear ( ii) Penguin ( b) Surroundings covered with ice and snow ( c) The thick layer of fat insulates the body of these animals against heat loss and keeps them warm in extremely cold climate ( d) Animal Q ( It is a penguin)
84. ( a) ( i) Tiger ( ii) Lion ( b) Tropical rainforest ( c) These animals have eyes in front of their head. aving eyes in front of the head enables these animals to have a correct idea of the location
of their prey. This helps in catching the prey ( d) Carnivores
85. ( a) Toucan ( b) Long and large beak ( c) Red-eyed frog ( d) Big and bulging bright-red eyes ( which ‘ pop-up’ suddenly and frighten the predator)
(C) S
Cha
nd ( which ‘ pop-up’ suddenly and frighten the predator)
Chand
( which ‘ pop-up’ suddenly and frighten the predator) And ( a) ( i) Tiger ( ii) Lion ( b) Tropical rainforest ( c) These animals have eyes in front of their head.
And ( a) ( i) Tiger ( ii) Lion ( b) Tropical rainforest ( c) These animals have eyes in front of their head.
aving eyes in front of the head enables these animals to have a correct idea of the location
And aving eyes in front of the head enables these animals to have a correct idea of the location
of their prey. This helps in catching the prey ( d) Carnivores
And
of their prey. This helps in catching the prey ( d) Carnivores
And
an ( b) Long and large beak ( c) Red-eyed frog ( d) Big and bulging bright-red eyes And
an ( b) Long and large beak ( c) Red-eyed frog ( d) Big and bulging bright-red eyes ( which ‘ pop-up’ suddenly and frighten the predator) And
( which ‘ pop-up’ suddenly and frighten the predator)
Compa
ny ( c)
Compa
ny ( c)
tpur ( ii) Sultanpur ( c) Migratory birds ( d) Winter season
Compa
ny
tpur ( ii) Sultanpur ( c) Migratory birds ( d) Winter season
( a) ( i) Polar bear ( ii) Penguin ( b) Surroundings covered with ice and snow ( c) The thick
Compa
ny
( a) ( i) Polar bear ( ii) Penguin ( b) Surroundings covered with ice and snow ( c) The thick layer of fat insulates the body of these animals against heat loss and keeps them warm in
Compa
ny
layer of fat insulates the body of these animals against heat loss and keeps them warm in
Compa
ny
extremely cold climate ( d) Animal Q ( It is a penguin) Compa
ny
extremely cold climate ( d) Animal Q ( It is a penguin)
( a) ( i) Tiger ( ii) Lion ( b) Tropical rainforest ( c) These animals have eyes in front of their head. Compa
ny
( a) ( i) Tiger ( ii) Lion ( b) Tropical rainforest ( c) These animals have eyes in front of their head. aving eyes in front of the head enables these animals to have a correct idea of the location Com
pany
aving eyes in front of the head enables these animals to have a correct idea of the location
Limite
d65.
Limite
d65. ( b)
Limite
d( b)
70.
Limite
d70.
75.Limite
d75.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
77
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions 1. Name the following:
( a) The measure of water vapour in air.
( b) A sea bird which cannot fly.
( c) The unit in which rainfall is measured.
( d) The instrument used to measure the rainfall at a place.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) Weather is produced by the heat of the .… … … … … .......... and the effect it has on the atmosphere.
( b) The maximum temperature of the day generally occurs in the .… … … … … .......... .
( c) Days are .… … … … … .......... in winter than in summer.
( d) A climate having very high temperature and high humidity is called .… … … … … .......... climate.
3. Write true or false:
( a) The polar regions of earth receive the maximum amount of sun’s heat.
( b) Rainfall is high in the tropical rainforests.
( c) A thick layer of fat under the skin of polar bear protects it from extreme cold.
( d) Reindeer is a migratory animal.
4. entiontheha itatofthefollowing:
( a) Lion tailed macaque ( b) Polar bear ( c) Red eyed frog ( d) Penguins
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between weather and climate.
( b) Mention the factors which affect climate.
( c) List the types of climate of the world.
( d) How is rainfall measured? Mention the unit used to express the rainfall at a place.
(C) S
How is rainS How is rainChand
B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
following
Chand
following questions
Chand
questions
entiate between weather and climate.
Chand
entiate between weather and climate.
Mention the fact
Chand
Mention the fact
Chand
List the types of climatCha
nd
List the types of climat
How is rainChand
How is rain
And following:
And following: Com
pany
ving very high temperature and high humidity is called .… … … … … ..........
Compa
ny ving very high temperature and high humidity is called .… … … … … ..........
e the maximum amount of sun’s heat.
Compa
ny
e the maximum amount of sun’s heat.
opical rainforests.
Compa
ny
opical rainforests.
at under the skin of polar bear protects it from extreme cold.
Compa
ny
at under the skin of polar bear protects it from extreme cold.
Limite
dproduced by the heat of the .… … … … … .......... and the effect it has on the
Limite
dproduced by the heat of the .… … … … … .......... and the effect it has on the
ature of the day generally occurs in the .… … … … … .......... .
Limite
dature of the day generally occurs in the .… … … … … .......... .
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
78
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 50
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) Term used for animals which sleep during the day and become active at night.
( b) Another name for lion tailed macaque.
( c) Instrument used to measure rainfall at a particular place.
( d) Measure of water vapour in air.
( e) The scientific study of weather.
2. Write True or False:
( a) The prediction of weather in advance is called weather forecasting.
( b) Our climate is produced by the heat of the sun and the effect it has on the atmosphere.
( c) Humidity of air is expressed as a percentage.
( d) Temperate climate has the coldest climate.
( e) Tropical rainforests grow on both sides of the equator of earth.
. entionifthefollowingarepolarregionsorhavetropicalrainforests:
( a) Finland ( b) Kenya ( c) Alaska ( d) Greenland ( e) Indonesia
4. Correct the following statements:
( a) A climate which is neither very hot in summer nor very cold in winter is called desert climate.
( b) The mammal which is known to migrate seasonally in search of favourable climatic conditions and food is African elephant.
( c) The climate of Raj asthan is very hot and wet.
( d) The minimum temperature of the day generally occurs in the night.
( e) Prediction of weather in advance is called meteorology.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between Temperate climate and Tropical climate.
( b) List the various factors which affect climate at a place.
( c) What is migration? Name a migratory bird.
( d) Why do penguins huddle together?
(C) ( e)
(C) ( e)
(C) B. Subjective Type Questions
(C) B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answer(C)
5. Answer
S The climate of Raj as
S The climate of Raj as
The minimum temperaS The minimum tempera
Prediction of weaS Prediction of wea
Chand
wing statements:
Chand
wing statements:
A climate which
Chand
A climate which is neither very hot in summer nor very cold in winter is called desert
Chand
is neither very hot in summer nor very cold in winter is called desert
The mammal which is known t
Chand
The mammal which is known tconditions and food is African elephant.
Chand
conditions and food is African elephant.
Chand
The climate of Raj asChand
The climate of Raj as
The minimum temperaChand
The minimum tempera
And al rainforests grow on both sides of the equator of earth.
And al rainforests grow on both sides of the equator of earth.
polar
And
polar regions
And
regions
( b) Keny And
( b) Kenya And
a ( c) Alaska And
( c) Alaska
wing statements:And
wing statements:
Compa
ny
ther in advance is called weather forecasting.
Compa
ny
ther in advance is called weather forecasting.
mate is produced by the heat of the sun and the effect it has on the atmosphere.
Compa
ny
mate is produced by the heat of the sun and the effect it has on the atmosphere.
centage.
Compa
ny
centage.
te climate has the coldest climate. Compa
ny
te climate has the coldest climate.
al rainforests grow on both sides of the equator of earth. Compa
ny
al rainforests grow on both sides of the equator of earth.
Limite
dy and become active at night.
Limite
dy and become active at night.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
79
( e) An elephant has a long trunk. How does this adaptation help the elephant to live and survive in the tropical rainforest?
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) Differentiate between weather and climate.
( b) What do you understand by adaptation? How is the toucan adapted to live in tropical rainforests?
( c) What are polar regions? State the adaptations in any one organism living in polar region.
( d) How does migration help in the survival of birds? How do they travel to the same place year after year?
( e) Name the four maj or types of climate and list the examples of areas having these climates.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Weather is the state of the atmosphere with respect to:
( a) Temperature ( b) Wind ( c) Humidity ( d) All of these 2. heamountofwatervapourpresentinairiscalled:
( a) Climate ( b) Humidity ( c) Weather ( d) Longitude . lacesin orth ndiawheremigrator irdsgoare:
( a) Bharatpur ( b) Bharatpur and Chandigarh ( c) Bharatpur and Sultanpur ( d) Sultanpur 4. Whichofthefollowingis nownastheshipofhedesert?
( a) Elephant ( b) Lion ( c) Tiger ( d) Camel 5. Whichoneoffollowing estdescri esatropicalrainforest?
( a) Hot and humid ( b) Moderate temperature, heavy rainfall ( c) Cold and humid ( d) Hot and dry
(C) S
Cha
nd ( b) Moderat
Chand
( b) ModeratCold and humid
Chand
Cold and humid ( d) Hot and dry
Chand
( d) Hot and dry And
as
And as the
And the ship
And ship
And
( b) Lion
And
( b) Lion est And
est descri esAnd
descri es
( b) ModeratAnd
( b) Moderat
Compa
ny
Weather is the state of the atmosphere with respect to:
Compa
ny
Weather is the state of the atmosphere with respect to:
( c) Humidity
Compa
ny
( c) Humidity called:
Compa
ny
called:
( c) Weather
Compa
ny
( c) Weather irds
Compa
ny
irds go
Compa
ny
go are:
Compa
ny
are:
( b) Bharatpur and Chandig
Compa
ny
( b) Bharatpur and Chandig( d) Sultanpur Com
pany
( d) Sultanpur shipCom
pany
ship ofCompa
ny
of
Limite
dpolar regions? State the adaptations in any one organism living in polar
Limite
dpolar regions? State the adaptations in any one organism living in polar
ation help in the survival of birds? How do they travel to the same place
Limite
dation help in the survival of birds? How do they travel to the same place
maj or types of climate and list the examples of areas having these
Limite
dmaj or types of climate and list the examples of areas having these
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
80
8Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• That air exerts pressure.
• That air expands on heating.
• How winds are produced.
• How thunderstorm and cyclone are formed.
• The precautions that may be taken during a thunderstorm, cyclone and tornado.
Textbook: Refer to pages 112 to 131
Periods allocated: 12 periods
VOCABULARY
Atmosphere, pressure, atmospheric pressure, expansion, monsoon, anemometer, wind vane, storm, lightning, thunder, thunderstorm, cyclone, hurricane, typhoon, tornado.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Air exerts pressure (Page 112)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students the properties of air would be a good start for the topic. Students should be asked the definition of atmosphere and its importance may be discussed
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked to inflate a balloon. Ask them the property of air shown by the filling of air in the balloon.
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that the continuous physical force exerted on an obj ect by something in contact with it, is
Winds, Storms and CyclonesWinds, Storms and Cyclones
(C) Learning Tools
(C) Learning Tools
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
start for the topic. Students should be asked the definition of atmosphere and its importance may (C)
start for the topic. Students should be asked the definition of atmosphere and its importance may be discussed (C
) be discussed
Chapter opening exercise: (C
) Chapter opening exercise:
S Air exerts pressure (Page 112)
S Air exerts pressure (Page 112)
Learning Tools S Learning Tools
Chand
Chand
Atmosphere, pressure, atmospheric pressure, expansion, monsoon, anemometer, wind vane, storm,
Chand
Atmosphere, pressure, atmospheric pressure, expansion, monsoon, anemometer, wind vane, storm, lightning, thunder, thunderstorm, cyclone, hurricane, typhoon, tornado.
Chand
lightning, thunder, thunderstorm, cyclone, hurricane, typhoon, tornado.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 AND 2
Air exerts pressure (Page 112) Chand
Air exerts pressure (Page 112)
And
And
And
And
Atmosphere, pressure, atmospheric pressure, expansion, monsoon, anemometer, wind vane, storm, And
Atmosphere, pressure, atmospheric pressure, expansion, monsoon, anemometer, wind vane, storm,
Compa
ny
The precautions that may be taken during a thunderstorm, cyclone and tornado.
Compa
ny
The precautions that may be taken during a thunderstorm, cyclone and tornado.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
dThe present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Lim
ited
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
81
called pressure. Students should be aware of the fact that air exerts pressure. Familiarize them with the term atmospheric pressure. Explain that wind also exerts a force or pressure on the obj ects on which it strikes. Students should know that the direction of the wind determines whether the movement of an obj ect will be easy or difficult. They should cite examples from daily life to show that moving air exerts pressure.
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 114 of the book to show that air around us exerts pressure.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
When we are flying a kite, then the wind coming from our back side helps. Give reason.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Air expands on heating (Page 116)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that when air is heated, its volume increases and it occupies a bigger space and this is called expansion of air. Students should know that hot air is lighter than cold air and thus, it rises up.
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 11 of the book to show that air expands on heating.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
How do hot air balloons rise up?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 4
How wind is produced (Page 118)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the wind is the movement of air which depends on the difference in air pressure in the two regions. Students should know that greater the difference in air pressure, the faster the air moves. Students should realize that the uneven heating on the earth in the different regions is the main cause of wind movements.
Suggested home assignment
Which parts of the earth receive the minimum heat from the sun and the maximum heat from the sun and why?
(C) Teacher guided discussion
(C) Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the wind is the movement of air which depends on the difference in air pressure (C) Explain them that the wind is the movement of air which depends on the difference in air pressure (C)
in the two regions. Students should know that greater the difference in air pressure, the faster the (C)
in the two regions. Students should know that greater the difference in air pressure, the faster the air moves. Students should realize that the uneven heating on the earth in the different regions is (C
) air moves. Students should realize that the uneven heating on the earth in the different regions is
S How wind is produced (Page 118) S How wind is produced (Page 118)
Teacher guided discussionS Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Chand
chapter on the Study Gear app.
Chand
chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
How do hot air balloons rise up?
Chand
How do hot air balloons rise up?
How wind is produced (Page 118) Chand
How wind is produced (Page 118)
And
Page
And
Page no.
And
no. 11
And
11
video And
video forAnd
for theAnd
the givenAnd
givenchapter on the Study Gear app. And
chapter on the Study Gear app.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny When we are flying a kite, then the wind coming from our back side helps. Give reason.
Compa
ny When we are flying a kite, then the wind coming from our back side helps. Give reason.
Discuss that when air is heated, its volume increases and it occupies a bigger space and this is called
Compa
ny
Discuss that when air is heated, its volume increases and it occupies a bigger space and this is called expansion of air. Students should know that hot air is lighter than cold air and thus, it rises up. Com
pany
expansion of air. Students should know that hot air is lighter than cold air and thus, it rises up.
Limite
dus
Limite
dus exerts
Limite
dexerts
the
Limite
dthe end
Limite
dend of
Limite
dof
When we are flying a kite, then the wind coming from our back side helps. Give reason. Limite
dWhen we are flying a kite, then the wind coming from our back side helps. Give reason.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
82
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Wind is produced due to uneven heating on the earth by the sun (Page 118)
Teacher to the students guided discussion
Discuss that the wind is produced due to the uneven heating on the earth by the sun. Explain them that unven heating of earth ( wich produces winds) can take place under two situations; uneven heating between the equator and poles of the earth. Uneven heating of land and water of the oceans. Students should know the reasons and cite examples.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Why does the wind blow from the land towards the ocean during winter?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
High speed winds are accompanied by reduced air pressure (Page 120)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the high speed winds are accompanied by reduced air pressure. Students should be aware that the fast moving air blowing over an obj ect can also lift the obj ect up by producing a region of low pressure above it. They should be able to name the instrument with which the wind speed is measured and the instrument by which the direction of wind at a place is found. Students should be aware of the terms storms, lightning and thunder.
Suggested home assignment
How are storm, lightning and thunder caused?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Thunderstorm (Page 122)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain that a storm with thunder and lightning is called thunderstorm. It is accompanied by heavy rains or hail. Students should know the details of its formation. They should be aware of the precautions to be taken during a thunderstorm.
Suggested home assignment
List the precautions to be taken during a thunderstorm.
(C)
Thunderstorm (Page 122)
(C)
Thunderstorm (Page 122)
Teacher guided discussion
(C) Teacher guided discussion
Explain that a storm with thunder and lightning is called thunderstorm. It is accompanied by (C)
Explain that a storm with thunder and lightning is called thunderstorm. It is accompanied by heavy rains or hail. Students should know the details of its formation. They should be aware of the (C
) heavy rains or hail. Students should know the details of its formation. They should be aware of the
S S S Thunderstorm (Page 122) S Thunderstorm (Page 122) Cha
nd speed is measured and the instrument by which the direction of wind at a place is found. Students
Chand
speed is measured and the instrument by which the direction of wind at a place is found. Students should be aware of the terms storms, lightning and thunder.
Chand
should be aware of the terms storms, lightning and thunder.
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Chand
How are storm, lightning and thunder caused?
Chand
How are storm, lightning and thunder caused?
And Explain them that the high speed winds are accompanied by reduced air pressure. Students should
And Explain them that the high speed winds are accompanied by reduced air pressure. Students should
be aware that the fast moving air blowing over an obj ect can also lift the obj ect up by producing a
And
be aware that the fast moving air blowing over an obj ect can also lift the obj ect up by producing a region of low pressure above it. They should be able to name the instrument with which the wind
And
region of low pressure above it. They should be able to name the instrument with which the wind speed is measured and the instrument by which the direction of wind at a place is found. Students And
speed is measured and the instrument by which the direction of wind at a place is found. Students should be aware of the terms storms, lightning and thunder. And
should be aware of the terms storms, lightning and thunder.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Why does the wind blow from the land towards the ocean during winter?
Compa
ny
Why does the wind blow from the land towards the ocean during winter?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
High speed winds are accompanied by reduced air pressure (Page 120)
Compa
ny
High speed winds are accompanied by reduced air pressure (Page 120)
Explain them that the high speed winds are accompanied by reduced air pressure. Students should Compa
ny
Explain them that the high speed winds are accompanied by reduced air pressure. Students should
Limite
dheating between the equator and poles of the earth. Uneven heating of land and water of the
Limite
dheating between the equator and poles of the earth. Uneven heating of land and water of the
the
Limite
dthe end
Limite
dend of
Limite
dof the
Limite
dthe
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
83
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Cyclone (Page 124)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that a cyclone is a huge revolving storm caused by very high speed winds blowing around a central area, called the ‘ eye of the cyclone’, of very low pressure in the atmosphere. Students should realize that cyclones revolve due to the force exerted by the rotation of earth. They should know the details of how it is formed taken and should realize the destruction caused by it. They should be aware of the safety measures taken by the Government, action to be taken by the people before a cyclone hits the area and after it.
Suggested home assignment
List the advanced technologies that have helped in protection from cyclones.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Tornado (Page 127)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain to the students that a tornado is a violent storm with a column of rapidly rotating winds, having the appearance of a dark, funnel shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground. Students should know the details of its formation, destruction caused by it and the precautions to be taken for protection from tornado.
Suggested home assignment
List the precautions to be taken for protection from a tornado.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the C given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
(C)
(C)
(C)
(C)
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.(C)
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
S S Using resources
S Using resources
the S the correspondingS correspondingCha
nd
Chand
List the precautions to be taken for protection from a tornado.
Chand
List the precautions to be taken for protection from a tornado.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
topics
Chand
topics covered
Chand
covered in
Chand
in
Using resources Chand
Using resources
And having the appearance of a dark, funnel shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground.
And having the appearance of a dark, funnel shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground.
Students should know the details of its formation, destruction caused by it and the precautions to
And Students should know the details of its formation, destruction caused by it and the precautions to
List the precautions to be taken for protection from a tornado. And
List the precautions to be taken for protection from a tornado.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny List the advanced technologies that have helped in protection from cyclones.
Compa
ny List the advanced technologies that have helped in protection from cyclones.
Explain to the students that a tornado is a violent storm with a column of rapidly rotating winds,
Compa
ny
Explain to the students that a tornado is a violent storm with a column of rapidly rotating winds, having the appearance of a dark, funnel shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground. Com
pany
having the appearance of a dark, funnel shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground. Students should know the details of its formation, destruction caused by it and the precautions to Com
pany
Students should know the details of its formation, destruction caused by it and the precautions to
Limite
dStudents should realize that cyclones revolve due to the force exerted by the rotation of earth.
Limite
dStudents should realize that cyclones revolve due to the force exerted by the rotation of earth. They should know the details of how it is formed taken and should realize the destruction caused
Limite
dThey should know the details of how it is formed taken and should realize the destruction caused by it. They should be aware of the safety measures taken by the Government, action to be taken
Limite
dby it. They should be aware of the safety measures taken by the Government, action to be taken
List the advanced technologies that have helped in protection from cyclones. Limite
d
List the advanced technologies that have helped in protection from cyclones.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
84
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Air pressure ( or Atmospheric pressure)
2. Air around us exerts pressure
3. We find it very di cult to ride a bicycle against the direction of wind. This is because in this case the blowing wind exerts a force on us in the direction opposite to the motion of our bicycle. And since the wind opposes our motion, we have to pedal very hard to keep the bicycle moving against the wind.
4. Hot air is lighter than cold air.
5. a. The region around the equator of earth ( called equatorial region) gets the maximum heat from the sun. b. The poles of the earth ( orth Pole and South Pole) are at the maximum distance from the sun and hence get the minimum heat from the sun.
. a. Hurricane b. Typhoon
7. Reduced air pressure
8. a. Anemometer b. Wind vane
9. Monsoon winds
1 . The monsoon winds coming from the south-west direction in summer carry a lot of water vapour from the Indian Ocean and bring heavy rains.
11. ( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) True
12. Thunderstorms, cyclones, tornadoes
13. Thunderstorm
14. ( a) East coast ( b) West coast
15. Cyclone
1 . (a) Releases heat (b) Absorbs heat
1 . Cyclones
1 . Tornado
1 . Centre called ‘eye’ of cyclone
2 . ( a) wind ( b) pressure ( c) expands ; contracts ( d) lighter ( e) warm ; cold ( f) uneven ( g) high; low (h) faster (i) reduced (j) rotation (k) eye (l) cyclone (m) tornado (n) west east (o) hurricane ; typhoon
B. Short Answer Type Questions
21. Holes are usually made in hanging banners and hoardings so that high speed wind may pass through them easily without damaging them or bringing them down with its huge force or pressure.
22. (i) When air is filled into a balloon with our mouth, the balloon gets inflated. This observation shows that air exerts pressure. (ii) When air is filled into a bicycle tube with a pump, the
(C) hurricane ; typhoon
(C) hurricane ; typhoon
B. Short Answer Type Questions
(C) B. Short Answer Type Questions
21.(C)
21. Holes are usually made in hanging banners and hoardings so that high speed wind may (C)
Holes are usually made in hanging banners and hoardings so that high speed wind may
S ( a) wind ( b) pressure ( c) expands ; contracts ( d) lighter ( e) warm ; cold ( f) uneven ( g) high;
S ( a) wind ( b) pressure ( c) expands ; contracts ( d) lighter ( e) warm ; cold ( f) uneven ( g) high; low S low (h)S (h)S fasterS fasterhurricane ; typhoon S hurricane ; typhoon
Chand
(b)
Chand
(b) Absorbs
Chand
Absorbs
calledChand
called ‘eye’Cha
nd
‘eye’ ofChand
of
( a) wind ( b) pressure ( c) expands ; contracts ( d) lighter ( e) warm ; cold ( f) uneven ( g) high; Chand
( a) wind ( b) pressure ( c) expands ; contracts ( d) lighter ( e) warm ; cold ( f) uneven ( g) high; fasterCha
nd
faster
And Thunderstorms, cyclones, tornadoes
And Thunderstorms, cyclones, tornadoes
( a) East coast ( b) West coast And
( a) East coast ( b) West coast
Compa
ny distance from the sun and hence get the minimum heat from the sun.
Compa
ny distance from the sun and hence get the minimum heat from the sun.
south-west
Compa
ny
south-west direction
Compa
ny
directionvapour from the Indian Ocean and bring heavy rains.
Compa
ny
vapour from the Indian Ocean and bring heavy rains.
( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) True Compa
ny
( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) True
Limite
dmotion
Limite
dmotion
hard
Limite
dhard to
Limite
dto keep
Limite
dkeep
a. The region around the equator of earth ( called equatorial region) gets the maximum heat
Limite
da. The region around the equator of earth ( called equatorial region) gets the maximum heat
Pole) Limite
dPole) areLim
ited
are atLimite
dat theLim
ited
thedistance from the sun and hence get the minimum heat from the sun. Lim
ited
distance from the sun and hence get the minimum heat from the sun.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
85
bicycle tube gets inflated and makes the bicycle tyre feel hard. This observation also shows that air exerts pressure.
23. When air is filled into a bicycle tube with a pump, the bicycle tube gets inflated and makes the bicycle tyre feel hard. This observation also shows that air exerts pressure.
24. It is the pressure exerted by air filled in a bicycle tube which keeps the tube ‘tight’ and makes the bicycle tyre feel ‘ hard’.
25. If we go on filling more and more air into bicycle tube with a pump, then ultimately the air pressure in the bicycle tube will increase too much due to which the bicycle tube may even burst.
2 . A football also gets inflated when air is filled in it. The football gets inflated because the air filled in it exerts pressure.
27. When the air blows, then the leaves of trees, flags and banners start fluttering (moving with irregular motion). It is due to the pressure exerted by moving air (or wind).
28. While rowing a boat in the lake, we find it easier to row the boat forward if the wind is coming from behind us. This is because the blowing wind exerts pressure on the boat ( and on the persons si ng in it) in the direction of their motion and helps it move forward. It shows that moving air or wind exerts a force ( or pressure) on all the obj ects which come in its way.
29. When we are flying a kite, then the wind coming from our back side helps. This is because the wind coming from our back side, strikes the kite and exerts pressure on the kite to make it fly higher and higher. It shows that moving air or wind exerts a force (or pressure)on all the obj ects which come in its way.
3 . When air is heated, its volume increases and it occupies a bigger space. We say that air expands on heating.
31. When air gets heated at a place, it expands, becomes lighter and rises up in the sky. In other words, hot air ( or warm air) rises up.
32. Smoke is produced by the burning of a substance, therefore, smoke is always accompanied by hot air ( or warm air) . Since warm air is lighter ( than cold air) , therefore, smoke contained in warm air always rises up.
33. No. If we want to buy a house, then we should buy a house having windows as well as ventilators. The windows are for bringing in fresh air from outside into the house. The ventilators (located near the roof of house) take out the warm and stale air from inside the house. The presence of ventilators in the house increases our comfort.
34. neven heating on the earth in different regions is the main cause of wind movements.
35. The uneven heating on the earth (which produces winds) can take place under two situations (i) neven heating between the equator and poles of the earth, and (ii) neven heating of land and water of oceans.
3 . The regions close to the equator of earth get the maximum heat from the sun, so the air in equatorial regions gets heated and becomes warm. The warm air rises in the equatorial regions of earth creating an area of low air pressure. The cooler air from the regions of up to 3 degrees latitude belt on both the sides of the equator (being at higher pressure),
(C) the
(C) the
34.
(C) 34. neven
(C) neven
35.(C)
35. The(C)
The uneven(C) uneven
(i)(C)
(i)
S ventilators.
S ventilators.ventilatorsS ventilatorsS
house.S house.
Chand
When air gets heated at a place, it expands, becomes lighter and rises up in the sky. In
Chand
When air gets heated at a place, it expands, becomes lighter and rises up in the sky. In other words, hot air ( or warm air) rises up.
Chand
other words, hot air ( or warm air) rises up.
Smoke is produced by the burning of a substance, therefore, smoke is always accompanied
Chand
Smoke is produced by the burning of a substance, therefore, smoke is always accompanied
Chand
by hot air ( or warm air) . Since warm air is lighter ( than cold air) , therefore, smoke contained
Chand
by hot air ( or warm air) . Since warm air is lighter ( than cold air) , therefore, smoke contained in warm air always rises up.
Chand
in warm air always rises up.
No. If we want to buy a house, then we should buy a house having windows as well as Chand
No. If we want to buy a house, then we should buy a house having windows as well as ventilators. Cha
nd
ventilators. TheChand
The(locatCha
nd
(locat
And on all the obj ects which come in its way.
And on all the obj ects which come in its way.
When air is heated, its volume increases and it occupies a bigger space. We say that air
And When air is heated, its volume increases and it occupies a bigger space. We say that air
When air gets heated at a place, it expands, becomes lighter and rises up in the sky. In And
When air gets heated at a place, it expands, becomes lighter and rises up in the sky. In other words, hot air ( or warm air) rises up. And
other words, hot air ( or warm air) rises up.
Compa
ny moving
Compa
ny moving
the
Compa
ny the boat
Compa
ny boat
coming from behind us. This is because the blowing wind exerts pressure on the boat ( and
Compa
ny
coming from behind us. This is because the blowing wind exerts pressure on the boat ( and motion
Compa
ny
motion and
Compa
ny
and helps
Compa
ny
helpsshows that moving air or wind exerts a force ( or pressure) on all the obj ects which come in
Compa
ny
shows that moving air or wind exerts a force ( or pressure) on all the obj ects which come in
coming
Compa
ny
coming from
Compa
ny
from our
Compa
ny
ourthe wind coming from our back side, strikes the kite and exerts pressure on the kite to
Compa
ny
the wind coming from our back side, strikes the kite and exerts pressure on the kite to thatCom
pany
that movingCompa
ny
moving
Limite
dultimately
Limite
dultimately
air pressure in the bicycle tube will increase too much due to which the bicycle tube
Limite
dair pressure in the bicycle tube will increase too much due to which the bicycle tube may
Limite
dmay
inflat
Limite
dinflated
Limite
ded because
Limite
dbecause
start
Limite
dstart fluttering
Limite
dfluttering
moving Limite
dmoving airLim
ited
air (orLimite
d(or
forwLimite
d
forw
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
86
rushes towards the equator to take the place of warm, rising air. This makes the wind to blow from the north and south directions towards the equator. Again, the air at latitudes of about degrees on both sides of the equator is warmer than at the poles (which is very cold). So, the warmer air at about degrees latitudes rises up creating regions of low air pressure and cold air from the polar regions ( being at higher pressure) rushes in to take its place. This makes the winds blow from the poles of the earth towards the warmer regions up to about degrees latitudes. These winds also blow from the north and south directions towards the warmer latitude regions.
37. The winds produced by the uneven heating of the earth between the equator and the poles do not blow in the exact north-south direction because a change in the direction of winds is caused by the rotation of the earth on its axis.
38. In summer, land near the equator of earth heats up faster than the water in oceans, so most of the time, the temperature of land is higher than that of water in oceans. The air over the land gets heated and rises creating a low pressure area. The cooler air from over the oceans ( being at higher pressure) , rushes towards the land. This causes the wind to blow from the oceans towards the land.
39. When we blow air over the surface of paper strip, the fast moving air creates a region of low air pressure above the paper strip. The air pressure below the paper strip, being higher, pushes the paper strip upwards and lifts it up.
4 . This activity shows that fast moving air is accompanied by low air pressure (or reduced air pressure) .
41. When we blow air ( or wind) between the balloons, then the fast moving air ( or fast moving wind) creates a region of low air pressure in the space between the two balloons. The air pressure on the outside of the balloons being higher, pushes the two balloons towards each other and makes them come closer. So, this activity shows that the fast moving air ( or fast moving wind) creates a region of low air pressure ( or reduced air pressure) .
42. When we blow air into the mouth of the bottle, then the air in the neck of bottle has high speed. This fast moving air reduces the air pressure in the neck of the bottle. The air pressure inside the bottle being higher, constantly pushes the paper ball out and does not allow it to go inside the bottle. So, this activity shows that increased wind speed accompanied by a reduced air pressure make it di cult to force the paper ball into the bottle.
43. If the roofs of houses are weak, then higher air pressure from below will lift up the roofs which can then be blown away by the fast winds. Thus, weak roofs of houses (like the tin roofs or thatched roofs) can be lifted and blown away by high speed winds during a wind-storm.
44. ( a)
45. The winds blowing from the oceans towards the land in summer are called monsoon winds. The summer monsoon is very important to the farmers in our country because most of the annual rainfall occurs at this time and helps in growing crops. Many farmers in our country depend mainly on rains for the irrigation of their crops.
(C) roofs
(C) roofs
storm.
(C) storm.
44.(C) 44. ( a) (C) ( a)
45.(C)
45. The winds blowing from the oceans towards the land in summer are called monsoon winds. (C)
The winds blowing from the oceans towards the land in summer are called monsoon winds.
S roofs
S roofswhich S which canS canroofs S roofs orS
or thatchedS thatched
Chand
( or fast moving wind) creates a region of low air pressure ( or reduced air pressure) .
Chand
( or fast moving wind) creates a region of low air pressure ( or reduced air pressure) .
into
Chand
into the
Chand
the mouth
Chand
mouthmov
Chand
moving
Chand
ing air
Chand
air reduc
Chand
reduc
bottle
Chand
bottle being
Chand
being higher,
Chand
higher,
the
Chand
the bottle.
Chand
bottle.
air
Chand
air pressure
Chand
pressure
roofs Chand
roofs ofChand
of housesChand
housesthenCha
nd
then
And wind) creates a region of low air pressure in the space between the two balloons. The air
And wind) creates a region of low air pressure in the space between the two balloons. The air
pressure on the outside of the balloons being higher, pushes the two balloons towards
And pressure on the outside of the balloons being higher, pushes the two balloons towards
come
And
come closer.
And
closer.( or fast moving wind) creates a region of low air pressure ( or reduced air pressure) . And
( or fast moving wind) creates a region of low air pressure ( or reduced air pressure) .
mouthAnd
mouth
Compa
ny the oceans ( being at higher pressure) , rushes towards the land. This causes the wind to
Compa
ny the oceans ( being at higher pressure) , rushes towards the land. This causes the wind to
When we blow air over the surface of paper strip, the fast moving air creates a region of
Compa
ny
When we blow air over the surface of paper strip, the fast moving air creates a region of low air pressure above the paper strip. The air pressure below the paper strip, being higher,
Compa
ny
low air pressure above the paper strip. The air pressure below the paper strip, being higher,
accompanied
Compa
ny
accompanied by
Compa
ny
by
When we blow air ( or wind) between the balloons, then the fast moving air ( or fast moving Compa
ny
When we blow air ( or wind) between the balloons, then the fast moving air ( or fast moving wind) creates a region of low air pressure in the space between the two balloons. The air Com
pany
wind) creates a region of low air pressure in the space between the two balloons. The air
Limite
dand
Limite
dand the
Limite
dthe poles
Limite
dpolesdirection
Limite
ddirection of
Limite
dof winds
Limite
dwinds
In summer, land near the equator of earth heats up faster than the water in oceans, so
Limite
dIn summer, land near the equator of earth heats up faster than the water in oceans, so
wat
Limite
dwater
Limite
der in
Limite
din oceans.
Limite
doceans.
TheLimite
dThe coolerLim
ited
coolerthe oceans ( being at higher pressure) , rushes towards the land. This causes the wind to Lim
ited
the oceans ( being at higher pressure) , rushes towards the land. This causes the wind to
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
87
C. Long Answer Type Questions
4 . A tornado is a violent storm with a column of rapidly rotating winds, having the appearance of a dark, funnel-shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground. A tornado causes considerable damage as it passes over land. This happens as follows: ( i) Tornado uproots trees, electric poles and telephone poles disrupting power supply and telecommunications. (ii) Tornado lifts people and vehicles off the ground and hurls them hundreds of metres away. This causes death of many people and damage to vehicles. ( iii) Tornado can cause extensive damage to buildings. When a tornado passes over a building, it sucks up air from around the building. This makes the pressure on the outside of the building much lower than that on the inside, and the building can explode. The following precautions should be taken for protection during a tornado (i) Take shelter in a room situated deep inside the house having no windows or in a basement ( underground room) . This is the best tornado shelter. ( ii) If a room without windows or basement is not available, then shut all the doors and windows of the house and take shelter under a sturdy table ( where falling debris cannot reach) . Bend down on your knees and protect your head and neck using your arms. Stay indoors until it is safe to come out. (iii) If a person is in a vehicle when a tornado begins, he should get out of the vehicle, go to a ditch or low-lying area and lie flat in it. (iv) Stay away from fallen electric wires and stay out of damaged areas.
4 . A cyclone is a huge revolving storm caused by very high speed winds blowing around a central area of very low pressure in the atmosphere. A cyclone is formed over warm sea-water and it is about 1 to 15 kilometres high. A cyclone revolves due to the force exerted by the rotation of earth. Factors like temperature, humidity, wind speed, wind direction and rotation of earth, contribute to the development of a cyclone. The centre of cyclone is called the ‘ eye’ of the cyclone.
4 . The cyclones bring with them extremely high speed winds which cause a lot of destruction. The tremendous force of high speed winds accompanying a cyclone can topple trees, electric poles, telephone poles and vehicles; damage houses; and hurt people through air, etc., causing a great loss of life and property. The fast moving flood waters brought in by a cyclone, destroy roads and railway tracks, wash away vehicles, damage houses, drown people and animals, and damage crops causing a great loss of life and property. The floods caused by cyclone also reduce the fertility of soil in the cyclone hit areas. Cyclones bring with them torrential rains. The continuous heavy rains brought by cyclones may further worsen the flood situation in the area. This increases the problems of the cyclone affected people. The floods caused by cyclones pollute drinking water sources. rinking of polluted water spreads water-borne diseases ( like typhoid and dysentery) . These diseases kill more people in the cyclone affected areas. If a person lives in an area which has just been hit by a cyclone, the following precautions should be observed (i) o not drink water that could be contaminated by floods (to avoid water-borne diseases). rink only clean water which has been stored for emergencies. ( ii) Do not touch wet electric switches and fallen electric power lines. Do not use electrical appliances, if wet. ( iii) Do not enter damaged buildings or flood waters. Avoid driving on roads through standing water as floods may have damaged the roads. ( iv) Do not go out j ust for the sake of fun. Keep listening to local radio for advice. Go out only when it is safe to do so. ( v) Do not pressurise the rescue teams by making
(C) water spreads water-borne diseases ( like typhoid and dysentery) . These diseases kill more
(C) water spreads water-borne diseases ( like typhoid and dysentery) . These diseases kill more
people
(C) people
a(C)
a cyclone,(C)
cyclone,be(C)
be
S worsen
S worsen the
S thepeople.S people. TheS Thewater spreads water-borne diseases ( like typhoid and dysentery) . These diseases kill more S water spreads water-borne diseases ( like typhoid and dysentery) . These diseases kill more
Chand
electric poles, telephone poles and vehicles; damage houses; and hurt people through air,
Chand
electric poles, telephone poles and vehicles; damage houses; and hurt people through air, great
Chand
great loss
Chand
loss of
Chand
of life
Chand
lifea cyclone, destroy roads and railway tracks, wash away vehicles, damage houses, drown
Chand
a cyclone, destroy roads and railway tracks, wash away vehicles, damage houses, drown
animals,
Chand
animals, and
Chand
and
cyclone
Chand
cyclone also
Chand
also
them Chand
them torrentialCha
nd
torrentialthe Cha
nd
the Chand
floodChand
flood
And the
And the
is called the ‘ eye’ of the cyclone.
And is called the ‘ eye’ of the cyclone.
extr
And
extremely
And
emely
And
The tremendous force of high speed winds accompanying a cyclone can topple trees, And
The tremendous force of high speed winds accompanying a cyclone can topple trees, electric poles, telephone poles and vehicles; damage houses; and hurt people through air, And
electric poles, telephone poles and vehicles; damage houses; and hurt people through air,
Compa
ny and windows of the house and take shelter under a sturdy table ( where falling debris cannot
Compa
ny and windows of the house and take shelter under a sturdy table ( where falling debris cannot
reach) . Bend down on your knees and protect your head and neck using your arms. Stay
Compa
ny reach) . Bend down on your knees and protect your head and neck using your arms. Stay
vehicle
Compa
ny
vehicle when
Compa
ny
whenlow-lying
Compa
ny
low-lying area
Compa
ny
area and
Compa
ny
andaway from fallen electric wires and stay out of damaged areas.
Compa
ny
away from fallen electric wires and stay out of damaged areas.
A cyclone is a huge revolving storm caused by very high speed winds blowing around a
Compa
ny
A cyclone is a huge revolving storm caused by very high speed winds blowing around a central area of very low pressure in the atmosphere. A cyclone is formed over warm sea-
Compa
ny
central area of very low pressure in the atmosphere. A cyclone is formed over warm sea-high.
Compa
ny
high. A
Compa
ny
A cyclone
Compa
ny
cyclonetemperaCom
pany
temperature,Compa
ny
ture,developmenCom
pany
developmen
Limite
dextensive damage to buildings. When a tornado passes over a building, it sucks up air from
Limite
dextensive damage to buildings. When a tornado passes over a building, it sucks up air from around the building. This makes the pressure on the outside of the building much lower
Limite
daround the building. This makes the pressure on the outside of the building much lower precautions
Limite
dprecautions should
Limite
dshouldsituated
Limite
dsituated deep
Limite
ddeep inside
Limite
dinside
house having no windows or in a basement ( underground room) . This is the best tornado
Limite
dhouse having no windows or in a basement ( underground room) . This is the best tornado shelter. ( ii) If a room without windows or basement is not available, then shut all the doors Lim
ited
shelter. ( ii) If a room without windows or basement is not available, then shut all the doors and windows of the house and take shelter under a sturdy table ( where falling debris cannot Lim
ited
and windows of the house and take shelter under a sturdy table ( where falling debris cannot reach) . Bend down on your knees and protect your head and neck using your arms. Stay Lim
ited
reach) . Bend down on your knees and protect your head and neck using your arms. Stay
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
88
unnecessary demands. Co-operate with the rescue teams and help your neighbours and friends.
4 . A storm with thunder and lightning is called thunderstorm. The sun heats the surface of earth. The hot surface of earth warms the air in contact with it. The warm air ( being lighter) rises up creating a low pressure area. And cool air rushes in to take its place in the form of strong winds. As the warm air rises, it transfers heat to the upper levels of atmosphere and begins to cool. The water vapour present in the rising air cool and condense to form a cloud. The cloud grows upwards into areas where the temperature is close to the freezing point of water ( C). Some of the water vapour of cloud forms tiny water droplets and some of it turns into ice particles. The water droplets are carried upwards in the cloud (by convection currents) but the ice particles drift downwards. The friction between fast rising ‘water droplets’ in the cloud and falling ‘ice particles’ produces opposite electric charges on them (the water droplets ge ng positive electric charge and ice particles acquiring negative electric charge). ue to this, the top of cloud becomes positively charged and the bottom of cloud becomes negatively charged. When a large amount of opposite electric charges build up in the cloud, a tremendous amount of electric current passes through the air in the cloud which produces a big electric spark within the cloud. This electric spark is the lightning. The spark of lightning heats the nearby air too much. This extremely hot air expands explosively causing a loud sound called thunder. When electric charges from the bottom of the electrically charged cloud flow down through the air to the ground, then we see the flash of lightning coming towards the earth. The big water drops in the thundercloud fall to the earth as heavy rain ( or hail) . In this way, a thunderstorm brings strong winds, thunder, lightning and heavy rains ( or hail) . Lightning and thunder are the two characteristic features of a thunderstorm.
5 . Thunderstorms develop in hot and humid tropical areas ( like India) very frequently. This is because the heat of tropical area warms up the air and makes it rise up, whereas humidity provides the water vapour for the formation of clouds. We should take the following precautions during a thunderstorm to protect ourselves from lightning - (i) We should not sit near a window during lightning. Open garages, storage sheds and metal sheds are also not safe places to take shelter during lightning. ( ii) We should not take shelter under an umbrella with a metallic end during lightning. This is because metallic end of umbrella may act as a conductor for lightning and harm us. ( iii) We should not take shelter under an isolated and tall tree. This is because an isolated tall tree is more likely to be hit by lightning due to its nearness to the clouds. We should take shelter under a small tree. We should, however, not lie on the ground during lightning. ( iv) A car ( or a bus) is a safe place to take shelter during lightning ( because its metal body can conduct lightning to earth safely, without harming us) . ( v) If we are in water ( as in a swimming pool or on a beach) when the thunderstorm begins and lightning takes place, we should get out of water and go inside a building.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
51. (b) 52. (b) 53. (c) 54. (d) 55. (b)
5 . (a) 5 . (a) 5 . (b) 5 . (b) . (a)
(C) should, however, not lie on the ground during lightning. ( iv) A car ( or a bus) is a safe place
(C) should, however, not lie on the ground during lightning. ( iv) A car ( or a bus) is a safe place
to take shelter during lightning ( because its metal body can conduct lightning to earth
(C) to take shelter during lightning ( because its metal body can conduct lightning to earth
safely, without harming us) . ( v) If we are in water ( as in a swimming pool or on a beach)
(C) safely, without harming us) . ( v) If we are in water ( as in a swimming pool or on a beach)
when the thunderstorm begins and lightning takes place, we should get out of water and (C)
when the thunderstorm begins and lightning takes place, we should get out of water and go inside a building. (C)
go inside a building.
S an isolated and tall tree. This is because an isolated tall tree is more likely to be hit by
S an isolated and tall tree. This is because an isolated tall tree is more likely to be hit by lightning due to its nearness to the clouds. We should take shelter under a small tree. We S lightning due to its nearness to the clouds. We should take shelter under a small tree. We should, however, not lie on the ground during lightning. ( iv) A car ( or a bus) is a safe place S should, however, not lie on the ground during lightning. ( iv) A car ( or a bus) is a safe place to take shelter during lightning ( because its metal body can conduct lightning to earth S to take shelter during lightning ( because its metal body can conduct lightning to earth
Chand
vapou
Chand
vapouthun
Chand
thunderstorm
Chand
derstormnot sit near a window during lightning. Open garages, storage sheds and metal sheds are
Chand
not sit near a window during lightning. Open garages, storage sheds and metal sheds are also not safe places to take shelter during lightning. ( ii) We should not take shelter under
Chand
also not safe places to take shelter during lightning. ( ii) We should not take shelter under an umbrella with a metallic end during lightning. This is because metallic end of umbrella
Chand
an umbrella with a metallic end during lightning. This is because metallic end of umbrella may act as a conductor for lightning and harm us. ( iii) We should not take shelter under Cha
nd
may act as a conductor for lightning and harm us. ( iii) We should not take shelter under an isolated and tall tree. This is because an isolated tall tree is more likely to be hit by Cha
nd
an isolated and tall tree. This is because an isolated tall tree is more likely to be hit by lightning due to its nearness to the clouds. We should take shelter under a small tree. We Cha
nd
lightning due to its nearness to the clouds. We should take shelter under a small tree. We
And strong winds, thunder, lightning and heavy rains ( or hail) . Lightning and thunder are the
And strong winds, thunder, lightning and heavy rains ( or hail) . Lightning and thunder are the
thunderstorm.
And thunderstorm.
And
Thunderstorms develop in hot and humid tropical areas ( like India) very frequently. This is
And
Thunderstorms develop in hot and humid tropical areas ( like India) very frequently. This is because the heat of tropical area warms up the air and makes it rise up, whereas humidity And
because the heat of tropical area warms up the air and makes it rise up, whereas humidity
forAnd
for theAnd
thederstormAnd
derstorm
Compa
ny amount
Compa
ny amount
charges build up in the cloud, a tremendous amount of electric current passes through
Compa
ny charges build up in the cloud, a tremendous amount of electric current passes through
the air in the cloud which produces a big electric spark within the cloud. This electric spark
Compa
ny
the air in the cloud which produces a big electric spark within the cloud. This electric spark is the lightning. The spark of lightning heats the nearby air too much. This extremely hot
Compa
ny
is the lightning. The spark of lightning heats the nearby air too much. This extremely hot air expands explosively causing a loud sound called thunder. When electric charges from
Compa
ny
air expands explosively causing a loud sound called thunder. When electric charges from flow
Compa
ny
flow down
Compa
ny
down through
Compa
ny
throughtow
Compa
ny
towards
Compa
ny
ards the
Compa
ny
thethundercloud fall to the earth as heavy rain ( or hail) . In this way, a thunderstorm brings
Compa
ny
thundercloud fall to the earth as heavy rain ( or hail) . In this way, a thunderstorm brings strong winds, thunder, lightning and heavy rains ( or hail) . Lightning and thunder are the Com
pany
strong winds, thunder, lightning and heavy rains ( or hail) . Lightning and thunder are the thunderstorm.Com
pany
thunderstorm.
Limite
dcloud. The cloud grows upwards into areas where the temperature is close to the freezing
Limite
dcloud. The cloud grows upwards into areas where the temperature is close to the freezing
droplets
Limite
ddroplets and
Limite
dandthe
Limite
dthe cloud
Limite
dcloudbetween
Limite
dbetween fast
Limite
dfast
opposite
Limite
dopposite electric
Limite
delectric
ice
Limite
dice particles
Limite
dparticles
positivelyLimite
dpositively chargedLim
ited
chargedamountLim
ited
amount ofLimite
d
of
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
89
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c)
. (a) . (d) . (c) . (c) . (c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
1. The empty boiling tube contains air. This air expands on heating and inflates the balloon
2. Amritsar is unlikely to be affected by a cyclone. This is because a cyclone develops over a sea and Amritsar is very far away from the sea
3. The tin can gets crushed n pouring cold water, the hot steam cools and gets condensed to form water due to which pressure inside the tin can is reduced too much. The large air pressure (or atmospheric pressure) acting on the tin can from outside crushes the tin can inwards
4. (a) latitude has the coldest air (because it is nearer to the orth pole of the earth than 3 latitude) (b) quator has the warmest air (because equator is at the minimum distance from the sun)
75. ( a) Winter season ( b) Summer season
(C) S
Cha
nd And
Com
pany
Limite
dcondensed
Limite
dcondensedThe
Limite
dThe large
Limite
dlarge air
Limite
daircrushes
Limite
dcrushes the
Limite
dthe tin
Limite
dtin
orth
Limite
dorth pole
Limite
dpole of
Limite
dof
equatorLimite
dequator isLim
ited
is atLimite
dat
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
90
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The instrument used to measure wind speed.
( b) Term used for cyclone on American continent.
(c) Coast of India more vulnerable to cyclones.
( d) Another term for moving air.
2 Fill in the blanks:
( a) Air moves from a region of .… … … … … .......... pressure to a region of .… … … … … ..........pressure.
( b) The centre of the cyclone is called .… … … … … .......... .
( c) The storm associated with funnel shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground is .… … … … … .......... .
( d) Warm air is .… … … … … .......... than cold air.
3. Write true or false:
( a) It is lightning which causes thunder.
( b) The wind speed is measured by an instrument called odometer.
( c) Wind is produced due to the uneven heating on the earth by the sun.
( d) The winds blowing from the land towards the ocean in summer are called monsoon winds.
B. Subjective Type Questions
4. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Holes are made in banners and hoardings. Give reason.
( b) How are winds produced by the uneven heating of earth between the equator and the poles?
( c) What will happen if high speed winds blow over a house having a weak tin roof? Give reasons for your answer.
( d) What are monsoon winds and why are they important for our country?
(e) Mention one precaution to be taken during
(i) Thunderstorm (ii) Cyclone (iii) Tornado
(C) (e) Mention
(C) (e) Mention
(i)
(C) (i)S What are monsoon winds and whS What are monsoon winds and whS
(e) MentionS (e) Mention
Chand
questions
Chand
questions
Holes are made in banners and hoar
Chand
Holes are made in banners and hoar
How are winds
Chand
How are winds produced by the uneven heating of earth between the equator and
Chand
produced by the uneven heating of earth between the equator and
the poles?
Chand
the poles?
What will
Chand
What will happen if high speed winds blow over a house having a weak tin roof? Give
Chand
happen if high speed winds blow over a house having a weak tin roof? Give
reasons for your answer. Chand
reasons for your answer.
What are monsoon winds and whChand
What are monsoon winds and wh
And wing from the land towards the ocean in summer are called monsoon
And wing from the land towards the ocean in summer are called monsoon
questionsAnd
questions inAnd
in
Compa
ny orm associated with funnel shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground
Compa
ny orm associated with funnel shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground
trument called odometer.
Compa
ny
trument called odometer.
ven heating on the earth by the sun. Compa
ny
ven heating on the earth by the sun.
wing from the land towards the ocean in summer are called monsoon Compa
ny
wing from the land towards the ocean in summer are called monsoon
Limite
des from a region of .… … … … … .......... pressure to a region of .… … … … … ..........
Limite
des from a region of .… … … … … .......... pressure to a region of .… … … … … ..........
orm associated with funnel shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground Limite
d
orm associated with funnel shaped cloud that reaches from the sky to the ground
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
91
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 5
ame ............................................................... Class ......................... ate ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
(a) Term used for cyclone in apan and Philippines.
( b) Storm accompanied by lightning followed by a loud sound from the clouds.
( c) Term used to describe the centre of the cyclone.
( d) A natural flow of high voltage electricity within a cloud which appears as a bright flash of light in the sky.
( e) The instrument by which direction of the wind at a place is found.
2. Write True or False:
( a) The pressure exerted by wind is due to the kinetic energy possessed by it.
( b) While rowing a boat in the lake, we find it easier to row the boat forward if the wind is coming from the front.
( c) Air expands on heating and contracts on cooling.
(d) Cold air is lighter than hot air.
( e) Wind may be produced by the uneven heating of land and water of oceans.
3. State which of the following places are likely to be hit by cyclones:
(a) Chennai (b) elhi (c) Puri (d) Srinagar (e) Amritsar
4. Correct the following statements:
( a) A cyclone revolves due to the force exerted by the revolution of earth.
( b) Tornadoes are the greatest storms on earth.
( c) A period of violent weather with strong winds, and usually rain is called thunder.
( d) The pellets of frozen rain or ice falling in showers are called lightning.
( e) The less the difference in air pressure, the faster the air moves.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) How can high speed winds be destructive?
( b) How is wind produced?
( c) Why are holes made in hanging banners and hoardings?
( d) How will you show that air exerts pressure?
( e) Describe the nature of hot air.
(C) ( e)
(C) ( e)
(C) B. Subjective Type Questions
(C) B. Subjective Type Questions
(C)
5. Answer(C)
5. Answer
S The pellets of froS The pellets of froS The less the differS The less the differ
Chand
State which of the following places are likely to be hit by cyclones:
Chand
State which of the following places are likely to be hit by cyclones:
(b)
Chand
(b) elhi
Chand
elhi
wing statements:
Chand
wing statements:
A cyclone re
Chand
A cyclone revolves due to the force exerted by the revolution of earth.
Chand
volves due to the force exerted by the revolution of earth.
Chand
Tornadoes are the gr
Chand
Tornadoes are the gr
A period of violent weaChand
A period of violent wea
The pellets of froChand
The pellets of fro
And ontracts on cooling.
And ontracts on cooling.
air.
And air.
Wind may be produced b
And
Wind may be produced by the uneven heating of land and water of oceans.
And
y the uneven heating of land and water of oceans.
State which of the following places are likely to be hit by cyclones:And
State which of the following places are likely to be hit by cyclones:
Compa
ny al flow of high voltage electricity within a cloud which appears as a bright flash
Compa
ny al flow of high voltage electricity within a cloud which appears as a bright flash
y which direction of the wind at a place is found.
Compa
ny
y which direction of the wind at a place is found.
xerted by wind is due to the kinetic energy possessed by it.
Compa
ny
xerted by wind is due to the kinetic energy possessed by it.
t in the lake, we find it easier to row the boat forward if the wind
Compa
ny
t in the lake, we find it easier to row the boat forward if the wind
ontracts on cooling.Compa
ny
ontracts on cooling.
Limite
dy lightning followed by a loud sound from the clouds.
Limite
dy lightning followed by a loud sound from the clouds.
al flow of high voltage electricity within a cloud which appears as a bright flash Limite
d
al flow of high voltage electricity within a cloud which appears as a bright flash
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
92
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) List the precautions to be taken during a thunderstorm.
( b) How is a cyclone formed?
( c) Mention how a tornado causes considerable damage.
( d) State the effective safety measures taken by the Government during a cyclone.
( e) How will you show that air expands on heating?
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Whichofthefollowingisnotacharacteristicofathunderstorm?
( a) Spark of light in atmosphere ( b) Rapidly rotating winds
( c) Loud noise ( d) Heavy rains or hail.
2. Windisalwa sassociatedwith:
( a) Kinetic energy ( b) Chemical energy
( c) Potential energy ( d) Gravitational energy.
. hunderstorms developver frequentl inareashaving:
(a) Polar climate (b) Tropical climate
( c) Desert climate ( d) Temperate climate.
4. Whichofthefollowingcanmoveoverthelandwithoutcomingtoanendquic l ?
(a) Cyclone (b) urricane (c) Typhoon (d) Tornado
5 . Whichofthefollowingregionismorevulnera letoc clonicstorms?
( a) Northern hills of India ( b) Western deserts of India
( c) East coast of India ( d) West coast of India
(C) S
Cha
nd And
more
And more Com
pany
hemical energy
Compa
ny hemical energy
ravitational energy.
Compa
ny
ravitational energy.
having:
Compa
ny
having:
T
Compa
ny
Tropical climate
Compa
ny
ropical climate
( d)
Compa
ny
( d) T
Compa
ny
Temperate climate.
Compa
ny
emperate climate. Temperate climate. T
Compa
ny
Temperate climate. T
the
Compa
ny
the land
Compa
ny
land without
Compa
ny
without
urricane (c)Compa
ny
urricane (c) Typhoon (d)Compa
ny
Typhoon (d)Compa
ny
vulnera leCompa
ny
vulnera le
Limite
dapidly rotating winds
Limite
dapidly rotating winds
eavy rains or hail.
Limite
deavy rains or hail.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
93
9Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The soil profile.
• The composition of soil.
• The types of soil.
• How water is absorbed by soil.
• How soil is important for growing crops.
• About soil erosion.
Textbook: Refer to pages 132 to 148
Periods allocated: 13 periods
VOCABULARY
Humus, weathering, soil profile, sandy soil, clayey soil, loamy soil, percolation, soil erosion, soil pollution.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Soil and its formation (Page 132)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing the importance of soil for plants would be a good start for the topic. Discuss that soil provides water and essential nutrients to plants from which we also derive our food.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be taken to the school garden. They must be shown the top soil which is darker than the layers below. Explain that this layer consists of organic matter called humus.
SoilSoil
(C)
Soil and its formation (Page 132)
(C)
Soil and its formation (Page 132)
Learning Tools
(C) Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: (C)
Interactive warm up exercise: start for the topic. Discuss that soil provides water and essential nutrients to plants from which
(C)
start for the topic. Discuss that soil provides water and essential nutrients to plants from which
S S Soil and its formation (Page 132) S Soil and its formation (Page 132) Cha
nd
Chand
Humus, weathering, soil profile, sandy soil, clayey soil, loamy soil, percolation, soil erosion, soil
Chand
Humus, weathering, soil profile, sandy soil, clayey soil, loamy soil, percolation, soil erosion, soil
And
And
And
And Textbook: Refer to pages 132 to 148
And Textbook: Refer to pages 132 to 148 Com
pany
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
dThe present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Lim
ited
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
94
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that soil is a dark brown solid material which is a mixture of rock particles of various sizes and decayed plant and animal matter called humus. Students should realize the importance of soil as a natural resource. They should be aware of the term weathering and humus. They should know how soil is formed.
Suggested home assignment
List the important uses of soil.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2
Soil profile (Page 133)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that a vertical section through the soil showing the different layers of soil is called soil profile. Students should be able to name and describe the characteristics of the three layers of soil in the soil profile. They should be able to draw the diagram showing the soil profile.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Draw a neat and well-labeled diagram of the soil profile.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Composition of soil (Page 134)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the soil mainly consists of different sized rock particles, minerals, humus, air, water and living organisms. Students should be aware of the terms clay, silt, sand and gravel.
Using resources
Conduct the activity given on Page no. 135 to show that soil consists of rock particles of different sizes and humus.
Suggested home assignment
Name the smallest and the largest rock particles present in the soil. Which soil is said to have a good top soil?
(C)
Using resources
(C)
Using resources
Conduct the activity given on Page no. 135 to show that soil consists of rock particles of different
(C) Conduct the activity given on Page no. 135 to show that soil consists of rock particles of different
sizes and humus. (C) sizes and humus.
Suggested home assignment(C)
Suggested home assignment
S water and living organisms. Students should be aware of the terms clay, silt, sand and gravel.
S water and living organisms. Students should be aware of the terms clay, silt, sand and gravel.
Using resourcesS Using resources
Conduct the activity given on Page no. 135 to show that soil consists of rock particles of different S
Conduct the activity given on Page no. 135 to show that soil consists of rock particles of different
Chand
Chand
Composition of soil (Page 134)
Chand
Composition of soil (Page 134)
Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the soil mainly consists of different sized rock particles, minerals, humus, air, Chand
Explain them that the soil mainly consists of different sized rock particles, minerals, humus, air, water and living organisms. Students should be aware of the terms clay, silt, sand and gravel. Cha
nd
water and living organisms. Students should be aware of the terms clay, silt, sand and gravel.
And
And
Draw a neat and well-labeled diagram of the soil profile.
And
Draw a neat and well-labeled diagram of the soil profile.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3 And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Compa
ny Discuss with them that a vertical section through the soil showing the different layers of soil is
Compa
ny Discuss with them that a vertical section through the soil showing the different layers of soil is
called soil profile. Students should be able to name and describe the characteristics of the three
Compa
ny
called soil profile. Students should be able to name and describe the characteristics of the three layers of soil in the soil profile. They should be able to draw the diagram showing the soil profile.
Compa
ny
layers of soil in the soil profile. They should be able to draw the diagram showing the soil profile.
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Compa
ny
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
95
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 4
Types of soil (Page 136)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that on the basis of differences in the composition of the soil, it can be classified into three basic types. Students should know that sandy soil mainly consists of sand and very little humus and thus it is less fertile. Clayey soil contains mainly clay and also contains very less humus but because it is rich in minerals, it is more fertile than sandy soil. Loamy soil is a mixture of sand, clay, silt and humus in the right proportions and thus, it is the most fertile soil and best for growing crops. Students should be able to differentiate between sandy soil and clayey soil.
Suggested home assignment
Differentiate between sandy soil and clayey soil.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Soil and crops (Page 137)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the different types of crops grow well in different types of soil. Students should be able to determine which type of soil is best for a particular crop like cereals, paddy, lentils ( pulses) and cotton.
Suggested home assignment
Name the type of soil used to grow cotton and paddy.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Soil contains air and water (Page 137)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students some important properties of soil like soil contains air and water. Air is present in the spaces between soil particles. Students should know that sandy soil provides much more air to the plant roots than clayey soil. Explain that water is usually present as a thin film around the soil particles and even a dry looking soil has some moisture in it. Students should be able to calculate the percentage of water present in the soil.
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 13 of the book to show that soil contains air.
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 13 of the book to show that air contains water.
(C) present in the spaces between soil particles. Students should know that sandy soil provides much
(C) present in the spaces between soil particles. Students should know that sandy soil provides much
more air to the plant roots than clayey soil. Explain that water is usually present as a thin film
(C) more air to the plant roots than clayey soil. Explain that water is usually present as a thin film
(C) around the soil particles and even a dry looking soil has some moisture in it. Students should be (C) around the soil particles and even a dry looking soil has some moisture in it. Students should be
able to calculate the percentage of water present in the soil. (C)
able to calculate the percentage of water present in the soil.
Using resources(C
) Using resources
S Discuss with the students some important properties of soil like soil contains air and water. Air is S Discuss with the students some important properties of soil like soil contains air and water. Air is present in the spaces between soil particles. Students should know that sandy soil provides much S present in the spaces between soil particles. Students should know that sandy soil provides much more air to the plant roots than clayey soil. Explain that water is usually present as a thin film S more air to the plant roots than clayey soil. Explain that water is usually present as a thin film
Chand
Chand
Name the type of soil used to grow cotton and paddy.
Chand
Name the type of soil used to grow cotton and paddy.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Soil contains air and water (Page 137)
Chand
Soil contains air and water (Page 137)
Teacher guided discussionChand
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students some important properties of soil like soil contains air and water. Air is Chand
Discuss with the students some important properties of soil like soil contains air and water. Air is
And
Name the type of soil used to grow cotton and paddy. And
Name the type of soil used to grow cotton and paddy.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Explain them that the different types of crops grow well in different types of soil. Students should
Compa
ny
Explain them that the different types of crops grow well in different types of soil. Students should be able to determine which type of soil is best for a particular crop like cereals, paddy, lentils Com
pany
be able to determine which type of soil is best for a particular crop like cereals, paddy, lentils
Limite
dand thus it is less fertile. Clayey soil contains mainly clay and also contains very less humus but
Limite
dand thus it is less fertile. Clayey soil contains mainly clay and also contains very less humus but because it is rich in minerals, it is more fertile than sandy soil. Loamy soil is a mixture of sand, clay,
Limite
dbecause it is rich in minerals, it is more fertile than sandy soil. Loamy soil is a mixture of sand, clay, silt and humus in the right proportions and thus, it is the most fertile soil and best for growing
Limite
dsilt and humus in the right proportions and thus, it is the most fertile soil and best for growing crops. Students should be able to differentiate between sandy soil and clayey soil.
Limite
dcrops. Students should be able to differentiate between sandy soil and clayey soil.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
96
Suggested home assignment
If we pass through a farmland during a hot summer day, we will see that the air above the soil is shimmering. Explain why?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Soil can absorb water (Page 139)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain that though soil usually contains some water, it can still absorb a lot of water. Students should be able to calculate the percentage of water absorbed by the soil.
Using resources
Conduct the activity given on Page no. 140 to find the percentage of water absorbed by a soil.
Suggested home assignment
Numerical problem: 100 mL of water was taken in a measuring cylinder. This water was added drop wise to a 50 mL of dry soil kept on filter paper in a funnel. When the water j ust started dripping from the soil in the funnel, the amount of water left in the measuring cylinder was found to be 60 mL. Calculate the percentage of water absorbed by the soil.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Soil allows water to percolate (Page 141)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain that the percolation of water is a process in which water passes down slowly through the soil. Students should know that rate of percolation refers to how fast water passes down the soil. It is expressed in millimeters per minute. Students should know that percolation rate is highest in sandy soil and lowest in clayey soil. Soil with low percolation rate is the best for growing paddy. Students should be familiarized with the term vegetation.
Using resources
Conduct the activity given on Page no. 141 of the book to measure percolation rate of water in a soil.
Suggested home assignment
Numerical problem: A student conducted an experiment to determine the percolation rate of water in a soil. e observed that it took 45 minutes for 1 m of water to percolate through the soil. Calculate the percolation rate of water in the soil.
(C) Suggested home assignment
(C) Suggested home assignment
Numerical problem: A student conducted an experiment to determine the percolation rate of water (C)
Numerical problem: A student conducted an experiment to determine the percolation rate of water soil.(C
) soil. e(C
) e
Calculate the percolation rate of water in the soil. (C
) Calculate the percolation rate of water in the soil.
S Using resources
S Using resources
Conduct the activity given on Page no. 141 of the book to measure percolation rate of water in a soil. S Conduct the activity given on Page no. 141 of the book to measure percolation rate of water in a soil.
Suggested home assignmentS Suggested home assignment
Chand
Explain that the percolation of water is a process in which water passes down slowly through the
Chand
Explain that the percolation of water is a process in which water passes down slowly through the soil. Students should know that rate of percolation refers to how fast water passes down the soil.
Chand
soil. Students should know that rate of percolation refers to how fast water passes down the soil. It is expressed in millimeters per minute. Students should know that percolation rate is highest in
Chand
It is expressed in millimeters per minute. Students should know that percolation rate is highest in sandy soil and lowest in clayey soil. Soil with low percolation rate is the best for growing paddy.
Chand
sandy soil and lowest in clayey soil. Soil with low percolation rate is the best for growing paddy. Students should be familiarized with the term vegetation.
Chand
Students should be familiarized with the term vegetation.
Using resources Chand
Using resources
And Soil allows water to percolate (Page 141)
And Soil allows water to percolate (Page 141)
Explain that the percolation of water is a process in which water passes down slowly through the And
Explain that the percolation of water is a process in which water passes down slowly through the soil. Students should know that rate of percolation refers to how fast water passes down the soil.
And
soil. Students should know that rate of percolation refers to how fast water passes down the soil.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Numerical problem: 100 mL of water was taken in a measuring cylinder. This water was added drop
Compa
ny
Numerical problem: 100 mL of water was taken in a measuring cylinder. This water was added drop wise to a 50 mL of dry soil kept on filter paper in a funnel. When the water j ust started dripping
Compa
ny
wise to a 50 mL of dry soil kept on filter paper in a funnel. When the water j ust started dripping from the soil in the funnel, the amount of water left in the measuring cylinder was found to be 60
Compa
ny
from the soil in the funnel, the amount of water left in the measuring cylinder was found to be 60 mL. Calculate the percentage of water absorbed by the soil.
Compa
ny
mL. Calculate the percentage of water absorbed by the soil.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8 Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Limite
dExplain that though soil usually contains some water, it can still absorb a lot of water. Students
Limite
dExplain that though soil usually contains some water, it can still absorb a lot of water. Students
Conduct the activity given on Page no. 140 to find the percentage of water absorbed by a soil. Limite
dConduct the activity given on Page no. 140 to find the percentage of water absorbed by a soil.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
97
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Soil erosion (Page 142)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain that the removal of fertile top soil from land by wind or water is called soil erosion. It occurs easily in those areas of land which are not covered by vegetation. Students should know that that the roots of vegetation bind the particles of top soil firmly. Deforestation is one of the maj or causes of soil erosion. Students should be able to list the various effects of soil erosion and the ways to prevent soil erosion.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
List the preventive measures for soil erosion.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Soil pollution (Page 144)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the contamination of soil with waste materials, pesticides, fertilizers, acid rain and industrial chemical wastes is called soil pollution. Students should be able to list the various effects and preventive measures of soil pollution.
Suggested home assignment
List the effects of soil pollution.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 13
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
(C)
(C)
Using resources
(C)
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
(C) Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter. (C
) Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
S Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
S Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resourcesS Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book. S
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
Chand
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
List the effects of soil pollution.
Chand
List the effects of soil pollution.
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons. Chand
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
And Explain them that the contamination of soil with waste materials, pesticides, fertilizers, acid rain
And Explain them that the contamination of soil with waste materials, pesticides, fertilizers, acid rain
and industrial chemical wastes is called soil pollution. Students should be able to list the various
And
and industrial chemical wastes is called soil pollution. Students should be able to list the various effects and preventive measures of soil pollution. And
effects and preventive measures of soil pollution.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Explain them that the contamination of soil with waste materials, pesticides, fertilizers, acid rain Com
pany
Explain them that the contamination of soil with waste materials, pesticides, fertilizers, acid rain
Limite
dthe roots of vegetation bind the particles of top soil firmly. Deforestation is one of the maj or causes
Limite
dthe roots of vegetation bind the particles of top soil firmly. Deforestation is one of the maj or causes of soil erosion. Students should be able to list the various effects of soil erosion and the ways to
Limite
dof soil erosion. Students should be able to list the various effects of soil erosion and the ways to
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Limite
dStudents may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
98
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Air 2. Water
3. This air provides the oxygen required for respiration by the roots of plants and other organisms ( which live in soil) .
4. ( a) Clayey soil ( b) Sandy soil 5. Loamy soil
6. Loamy soil
7. Soil rich in clay and organic matter, and having very good capacity to retain water is ideal for growing paddy ( rice crop) .
. Loamy soil 9. Sandy-loam soil
10. Clay, silt, sand and gravel 11. Silt
12. Clay < Silt < Sand < Gravel 13. Humus
14. Weathering 15. Humus
16. Soil profile 1 . ( a) Clayey soil ( b) Sandy soil
1 . Loamy soil 19. Loamy soil
20. Soil profile
21. 1. A-horizon ( or Top-soil) 2. B-horizon ( or Sub-soil) 3. C-horizon ( or Sub-stratum)
22. A-horizon ( or Top-soil) 23. A-horizon ( or Top-soil)
24. Bed rock ( or Parent rock)
25. Bacteria, fungi, insects ( such as ants and beetles) , worms ( like earthworms) , rodents
26. ( a) Clayey soil ( b) Sandy soil
27. J ute/cloth bags
2 . ( a) Clayey soil, Sandy soil and Loamy soil ( b) Soil erosion
29. a. Soil erosion is caused mainly by the large scale cu ng down of forest trees and other plants (which is called deforestation). b. The roots of vegetation (trees and other plants) growing in the soil bind the particles of top-soil firmly.
30. (a) soil (b) horizon (c) top (d) B (e) profile (f) soil (g) loose (h) wind (i) erosion (j) polythene ( k) mL/min
B. Short Answer Type Questions
31. a. We will find that the water poured on the cemented floor flows down, it is not absorbed by the cemented floor. b. If we pour water from the second test-tube on the soil kept in a flower pot, we will see that the soil absorbs the water quite rapidly.
32. Cemented floor does not absorb water because it is not porous. The soil absorbs water because it is porous (having tiny pores in it).
33. Sand particles are quite large. Sand particles cannot fit closely together, so there are large spaces between sand particles. The large spaces between sand particles are filled with air.
(C) B. Short Answer Type Questions
(C) B. Short Answer Type Questions
31.
(C) 31. a.
(C) a. We
(C) We will
(C) will
by(C)
by the(C)
theflower(C)
flower
S ( k) mL/min
S ( k) mL/min
B. Short Answer Type QuestionsS B. Short Answer Type Questions
Chand
( a) Clayey soil, Sandy soil and Loamy soil ( b) Soil erosion
Chand
( a) Clayey soil, Sandy soil and Loamy soil ( b) Soil erosion
caused
Chand
caused mainly
Chand
mainly
is
Chand
is called
Chand
called defor
Chand
defor
the
Chand
the soil
Chand
soil bind
Chand
bind
(b) Chand
(b) horizonCha
nd
horizon( k) mL/min Cha
nd
( k) mL/min
And Bacteria, fungi, insects ( such as ants and beetles) , worms ( like earthworms) , rodents
And Bacteria, fungi, insects ( such as ants and beetles) , worms ( like earthworms) , rodents
( a) Clayey soil ( b) Sandy soil
And
( a) Clayey soil ( b) Sandy soil
( a) Clayey soil, Sandy soil and Loamy soil ( b) Soil erosion And
( a) Clayey soil, Sandy soil and Loamy soil ( b) Soil erosion
Compa
ny
( a) Clayey soil ( b) Sandy soil
Compa
ny
( a) Clayey soil ( b) Sandy soil
Loamy soil
Compa
ny
Loamy soil
1. A-horizon ( or Top-soil) 2. B-horizon ( or Sub-soil) 3. C-horizon ( or Sub-stratum)
Compa
ny
1. A-horizon ( or Top-soil) 2. B-horizon ( or Sub-soil) 3. C-horizon ( or Sub-stratum)
23.Compa
ny
23. A-horizon ( or Top-soil) Compa
ny
A-horizon ( or Top-soil)
Bacteria, fungi, insects ( such as ants and beetles) , worms ( like earthworms) , rodents Com
pany
Bacteria, fungi, insects ( such as ants and beetles) , worms ( like earthworms) , rodents
Limite
dwat
Limite
dwater
Limite
der is
Limite
dis ideal
Limite
dideal
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
99
Due to this, sandy soil provides much more air to the plant roots. On the other hand, clay particles (being much smaller) pack tightly together leaving little space for air. So, clayey soil provides much less air to the plant roots which grow in it.
34. Some of the important properties (or characteristics) of soil are as follows
1. Soil contains air.
2. Soil contains water ( or moisture) .
3. Soil can absorb water ( or soak up water) .
4. Soil allows water to percolate ( or pass down through it) .
35. Loamy soil has the right water-holding capacity for the growth of plants. The excess water can also drain out through it easily. Loamy soil has also adequate air spaces between its particles to hold su cient air needed by plant roots. oamy soil can also be ploughed easily. oamy soil contains su cient amount of humus. So, loamy soil has all the necessary nutrients for the growth of plants. oamy soil is the most fertile soil. It is the best soil for growing crops.
36. No. A disadvantage of sandy soil is that it cannot hold much water in it because the water gets drained out quickly through large spaces between its particles. So, sandy soil dries out quickly which is not good for plants.
37. ( i) b ( ii) c ( iii) a ( iv) e ( v) d
3 . Humus
39. 4 mL/min
40. If there is vegetation (trees and other plants) on land, then the roots of vegetation (trees and other plants) growing in the soil bind the particles of top-soil firmly. Due to the binding of soil particles by the roots of trees and plants, the blowing wind and flowing rainwater are not able to carry away top-soil and hence soil erosion does not occur. On the other hand, the soil not covered by vegetation (trees and other plants) is easily eroded because there are no roots of trees and plants in it which can bind the soil particles together and prevent them from being carried away by strong winds or flowing rainwater (Actually, in the absence of plant roots, the soil becomes loose) .
41. If there is vegetation (trees and other plants) on land, then much of the falling rain hits the trees and plants before it hits the soil. In this way, the cover of vegetation softens (or reduces) the effect of heavy rains on the soil. The soil does not become loose easily and the flowing rainwater is not able to carry away topsoil. ue to this, soil erosion does not occur. If, however, there is no vegetation (trees and other plants) on land to soften the effect of heavy rains, the bare soil becomes loose quickly by the force of falling rainwater and erodes easily. This is because, being loose, it is easily carried away by flowing rainwater or strong winds.
42. Soil erosion can be prevented in the following ways: 1. Soil erosion can be prevented by preventing large scale cu ng down of forest trees. The large scale cu ng down of forest trees is called deforestation. So, we can also say that soil erosion can be prevented by preventing deforestation. 2. Soil erosion can be prevented by afforestation (large scale growing of forest trees in place of cut down trees) . If the trees have to be cut down from
(C) occur.
(C) occur.
effect
(C) effect
and(C) and erodes(C) erodes
or strong winds. (C)
or strong winds.
S reduces)
S reduces)
S the S the flowingS flowingoccur. S occur. If,S
If, however,S however,
Chand
ered
Chand
ered
Chand
trees
Chand
trees and
Chand
andfrom
Chand
from being
Chand
being carried
Chand
carried
absence of plant roots, the soil becomes loose) .
Chand
absence of plant roots, the soil becomes loose) .
vegetation
Chand
vegetation (trees
Chand
(trees
andChand
and plantsCha
nd
plantstheCha
nd
the effectChand
effectrainwCha
nd
rainw
And other
And other
soil
And soil bind
And bind
of
And
of trees
And
trees and
And
andare not able to carry away top-soil andAnd
are not able to carry away top-soil and
by And
by vegeAnd
vegetationAnd
tationandAnd
and
Compa
ny
No. A disadvantage of sandy soil is that it cannot hold much water in it because the water
Compa
ny
No. A disadvantage of sandy soil is that it cannot hold much water in it because the water its
Compa
ny
its particles.
Compa
ny
particles.
plants)Compa
ny
plants) onCompa
ny
ontheCom
pany
the particlesCompa
ny
particles
Limite
dLoamy soil has the right water-holding capacity for the growth of plants. The excess water
Limite
dLoamy soil has the right water-holding capacity for the growth of plants. The excess water can also drain out through it easily. Loamy soil has also adequate air spaces between its
Limite
dcan also drain out through it easily. Loamy soil has also adequate air spaces between its
can
Limite
dcan also
Limite
dalso be
Limite
dbe
soil
Limite
dsoil has
Limite
dhas all
Limite
dall the
Limite
dthe
soil.Limite
dsoil. ItLim
ited
It isLimite
dis theLim
ited
the
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
100
the forests for various needs, then new trees should be planted in place of the cut down trees. In this way the forests will continue to have su cient number of trees all the time. And this tree cover will prevent soil erosion of the forest land. 3. Soil erosion can be prevented by increasing the green cover (vegetation) around us by planting more trees and plants ourselves.
43. The main differences between sandy soil and clayey soil are given as
( i) Sandy soil contains mainly big rock particles whereas clayey soil contains mainly fine rock particles.
( ii) Sandy soil cannot hold much water but clayey soil has very good water-holding capacity.
( iii) Sandy soil provides good aeration ( air) to plant roots but clayey soil is not able to trap enough air for the roots of plants.
( iv) Sandy soil is loose, light and non-sticky whereas clayey soil is compact, heavy and sticky.
( v) Sandy soil is less fertile whereas clayey soil is comparatively more fertile.
44. Some of the important uses of soil are given as:
1. Soil is used for growing food ( like grains, pulses, fruits and vegetables, etc.) .
2. Soil is used to grow trees for obtaining wood for building purposes ( timber) , for burning as fuel ( firewood) and for making paper.
3. Soil is used to grow cotton plants which give us cotton clothes. Soil is also used to grow mulberry trees for rearing silkworms which provide us silk for making silk clothes.
4. Soil is used to make bricks and mortar for building houses.
5. Soil is used to make earthenware or pottery ( such as matkas, surahis, etc.) , crockery ( cups and plates) , toys and statues, etc.
45. There is a demand to ban polythene bags and plastics because they cause soil pollution and may also kill the living organisms.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
46. A vertical section (or cu ng) through the soil showing the different layers of soil is called ‘soil profile’. Refer to figure 1 for the diagram. We can see the soil profile at a place (showing the inner layers of soil) in the following situations
( i) Soil profile can be seen by looking at the sides of a recently dug trench ( or ditch) .
( ii) Soil profile can be seen while digging a well or foundation of a building.
47. Sandy soil contains mainly sand (having large particles with large spaces). Sandy soil contains very little humus. Sandy soil is less fertile. Clayey soil contains mainly clay (having very small particles with very small spaces). Clayey soil also contains very little humus. Clayey soil is more fertile than sandy soil. oamy soil is a mixture of sand, clay, silt and humus in the right proportions. oamy soil contains su cient amount of humus. oamy soil is the most fertile soil.
4 . Soil is a dark brown (or black) solid material which is a mixture of ‘rock particles of various sizes’ and decayed plant and animal matter called ‘humus’. Soil is formed from rocks by
(C)
( ii)
(C)
( ii)
47.
(C) 47. Sandy
(C) Sandy
very(C) very little(C) little
particles(C)
particlesmore(C)
more
S Soil profile can be seen b
S Soil profile can be seen b
Soil profile can be seen while digS Soil profile can be seen while dig
Chand
and may also kill the living organisms.
Chand
and may also kill the living organisms.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
Chand
C. Long Answer Type Questions
section
Chand
section (or
Chand
(or cu ng)
Chand
cu ng)
profile’.
Chand
profile’. Ref
Chand
Refer
Chand
er to
Chand
to figure
Chand
figure
inner Chand
inner layersCha
nd
layers ofChand
of
Soil profile can be seen bChand
Soil profile can be seen b
And s and mortar for building houses.
And s and mortar for building houses.
o make earthenware or pottery ( such as matkas, surahis, etc.) , crockery
And o make earthenware or pottery ( such as matkas, surahis, etc.) , crockery
( cups and plates) , toys and statues, etc.
And
( cups and plates) , toys and statues, etc.
polytheneAnd
polytheneand may also kill the living organisms. And
and may also kill the living organisms.
Compa
ny yey soil is comparatively more fertile.
Compa
ny yey soil is comparatively more fertile.
wing food ( like grains, pulses, fruits and vegetables, etc.) .
Compa
ny
wing food ( like grains, pulses, fruits and vegetables, etc.) .
row trees for obtaining wood for building purposes ( timber) , for burning
Compa
ny
row trees for obtaining wood for building purposes ( timber) , for burning
row cotton plants which give us cotton clothes. Soil is also used to grow
Compa
ny
row cotton plants which give us cotton clothes. Soil is also used to grow mulberry trees for rearing silkworms which provide us silk for making silk clothes.
Compa
ny
mulberry trees for rearing silkworms which provide us silk for making silk clothes.
s and mortar for building houses. Compa
ny
s and mortar for building houses.
o make earthenware or pottery ( such as matkas, surahis, etc.) , crockery Com
pany
o make earthenware or pottery ( such as matkas, surahis, etc.) , crockery
Limite
dater but clayey soil has very good water-holding capacity.
Limite
dater but clayey soil has very good water-holding capacity.
ovides good aeration ( air) to plant roots but clayey soil is not able to trap
Limite
dovides good aeration ( air) to plant roots but clayey soil is not able to trap
se, light and non-sticky whereas clayey soil is compact, heavy and
Limite
dse, light and non-sticky whereas clayey soil is compact, heavy and
yey soil is comparatively more fertile. Limite
d
yey soil is comparatively more fertile.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
101
the process of weathering. In weathering, rocks are broken down very slowly by the action of sun’s heat, wind, rain, flowing river water, etc., to form tiny rock particles. These tiny rock particles then mix up with humus to form fertile soil. The nature of any soil depends on the rocks from which it has been formed and the type of vegetation that grows in it. We take some dry soil in a hard glass beaker and cover it with a lid ( such as a watch glass) .
eat the beaker by using a burner. We will see that tiny drops of water are formed on the inner side of the lid. This shows that even the soil which appears to be dry to us, contains some water.
49. The removal of fertile top-soil from land by wind or water is called soil erosion. Soil erosion is caused mainly by the large scale cu ng down of forest trees and other plants (which is called deforestation). The important effects of soil erosion are as follows 1. Soil erosion can turn lush green forests into deserts and spoil the environment. When the fertile top-soil in a forest gets removed by soil erosion, then the infertile sub-soil is left behind. o forest plants can grow in this remaining infertile soil due to which the once lush green forest can gradually turn into a desert. This spoils our environment. 2. Soil erosion can lead to famines (excessive scarcity of food). When the fertile top-soil is removed by soil erosion, then the food crops do not grow well in the remaining infertile soil. And due to bad crops, there is an excessive shortage of food-grains in that area. The people do not get su cient food to eat and this leads to starvation deaths. 3. Soil erosion can cause floods. The soil carried away from land by the flowing rainwater gradually deposits on river beds (decreasing their depth) . So, when it rains heavily, the river cannot take away all the rainwater quickly.
ue to this, river water overflows from its banks and causes severe floods by submerging surrounding areas. These floods cause damage to life and property.
50. The contamination of soil with waste materials (especially used polythene bags and plastics), pesticides, fertilisers, acid rain and industrial chemical wastes, etc., is called soil pollution.
umping of waste materials (such as polythene bags, plastics, glass and metal objects), use of pesticides in agriculture, excessive use of fertilisers in agriculture and dumping of industrial wastes can cause soil pollution. The soil pollution can be prevented in the following ways:
( i) The use of polythene bags should be avoided to prevent soil pollution. This can be done by using bags made of paper, cloth or j ute.
( ii) Wherever possible, used plastic obj ects should be sent to factories for recycling to prevent soil pollution. Discarded glass and metal obj ects can also be recycled.
( iii) The use of pesticides in agriculture should be minimised to reduce soil pollution.
( iv) The use of excessive chemical fertilisers should be avoided in agriculture to prevent soil pollution.
( v) Steps should be taken to reduce the emission of acidic gases like sulphur dioxide and nitrogen oxides from factories which cause acid rain.
( vi) The industrial chemical wastes should be treated properly to make them harmless before dumping into soil.
(C) ( iv)
(C) ( iv)
soil pollution.
(C) soil pollution.
( v)(C)
( v)
S prevent soil pollution. Discarded glass and metal obj ects can also be recycled.
S prevent soil pollution. Discarded glass and metal obj ects can also be recycled.
The use of pesticides in agriculture should be minimised tS The use of pesticides in agriculture should be minimised t
The use of exS The use of ex
Chand
agriculture,
Chand
agriculture,cause
Chand
cause soil
Chand
soil
The use of polythene bags should
Chand
The use of polythene bags should done by using bags made of paper, cloth or j ute.
Chand
done by using bags made of paper, cloth or j ute.
WherevChand
Wherever possible, used plastic obj ects should be sent to factories for recycling to Cha
nd
er possible, used plastic obj ects should be sent to factories for recycling to prevent soil pollution. Discarded glass and metal obj ects can also be recycled. Cha
nd
prevent soil pollution. Discarded glass and metal obj ects can also be recycled.
And te
And te mat
And materials
And erials
and
And
and industrial
And
industrialmaterials And
materials (suchAnd
(such asAnd
as
agriculture,And
agriculture, excessivAnd
excessivpollution.And
pollution.
Compa
ny gradually turn into a desert. This spoils our environment. 2. Soil erosion can lead to famines
Compa
ny gradually turn into a desert. This spoils our environment. 2. Soil erosion can lead to famines
remov
Compa
ny removed
Compa
ny ed by
Compa
ny by soil
Compa
ny soil
soil.
Compa
ny
soil. And
Compa
ny
And due
Compa
ny
dueThe
Compa
ny
The people
Compa
ny
people do
Compa
ny
doerosion
Compa
ny
erosion can
Compa
ny
can cause
Compa
ny
causegradually
Compa
ny
gradually deposits
Compa
ny
depositstheir depth) . So, when it rains heavily, the river cannot take away all the rainwater quickly.
Compa
ny
their depth) . So, when it rains heavily, the river cannot take away all the rainwater quickly. its
Compa
ny
its banks
Compa
ny
banks and
Compa
ny
anddamageCom
pany
damage toCompa
ny
to
erialsCompa
ny
erials (especCompa
ny
(espec
Limite
dSoil
Limite
dSoil erosion
Limite
derosionplants
Limite
dplants (which
Limite
d(which1.
Limite
d1. Soil
Limite
dSoil erosion
Limite
derosion
When
Limite
dWhen the
Limite
dthe fertile
Limite
dfertile
is
Limite
dis left
Limite
dleft behind.
Limite
dbehind.
once Limite
donce lushLim
ited
lush greenLimite
dgreen
gradually turn into a desert. This spoils our environment. 2. Soil erosion can lead to famines Limite
d
gradually turn into a desert. This spoils our environment. 2. Soil erosion can lead to famines
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
102
D. Multiple Choice Questions
51. ( c) 52. ( b) 53. ( c) 54. ( a) 55. ( b)
5 . (c) 5 . (b) 5 . (c) 5 . (b) . (d)
61. ( c) 62. ( c) 63. ( b) 64. ( b) 65. ( c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
. Sandy soil ighest percolation rate of water
67. Soil B; Paddy ( rice crop) needs a lot of standing water for its growth
. The soil in the farmland contains some water. n a hot summer day, this water of soil evaporates forming water vapour. The water vapour coming out of the soil reflects the sunlight irregularly due to which the air above the soil seems to be shimmering
69. 10 per cent
70. 50 per cent
(C) S
Cha
nd And
Com
pany
Limite
dthis
Limite
dthis wat
Limite
dwater
Limite
der of
Limite
dofthe
Limite
dthe soil
Limite
dsoil reflects
Limite
dreflects
sunlight irregularly due to which the air above the soil seems to be shimmering
Limite
dsunlight irregularly due to which the air above the soil seems to be shimmering
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
103
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The most important natural resource in which our food is grown.
( b) Large scale cutting of trees that causes soil erosion.
( c) The process in which water passes down slowly through the soil.
( d) Component of soil which makes the air above the soil in a farmland shimmer on a hot summer day.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) Soil erosion does not occur where the land is covered by .… … … … … ...... .
( b) The percolation rate of water in a soil is the volume of water in .… … … … … ...... which passes down the soil per minute.
( c) The soil absorbs water because it is .… … … … … ..... .
( d) Soil contains .… … … … … ...... in the spaces between its particles and .… … … … … ...... as moisture.
3. Write true or false:
( a) Sandy soil contains high amount of humus.
( b) For growing lentils, clayey soil is the best.
( c) The layer of soil which is j ust below the top-soil is called B-horizon.
( d) Soil is used to make bricks and mortar or building houses.
4. Which crops are grown in the following types of soil?
( a) Clayey soil
( b) Loamy soil
( c) Sandy-loam soil
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between sandy soil and clayey soil.
( b) Mention the essential uses of soil.
( c) How is soil formed?
( d) What is soil erosion?
(C) ( c)
(C) ( c)
( d)
(C) ( d) What is soil erosion?
(C) What is soil erosion? S Mention the essential uses of soil. S Mention the essential uses of soil. S
How is soil formed? S How is soil formed?
Chand
Sandy-loam soil
Chand
Sandy-loam soil
B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
the
Chand
the following
Chand
following
Differ Chand
Differentiate between sandy soil and clayey soil. Chand
entiate between sandy soil and clayey soil.
Mention the essential uses of soil. Chand
Mention the essential uses of soil.
And s and mortar or building houses.
And s and mortar or building houses.
e grown in the following types of soil?
And
e grown in the following types of soil?
Compa
ny
tains .… … … … … ...... in the spaces between its particles and .… … … … … ...... as
Compa
ny
tains .… … … … … ...... in the spaces between its particles and .… … … … … ...... as
ains high amount of humus.
Compa
ny
ains high amount of humus.
wing lentils, clayey soil is the best.
Compa
ny
wing lentils, clayey soil is the best.
t below the top-soil is called B-horizon. Compa
ny
t below the top-soil is called B-horizon.
s and mortar or building houses. Compa
ny
s and mortar or building houses.
Limite
dwhich makes the air above the soil in a farmland shimmer on a hot
Limite
dwhich makes the air above the soil in a farmland shimmer on a hot
overed by .… … … … … ...... .
Limite
dovered by .… … … … … ...... .
tion rate of water in a soil is the volume of water in .… … … … … ...... which Limite
dtion rate of water in a soil is the volume of water in .… … … … … ...... which
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
104
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 50
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The layer of soil which is j ust below the sub-soil.
( b) Decayed plant and animal matter present in the soil.
( c) The smallest rock particles present in the soil.
( d) The most fertile soil.
( e) The removal of fertile top soil from land by wind or water.
2. Write True or False:
( a) Roots of the vegetation bind the particles of top soil firmly.
( b) The sandy soil has the lowest percolation rate.
( c) V egetation covers the soil like a green sheet spread on the surface of earth.
( d) Dumping of waste materials in the soil causes soil erosion.
( e) Soil erosion can cause floods.
. entionthet peofsoilwhichisappropriateforgrowing:
( a) Paddy ( b) Wheat ( c) Lentil ( d) Cotton ( e) Gram 4. Correct the following statements:
( a) Clayey soil is loose, light and non-sticky.
( b) Loamy soil cannot be ploughed easily.
( c) B-horizon contains the maximum amount of humus.
( d) The maj or components of soil are air and water.
( e) The rock particles in soil which are larger than silt particles form clay.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Define weathering and humus.
( b) List the important characteristics of soil.
( c) Define the rate of percolation of water in a soil. Mention its unit.
( d) What is the cause of soil erosion?
( e) List the important uses of soil.
(C)
B. Subjective Type Questions
(C)
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answer
(C) 5. Answer
( a)(C)
( a) Define wea(C)
Define wea
( b)(C)
( b)
S The rock particles in soil which are lar
S The rock particles in soil which are lar
B. Subjective Type QuestionsS B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
wing statements:
Chand
wing statements:
y soil is loose, light and non-sticky.
Chand
y soil is loose, light and non-sticky.
Loamy soil cannot be ploughed easily
Chand
Loamy soil cannot be ploughed easily
B-horizon con
Chand
B-horizon contains the maximum amount of humus.
Chand
tains the maximum amount of humus.
The maj or components of soil arChand
The maj or components of soil arCha
nd
The rock particles in soil which are larChand
The rock particles in soil which are lar
And
which
And
which is
And
is appropriate
And
appropriate
( b) WheatAnd
( b) Wheatwing statements:And
wing statements:
Compa
ny
al of fertile top soil from land by wind or water.
Compa
ny
al of fertile top soil from land by wind or water.
etation bind the particles of top soil firmly.
Compa
ny
etation bind the particles of top soil firmly.
colation rate.
Compa
ny
colation rate.
tation covers the soil like a green sheet spread on the surface of earth.
Compa
ny
tation covers the soil like a green sheet spread on the surface of earth.
e materials in the soil causes soil erosion. Compa
ny
e materials in the soil causes soil erosion.
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
105
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) Write the effects of soil pollution.
( b) How can soil pollution be prevented?
( c) Describe the three types of soil.
( d) What is soil profile? Describe it with the help of a diagram.
( e) State the composition of soil.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. One of the following is not a type of soil. This one is:
( a) Loamy soil ( b) Silty soil ( c) Clayey soil ( d) Sandy soil. 2. hecomponentofsoilwhichma estheaira ovethesoilinafarmlandshimmerona
hotsummerda sis:
( a) Sand ( b) Water ( c) Air ( d) Humus . nordertoma efertilesoil thetin roc particlesshould emi edwith:
( a) Clay ( b) Silt ( c) Humus ( d) Sand 4. The best soil for growing cereals is:
( a) Clayey soil ( b) Sandy soil ( c) Loamy soil ( d) Sandy-loam soil 5 . Loam is a mixture of:
( a) Sand and clay ( b) Sand and silt ( c) Clay and gravel ( d) Clay and silt
(C) S
Cha
nd And
Com
pany
e
Compa
ny e mi ed
Compa
ny mi ed
umus
Compa
ny
umus
( c)
Compa
ny
( c) L
Compa
ny
Loamy soil
Compa
ny
oamy soil
and and silt
Compa
ny
and and silt ( c)
Compa
ny
( c) C
Compa
ny
Clay and gravel
Compa
ny
lay and gravel
Limite
d( d)
Limite
d( d) S
Limite
dSandy soil.
Limite
dandy soil.
farmland
Limite
dfarmland shimmer
Limite
dshimmer
( d) Limite
d( d)
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
106
10
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• How the process of respiration is important for living organisms.
• Difference between breathing and cellular respiration.
• To distinguish between aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration.
• About respiration in human beings and other organisms.
• The respiration in plants.
Textbook: Refer to pages 149 to 168
Periods allocated: 11 periods
VOCABULARY
Respiration, aerobic respiration, anaerobic respiration, breathing, haemoglobin
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Respiration (Page 149)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students the activities which require energy for performance would be a good topic to start the chapter. Ask students if only human beings require energy. Students should be asked why we feel hungry after swimming or doing any similar strenuous physical exercise.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked the difference between breathing and respiration, which will help in the recapitulation of the topic covered in Class V I. Ask the students the names of the gases taken in and given out during the process of breathing.
Respiration in OrganismsRespiration in Organisms
(C) Learning Tools
(C) Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise:
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
for performance would be a good topic to start the chapter. Ask students if only human beings (C)
for performance would be a good topic to start the chapter. Ask students if only human beings (C)
require energy. Students should be asked why we feel hungry after swimming or doing any similar (C)
require energy. Students should be asked why we feel hungry after swimming or doing any similar strenuous physical exercise.
(C)
strenuous physical exercise.
S Respiration (Page 149)
S Respiration (Page 149)
Learning ToolsS Learning Tools
Chand
Chand
Respiration, aerobic respiration, anaerobic respiration, breathing, haemoglobin
Chand
Respiration, aerobic respiration, anaerobic respiration, breathing, haemoglobin
Chand
Respiration (Page 149) Chand
Respiration (Page 149)
And
And
And
And Textbook: Refer to pages 149 to 168
And Textbook: Refer to pages 149 to 168 Com
pany
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
How the process of respiration is important for living organisms.
Compa
ny
How the process of respiration is important for living organisms.
Difference between breathing and cellular respiration.
Compa
ny
Difference between breathing and cellular respiration.
To distinguish between aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration.
Compa
ny
To distinguish between aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration.
About respiration in human beings and other organisms.
Compa
ny
About respiration in human beings and other organisms.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
107
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that the process of releasing energy from the food with the help of oxygen taken in to burn food in the cells of the body, and then eliminating the waste products ( carbon dioxide and water) is called respiration. Students should know that that all living organisms respire to obtain energy and for their survival. They should be able to express the process of respiration in the form of a word equation. Students should realize that respiration is the reverse process of photosynthesis that takes place in plants. Since the process of respiration takes place inside the cells of the body, it is called cellular respiration.
Suggested home assignment
Define cellular respiration.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 2 AND 3
Aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration (Page 150)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that when the breakdown of glucose ( food) occurs with the use of oxygen, it is called aerobic respiration. Students should be able to express it in the form of word equation and name the organisms which carry out aerobic respiration. Discuss that when the breakdown of glucose ( food) occurs without the use of oxygen, it is called anaerobic respiration. Students should be able to express it in the form of a word equation and name the organisms which carry out anaerobic respiration. Students should know that anaerobic respiration takes place in our muscle cells during any vigorous physical activity when oxygen gets used up faster in the muscle cells than can be supplied by blood. Students should know the reason for muscle cramps and the ways to treat them.
Suggested home assignment
Differentiate between aerobic and anaerobic respiration.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 4 AND 5
Breathing (Page 153)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that breathing is a continuous process by which air rich in oxygen is taken inside the body of an organism and air rich in carbon dioxide is expelled from the body. Students should know that breathing consists of one inhalation and one exhalation. Students should be able to define breathing rate and tell the breathing rate of an adult human being. They should know that breathing takes place in our lungs and involves the movement of ribcage and diaphragm.
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 15 to understand the mechanism of breathing.
(C) Teacher guided discussion
(C) Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that breathing is a continuous process by which air rich in oxygen is taken inside the
(C) Explain them that breathing is a continuous process by which air rich in oxygen is taken inside the
(C)
body of an organism and air rich in carbon dioxide is expelled from the body. Students should know (C)
body of an organism and air rich in carbon dioxide is expelled from the body. Students should know that breathing consists of one inhalation and one exhalation. Students should be able to define (C
) that breathing consists of one inhalation and one exhalation. Students should be able to define
S Breathing (Page 153)
S Breathing (Page 153)
Teacher guided discussionS Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Differentiate between aerobic and anaerobic respiration.
Chand
Differentiate between aerobic and anaerobic respiration.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 4 AND 5
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 4 AND 5
Breathing (Page 153)Chand
Breathing (Page 153)
And out anaerobic respiration. Students should know that anaerobic respiration takes place in our
And out anaerobic respiration. Students should know that anaerobic respiration takes place in our
muscle cells during any vigorous physical activity when oxygen gets used up faster in the muscle
And muscle cells during any vigorous physical activity when oxygen gets used up faster in the muscle
cells than can be supplied by blood. Students should know the reason for muscle cramps and the
And
cells than can be supplied by blood. Students should know the reason for muscle cramps and the
Compa
ny
Discuss with them that when the breakdown of glucose ( food) occurs with the use of oxygen, it
Compa
ny
Discuss with them that when the breakdown of glucose ( food) occurs with the use of oxygen, it is called aerobic respiration. Students should be able to express it in the form of word equation
Compa
ny
is called aerobic respiration. Students should be able to express it in the form of word equation and name the organisms which carry out aerobic respiration. Discuss that when the breakdown
Compa
ny
and name the organisms which carry out aerobic respiration. Discuss that when the breakdown of glucose ( food) occurs without the use of oxygen, it is called anaerobic respiration. Students
Compa
ny
of glucose ( food) occurs without the use of oxygen, it is called anaerobic respiration. Students should be able to express it in the form of a word equation and name the organisms which carry Com
pany
should be able to express it in the form of a word equation and name the organisms which carry out anaerobic respiration. Students should know that anaerobic respiration takes place in our Com
pany
out anaerobic respiration. Students should know that anaerobic respiration takes place in our muscle cells during any vigorous physical activity when oxygen gets used up faster in the muscle
Compa
ny
muscle cells during any vigorous physical activity when oxygen gets used up faster in the muscle
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
108
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 15 to show that carbon dioxide is produced during respiration.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Mention the Y oga exercises which help in smooth breathing process in our body.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Respiration in humans (Page 158)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that the main organs of human respiratory system are nose, nasal passages, trachea, bronchi, lungs and diaphragm. Students should be familiarized with the term alveoli which are thin pouch like air sacs where exchange of air and blood take place and haemoglobin which is a red colored pigment present in the blood and carries oxygen to all parts of the body. The topic can be made interesting by discussing the mechanism of sneezing and yawning. Students should be made aware of the ill effects of smoking.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Paste picture of the lungs of a non-smoker person and the lungs of a person who smokes a lot.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Breathing and respiration in other organisms (Page 161)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students the mechanism of breathing in earthworm ( through skin) , frog ( through lungs and skin) , fish ( through gills) , dolphins and whales ( through blowholes) and insects ( through spiracles and trachea) .
Suggested home assignment
How does the earthworm breathe?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Respiration in plants (Page 162)
(C)
lungs and skin) , fish ( through gills) , dolphins and whales ( through blowholes) and insects ( through
(C)
lungs and skin) , fish ( through gills) , dolphins and whales ( through blowholes) and insects ( through spiracles and trachea) .
(C) spiracles and trachea) .
(C)
Suggested home assignment(C)
Suggested home assignment
How does the earthworm breathe? (C)
How does the earthworm breathe?
S Discuss with the students the mechanism of breathing in earthworm ( through skin) , frog ( through S Discuss with the students the mechanism of breathing in earthworm ( through skin) , frog ( through lungs and skin) , fish ( through gills) , dolphins and whales ( through blowholes) and insects ( through S lungs and skin) , fish ( through gills) , dolphins and whales ( through blowholes) and insects ( through spiracles and trachea) . S spiracles and trachea) .
Chand
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Breathing and respiration in other organisms (Page 161)
Chand
Breathing and respiration in other organisms (Page 161)
Teacher guided discussionChand
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students the mechanism of breathing in earthworm ( through skin) , frog ( through Chand
Discuss with the students the mechanism of breathing in earthworm ( through skin) , frog ( through
And
non-smokerAnd
non-smoker personAnd
person
Compa
ny Discuss that the main organs of human respiratory system are nose, nasal passages, trachea, bronchi,
Compa
ny Discuss that the main organs of human respiratory system are nose, nasal passages, trachea, bronchi,
lungs and diaphragm. Students should be familiarized with the term alveoli which are thin pouch
Compa
ny lungs and diaphragm. Students should be familiarized with the term alveoli which are thin pouch
like air sacs where exchange of air and blood take place and haemoglobin which is a red colored
Compa
ny
like air sacs where exchange of air and blood take place and haemoglobin which is a red colored pigment present in the blood and carries oxygen to all parts of the body. The topic can be made
Compa
ny
pigment present in the blood and carries oxygen to all parts of the body. The topic can be made interesting by discussing the mechanism of sneezing and yawning. Students should be made aware
Compa
ny
interesting by discussing the mechanism of sneezing and yawning. Students should be made aware
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter Compa
ny
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Limite
d
Limite
d
Discuss that the main organs of human respiratory system are nose, nasal passages, trachea, bronchi, Limite
d
Discuss that the main organs of human respiratory system are nose, nasal passages, trachea, bronchi,
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
109
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the respiration in plants takes place through stomata present in the leaves and through the root hair in the roots.
Suggested home assignment
Differentiate between photosynthesis and respiration.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Respiration 2. Oxygen and Carbon dioxide
3. ( a) True ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) True ( f) True ( g) False ( h) False ( i) True
4. arthworm 5. Frog
. Fish . Insects
8. Y east 9. Y east
1 . Anaerobic respiration 11. actic acid
12. east 13. a. Increases b. Slows down
14. (a) Rib cage (b) iaphragm 15. Exhaled air
1 . xhaled air 1 . Exhaled air
1 . (a) Inhaled air xygen 21 Carbon dioxide . 4
( b) Exhaled air xygen 1 .4 Carbon dioxide 4.4
1 . Lungs 2 . ( a) Oxygen ( b) Carbon dioxide
21. (a) xygen (b) Carbon dioxide 22. Lungs ( Alveoli)
23. aemoglobin 24. Nostrils
25. Smoking 2 . Insects
(C) (a)
(C) (a)
1 .
(C) 1 . xhaled
(C) xhaled
1 .(C)
1 . ((C)
(a)(C)
a) Inhaled(C) Inhaled
( b) (C)
( b)
S east S east S
RibS Rib cageS
cage
Chand
( a) True ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) True ( f) True ( g) False ( h) False ( i) True
Chand
( a) True ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) True ( f) True ( g) False ( h) False ( i) True
Anaerobic Chand
Anaerobic respirationCha
nd
respiration
And TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
And TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
And
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
( a) True ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) True ( f) True ( g) False ( h) False ( i) TrueAnd
( a) True ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) True ( f) True ( g) False ( h) False ( i) True
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
Compa
ny
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
TEXT BOOK ANSWERSCompa
ny
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
110
2 . The average breathing rate in an adult human being at rest is 15 1 times per minute.
2 . Tracheae 2 . Spiracles
3 . Stomata 31. Stomata and roots
32. Plant parts
33. The roots of a plant take up air from the spaces between the soil particles.
34. It is used to make wine and beer by the process of anaerobic respiration.
35. (a) photosynthesis (b) oxygen (c) oxygen (d) alcohol (e) single (f) increases (g) diaphragm rib (h) deep (i) inhalation (j) exhalation (k) lungs (l) skin (m) gills (n) tracheae (o) blowholes (p) glucose energy
B. Short Answer Type Questions
3 . The process of releasing energy from food is called respiration.
Glucose + Oxygen → Carbon dioxide + Water + Energy
Aerobic respiration takes place in the presence of oxygen. Anaerobic respiration takes place in the absence of oxygen.
3 . There are two main parts in the process of respiration (i) Breathing (taking in oxygen from air and releasing carbon dioxide) and ( ii) Using oxygen in the cells of the organism for releasing energy from food (like glucose). a. Anaerobic respiration b. Aerobic respiration
38. ( i) c ( ii) d ( iii) a ( iv) e ( v) b ( vi) f ( vii) g
39. Aerobic respiration produces much more energy because complete breakdown of glucose (food) occurs during aerobic respiration by the use of oxygen.
4 . 1. In aerobic respiration, energy is produced by the breakdown of food (like glucose). In anaerobic respiration also energy is produced by the breakdown of food (like glucose). 2. Aerobic respiration takes place in the cells of the organism. Anaerobic respiration also takes place in the cells of the organism.
41. 1. Aerobic respiration takes place in the presence of oxygen. Anaerobic respiration takes place in the absence of oxygen.
2. Complete breakdown of food occurs in aerobic respiration. Partial breakdown of food occurs in anaerobic respiration.
3. The end products in aerobic respiration are carbon dioxide and water. The end products in anaerobic respiration may be alcohol and carbon dioxide ( as in yeast) , or lactic acid ( as in muscles) .
4. Aerobic respiration produces a considerable amount of energy. Much less energy is produced in anaerobic respiration.
42. Running makes a person breathe faster because the faster breathing rate supplies more oxygen to the body cells for the speedy breakdown of food for releasing more energy required for running.
43. When the breathing rate increases, greater amount of air goes into the lungs. With more air going into the lungs, the blood can absorb oxygen at a faster rate. Thus, faster breathing
(C) 4.
(C) 4. Aerobic r
(C) Aerobic r
produced in anaerobic respiration. (C)
produced in anaerobic respiration.
42.(C)
42. Running makes a person breathe faster because the faster breathing rate supplies more (C)
Running makes a person breathe faster because the faster breathing rate supplies more
S The end products in aerobi
S The end products in aerobiin anaerobic respiration may be alcohol and carbon dioxide ( as in yeast) , or lactic acid S in anaerobic respiration may be alcohol and carbon dioxide ( as in yeast) , or lactic acid S ( as in muscles) . S ( as in muscles) .
Chand
place in the cells of the organism.
Chand
place in the cells of the organism.
ation
Chand
ation
Chand
take
Chand
takes
Chand
s
place in the absence of oxygen.
Chand
place in the absence of oxygen.
Complete
Chand
Complete breakdo
Chand
breakdo
occurs in anaerobic respiration.
Chand
occurs in anaerobic respiration.
The end products in aerobiChand
The end products in aerobiin anaerobic respiration may be alcohol and carbon dioxide ( as in yeast) , or lactic acid Cha
nd
in anaerobic respiration may be alcohol and carbon dioxide ( as in yeast) , or lactic acid
And respiration
And respiration
energy
And energy is
And is produced
And produced
energy
And
energy is
And
is produced
And
producedplace And
place inAnd
in theAnd
the
place in the cells of the organism. And
place in the cells of the organism.
Compa
ny Anaero
Compa
ny Anaerobic
Compa
ny bic respi
Compa
ny respi
tion
Compa
ny
tion (i)
Compa
ny
(i) Breathing
Compa
ny
Breathingair and releasing carbon dioxide) and ( ii) Using oxygen in the cells of the organism for
Compa
ny
air and releasing carbon dioxide) and ( ii) Using oxygen in the cells of the organism for Anaerobic
Compa
ny
Anaerobic respiration
Compa
ny
respiration
more Compa
ny
more energyCompa
ny
energy becauseCompa
ny
becausebyCom
pany
by theCompa
ny
the useCompa
ny
use
Limite
ddiaphragm
Limite
ddiaphragm(o)
Limite
d(o) blowholes
Limite
dblowholes
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
111
supplies more oxygen to the body cells for producing more energy ( by the rapid breakdown of food) needed for heavy physical exercise, etc.
44. This is because during the race, the leg muscles of athlete have produced extra energy by doing anaerobic respiration (without using oxygen). By breathing faster and deeper, the athlete is giving back oxygen to the muscles which it could not give earlier at the time of running (due to lack of oxygen at that time).
45. This is because to provide extra energy for doing heavy physical exercise, the food has broken down very rapidly ( by faster breathing) and made us feel hungry.
4 . If a potted plant is over-watered for a long time, then the plant may ultimately die. This is because too much water expels all the air from in-between the soil particles. ue to this, oxygen is not available to the roots for aerobic respiration. nder these conditions, the roots of plant respire anaerobically producing alcohol. This may kill the plant.
4 . Exhaled air. It contains higher percentage of carbon dioxide than inhaled air.
48. The air which we inhale contains a lower proportion of carbon dioxide. ow, during respiration when oxygen breaks down glucose food, then some carbon dioxide is produced. So, the exhaled air that comes out after the process of respiration contains a higher proportion of carbon dioxide. Thus, exhaled air contains more carbon dioxide than inhaled air.
49. The air which we inhale contains a higher proportion of oxygen. ow, some of the oxygen of inhaled air is used up in breaking down glucose food during respiration. So, the exhaled air which comes out after the process of respiration contains a lower proportion of oxygen. Thus, exhaled air contains less oxygen than inhaled air.
5 . The air which we inhale contains only a little of water vapour. When glucose (food) is broken down by oxygen during respiration, then water is also produced (along with carbon dioxide). So, the exhaled air contains a lot more water vapour than inhaled air.
51. This is because the exhaled air coming from our mouth contains a lot of water vapour. This water vapour condenses on the mirror surface to form tiny droplets of water (which appear as a patch of moisture) .
52. All the living organisms need to respire to get energy from food required for their survival.
53. east is a single-celled organism. It carries out anaerobic respiration.
54. The mountaineers carry oxygen cylinders with them for breathing because the amount of air available to a person for breathing at high altitude is much less than that available on the ground.
55. Sometimes, the particles of dust, smoke and pollens, etc., present in inhaled air get past the hair in the nasal passage and irritate the lining of nasal passage, as a result of which we sneeze. Sneezing expels all the unwanted particles from the inhaled air so that a dust free, clean air enters into our lungs.
5 . Some of the harmful effects of smoking are as follows (i) Smoking destroys the lung tissue gradually due to which breathing becomes very di cult. (ii) Smoking causes lung cancer. (iii) Smoking causes heart diseases. (iv) Smoking also damages the health of non-smokers who inhale the air containing tobacco smoke.
(C)
the ground.
(C)
the ground.
55.
(C) 55. Sometimes,
(C) Sometimes,
the hair in the nasal passage and irritate the lining of nasal passage, as a result of which (C) the hair in the nasal passage and irritate the lining of nasal passage, as a result of which
we(C)
wefree, clean air enters into our lungs. (C)
free, clean air enters into our lungs.
S The mountaineers carry oxygen cylinders with them for breathing because the amount of
S The mountaineers carry oxygen cylinders with them for breathing because the amount of availableS available
the ground. S the ground.
Sometimes,S Sometimes,
Chand
This is because the exhaled air coming from our mouth contains a lot of water vapour. This
Chand
This is because the exhaled air coming from our mouth contains a lot of water vapour. This denses
Chand
denses on
Chand
on the
Chand
the
Chand
as a patch of moisture) .
Chand
as a patch of moisture) .
All the living organisms need to respire to get energy from food required for their survival.
Chand
All the living organisms need to respire to get energy from food required for their survival.
single-celled
Chand
single-celled
The mountaineers carry oxygen cylinders with them for breathing because the amount of Chand
The mountaineers carry oxygen cylinders with them for breathing because the amount of availableCha
nd
available toChand
to
And Thus, exhaled air contains less oxygen than inhaled air.
And Thus, exhaled air contains less oxygen than inhaled air.
onl
And only
And y a
And a litt
And litt
ation,
And
ation, then
And
then wat
And
watSo, the exhaled air contains a lot more water vapour than inhaled air. And
So, the exhaled air contains a lot more water vapour than inhaled air.
This is because the exhaled air coming from our mouth contains a lot of water vapour. This And
This is because the exhaled air coming from our mouth contains a lot of water vapour. This
Compa
ny carbon
Compa
ny carbon
some
Compa
ny some carbo
Compa
ny carbo
of
Compa
ny
of respir
Compa
ny
respiration
Compa
ny
ationains
Compa
ny
ains more
Compa
ny
more carbon
Compa
ny
carbon
proportion
Compa
ny
proportion of
Compa
ny
of oxyg
Compa
ny
oxygglucose
Compa
ny
glucose food
Compa
ny
food during
Compa
ny
duringrespira
Compa
ny
respiration
Compa
ny
tion cont
Compa
ny
cont
Compa
ny
Thus, exhaled air contains less oxygen than inhaled air. Compa
ny
Thus, exhaled air contains less oxygen than inhaled air.
leCompa
ny
le ofCompa
ny
of watCompa
ny
wat
Limite
dultimately
Limite
dultimately die.
Limite
ddie. This
Limite
dThisparticles.
Limite
dparticles. ue
Limite
due to
Limite
dto this,
Limite
dthis,these
Limite
dthese conditions,
Limite
dconditions,
roots of plant respire anaerobically producing alcohol. This may kill the plant.
Limite
droots of plant respire anaerobically producing alcohol. This may kill the plant.
Exhaled air. It contains higher percentage of carbon dioxide than inhaled air. Limite
dExhaled air. It contains higher percentage of carbon dioxide than inhaled air.
dioxide.Limite
d
dioxide.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
112
5 . The number of times a person breathes in one minute is called breathing rate. Children breathe about 2 to 3 times per minute while the average breathing rate in an adult human being at rest is 15 1 times per minute.
5 . (a) Gills ( b) Skin ( c) Skin and lungs ( d) Trachea
5 . (a) The earthworm breathes through its skin. The skin of earthworm is quite thin and moist. Gases can easily pass through the skin of earthworm. The skin of earthworm has a good blood supply. So, the earthworm absorbs the oxygen ( of air) needed for respiration through its thin and moist skin. This oxygen is then transported to all the cells of the earthworm by its blood where it is used in respiration ( production of energy) . The carbon dioxide produced during respiration is carried back by the blood. This carbon dioxide is expelled from the body of the earthworm through its skin.
( b) Though frogs have lungs for breathing, they can also breathe through their moist skin. Thus, frog is an animal which can breathe through lungs as well as its moist skin.
(c) The fish has special organs of breathing called ‘gills’. The gills help the fish to use oxygen which is dissolved in water (in which it lives). The fish has gills on both the sides of its head. The gills are covered by gill covers so they are not visible from outside. For breathing, the fish uses the oxygen which is dissolved in water. The fish breathes by taking in water through its mouth and sending it over the gills. When water passes over the gills, the gills extract dissolved oxygen from this water. The extracted oxygen is absorbed by the blood and carried to all the parts of the fish for respiration (release of energy). The carbon dioxide produced during respiration is brought back by the blood into the gills for expelling into the surrounding water.
(d) The breathing in all the insects takes place through tiny holes (called spiracles) and thin air-tubes (called tracheae). Air (rich in oxygen) enters into the insect through spiracles by the up and down movements of its body. This air goes into the network of thin air-tubes called tracheae. From the tracheae, oxygen of air diffuses into the body tissues of insect and reaches each and every cell of its body where it is utilised in respiration (production of energy). Carbon dioxide produced during respiration in the cells diffuses into tracheae and carried to the spiracles where it is expelled in the process of breathing. Thus, in insects the exchange of gases occurs through tracheae.
. (a) The exchange of gases ( oxygen and carbon dioxide) in the leaves during respiration takes place through stomata. Oxygen from air enters into a leaf through stomata and reaches all the cells by the process of diffusion. This oxygen is used in respiration in the cells of the leaf.
The carbon dioxide produced during respiration diffuses out from the leaf into air through the same stomata.
( b) The roots of a plant take up air from the spaces between the soil particles. Actually, the roots of a plant have a very large number of tiny hair on them which are called ‘root hair’. The root hair are in contact with the air in the soil particles. xygen from air in soil particles diffuses into root hair and reaches all the cells of the root where it is utilised in respiration. Carbon dioxide produced in the cells of the root during respiration goes out through the same root hair by the process of diffusion.
(C)
(C) The carbon dio
(C) The carbon dio
through the same stomata. (C) through the same stomata.
( b)(C)
( b)
S takes place through stomata. Oxygen from air enters into a leaf through stomata and
S takes place through stomata. Oxygen from air enters into a leaf through stomata and reaches all the cells by the process of diffusion. This oxygen is used in respiration in S reaches all the cells by the process of diffusion. This oxygen is used in respiration in the cells of the leaf. S the cells of the leaf.
The carbon dioS The carbon dio
Chand
insect
Chand
insect and
Chand
and(production
Chand
(productiondiffuses
Chand
diffuses into
Chand
into tracheae
Chand
tracheae
process of breathing. Thus, in insects the exchange of gases occurs through tracheae.
Chand
process of breathing. Thus, in insects the exchange of gases occurs through tracheae.
The exchange of gases ( oxygen and carbon dioxide) in the leaves during respiration
Chand
The exchange of gases ( oxygen and carbon dioxide) in the leaves during respiration takes place through stomata. Oxygen from air enters into a leaf through stomata and Cha
nd
takes place through stomata. Oxygen from air enters into a leaf through stomata and reaches all the cells by the process of diffusion. This oxygen is used in respiration in Cha
nd
reaches all the cells by the process of diffusion. This oxygen is used in respiration in
And insects
And insects takes
And takes
tracheae).
And tracheae). Air
And Air
And
spiracles by the up and down movements of its body. This air goes into the network
And
spiracles by the up and down movements of its body. This air goes into the network called And
called tracheae.And
tracheae.
andAnd
and reachesAnd
reaches
Compa
ny gill
Compa
ny gills
Compa
ny s help
Compa
ny help
fish
Compa
ny fish has
Compa
ny has gills
Compa
ny gills
its head. The gills are covered by gill covers so they are not visible from outside. For
Compa
ny
its head. The gills are covered by gill covers so they are not visible from outside. For dissolved
Compa
ny
dissolved in
Compa
ny
in wat
Compa
ny
wattaking in water through its mouth and sending it over the gills. When water passes
Compa
ny
taking in water through its mouth and sending it over the gills. When water passes over the gills, the gills extract dissolved oxygen from this water. The extracted oxygen
Compa
ny
over the gills, the gills extract dissolved oxygen from this water. The extracted oxygen all
Compa
ny
all the
Compa
ny
the parts
Compa
ny
parts of
Compa
ny
ofproduced
Compa
ny
produced during
Compa
ny
duringblood into the gills for expelling into the surrounding water. Com
pany
blood into the gills for expelling into the surrounding water.
takesCompa
ny
takes placeCompa
ny
place
Limite
drespiration through its thin and moist skin. This oxygen is then transported to all the
Limite
drespiration through its thin and moist skin. This oxygen is then transported to all the cells of the earthworm by its blood where it is used in respiration ( production of
Limite
dcells of the earthworm by its blood where it is used in respiration ( production of energy) . The carbon dioxide produced during respiration is carried back by the blood.
Limite
denergy) . The carbon dioxide produced during respiration is carried back by the blood. This carbon dioxide is expelled from the body of the earthworm through its skin.
Limite
dThis carbon dioxide is expelled from the body of the earthworm through its skin.
s have lungs for breathing, they can also breathe through their moist skin.
Limite
ds have lungs for breathing, they can also breathe through their moist skin.
Thus, frog is an animal which can breathe through lungs as well as its moist skin. Limite
dThus, frog is an animal which can breathe through lungs as well as its moist skin.
help Limite
d
help theLimite
d
the fishLimite
d
fish
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
113
C. Long Answer Type Questions
1. (a) When the breakdown of glucose food occurs with the use of oxygen, it is called aerobic respiration. Most of the living organisms carry out aerobic respiration ( by using oxygen of air) . For example, humans ( man) , dogs, etc.
Glucose → Carbon dioxide + Water + Energy
( b) Anaerobic respiration
2. (a) When the breakdown of glucose ( food) occurs without the use of oxygen, it is called anaerobic respiration. The microscopic organisms like yeast ( and certain bacteria) obtain energy by anaerobic respiration.
Glucose → Alcohol + Carbon dioxide + Energy
( b) Aerobic respiration
3. (a) The main organs of human respiratory system are ose, asal passages (Passages in the nose), Trachea, Bronchi, ungs and iaphragm. b. Refer to figure 13 for the diagram.
4. Breathing is the process by which air rich in oxygen is taken inside the body of an organism and air rich in carbon dioxide is expelled from the body ( with the help of breathing organs) . The process of breathing takes place in our lungs. Lungs are connected to our nostrils ( holes in the nose) through nasal passage ( or nasal cavity) and windpipe. When we inhale air, it enters our nostrils, passes through nasal passage and windpipe, and reaches our lungs.
ur two lungs hang in an airtight space in our body called ‘chest cavity’. Around the sides of the chest cavity is the rib cage with sheets of muscles between the ribs. The rib cage encloses the lungs in it. At the bottom of the chest cavity is a curved sheet of muscle called diaphragm. iaphragm forms the floor of chest cavity. Breathing involves the movements of the rib cage and the diaphragm.
( a) Breathing in: When we breathe in ( or inhale) , then two things happen at the same time : ( i) the muscles between the ribs contract causing the rib cage to move upward and outward, and ( ii) the diaphragm contracts and moves downward [ see Figure 8( a) ] . The upward and outward movement of rib cage, as well as the downward movement of diaphragm, both increase the space in the chest cavity and make it larger. As the chest cavity becomes larger, air is sucked in from outside into the lungs. The lungs get filled up with air and expand. ( b) Breathing out: When we breathe out ( or exhale) , even then two things happen at the same time: ( i) the muscles between the ribs relax causing the rib cage to move downward and inward, and ( ii) the diaphragm relaxes and moves upward. The downward and inward movement of rib cage, as well as the upward movement of diaphragm, both decrease the space in our chest cavity and make it smaller. As the chest cavity becomes smaller, air is pushed out from the lungs.
5. (a) Y awning is caused by insufficient oxygen in the bod y. A person yawns when he is tired, bored, stressed, over-worked, feeling sleepy or drowsy.
( b) When we are tired, bored, stressed, overworked, feel sleepy or drowsy, we do not breathe as deeply as we normally do and hence our breathing rate slows down. Due to slower breathing rate, less oxygen ( of air) goes into our body which is insufficient
(C) upward movement of diaphragm, both decrease the space in our chest cavity and
(C) upward movement of diaphragm, both decrease the space in our chest cavity and
5.(C)
5. ((C)
(a)(C)
a)
S even then two things happen at the same time: ( i) the muscles between the ribs relax
S even then two things happen at the same time: ( i) the muscles between the ribs relax causing the rib cage to move downward and inward, and ( ii) the diaphragm relaxes S causing the rib cage to move downward and inward, and ( ii) the diaphragm relaxes and moves upward. The downward and inward movement of rib cage, as well as the S and moves upward. The downward and inward movement of rib cage, as well as the
Chand
When we breathe in ( or inhale) , then two things happen at the same
Chand
When we breathe in ( or inhale) , then two things happen at the same time : ( i) the muscles between the ribs contract causing the rib cage to move upward
Chand
time : ( i) the muscles between the ribs contract causing the rib cage to move upward
Chand
and outward, and ( ii) the diaphragm contracts and moves downward [ see Figure 8( a) ] .
Chand
and outward, and ( ii) the diaphragm contracts and moves downward [ see Figure 8( a) ] . The upward and outward movement of rib cage, as well as the downward movement
Chand
The upward and outward movement of rib cage, as well as the downward movement of diaphragm, both increase the space in the chest cavity and make it larger. As the
Chand
of diaphragm, both increase the space in the chest cavity and make it larger. As the chest cavity becomes larger, air is sucked in from outside into the lungs. The lungs get
Chand
chest cavity becomes larger, air is sucked in from outside into the lungs. The lungs get filled up with air and expand. Cha
nd
filled up with air and expand. even then two things happen at the same time: ( i) the muscles between the ribs relax Cha
nd
even then two things happen at the same time: ( i) the muscles between the ribs relax
And bottom
And bottom of
And of
the
And the floor
And floor of
And of
of the rib cage and the diaphragm.
And
of the rib cage and the diaphragm.
When we breathe in ( or inhale) , then two things happen at the same And
When we breathe in ( or inhale) , then two things happen at the same time : ( i) the muscles between the ribs contract causing the rib cage to move upward And
time : ( i) the muscles between the ribs contract causing the rib cage to move upward
Compa
ny b.
Compa
ny b. Ref
Compa
ny Ref
taken
Compa
ny
taken inside
Compa
ny
inside the
Compa
ny
theand air rich in carbon dioxide is expelled from the body ( with the help of breathing organs) .
Compa
ny
and air rich in carbon dioxide is expelled from the body ( with the help of breathing organs) . The process of breathing takes place in our lungs. Lungs are connected to our nostrils ( holes
Compa
ny
The process of breathing takes place in our lungs. Lungs are connected to our nostrils ( holes in the nose) through nasal passage ( or nasal cavity) and windpipe. When we inhale air, it
Compa
ny
in the nose) through nasal passage ( or nasal cavity) and windpipe. When we inhale air, it enters our nostrils, passes through nasal passage and windpipe, and reaches our lungs.
Compa
ny
enters our nostrils, passes through nasal passage and windpipe, and reaches our lungs. in
Compa
ny
in our
Compa
ny
our body
Compa
ny
body called
Compa
ny
calledof the chest cavity is the rib cage with sheets of muscles between the ribs. The rib cage Com
pany
of the chest cavity is the rib cage with sheets of muscles between the ribs. The rib cage theCom
pany
the chestCompa
ny
chest
Limite
dwn of glucose ( food) occurs without the use of oxygen, it is called
Limite
dwn of glucose ( food) occurs without the use of oxygen, it is called
anaerobic respiration. The microscopic organisms like yeast ( and certain bacteria)
Limite
danaerobic respiration. The microscopic organisms like yeast ( and certain bacteria)
asalLimite
dasal passagesLim
ited
passagesRef Lim
ited
ReferLimite
der toLim
ited
to figureLimite
dfigure
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
114
for respiration ( production of energy) . Y awning helps in bringing more oxygen into our blood because during yawning our mouth opens wide and we take a long and deep breath of air.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
. (b) . (b) . (a) . (b) . (c)
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c)
. (d) . (b) . (b) . (c) . (b)
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (b)
4. (d) ( int. The fish lives in water and uses the oxygen dissolved in water for breathing. Since the amount of oxygen dissolved in water is low as compared to the amount of oxygen in air on land, therefore, the rate of breathing is much higher in fish than the land animals like man, dog and sparrow. A higher rate of breathing provides more oxygen to fish from water)
5. (c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
. (a) Chest cavity (b) ungs (c) iaphragm
. (a) Anaerobic respiration in yeast (b) Aerobic respiration (c) Anaerobic respiration in muscles
88. ( a) Y ( b) Z ( c) X ( d) Whale
. (a) actic acid and energy (b) Alcohol, carbon dioxide and energy
. (a) arthworm (b) Frog (c) Cow, Goat, Man, izard, Snake (b) Grasshopper, Cockroach (e) Fish.
(C) S
Cha
nd And
Goat,
And Goat, Com
pany
resp
Compa
ny
respiration
Compa
ny
iration (c)
Compa
ny
(c) Anaero
Compa
ny
Anaero
carbonCompa
ny
carbon dioxideCompa
ny
dioxide
Man,Compa
ny
Man, izard,Compa
ny
izard,
Limite
d(b)
Limite
d(b)
breathing.
Limite
dbreathing.
the amount of oxygen dissolved in water is low as compared to the amount of oxygen in
Limite
dthe amount of oxygen dissolved in water is low as compared to the amount of oxygen in
than
Limite
dthan the
Limite
dthe land
Limite
dland
moreLimite
dmore oxygLim
ited
oxyg
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
115
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions 1. Name the following: ( a) Tiny holes in the body of the insects through which they breathe. ( b) Special breathing organs of the fish. ( c) Red colored pigment present in blood which carries blood to all parts of the body. ( d) Taking in air that is rich in oxygen during the process of breathing. 2. Fill in the blanks: ( a) The end products of aerobic respiration are .… … … … … ............ and .… … … … … ............ . ( b) The process of respiration is the opposite of .… … … … … ............ . ( c) The roots of a plant take up air through .… … … … … ............ . ( d) Earthworm breathes through its .… … … … … ............ . 3. Write true or false: ( a) We sneeze when we inhale clean air. (b) Smoking is injurious for our health. ( c) The exchange of gases between air and blood in the human respiratory system takes
place in the alveoli. ( d) Lime water test can show that oxygen gas is produced during respiration. 4. entiononefunctionofthefollowingduringrespirationinorganisms: (a) Gills (b) Blowholes (c) iaphragm (d) Ribs
B. Subjective Type Questions 5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort: ( a) List the similarities between aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration. ( b) How will we get relief from muscle cramps caused by heavy exercise? ( c) Differentiate between breathing and respiration. ( d) Write an activity to show that carbon dioxide gas is produced during the process of
respiration.
(C) S
Cha
nd entiate between breathing and respiration.
Chand
entiate between breathing and respiration.
Chand
activity to show that carbon dioxide gas is produced during the process of
Chand
activity to show that carbon dioxide gas is produced during the process of respiration.
Chand
respiration.
And questions
And questions in
And in short:
And short:
een aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration.
And
een aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration.et relief from muscle cramps caused by heavy exercise? And
et relief from muscle cramps caused by heavy exercise?
entiate between breathing and respiration. And
entiate between breathing and respiration.
Compa
ny
e of gases between air and blood in the human respiratory system takes
Compa
ny
e of gases between air and blood in the human respiratory system takes
er test can show that oxygen gas is produced during respiration.
Compa
ny
er test can show that oxygen gas is produced during respiration. during
Compa
ny
during respiration
Compa
ny
respiration
Compa
ny
(c)
Compa
ny
(c) iaphragm
Compa
ny
iaphragm
Limite
despiration are .… … … … … ............ and .… … … … … ............ .
Limite
despiration are .… … … … … ............ and .… … … … … ............ .
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
116
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 5
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) Muscular floor of the chest cavity in human beings.
( b) Main breathing organs of the human body where exchange of gases take place.
( c) The single celled organism which is used to make wine and beer by the process of anaerobic respiration.
( d) The skeletal structure surrounding the chest cavity in man.
( e) The air tubes in insects.
2. Write True or False:
( a) Dolphins and whales breathe through gills.
( b) Running makes a man breathe faster.
( c) Respiration is similar to photosynthesis.
( d) Frog can breathe through lungs as well as moist skin.
( e) Oesophagus is a part of human respiratory system.
. entionthenameoftheorganismwherethefollowingorgansarepresent:
( a) Trachea ( b) Rib cage ( c) Root hair ( d) Gills 4. Correct the following statements:
( a) Y awning is caused when we inhale air containing dust, smoke or pollen.
( b) The alveoli are surrounded by very thin blood vessels called trachea.
( c) The exchange of gases between the air and blood takes place in the nasal passage.
(d) The exhaled air that we breathe out during respiration consists of 1 .4 carbon dioxide gas.
( e) As the chest cavity becomes smaller, air is sucked from outside into our lungs.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between inhalation and exhalation.
( b) Describe the movements of rib cage and diaphragm when we breathe during respiration.
( c) Why do we get muscle cramps after heavy physical exercise?
( d) Define cellular respiration. What is its importance?
(C) ( e)
(C) ( e)
B. Subjective Type Questions
(C) B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answer(C)
5. Answer
( a)(C)
( a)
S gas.
S gas.
As the chest caS As the chest ca
Chand
wing statements:
Chand
wing statements:
aused when we inhale air containing dust, smoke or pollen.
Chand
aused when we inhale air containing dust, smoke or pollen.
The alveoli are surr
Chand
The alveoli are surrounded by very thin blood vessels called trachea.
Chand
ounded by very thin blood vessels called trachea.
The exchang
Chand
The exchang
Chand
e of gases between the air and blood takes place in the nasal passage.
Chand
e of gases between the air and blood takes place in the nasal passage.
exhaledChand
exhaled airCha
nd
air
And eathe through lungs as well as moist skin.
And eathe through lungs as well as moist skin.
Oesophagus is a part of human respira
And Oesophagus is a part of human respira
organism
And
organism where
And
where
( b) Rib cage And
( b) Rib cage wing statements:And
wing statements:
Compa
ny al structure surrounding the chest cavity in man.
Compa
ny al structure surrounding the chest cavity in man.
ough gills.
Compa
ny
ough gills.
tion is similar to photosynthesis.Compa
ny
tion is similar to photosynthesis.
eathe through lungs as well as moist skin.Compa
ny
eathe through lungs as well as moist skin.
tory system.Com
pany
tory system.
Limite
dgans of the human body where exchange of gases take place.
Limite
dgans of the human body where exchange of gases take place.
is used to make wine and beer by the process of Limite
dis used to make wine and beer by the process of
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
117
( e) How is yeast used to form wine, beer and bread?
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) Why do we sneeze?
(b) ow is smoking injurious for our health
( c) Mention the organs of human respiratory system. Draw a labeled diagram to show the same.
( d) Distinguish between aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration.
( e) What is breathing rate? Which factors are responsible for the increase and decrease of breathing rate?
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Y east converts glucose into:
( a) Starch ( b) Alcohol ( c) Lactic acid ( d) Y oghurt 2. uringrespirationinhumans thee changeofgasesta esplacein:
( a) Bronchi ( b) Alveoli ( c) Bronchioles ( d) Trachea . Whenairis lownfrommouthintoatest tu econtaininglimewater thelimewater
turns milky d ue to the presence of:
( a) Oxygen ( b) Carbon dioxide ( c) Nitrogen ( d) Hydrogen 4. The animal which can breathe through the lungs as well as through skin is:
( a) Fish ( b) Dolphin ( c) Frog ( d) Crocodile 5. ncoc roaches airentersthe od through:
( a) Lungs ( b) Spiracles ( c) Gills ( d) Skin
(C) S
Cha
nd And
through:
And through:
piracles
And piracles Com
pany
ta es
Compa
ny ta es place
Compa
ny place in:
Compa
ny in:
ronchioles
Compa
ny
ronchioles cont
Compa
ny
containing
Compa
ny
aining lime
Compa
ny
lime
( c) Nitrogen
Compa
ny
( c) Nitrogen the through the lungs as well as through skin is:
Compa
ny
the through the lungs as well as through skin is:
( c) Compa
ny
( c) FCompa
ny
Fthrough:Com
pany
through:
Limite
deathing rate? Which factors are responsible for the increase and decrease
Limite
deathing rate? Which factors are responsible for the increase and decrease
( d) Limite
d( d) YLim
ited
Y
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
118
11
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The circulatory system in human beings.
• About the blood, blood vessels and capillaries.
• Working of the heart and circulatory system.
• About the heartbeats and pulse.
• About the excretory system in human beings.
• The transport system in plants and mechanism of transpiration.
Textbook: Refer to pages 169 to 185
Periods allocated: 14 periods
VOCABULARY
Blood, plasma, red blood cells, white blood cells, platelets, atrium, ventricles, arteries, veins, capillaries, pulmonary artery, pulmonary vein, heartbeat, stethoscope, pulse, pulse rate, excretion, nephrons, dialysis, sweat, tissue, vascular tissue, xylem, phloem, transpiration, stomata, root hair.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Transport in humans: Circulatory system (Page 169)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students the meaning of transport and its importance in the body of living organisms would be a good topic to start the chapter.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked why it is important that oxygen gets transported to all cells of the body and the waste materials should be removed from the body.
Transport in Animals and PlantsTransport in Animals and Plants
(C)
(C)
(C) Transport in humans: Circulatory system (Page 169)
(C) Transport in humans: Circulatory system (Page 169)
(C)
Learning Tools (C)
Learning Tools
S S Cha
nd
Chand
Chand
Chand
Periods allocated: 14 periods
Chand
Periods allocated: 14 periods
Blood, plasma, red blood cells, white blood cells, platelets, atrium, ventricles, arteries, veins,
Chand
Blood, plasma, red blood cells, white blood cells, platelets, atrium, ventricles, arteries, veins, capillaries, pulmonary artery, pulmonary vein, heartbeat, stethoscope, pulse, pulse rate, excretion,
Chand
capillaries, pulmonary artery, pulmonary vein, heartbeat, stethoscope, pulse, pulse rate, excretion,
Chand
nephrons, dialysis, sweat, tissue, vascular tissue, xylem, phloem, transpiration, stomata, root hair. Cha
nd
nephrons, dialysis, sweat, tissue, vascular tissue, xylem, phloem, transpiration, stomata, root hair.
And
And
And
And The transport system in plants and mechanism of transpiration.
And The transport system in plants and mechanism of transpiration.
Textbook: Refer to pages 169 to 185
And
Textbook: Refer to pages 169 to 185 Com
pany
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
About the excretory system in human beings.Compa
ny
About the excretory system in human beings.
The transport system in plants and mechanism of transpiration.Compa
ny
The transport system in plants and mechanism of transpiration.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
119
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that the blood circulatory system makes food, water and oxygen available to every part of the body, and helps in removing waste materials from the body.
Suggested home assignment
What does the human circulatory system consist of?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2
Blood (Page 170)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that the blood is a red colored liquid which flows in the blood vessels in our body. Students should know the components of blood and their importance. Students should realize the importance of blood in our body. They should be able to differentiate between oxygenated blood and deoxygenated blood.
Suggested home assignment
List the functions of blood in our body.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Heart (Page 171)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the heart is an organ which pumps blood to all parts of the body through blood vessels. Students should be familiarized with the four chambers of the heart and they should be able to define atria and ventricles. Students should be able to explain why heart is called a double pump.
Using resources
• se a chart showing the inside structure of human heart to explain its parts and the circulation of blood in the heart.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Draw a neat and labeled diagram of the heart showing the movement of blood inside it with the help of arrows.
(C) chapter on the Study Gear app.
(C) chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
(C) Suggested home assignment
Draw a neat and labeled diagram of the heart showing the movement of blood inside it with the (C)
Draw a neat and labeled diagram of the heart showing the movement of blood inside it with the help of arrows.
(C)
help of arrows.
S circulation
S circulation
• StudentsS • Students mayS mayS chapter on the Study Gear app. S chapter on the Study Gear app.
Chand
Explain them that the heart is an organ which pumps blood to all parts of the body through blood
Chand
Explain them that the heart is an organ which pumps blood to all parts of the body through blood vessels. Students should be familiarized with the four chambers of the heart and they should be able
Chand
vessels. Students should be familiarized with the four chambers of the heart and they should be able to define atria and ventricles. Students should be able to explain why heart is called a double pump.
Chand
to define atria and ventricles. Students should be able to explain why heart is called a double pump.
chartChand
chart showingCha
nd
showingcirculation Cha
nd
circulation ofChand
of bloodChand
blood
And
Explain them that the heart is an organ which pumps blood to all parts of the body through blood And
Explain them that the heart is an organ which pumps blood to all parts of the body through blood vessels. Students should be familiarized with the four chambers of the heart and they should be able And
vessels. Students should be familiarized with the four chambers of the heart and they should be able
Compa
ny
Compa
ny Students should know the components of blood and their importance. Students should realize the
Compa
ny Students should know the components of blood and their importance. Students should realize the
importance of blood in our body. They should be able to differentiate between oxygenated blood
Compa
ny importance of blood in our body. They should be able to differentiate between oxygenated blood
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Limite
d
Limite
dDiscuss with them that the blood is a red colored liquid which flows in the blood vessels in our body. Lim
ited
Discuss with them that the blood is a red colored liquid which flows in the blood vessels in our body. Students should know the components of blood and their importance. Students should realize the Lim
ited
Students should know the components of blood and their importance. Students should realize the
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
120
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 4
Blood vessels (Page 172)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that the blood vessels are a kind of tubes which carry blood throughout our body. Students should know the name of the three types of blood capillaries and the functions carried out by them. They should know arteries have thick and elastic walls, veins have valves to prevent backflow of blood and capillaries carry out the exchange of substances between the blood and body cells take place through capillaries.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
List the three types of blood vessels. Write an important function of each.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Working of circulatory system (Page 173)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain the detailed working of the circulatory system and make the students aware that it was discovered by an English scientist William Harvey.
Suggested home assignment
Draw the chart to show the circulatory system ( Fig. 5) .
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Heartbeats and pulse (Page 175)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that one complete contraction and relaxation of the heart is called heartbeat. Students should know the average heartbeat of an adult person. They should know the function of stethoscope to listen to heartbeat. Discuss that the expansion of an artery each time the blood is forced into it, is called pulse. Students should know the pulse rate of an adult person.
Suggested home assignment
What is the average heartbeat and the average pulse rate of an adult person at rest?
(C)
Teacher guided discussion
(C)
Teacher guided discussion
(C) Explain them that one complete contraction and relaxation of the heart is called heartbeat. Students
(C) Explain them that one complete contraction and relaxation of the heart is called heartbeat. Students
should know the average heartbeat of an adult person. They should know the function of stethoscope (C) should know the average heartbeat of an adult person. They should know the function of stethoscope
to listen to heartbeat. Discuss that the expansion of an artery each time the blood is forced into it, (C)
to listen to heartbeat. Discuss that the expansion of an artery each time the blood is forced into it, is called pulse. Students should know the pulse rate of an adult person. (C
) is called pulse. Students should know the pulse rate of an adult person.
S Heartbeats and pulse (Page 175)
S Heartbeats and pulse (Page 175)
Teacher guided discussionS Teacher guided discussionCha
nd
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Draw the chart to show the circulatory system ( Fig. 5) .
Chand
Draw the chart to show the circulatory system ( Fig. 5) .
Heartbeats and pulse (Page 175) Chand
Heartbeats and pulse (Page 175)
And
Explain the detailed working of the circulatory system and make the students aware that it was
And
Explain the detailed working of the circulatory system and make the students aware that it was discovered by an English scientist William Harvey.
And
discovered by an English scientist William Harvey.
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
List the three types of blood vessels. Write an important function of each.
Compa
ny
List the three types of blood vessels. Write an important function of each.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Limite
dcarried out by them. They should know arteries have thick and elastic walls, veins have valves to
Limite
dcarried out by them. They should know arteries have thick and elastic walls, veins have valves to prevent backflow of blood and capillaries carry out the exchange of substances between the blood
Limite
dprevent backflow of blood and capillaries carry out the exchange of substances between the blood
at Limite
dat theLim
ited
the endLimite
dend ofLim
ited
of
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
121
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 7 AND 8
Excretion in animals (Page 177)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain to the students that the removal of waste materials produced in the cells of the living organisms is called excretion. Students should know the various waste materials produced in the cells of the body. Students should be able to describe the human excretory system and its organs. They should be aware of the treatment given to the person having kidney failure. Maj or excretory products of other organisms should also be known by students.
Suggested home assignment
List the organs of excretory system of human beings. Mention the maj or excretory product in human beings, bird and fish.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 9 TO 11
Transport in plants (Page 179)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain to the students that the plants need a transport system to carry water and to carry food to all parts of the plant. Students should be able to give the functions of xylem and phloem which are vascular tissues present in the plant. They should know how water reaches from the soil to xylem vessels in roots. The role and importance of transpiration should also be discussed.
Using resources
Conduct the activity given on Page no. 1 1 of the book to show the transport of water from cell to cell.
Suggested home assignment
Give the function of: X ylem, phloem, stomata and root hair.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the C given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 13
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
(C) all
(C) all
(C) the
(C) the
Using resources
(C) Using resources
Refer(C)
Refer to(C)
to the(C)
the
S S S the S the topicsS
topics
Chand
Chand
Page
Chand
Page
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Give the function of: X ylem, phloem, stomata and root hair.
Chand
Give the function of: X ylem, phloem, stomata and root hair.
And vascular tissues present in the plant. They should know how water reaches from the soil to xylem
And vascular tissues present in the plant. They should know how water reaches from the soil to xylem
vessels in roots. The role and importance of transpiration should also be discussed.
And vessels in roots. The role and importance of transpiration should also be discussed.
no.And
no. 1 1And
1 1
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 9 TO 11
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 9 TO 11
Explain to the students that the plants need a transport system to carry water and to carry food to
Compa
ny
Explain to the students that the plants need a transport system to carry water and to carry food to all parts of the plant. Students should be able to give the functions of xylem and phloem which are Com
pany
all parts of the plant. Students should be able to give the functions of xylem and phloem which are vascular tissues present in the plant. They should know how water reaches from the soil to xylem Com
pany
vascular tissues present in the plant. They should know how water reaches from the soil to xylem vessels in roots. The role and importance of transpiration should also be discussed.
Compa
ny
vessels in roots. The role and importance of transpiration should also be discussed.
Limite
dcells of the body. Students should be able to describe the human excretory system and its organs.
Limite
dcells of the body. Students should be able to describe the human excretory system and its organs. They should be aware of the treatment given to the person having kidney failure. Maj or excretory
Limite
dThey should be aware of the treatment given to the person having kidney failure. Maj or excretory
List the organs of excretory system of human beings. Mention the maj or excretory product in Limite
dList the organs of excretory system of human beings. Mention the maj or excretory product in
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
122
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 14
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Platelets help in the clo ng of blood in a cut or wound.
2. Plasma 3. White blood cells
4. (a) Red blood cells (b) aemoglobin 5. Haemoglobin
6. Red blood cells carry oxygen from the lungs to all the cells of the body.
7. Platelets help in the clo ng of blood in a cut or wound.
. Plasma carries water and dissolved substances such as digested food and waste products from one part to another part in the body.
9. Haemoglobin binds with oxygen and transports it to all the parts of the body and ultimately to all the cells.
1 . (a) xygen (b) Carbon dioxide 11. (a) Red Blood Cells (b) White Blood Cells
12. Heart
13. The greenish-blue lines which we see j ust below the skin on our hands and legs are the veins.
14. Arteries 15. Capillaries
1 . (a) Arteries (b) Veins 1 . (a) Right side (b) eft side
1 . (a) Right side (b) eft side 1 . Lungs
2 . 5 21. Artery
22. Sponges and ydra 23. Kidneys
24. (a) Carbon dioxide (b) rea 25. ( a) Lungs ( b) Kidneys
26. The function of kidneys is to filter the blood to remove urea.
27. rine is a yellowish liquid which consists of 2.5 urea, 2.5 other waste salts and 5 water.
2 . Dialysis 29. (a) ylem (b) Phloem
3 . ( a) red ( b) capillaries ( c) heart ( d) four ( e) William Harvey ( f) heartbeat ( g) urea ( h) ureters (i) urethra (j) nephrons (k) cells (l) root hair (m) xylem (n) xylem (o) phloem (p) transpiration
B. Short Answer Type Questions
31. All the living organisms ( animals and plants) need a transport system to supply them with food, water and oxygen, and to carry away the harmful waste materials produced in their bodies.
32. Blood is a red coloured liquid which flows in blood vessels and circulates in our body.
(C)
Dialysis
(C)
Dialysis
3 .
(C) 3 . ( a) red ( b) capillaries ( c) heart ( d) four ( e) William Harvey ( f) heartbeat ( g) urea ( h) ureters
(C) ( a) red ( b) capillaries ( c) heart ( d) four ( e) William Harvey ( f) heartbeat ( g) urea ( h) ureters
(i)(C) (i) urethra(C) urethra(C)
B. Short Answer Type Questions(C)
B. Short Answer Type Questions
S water.
S water.
Dialysis S Dialysis
( a) red ( b) capillaries ( c) heart ( d) four ( e) William Harvey ( f) heartbeat ( g) urea ( h) ureters S ( a) red ( b) capillaries ( c) heart ( d) four ( e) William Harvey ( f) heartbeat ( g) urea ( h) ureters
Chand
ydra
Chand
ydra
dioxide
Chand
dioxide (b)
Chand
(b)
Chand
rea
Chand
rea
function
Chand
function of
Chand
of kidneys
Chand
kidneys
a Chand
a yellowishCha
nd
yellowish
And C
ompa
ny digest
Compa
ny digested
Compa
ny ed food
Compa
ny food
Haemoglobin binds with oxygen and transports it to all the parts
Compa
ny
Haemoglobin binds with oxygen and transports it to all the parts of
Compa
ny
of the
Compa
ny
the
11.
Compa
ny
11. (a)
Compa
ny
(a) Red
Compa
ny
Red Blood
Compa
ny
Blood
The greenish-blue lines which we see j ust below the skin on our hands and legs are the Compa
ny
The greenish-blue lines which we see j ust below the skin on our hands and legs are the
Limite
dbody.
Limite
dbody.
foodLimite
d
food andLimite
d
and
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
123
Blood is red because it contains a red pigment called haemoglobin. Blood consists of four components: plasma, red blood cells, white blood cells and platelets.
33. Blood is needed by all the parts of our body because it performs the following important functions in our body
1. Blood carries digested food from the small intestine to all the parts of the body.
2. Blood carries water to all the parts of the body.
3. Blood carries oxygen from the lungs to different parts of the body.
4. Blood carries the waste product carbon dioxide from the body cells to the lungs for breathing out.
5. Blood carries a waste product called urea from the liver to the kidneys for excretion in urine.
6. Blood protects the body from diseases. This is because white blood cells kill the bacteria and other germs which cause diseases.
34. If there were no platelets in the blood, then bleeding caused by a cut from an inj ury would not stop. This may cause loss of too much blood from the body of a person leading to death.
35. Blood performs the following important functions in our body
1. Blood carries digested food from the small intestine to all the parts of the body.
2. Blood carries water to all the parts of the body.
3. Blood carries oxygen from the lungs to different parts of the body.
4. Blood carries the waste product, carbon dioxide from the body cells to the lungs for breathing out.
5. Blood carries a waste product called urea from the liver to the kidneys for excretion in urine.
6. Blood protects the body from diseases. This is because white blood cells kill the bacteria and other germs which cause diseases.
3 . The heart is an organ which pumps blood to all the parts of our body through a network of tubes called blood vessels. ur heart ‘beats’ continuously to circulate blood in the body.
3 . Four chambers ( a) Atria ( b) V entricles
3 . There are three types of blood vessels in the body: arteries, veins and capillaries.
3 . ( i) Arteries are the blood vessels which carry blood from the heart to all the parts of the body. ( ii) V eins are the blood vessels which carry blood from all the parts of the body back to the heart. (iii) Capillaries are the extremely thin blood vessels which connect arteries to veins
4 . Blood carries food and oxygen to all parts of the body.
41. ne complete contraction and relaxation of the heart is called a heartbeat. A doctor listens to our heartbeats with the help of an instrument called stethoscope.
42. The average heartbeat of an adult person while resting is 2 to per minute. The number of heartbeats increase too much during and after a physical exercise or when a person is excited. The faster beating of heart pumps blood more rapidly to the body organs which supplies more oxygen to the body cells for rapid respiration to produce more energy.
(C) to
(C) to the
(C) the
veins
(C) veins
4 .(C)
4 . Blood carries food and oxygen to all parts of the body. (C)
Blood carries food and oxygen to all parts of the body.
41.(C)
41. ne(C)
ne
S ( i) Arteries are the blood vessels which carry blood from the heart to all the parts of the
S ( i) Arteries are the blood vessels which carry blood from the heart to all the parts of the body. ( ii) V eins are the blood vessels which carry blood from all the parts of the body back S body. ( ii) V eins are the blood vessels which carry blood from all the parts of the body back
the S the heart.S
heart.
Chand
and other germs which cause diseases.
Chand
and other germs which cause diseases.
The heart is an organ which pumps blood to all the parts of our body
Chand
The heart is an organ which pumps blood to all the parts of our body
blood
Chand
blood vessels.
Chand
vessels.
Four chambers ( a) Atria ( b) V entricles
Chand
Four chambers ( a) Atria ( b) V entricles
There are three types of blood vessels in the body: arteries, veins and capillaries. Chand
There are three types of blood vessels in the body: arteries, veins and capillaries.
( i) Arteries are the blood vessels which carry blood from the heart to all the parts of the Chand
( i) Arteries are the blood vessels which carry blood from the heart to all the parts of the
And aste product called urea from the liver to the kidneys for excretion
And aste product called urea from the liver to the kidneys for excretion
ects the body from diseases. This is because white blood cells kill the bacteria And
ects the body from diseases. This is because white blood cells kill the bacteria and other germs which cause diseases. And
and other germs which cause diseases.
Compa
ny If there were no platelets in the blood, then bleeding caused by a cut from an inj ury would
Compa
ny If there were no platelets in the blood, then bleeding caused by a cut from an inj ury would
not stop. This may cause loss of too much blood from the body of a person leading to death.
Compa
ny
not stop. This may cause loss of too much blood from the body of a person leading to death.
our
Compa
ny
our body
Compa
ny
body
Compa
ny
intestine
Compa
ny
intestine to
Compa
ny
to all
Compa
ny
all
ter to all the parts of the body.
Compa
ny
ter to all the parts of the body.
to
Compa
ny
to different
Compa
ny
different parts
Compa
ny
parts
the waste product, carbon dioxide from the body cells to the lungs for Compa
ny
the waste product, carbon dioxide from the body cells to the lungs for
aste product called urea from the liver to the kidneys for excretion Com
pany
aste product called urea from the liver to the kidneys for excretion
Limite
dthe waste product carbon dioxide from the body cells to the lungs for
Limite
dthe waste product carbon dioxide from the body cells to the lungs for
aste product called urea from the liver to the kidneys for excretion
Limite
daste product called urea from the liver to the kidneys for excretion
ects the body from diseases. This is because white blood cells kill the bacteria
Limite
dects the body from diseases. This is because white blood cells kill the bacteria
If there were no platelets in the blood, then bleeding caused by a cut from an inj ury would Limite
d
If there were no platelets in the blood, then bleeding caused by a cut from an inj ury would
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
124
43. A doctor listens to our heartbeats with the help of an instrument called stethoscope. A stethoscope consists of three parts (i) a chest piece (which carries a sensitive diaphragm at its bottom). The diaphragm amplifies the sounds of heartbeats. (ii) two ear pieces (which are made of two metal tubes) . These are put by the doctor into his ears. ( iii) a rubber tube which j oins the chest piece to the ear pieces. The rubber tube transmits the sound from the chest piece into the ear pieces.
44. The expansion of an artery each time the blood is forced into it is called pulse. The pulse is traditionally taken above the wrist. The pulse rate of an adult person while resting is 2 to per minute.
45. We can feel our own pulse and find the pulse rate as follows The pulse can be felt with fingers placed gently on arteries at the wrist. We place the first two fingers (index finger and middle finger) of our right hand on the inner side of our left wrist and press it gently. We will feel some waves touching our fingers. These waves are the pulse. A small baby has higher pulse rate.
46. ydra, fish, sponges, amoeba, paramecium
47. In sponges and Hydra, the water ( in which they live) brings food and oxygen as it enters their bodies. The water also carries away carbon dioxide and other waste materials as it moves out of their bodies.
4 . ( i) b ( ii) d ( iii) a ( iv) c
49. The procedure used for cleaning the blood of a person by separating the waste product urea from it is called dialysis. A person having kidney failure cannot survive unless his blood is filtered periodically through kidney machine to remove urea (by a procedure called dialysis).
5 . Sometimes a person’s kidneys may stop working due to infection or injury. When the kidneys do not work properly, they are not able to remove the waste product urea from the blood. Complete failure of kidneys leads to the accumulation of too much urea in the blood of a person. rea is a toxic substance (or poisonous substance), so the accumulation of too much urea in the blood of a person can ultimately kill the person.
51. A person having kidney failure can survive if his blood is filtered periodically through kidney machine to remove urea ( by a procedure called dialysis) .
52. Sweat contains water, some salts and a little of urea. Sweating performs two functions (i) Sweating helps to remove excess water, some salts and a little of urea as liquid waste from the body, and (ii) Sweating helps to keep our body cool during hot summer days.
53. Sometimes in summer days, we see that white patches are formed on our clothes especially in areas like underarms. These white patches are formed by the the salts left on the clothes when the water present in sweat evaporates.
54. (a) The fish excretes cell waste in gaseous form ( ammonia) which directly dissolves in water.
( b) The land animals such as birds, lizards, snakes and insects excrete a white coloured waste called uric acid in semi-solid form.
55. (a) A tissue is a group of similar cells which work together to perform a particular function.
(C) in
(C) in areas
(C) areas
when the water present in sweat evaporates.
(C) when the water present in sweat evaporates.
54.(C)
54. ((C)
(a)(C)
a)
S body,
S body,
SometimesS SometimesareasS areas likeS
like
Chand
subst
Chand
substblood
Chand
blood of
Chand
of a
Chand
a person
Chand
person
kidne
Chand
kidney
Chand
y fail
Chand
failure
Chand
ure
machine to remove urea ( by a procedure called dialysis) .
Chand
machine to remove urea ( by a procedure called dialysis) .
contains
Chand
contains wat
Chand
water,
Chand
er,
Sweating Chand
Sweating helpsCha
nd
helps toChand
to
andChand
and (ii)Chand
(ii)
And machine
And machine
may
And may sto
And stop
And p worki
And worki
do not work properly, they are not able to remove the waste product urea from the blood.
And
do not work properly, they are not able to remove the waste product urea from the blood. kidneys And
kidneys leadsAnd
leads toAnd
to theAnd
the
subst And
substanceAnd
ance
Compa
ny
In sponges and Hydra, the water ( in which they live) brings food and oxygen as it enters
Compa
ny
In sponges and Hydra, the water ( in which they live) brings food and oxygen as it enters their bodies. The water also carries away carbon dioxide and other waste materials as it
Compa
ny
their bodies. The water also carries away carbon dioxide and other waste materials as it
of
Compa
ny
of a
Compa
ny
a person
Compa
ny
person by
Compa
ny
byfrom it is called dialysis. A person having kidney failure cannot survive unless his blood is Com
pany
from it is called dialysis. A person having kidney failure cannot survive unless his blood is machineCom
pany
machine toCompa
ny
to removCompa
ny
remov
workiCompa
ny
workingCompa
ny
ng
Limite
dresting
Limite
dresting
can
Limite
dcan be
Limite
dbe felt
Limite
dfelt with
Limite
dwithfingers
Limite
dfingers (index
Limite
d(index
wrist
Limite
dwrist and
Limite
dand press
Limite
dpress
pulse.
Limite
dpulse. A
Limite
dA small
Limite
dsmall
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
125
( b) Those tissues which transport water, minerals and food to different parts of a plant, are called vascular tissues. There are two types of vascular tissues in a plant: xylem and phloem.
56. There are two types of vascular tissues in a plant xylem and phloem.
( i) The tissue which carries water and minerals from the roots to the leaves of a plant is called xylem.
( ii) The tissue which carries food from the leaves to other parts of the plant is called phloem.
57. Transpiration Water moves from the roots only upwards but food moves from the leaves upwards as well as downwards.
5 . The process of transpiration (evaporation of water from leaves) serves a very useful function in the plants because it generates a ‘suction force’ in xylem which can pull water from the roots up to great height in the tall trees. Another function of transpiration is that it cools the plant in hot weather.
59. Stomata are the tiny pores found on the surface of leaves of plants. The opening and closing of the stomata controls the passage of gases and water vapour into and out of the leaf. For example (i) Carbon dioxide gas ‘enters in’ and oxygen gas ‘goes out’ through stomata during photosynthesis. (ii) Water vapour ‘passes out’ through stomata during transpiration.
. ( a) The tissue which carries water and minerals from the roots to the leaves of a plant is called xylem.
( b) The tissue which carries food from the leaves to other parts of the plant is called phloem.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
1. The blood circulatory system makes food, water and oxygen available to every part of the body, and helps in removing waste materials of the body like carbon dioxide, etc. The human circulatory system consists of the heart, blood vessels ( arteries, veins, capillaries) and blood. Refer to figure 5 for the diagram.
62. The removal of waste materials produced in the cells of the living organisms is called excretion. The various waste materials produced in the cells of the human body are Carbon dioxide, urea and sweat. When our body uses food, water and air, it produces some unwanted substances called waste materials ( or j ust ‘ wastes’) . These waste materials are toxic ( or poisonous) and hence they are harmful for our body. The waste materials must be removed from the body so that a person may stay healthy.
3. The excretory system of human beings consists of the following organs: two kidneys, two ureters, a bladder and a urethra. Refer to figure 11 for the diagram.
64. Plants need a transport system (i) to carry water (and dissolved minerals) absorbed by the roots up to the leaves, and ( ii) to carry the food made in the leaves to all the parts of the plant ( including roots) . In order to carry water and dissolved minerals, as well as prepared food, a plant has a transport system inside it. The transport system in plants consists of long tubes ( or vessels) called xylem and phloem.
(C)
toxic ( or poisonous) and hence they are harmful for our body. The waste materials must
(C)
toxic ( or poisonous) and hence they are harmful for our body. The waste materials must be removed from the body so that a person may stay healthy.
(C) be removed from the body so that a person may stay healthy.
3.
(C) 3. The excretory system of human beings consists of the following organs: two kidneys, two
(C) The excretory system of human beings consists of the following organs: two kidneys, two
ureters,(C)
ureters,
64.(C)
64. Plants(C)
Plants
S unwanted substances called waste materials ( or j ust ‘ wastes’) . These waste materials are
S unwanted substances called waste materials ( or j ust ‘ wastes’) . These waste materials are toxic ( or poisonous) and hence they are harmful for our body. The waste materials must S toxic ( or poisonous) and hence they are harmful for our body. The waste materials must be removed from the body so that a person may stay healthy. S be removed from the body so that a person may stay healthy.
Chand
the body, and helps in removing waste materials of the body like carbon dioxide, etc. The
Chand
the body, and helps in removing waste materials of the body like carbon dioxide, etc. The human circulatory system consists of the heart, blood vessels ( arteries, veins, capillaries)
Chand
human circulatory system consists of the heart, blood vessels ( arteries, veins, capillaries) to
Chand
to figure
Chand
figure 5
Chand
5
The removal of waste materials produced in the cells of the living organisms is called
Chand
The removal of waste materials produced in the cells of the living organisms is called
The
Chand
The various
Chand
various
dioxide,Chand
dioxide, ureaCha
nd
ureaunwanted substances called waste materials ( or j ust ‘ wastes’) . These waste materials are Cha
nd
unwanted substances called waste materials ( or j ust ‘ wastes’) . These waste materials are
And
The blood circulatory system makes food, water and oxygen available to every part of And
The blood circulatory system makes food, water and oxygen available to every part of the body, and helps in removing waste materials of the body like carbon dioxide, etc. The And
the body, and helps in removing waste materials of the body like carbon dioxide, etc. The
Compa
ny of
Compa
ny of plants.
Compa
ny plants. The
Compa
ny The
of the stomata controls the passage of gases and water vapour into and out of the leaf.
Compa
ny
of the stomata controls the passage of gases and water vapour into and out of the leaf. oxyg
Compa
ny
oxygen
Compa
ny
en gas
Compa
ny
gas ‘goes
Compa
ny
‘goesout’
Compa
ny
out’ through
Compa
ny
through stoma
Compa
ny
stoma
arries water and minerals from the roots to the leaves of a plant is
Compa
ny
arries water and minerals from the roots to the leaves of a plant is
carries food from the leaves to other parts of the plant is called Compa
ny
carries food from the leaves to other parts of the plant is called
Limite
dfrom
Limite
dfrom the
Limite
dthe leaves
Limite
dleaves
ver
Limite
dvery
Limite
dy useful
Limite
duseful
can
Limite
dcan pull
Limite
dpull wat
Limite
dwat
transpiraLimite
dtranspirationLim
ited
tion
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
126
65. The xylem vessel of a root is in the centre of the root and it is surrounded by a large number of other cells of the root. This means that the xylem vessel of a root is not in direct contact with the water present in the soil particles. For very short distances, water can move from cell to cell. So, the water present in soil and absorbed by root hair first moves from cell to cell in the outer part of a root till it reaches the xylem vessel in the centre of the root. Water from the soil enters the root through root hair. The large number of fine root hair increase the surface area of the root in contact with the soil water due to which more water can be absorbed by the root at a rapid rate. Thus, we conclude that water ( containing dissolved minerals) from the soil enters a plant through its root hair. From root hair, water moves from cell to cell in the root till it reaches xylem vessel in the centre of the root. From the xylem vessel in root, water moves upward to the xylem vessels in stem, branches and leaves.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
66. (c) . (b) . (c) . (a) . (c)
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b)
. (b) . (d) . (c) . (d) . (b)
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (d)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
. (a) Pulmonary artery (b) Pulmonary vein
. rea
. (a) Fish (b) izard
. (a) (i) eart (ii) Blood (b) Red colour (c) (i) igested food (ii) xygen (d) Carbon dioxide
. P idneys rea R ephrons S ialysis.
(C) S
Cha
nd And
colour
And colour (c)
And (c) (i)
And (i)
ephrons
And
ephrons S
And
S ialysis.
And
ialysis.
Compa
ny (a) 5. (b)
Compa
ny (a) 5. (b)
. (b) . (d) . (c) . (d) . (b)
Compa
ny
. (b) . (d) . (c) . (d) . (b)
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (d)
Compa
ny
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (d)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
Compa
ny
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
igestedCompa
ny
igested
Limite
dabsorbed by the root at a rapid rate. Thus, we conclude that water ( containing dissolved
Limite
dabsorbed by the root at a rapid rate. Thus, we conclude that water ( containing dissolved minerals) from the soil enters a plant through its root hair. From root hair, water moves from
Limite
dminerals) from the soil enters a plant through its root hair. From root hair, water moves from From
Limite
dFrom the
Limite
dthe xylem
Limite
dxylemvessel in root, water moves upward to the xylem vessels in stem, branches and leaves.
Limite
dvessel in root, water moves upward to the xylem vessels in stem, branches and leaves.
(c) . (b) . (c) . (a) . (c)Limite
d(c) . (b) . (c) . (a) . (c)
(a) 5. (b)Limite
d
(a) 5. (b)
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
127
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The part of root which increases its surface area in contact with the soil water due to which more water can be absorbed by the root at a rapid rate.
(b) Process which pulls up water absorbed by the roots from the soil through a suction force.
( c) Tiny pores found on the surface of leaves of plants through which exchange of gases take place.
( d) The procedure used for cleaning the blood of a person by separating the waste product urea from it.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) The urine collected in the bladder is passed out from the body through the .… … … … … .................. .
( b) .… … … … … .................. is removed from the body by sweat glands through the skin.
( c) .… … … … … .................. is a waste product formed in the cells during respiration.
( d) The pulse rate of an adult person at rest is .… … … … … .................. per minute.
( e) In the .… … … … … .................., deoxygenated blood absorbs fresh oxygen to become oxygenated again.
3. Write True or False:
( a) A doctor listens to our heartbeats with the help of stethoscope.
( b) Arteries carry deoxygenated blood to all organs of the body.
(c) Pulmonary artery carries oxygenated blood from heart to the lungs.
( d) V eins have valves to prevent backflow of blood.
4. entionthefunctionofthefollowing:
(a) ephrons (b) Alveoli (c) Pulmonary vein (d) White Blood Cells
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between pulmonary artery and pulmonary vein.
( b) What is the function of plasma of blood?
( c) Which is the maj or waste product in human beings? List the consequences of kidney failure.
(d) efine the term vascular tissue. ame the vascular tissues present in plants. (C
) ( a)
(C) ( a)
( b)
(C) ( b) What is the function of plasma of blood?
(C) What is the function of plasma of blood?
( c)(C)
( c) Which is the maj or w(C)
Which is the maj or w
S 5. AnswerS 5. Answer theS theS DifferS Differ
Chand
carries
Chand
carries
e valves to prevent backflow of blood.
Chand
e valves to prevent backflow of blood.
function
Chand
function of
Chand
of
Chand
the
Chand
the
(a) ephrons
Chand
(a) ephrons (b)
Chand
(b)
B. Subjective Type QuestionsChand
B. Subjective Type Questions
followingChand
following
And
ens to our heartbeats with the help of stethoscope.
And
ens to our heartbeats with the help of stethoscope.
y deoxygenated blood to all organs of the body. And
y deoxygenated blood to all organs of the body.
carries And
carries oxygenatedAnd
oxygenated
Compa
ny lected in the bladder is passed out from the body through the
Compa
ny lected in the bladder is passed out from the body through the
ed from the body by sweat glands through the skin.
Compa
ny
ed from the body by sweat glands through the skin.
oduct formed in the cells during respiration.
Compa
ny
oduct formed in the cells during respiration.
e of an adult person at rest is .… … … … … .................. per minute.
Compa
ny
e of an adult person at rest is .… … … … … .................. per minute.
oxygenated blood absorbs fresh oxygen to become
Compa
ny
oxygenated blood absorbs fresh oxygen to become
Limite
dsuction
Limite
dsuction
ound on the surface of leaves of plants through which exchange of gases
Limite
dound on the surface of leaves of plants through which exchange of gases
dure used for cleaning the blood of a person by separating the waste product
Limite
ddure used for cleaning the blood of a person by separating the waste product
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
128
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 5
ame ............................................................... Class ......................... ate ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) An organ which pumps blood to all parts of the body.
(b) Red colored liquid which flows in the blood vessels and circulates in our body.
( c) Thousands of tiny filters present in the kidney.
(d) Component of blood that helps in the clotting of blood in a cut or wound.
( e) The blood vessel which carries oxygenated blood from lungs into the left atrium.
2. Write True or False:
(a) Capillaries are extremely thin blood vessels which connect arteries to veins.
( b) When the right ventricle of the heart contracts, it pumps oxygenated blood into the lungs.
( c) One complete contraction and relaxation of the heart is called a heartbeat.
( d) The heart in human beings is a single pump.
(e) rea is removed from the blood by the kidneys.
. iveonefunctionof:
(a) Stomata (b) Plasma (c) Valves in veins (d) Pulmonary artery (e) Transpiration 4. Correct the following statements:
(a) ric acid is the major waste product in human beings.
( b) X ylem carries food from the leaves to all other parts of the plant.
( c) Every person has one kidney.
(d) Pulse rate of an adult person while resting is 15-1 per minute.
(e) Presence of plasma makes the blood red in color.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5 . Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between the functions of red blood cells and white blood cells.
( b) List the composition and functions of sweat.
( c) What do you understand by pulse? How is the pulse rate traditionally taken?
( d) Explain the circulatory system in sponges and Hydra.
( e) Distinguish between the cell and tissue.
(C)
(e) Presence
(C)
(e) Presence
B. Subjective Type Questions
(C) B. Subjective Type Questions
5 .(C)
5 . Answer(C)
Answer
( a)(C)
( a)
S (d) Pulse
S (d) Pulse
(e) PresenceS (e) Presence
Chand
(b)
Chand
(b)artery
Chand
artery (e)
Chand
(e)Correct the following statements:
Chand
Correct the following statements:
is
Chand
is the
Chand
the major
Chand
major
X ylem carries f
Chand
X ylem carries food from the leaves to all other parts of the plant.
Chand
ood from the leaves to all other parts of the plant.
Ever Chand
Every person has one kidney. Cha
nd
y person has one kidney. Chand
rateChand
rate
And The heart in human beings is a single pump.
And The heart in human beings is a single pump.
blood
And blood by
And by the
And the
(b) And
(b) PlasmaAnd
PlasmaTranspirationAnd
Transpiration
Compa
ny in
Compa
ny in a
Compa
ny a cut
Compa
ny cut
xygenated blood from lungs into the left atrium.
Compa
ny
xygenated blood from lungs into the left atrium.
which
Compa
ny
which connect
Compa
ny
connect
tricle of the heart contracts, it pumps oxygenated blood into the
Compa
ny
tricle of the heart contracts, it pumps oxygenated blood into the
e contraction and relaxation of the heart is called a heartbeat. Compa
ny
e contraction and relaxation of the heart is called a heartbeat.
The heart in human beings is a single pump. Compa
ny
The heart in human beings is a single pump.
theCom
pany
the kidneys.Com
pany
kidneys.
Limite
dcirculates
Limite
dcirculates in
Limite
din our
Limite
dour body.
Limite
dbody.
orLimite
d
or wound.Limite
d
wound.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
129
6 . Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) Explain the role of vascular tissues in transport in plants.
( b) How is a patient of kidney failure treated?
( c) Write the composition of urine in human beings. What is the amount of urine passed by an adult human in a day?
( d) Explain the working of the human circulatory system.
(e) ame the major organs of human excretory system and draw a neat diagram to show the same.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Whatpreventsthe ac flowof loodinsidetheheartduringcontraction?
( a) Thick muscular walls of ventricles ( b) V alves
( c) Thin walls of atria ( d) All of these
2. oagulationof loodinacutorawoundis roughta out :
( a) Platelets ( b) White blood cells ( c) Red blood cells ( d) Plasma . he lteringunitinthehumane cretor s stemiscalled:
( a) ephron ( b) euron ( c) ephridia ( d) Kidney 4. Whichofthefollowinghelpsintheupwardmovementofwateranddissolvedminerals
fromtherootstotheleavesthroughthestem?
( a) Transportation ( b) Translocation ( c) Tropic movement ( d) Transpiration 5. hee changeofvariousmaterials etweenthe loodandthe od cellsta esplace
through:
( a) Arteries ( b) V eins ( c) Lungs ( d) Capillaries
(C) S
Cha
nd ( b)
Chand
( b) And
materials
And
materials etween
And
etween
V And
V eins And
eins
Compa
ny ll of these
Compa
ny ll of these
a out
Compa
ny a out :
Compa
ny :
hite blood cells
Compa
ny
hite blood cellsP
Compa
ny
Plasma
Compa
ny
lasma s stem
Compa
ny
s stem is
Compa
ny
is called:
Compa
ny
called:
( c)
Compa
ny
( c)
Compa
ny
ephridia
Compa
ny
ephridia upwar
Compa
ny
upward
Compa
ny
d movemen
Compa
ny
movementhe Com
pany
the stem?Compa
ny
stem?
( b) Compa
ny
( b)
Limite
dto
Limite
dto
contraction?
Limite
dcontraction?
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
130
12
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The different methods of reproduction in plants.
• About asexual reproduction in plants.
• The means of vegetative propagation in plants.
• About sexual reproduction in plants.
• The process of pollination and fertilization.
• Formation of fruits and dispersal of seeds.
Textbook: Refer to pages 186 to 203
Periods allocated: 14 periods
VOCABULARY
Reproduction, asexual reproduction, sexual reproduction, gametes, vegetative propagation, node, axil, bud, budding
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Methods of reproduction in plants (Page 186)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing the characteristics of living organisms would be a good topic to start the chapter. One of most important characteristics of living organisms is that they can produce new offspring.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked why gardeners use the stem cuttings of rose plant to create new plants of rose. Similarly, ask students why the farmers sow seeds to grow new plants.
Reproduction in PlantsReproduction in Plants
(C) Methods of reproduction in plants (Page 186)
(C) Methods of reproduction in plants (Page 186)
Learning Tools (C) Learning Tools (C)
Interactive warm up exercise: (C)
Interactive warm up exercise: topic to start the chapter. One of most important characteristics of living organisms is that they
(C)
topic to start the chapter. One of most important characteristics of living organisms is that they
S S Methods of reproduction in plants (Page 186) S Methods of reproduction in plants (Page 186)
Chand
Chand
Chand
Chand
Chand
Reproduction, asexual reproduction, sexual reproduction, gametes, vegetative propagation, node,
Chand
Reproduction, asexual reproduction, sexual reproduction, gametes, vegetative propagation, node,
And
And
And
And Textbook: Refer to pages 186 to 203
And Textbook: Refer to pages 186 to 203Com
pany
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Formation of fruits and dispersal of seeds. Compa
ny
Formation of fruits and dispersal of seeds.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
dThe present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Lim
ited
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
131
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that there are two types of reproduction occur in plants- asexual reproduction and sexual reproduction. Students should know that gametes are the special cells involved in sexual reproduction and not involved in asexual reproduction. Students should be able to differentiate between asexual reproduction and sexual reproduction in plants on the basis of the formation of seeds.
Suggested home assignment
Define asexual reproduction and sexual reproduction in plants.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2
Asexual reproduction in plants (Page 187)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students the various methods by which asexual reproduction in plants can take place- V egetative propagation, budding, fragmentation and spore formation. Students should know the meaning of the plant parts- axil, node and bud.
Suggested home assignment
Define the terms: node, axil and bud
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Vegetative propagation (Page 188)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the vegetative parts of the plant refer to the stem, roots and leaves. Students should be able to cite examples of plants which reproduce by this method and state their plant parts.
Suggested home assignment
Give the name of the plant part through which vegetative propagation takes place in the given plants: Money plant, Bryophyllum and Dahlia.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 4
Budding (Page 191)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that in budding, a small part of the body of the parent plant grows out as a bulb like proj ection called the bud, which then detaches and becomes a new plant. Students should be able to cite the example of yeast which reproduces by this method.
(C)
(C)
(C)
Budding (Page 191) (C)
Budding (Page 191)
S S Give the name of the plant part through which vegetative propagation takes place in the given
S Give the name of the plant part through which vegetative propagation takes place in the given plants: Money plant, Bryophyllum and Dahlia. S plants: Money plant, Bryophyllum and Dahlia. Cha
nd
Explain them that the vegetative parts of the plant refer to the stem, roots and leaves. Students
Chand
Explain them that the vegetative parts of the plant refer to the stem, roots and leaves. Students
Chand
should be able to cite examples of plants which reproduce by this method and state their plant parts.
Chand
should be able to cite examples of plants which reproduce by this method and state their plant parts.
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Give the name of the plant part through which vegetative propagation takes place in the given Chand
Give the name of the plant part through which vegetative propagation takes place in the given plants: Money plant, Bryophyllum and Dahlia. Cha
nd
plants: Money plant, Bryophyllum and Dahlia.
And
And ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
And ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Vegetative propagation (Page 188)
And
Vegetative propagation (Page 188)
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Discuss with the students the various methods by which asexual reproduction in plants can take
Compa
ny
Discuss with the students the various methods by which asexual reproduction in plants can take place- V egetative propagation, budding, fragmentation and spore formation. Students should know
Compa
ny
place- V egetative propagation, budding, fragmentation and spore formation. Students should know
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3 Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
132
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 1 1 to study the process of asexual reproduction in yeast by budding.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Draw a neat diagram to show how yeast reproduces by the method of budding.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Fragmentation and spore formation (Page 192)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the breaking up of the body of a plant into two or more pieces on maturing, each of which subsequently grows to form a new plant, is called fragmentation. Students should be able to explain this by citing the example of Spirogyra which is a filamentous alga plant. Discuss that spores are asexual reproductive bodies and those plants which reproduce by spore formation are Rhizopus fungus, ferns and mosses.
Suggested home assignment
Show the method of fragmentation in Spirogyra and formation of spores in common bread mould with the help of a neat diagram.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Sexual reproduction in plants (Page 193)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain to the students that most of the flowering plants reproduce by sexual reproduction method involving the fusion of sex cells called gametes. Students should know that after the fusion of gametes, fertilization takes place for the production of seeds. Seeds grow into new plants.
Suggested home assignment
Define gametes
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Structure of flower (Page 194)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the reproductive part of the plant is the flower. Students should know the male and female parts of the flower.
(C)
(C) Define gametes
(C) Define gametes
Structure of flower (Page 194) (C
) Structure of flower (Page 194)
S Suggested home assignmentS Suggested home assignment
Define gametes S Define gametes
Chand
Sexual reproduction in plants (Page 193)
Chand
Sexual reproduction in plants (Page 193)
Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Teacher guided discussion
Explain to the students that most of the flowering plants reproduce by sexual reproduction method
Chand
Explain to the students that most of the flowering plants reproduce by sexual reproduction method involving the fusion of sex cells called gametes. Students should know that after the fusion of
Chand
involving the fusion of sex cells called gametes. Students should know that after the fusion of gametes, fertilization takes place for the production of seeds. Seeds grow into new plants. Cha
nd
gametes, fertilization takes place for the production of seeds. Seeds grow into new plants.
Suggested home assignmentChand
Suggested home assignment
And
And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Sexual reproduction in plants (Page 193) And
Sexual reproduction in plants (Page 193)
Compa
ny Explain them that the breaking up of the body of a plant into two or more pieces on maturing,
Compa
ny Explain them that the breaking up of the body of a plant into two or more pieces on maturing,
each of which subsequently grows to form a new plant, is called fragmentation. Students should
Compa
ny
each of which subsequently grows to form a new plant, is called fragmentation. Students should be able to explain this by citing the example of Spirogyra which is a filamentous alga plant. Discuss
Compa
ny
be able to explain this by citing the example of Spirogyra which is a filamentous alga plant. Discuss that spores are asexual reproductive bodies and those plants which reproduce by spore formation
Compa
ny
that spores are asexual reproductive bodies and those plants which reproduce by spore formation
Show the method of fragmentation in Spirogyra and formation of spores in common bread mould Compa
ny
Show the method of fragmentation in Spirogyra and formation of spores in common bread mould
Limite
d
Limite
d
Explain them that the breaking up of the body of a plant into two or more pieces on maturing, Limite
d
Explain them that the breaking up of the body of a plant into two or more pieces on maturing,
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
133
Using resources
Dissect a flower and show the male and female parts of the flower to the students.
Suggested home assignment
Draw a neat and well labeled diagram of the structure of flower showing its male and female parts.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Pollination (Page 195)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain that the transfer of pollen grains from the anther of the stamen to the stigma of the pistil is called pollination. It is of two types Self pollination is pollination in the same flower and Cross pollination is pollination from one flower to another flower. Students should be aware of the pollinating agents: wind, water and insects. They should be able to cite examples of plants where these agents are used.
Suggested home assignment
Name the agent of pollination in: J asmine, Maize and Hydrilla.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Fertilisation (Page 196)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain that the process in which the male gamete present in pollen grain fuses with female gamete present in ovule to form a new cell called zygote is called fertilisation. Students should be familiarized of the process in detail.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
How does fertilisation in a flower take place?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Formation of fruits and seeds (Page 197)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain that after fertilisation, the ovule present in the ovary grows to form a seed and the ovary becomes a fruit.
(C)
Suggested home assignment
(C)
Suggested home assignment
(C)
(C) How does fertilisation in a flower take place?
(C) How does fertilisation in a flower take place? S on the Study Gear app.
S on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignmentS Suggested home assignment
How does fertilisation in a flower take place? S
How does fertilisation in a flower take place?
Chand
Explain that the process in which the male gamete present in pollen grain fuses with female
Chand
Explain that the process in which the male gamete present in pollen grain fuses with female gamete present in ovule to form a new cell called zygote is called fertilisation. Students should be
Chand
gamete present in ovule to form a new cell called zygote is called fertilisation. Students should be familiarized of the process in detail.
Chand
familiarized of the process in detail.
theChand
the videoCha
nd
videoChand
on the Study Gear app. Chand
on the Study Gear app.
And
Explain that the process in which the male gamete present in pollen grain fuses with female And
Explain that the process in which the male gamete present in pollen grain fuses with female gamete present in ovule to form a new cell called zygote is called fertilisation. Students should be And
gamete present in ovule to form a new cell called zygote is called fertilisation. Students should be
Compa
ny
Compa
ny pollination is pollination from one flower to another flower. Students should be aware of the
Compa
ny pollination is pollination from one flower to another flower. Students should be aware of the
pollinating agents: wind, water and insects. They should be able to cite examples of plants where
Compa
ny pollinating agents: wind, water and insects. They should be able to cite examples of plants where
Name the agent of pollination in: J asmine, Maize and Hydrilla.
Compa
ny
Name the agent of pollination in: J asmine, Maize and Hydrilla.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Limite
d
Limite
dExplain that the transfer of pollen grains from the anther of the stamen to the stigma of the pistil
Limite
dExplain that the transfer of pollen grains from the anther of the stamen to the stigma of the pistil
the Limite
dthe sameLim
ited
same flowerLimite
dflower
pollination is pollination from one flower to another flower. Students should be aware of the Limite
d
pollination is pollination from one flower to another flower. Students should be aware of the
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
134
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Give the fate of the following parts of flower after fertilisation Petals, sepals, ovary, ovules.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
Dispersal of fruits and seeds (Page 197)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that dispersal of seeds means to scatter seeds over a wide area. Students should be able to list its importance to the plants. They should know that various types of seeds and fruits can be dispersed by wind, water, animals and by explosive mechanism. Students should be able to cite examples of plants whose seeds and fruits are dispersed by these agents.
Suggested home assignment
How are the seeds of the following plants dispersed: Drumstick plant, Water lily plant, X anthium and Castor.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the C given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 13
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 14
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Rose 2. Potato
3. Sweet potato and Dahlia 4. Bryophyllum
5. Ferns 6. Y east
7. Stem cu ng method . Budding
(C)
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions (C)
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
S Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
S Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter. S for the chapter.
Chand
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 13
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 13
Chand
Chand
Chand
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
Chand
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet Chand
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
And
And
And Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
And Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
chapter And
chapter in And
in theAnd
the CAnd
C
Compa
ny
Compa
ny able to list its importance to the plants. They should know that various types of seeds and fruits
Compa
ny able to list its importance to the plants. They should know that various types of seeds and fruits
can be dispersed by wind, water, animals and by explosive mechanism. Students should be able to
Compa
ny can be dispersed by wind, water, animals and by explosive mechanism. Students should be able to
cite examples of plants whose seeds and fruits are dispersed by these agents.
Compa
ny
cite examples of plants whose seeds and fruits are dispersed by these agents.
How are the seeds of the following plants dispersed: Drumstick plant, Water lily plant, X anthium
Compa
ny
How are the seeds of the following plants dispersed: Drumstick plant, Water lily plant, X anthium
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12 Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons. Com
pany
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Limite
d
Limite
dExplain them that dispersal of seeds means to scatter seeds over a wide area. Students should be Lim
ited
Explain them that dispersal of seeds means to scatter seeds over a wide area. Students should be able to list its importance to the plants. They should know that various types of seeds and fruits Lim
ited
able to list its importance to the plants. They should know that various types of seeds and fruits
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
135
. Fragmentation 1 . Spore formation
11. (a) Sexual reproduction (b) Asexual reproduction
12. (a) Sexual reproduction (b) Asexual reproduction
13. Wheat, gram 14. Rose, potato
15. (a) east (b) Bread mould 1 . Water lily
1 . anthium 1 . Flower
1 . a. Stamen b. Pistil 2 . rumstick, Maple
21. Madar, sunflower 22. Grasses, orchids
23. i. Anther (stamen) ii. vary (pistil) 24. Pollen grains
25. (a) Pollen grains contain the male gametes (or male sex cells) of the plant.
( b) Ovules contain the female gametes ( or female sex cells) of the plant.
26. (a) Pollination (b) Fertilisation
27. ygote 2 . Ovary
2 . ( a) False ( b) True
3 . (a) unisexual (b) pollination (c) fertilisation (d) female male (e) seed fruit (f) reproductive (g) sexual (h) zygote (i) zygote (j) embryo (k) root stem (l) wind, water, animals (m) animals water
B. Short Answer Type Questions
31. (a) Pollination is done by insects, wind and water.
( b) The main agents for the dispersal of seeds and fruits are wind, water and animals.
32. The transfer of pollen grains from the anther of a stamen to the stigma of a pistil is called pollination. Pollination can occur in two ways self-pollination and cross-pollination.
33. ( i) c ( ii) e ( iii) b ( iv) a ( v) d
34. (a) The flowers which contain only one reproductive organ ( either male or female) are called unisexual flowers. The flowers which contain both the reproductive organs ( male as well as female) are called bisexual flowers.
( b) The plants such as papaya, watermelon, corn, and cucumber have unisexual flowers.
( c) The plants such as rose, mustard, Hibiscus and petunia have bisexual flowers.
35. The seed contains embryo ( baby plant) and food for developing new plant. The two plants whose seeds are dispersed by an explosive mechanism involving the sudden bursting of their ripe fruits are Castor and Balsam.
36. The stems, roots and leaves are called vegetative parts of a plant.
37. The breaking up of the body of a plant into two ( or more) pieces on maturing, each of which subsequently grows to form a new plant, is called fragmentation. Spirogyra reproduces by the asexual method of reproduction called fragmentation.
3 . The leaves of Bryophyllum plant develop some buds in its margins ( or edges) . When a mature leaf of the Bryophyllum plant falls on the ground, then each bud can grow into a new plant. Sometimes, even before a leaf drops off from a Bryophyllum plant, we can see
(C) whose
(C) whose
their
(C) their ripe
(C) ripe
36.(C)
36. The(C)
The stems,(C) stems,
37.(C)
37. The breaking up of the body of a plant into two ( or more) pieces on maturing, each of which (C)
The breaking up of the body of a plant into two ( or more) pieces on maturing, each of which
S The plants such as rose, mus
S The plants such as rose, mus
The seed contains embryo ( baby plant) and food for developing new plant. The two plants S The seed contains embryo ( baby plant) and food for developing new plant. The two plants whoseS whose seedsS
seeds
Chand
( i) c ( ii) e ( iii) b ( iv) a ( v) d
Chand
( i) c ( ii) e ( iii) b ( iv) a ( v) d
The flowers which contain only one reproductive organ ( either male or female) are
Chand
The flowers which contain only one reproductive organ ( either male or female) are called unisexual flowers. The flowers which contain both the reproductive organs
Chand
called unisexual flowers. The flowers which contain both the reproductive organs ( male as well as female) are called bisexual flowers.
Chand
( male as well as female) are called bisexual flowers.
The plants such
Chand
The plants such
The plants such as rose, musChand
The plants such as rose, mus
The seed contains embryo ( baby plant) and food for developing new plant. The two plants Chand
The seed contains embryo ( baby plant) and food for developing new plant. The two plants
And or the dispersal of seeds and fruits are wind, water and animals.
And or the dispersal of seeds and fruits are wind, water and animals.
from
And
from the
And
the anther
And
antheroccurAnd
occur inAnd
in twoAnd
two
Compa
ny
female
Compa
ny
female male
Compa
ny
male (e)
Compa
ny
(e) seed
Compa
ny
seedste
Compa
ny
stem
Compa
ny
m (l)
Compa
ny
(l) wind,
Compa
ny
wind,
wind Compa
ny
wind andCompa
ny
and water.Compa
ny
water.
or the dispersal of seeds and fruits are wind, water and animals. Compa
ny
or the dispersal of seeds and fruits are wind, water and animals.
Limite
dplant.
Limite
dplant.
ain the female gametes ( or female sex cells) of the plant.
Limite
dain the female gametes ( or female sex cells) of the plant.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
136
new plantlets already growing on it.
3 . Each potato plant produces more than one tuber, and each tuber has more than one bud ( which produces more than one new plant) .
4 . The reproduction of plants by the methods of vegetative propagation has the following advantages :
( i) The new plants produced by vegetative propagation take much less time to grow and bear flowers and fruits as compared to the plants grown from seeds.
( ii) The new plants produced by vegetative propagation are exactly like the parent plant ( because they are produced from a single parent) . So, all the desirable features of the parent plant will be replicated in the new plants. On the other hand, the plants produced from seeds ( made by sexual reproduction) have features of both the parents ( male and female) .
41. They reproduce asexually with the formation of spores.
42. They are the male and female organs of reproduction respectively.
43. When the pollen grains from the anther of a flower are transferred to the stigma of the same flower (or another flower on the same plant), it is called self-pollination. When the pollen grains from the anther of a flower on one plant are transferred to the stigma of a flower on another similar plant, it is called cross-pollination.
44. Pollination is done by insects such as bees and butterflies. The insects carry pollen from flower to flower and help in pollination. This happens as follows Certain flowers have a nectary near their base which contains a sugary liquid called nectar. When an insect sits on the flower of a plant for sucking nectar, then the pollen grains from the anther of this flower stick to its body. And when this insect now sits on another flower to suck nectar, then the pollen grains sticking to its body are transferred to the stigma of this second flower. In this way, the insects transfer pollen grains from flower to flower and carry out pollination.
45. When a pollen grain falls on the stigma of the pistil, the pollen grain grows a pollen tube downwards through the style towards the female gamete in the ovary. A male gamete moves down the pollen tube. The pollen tube enters the ovule in the ovary.
46. The process in which the male gamete present in pollen grain fuses ( j oins) with the female gamete present in ovule to form a new cell called zygote is called fertilisation. When a pollen grain falls on the stigma of the pistil, the pollen grain grows a pollen tube downwards through the style towards the female gamete in the ovary. A male gamete moves down the pollen tube. The pollen tube enters the ovule in the ovary. The tip of pollen tube bursts open and male gamete comes out of pollen tube. In ovary, the male gamete of pollen combines ( or fuses) with the female gamete present in ovule to form a ‘fertilised egg cell’ called ‘zygote’ (Actually, the male gamete fuses with the nucleus of the ‘female gamete’ or ‘egg cell’ to form zygote) . Z ygote develops into an embryo. Embryo is that part of a seed which develops into a new plant. An embryo is a kind of baby plant in dormant state (inactive state).
47. The production of new plants from existing plants by the fusion of their gametes (or sex cells) is called sexual reproduction. It is called sexual reproduction because sex cells (called gametes) are involved in this method for producing new plants. In sexual reproduction in
(C) male gamete comes out of pollen tube. In ovary, the male gamete of pollen combines ( or
(C) male gamete comes out of pollen tube. In ovary, the male gamete of pollen combines ( or
fuses)
(C) fuses) with
(C) with
(Actually,(C)
(Actually,form zygote) . Z ygote develops into an embryo. Embryo is that part of a seed which develops (C)
form zygote) . Z ygote develops into an embryo. Embryo is that part of a seed which develops
S the style towards the female gamete in the ovary. A male gamete moves down the pollen
S the style towards the female gamete in the ovary. A male gamete moves down the pollen tube. S tube. TheS The pollenS pollenmale gamete comes out of pollen tube. In ovary, the male gamete of pollen combines ( or S male gamete comes out of pollen tube. In ovary, the male gamete of pollen combines ( or
Chand
falls
Chand
falls on
Chand
ondownwards through the style towards the female gamete in the ovary. A male gamete
Chand
downwards through the style towards the female gamete in the ovary. A male gamete moves down the pollen tube. The pollen tube enters the ovule in the ovary.
Chand
moves down the pollen tube. The pollen tube enters the ovule in the ovary.
The process in which the male gamete present in pollen grain fuses ( j oins) with the female
Chand
The process in which the male gamete present in pollen grain fuses ( j oins) with the female
present
Chand
present in
Chand
in ovule
Chand
ovule
falls Chand
falls onCha
nd
on theChand
the stigmaCha
nd
stigmathe style towards the female gamete in the ovary. A male gamete moves down the pollen Cha
nd
the style towards the female gamete in the ovary. A male gamete moves down the pollen
And ar,
And ar, then
And then
insect
And insect now
And now
body
And
body are
And
are transf
And
transfpollenAnd
pollenAnd
grainsAnd
grains
theAnd
the stigmaAnd
stigma
Compa
ny respectively.
Compa
ny respectively.
transf
Compa
ny
transferred
Compa
ny
erredis
Compa
ny
is called
Compa
ny
called self-pollination.
Compa
ny
self-pollination.plant
Compa
ny
plant are
Compa
ny
are transf
Compa
ny
transfcross-pollination.
Compa
ny
cross-pollination.
and
Compa
ny
and butterflies.
Compa
ny
butterflies.This
Compa
ny
This happens
Compa
ny
happensnectary near their base which contains a sugary liquid called nectar. When an insect sits on Com
pany
nectary near their base which contains a sugary liquid called nectar. When an insect sits on thenCom
pany
then theCompa
ny
the pollenCompa
ny
pollensitsCom
pany
sits
Limite
dts produced by vegetative propagation are exactly like the parent plant
Limite
dts produced by vegetative propagation are exactly like the parent plant ( because they are produced from a single parent) . So, all the desirable features of
Limite
d( because they are produced from a single parent) . So, all the desirable features of the parent plant will be replicated in the new plants. On the other hand, the plants
Limite
dthe parent plant will be replicated in the new plants. On the other hand, the plants produced from seeds ( made by sexual reproduction) have features of both the parents
Limite
dproduced from seeds ( made by sexual reproduction) have features of both the parents
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
137
plants, the fusion of male and female gametes leads to the formation of seeds. The seeds can then germinate to form plants. So, in sexual reproduction, new plants are obtained from existing plants through seeds.
4 . The seeds and fruits dispersed by wind either have wing like structures or they have hair or they are very small and light, which helps them to be easily carried away by the blowing wind. Some of the plants whose seeds or fruits are dispersed by wind are rumstick, Maple, Madar (Aak), Sunflower, Cotton.
4 . (a) by wind ( b) by animals ( c) by explosive mechanism ( d) by wind
5 . If all the seeds produced by a plant which fall directly underneath the plant germinate and grow there, then a large number of new plants would grow up close together in a small area of soil. The large number of new plants growing close together will compete with one another for water and minerals ( from the soil) , and sunlight, leading to shortage of water, minerals and sunlight. ue to insu cient water, minerals and sunlight, the newly growing plants will not be healthy and many plants would die. This will harm the plants in the long run because their further spreading will be prevented.
51. The seeds and fruits of some of the plants are dispersed by water. The seeds and fruits which are dispersed by water develop ‘floating ability’ in the form of ‘spongy’ or ‘fibrous’ outer coats. The seeds of water lily plant and coconut plant are dispersed by water.
52. (a) Wings Maple (b) air Sunflower
(c) Fibrous coat Coconut (d) ooks rena
(e) Property of bursting Balsam
53. The coconut fruits have a fibrous outer coat which enables them to float in water and carried away by flowing water to far off places. Coconut fruits floating in sea-water are carried hundreds of kilometres away by the sea currents to other parts of land. It is due to the dispersal of coconut fruits by sea-water that coconut trees grow in all the coastal areas ( sea-shore areas) .
54. Some fruits develop hooks on their surface by which they get attached to the hairy bodies of the passing animals and carried away to distant places. These fruits may be carried several kilometres by the moving animals before they are rubbed off from their body and fall to the ground. When the fruits are dispersed by an animal, the seeds present in them are automatically dispersed. The fruits of anthium and rena plants are covered with numerous hooks due to which they are dispersed by animals.
55. (a) By wind ( b) By wind ( c) By animals ( d) By explosive mechanism
C. Long Answer Type Questions
56. The function of a flower is to make male and female gametes, and to ensure that fertilisation will take place to make seeds for growing new plants. In other words, flowers perform the function of reproduction in plants by producing seeds of the plant. refer to figure 12 for the diagram. The insect pollinated flowers have large, bright coloured, and scented petals as well as nectar to attract insects for pollination. They have large pollen grains which can stick to the body of insects. The insect pollinated flowers have anthers and stigmas inside the flower so that the insect can brush against them when it is drinking nectar.
(C)
a) By wind
(C)
a) By wind
C. Long Answer Type Questions
(C) C. Long Answer Type Questions
56.(C)
56. The(C)
The function(C) function
will(C)
will
S numerous hooks due to which they are dispersed by animals.
S numerous hooks due to which they are dispersed by animals.
S a) By wind S a) By wind Cha
nd develop
Chand
develop hooks
Chand
hooks on
Chand
on
Chand
of the passing animals and carried away to distant places. These fruits may be carried
Chand
of the passing animals and carried away to distant places. These fruits may be carried
kilometres
Chand
kilometres by
Chand
by the
Chand
the
fall to the ground. When the fruits are dispersed by an animal, the seeds present in them
Chand
fall to the ground. When the fruits are dispersed by an animal, the seeds present in them
automaticallyChand
automatically
numerous hooks due to which they are dispersed by animals. Chand
numerous hooks due to which they are dispersed by animals.
And outer
And outer
to
And to far
And far off
And off
carried hundreds of kilometres away by the sea currents to other parts of land. It is due to
And
carried hundreds of kilometres away by the sea currents to other parts of land. It is due to the dispersal of coconut fruits by sea-water that coconut trees grow in all the coastal areas And
the dispersal of coconut fruits by sea-water that coconut trees grow in all the coastal areas
Compa
ny plants will not be healthy and many plants would die. This will harm the plants in the long
Compa
ny plants will not be healthy and many plants would die. This will harm the plants in the long
The seeds and fruits of some of the plants are dispersed by water. The seeds and fruits
Compa
ny
The seeds and fruits of some of the plants are dispersed by water. The seeds and fruits ability’
Compa
ny
ability’ in
Compa
ny
in the
Compa
ny
the form
Compa
ny
formouter coats. The seeds of water lily plant and coconut plant are dispersed by water.
Compa
ny
outer coats. The seeds of water lily plant and coconut plant are dispersed by water.
Compa
ny
(b)
Compa
ny
(b) air
Compa
ny
air
Compa
ny
coatCompa
ny
coat whichCompa
ny
whichplaces.Com
pany
places.
Limite
d( d) by wind
Limite
d( d) by wind
If all the seeds produced by a plant which fall directly underneath the plant germinate and
Limite
dIf all the seeds produced by a plant which fall directly underneath the plant germinate and grow there, then a large number of new plants would grow up close together in a small
Limite
dgrow there, then a large number of new plants would grow up close together in a small area of soil. The large number of new plants growing close together will compete with one
Limite
darea of soil. The large number of new plants growing close together will compete with one another for water and minerals ( from the soil) , and sunlight, leading to shortage of water,
Limite
danother for water and minerals ( from the soil) , and sunlight, leading to shortage of water,
sunlight,Limite
dsunlight, theLim
ited
the newlyLimite
dnewly
plants will not be healthy and many plants would die. This will harm the plants in the long Limite
dplants will not be healthy and many plants would die. This will harm the plants in the long
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
138
57. (a) The production of new organisms from the existing organisms of the same species is called reproduction. There are two types of methods of reproduction ( or modes of reproduction) in plants: ( i) Asexual reproduction, and ( ii) Sexual reproduction. b. In vegetative propagation, new plants are produced from the parts of old plants (like stems, roots or leaves) . Some of the plants which are usually reproduced by the method of vegetative propagation are rose, champa (Magnolia), potato.
5 . (a) The production of new plants from existing plants without the involvement of gametes (or sex cells) is called asexual reproduction. Some of the plants which can be produced by asexual reproduction methods (without seeds) are rose, potato, ginger. b. The production of new plants from existing plants by the fusion of their gametes (or sex cells) is called sexual reproduction. Some of the plants which are produced by sexual reproduction method (from seeds) are wheat, gram (chana), maize.
5 . (a) The basic difference between asexual reproduction and sexual reproduction in plants is that (i) In asexual reproduction, new plants are produced without seeds. (ii) In sexual reproduction, new plants are produced from seeds. The asexual reproduction in plants can take place by the following methods:
( i) V egetative propagation, ( ii) Budding,
( iii) Fragmentation, and ( iv) Spore formation.
( b) Rose plants are propagated ( or reproduced) by means of cuttings from stems ( or branches) as follows: A piece of branch with a node ( where a leaf is attached) is cut from an existing rose plant with the help of a knife. This piece of branch is the rose ‘cutting’. It has a bud in the axil (near the node). The lower part of the cutting is buried in moist soil. The upper part of cutting having the node ( or bud) is kept above the ground. Water the planted cutting everyday. After a few days, the end of cutting buried in the soil develops roots. The bud develops into a shoot ( branch with leaves) . In this way, the branch cutting of a rose plant grows to become a new rose plant.
. (a) ‘ ispersal of seeds’ means ‘to scatter seeds over a wide area’. Seed dispersal is beneficial to the plants because it provides the following advantages to the plants:
( i) Seed dispersal prevents the overcrowding of plants in an area.
( ii) Seed dispersal prevents the competition for water, minerals and sunlight among the same kind of plants.
( iii) Seed dispersal helps the plants to grow in new places ( or new habitats) for wider distribution.
(b) 1. ispersal of Seeds and Fruits by Wind The seeds and fruits dispersed by wind either have wing like structures or they have hair or they are very small and light, which helps them to be easily carried away by the blowing wind. 2. Dispersal of Seeds and Fruits by Water: The seeds and fruits of some of the plants are dispersed by water. 3. Dispersal of Seeds and Fruits by Animals: Some fruits develop hooks on their surface by which they get attached to the hairy bodies of the passing animals and carried away to distant places.
(C) (b) 1.
(C) (b) 1.
have wing like structures or they have hair or they are very small and light, which
(C) have wing like structures or they have hair or they are very small and light, which
helps them to be easily carried away by the blowing wind. 2. Dispersal of Seeds and (C)
helps them to be easily carried away by the blowing wind. 2. Dispersal of Seeds and
S ( iii)
S ( iii)distribution. S distribution.
(b) 1.S (b) 1. isS
is
Chand
seeds’
Chand
seeds’ means
Chand
meansto the plants because it provides the following advantages to the plants:
Chand
to the plants because it provides the following advantages to the plants:
Seed dispersal pre
Chand
Seed dispersal pre
Seed dispersal pre
Chand
Seed dispersal prethe same kind of plants. Cha
nd
the same kind of plants. Chand
Seed dispersal helpChand
Seed dispersal help
And buried in moist soil. The upper part of cutting having the node ( or bud) is kept above
And buried in moist soil. The upper part of cutting having the node ( or bud) is kept above
the ground. Water the planted cutting everyday. After a few days, the end of cutting
And the ground. Water the planted cutting everyday. After a few days, the end of cutting
buried in the soil develops roots. The bud develops into a shoot ( branch with leaves) .
And
buried in the soil develops roots. The bud develops into a shoot ( branch with leaves) . In this way, the branch cutting of a rose plant grows to become a new rose plant. And
In this way, the branch cutting of a rose plant grows to become a new rose plant.
‘toAnd
‘to
Compa
ny produced
Compa
ny produced
seeds.
Compa
ny seeds. The
Compa
ny The
Budding,
Compa
ny
Budding,
( iv)
Compa
ny
( iv) Spore forma
Compa
ny
Spore forma
lants are propagated ( or reproduced) by means of cuttings from stems ( or
Compa
ny
lants are propagated ( or reproduced) by means of cuttings from stems ( or branches) as follows: A piece of branch with a node ( where a leaf is attached) is cut
Compa
ny
branches) as follows: A piece of branch with a node ( where a leaf is attached) is cut from an existing rose plant with the help of a knife. This piece of branch is the rose
Compa
ny
from an existing rose plant with the help of a knife. This piece of branch is the rose (nearCom
pany
(near theCompa
ny
the node).Compa
ny
node).buried in moist soil. The upper part of cutting having the node ( or bud) is kept above Com
pany
buried in moist soil. The upper part of cutting having the node ( or bud) is kept above
Limite
dproduced
Limite
dproduced
ginger.
Limite
dginger. b.
Limite
db. The
Limite
dThegamet
Limite
dgametes
Limite
des (or
Limite
d(orproduced
Limite
dproduced by
Limite
dby sexual
Limite
dsexual
maize.
Limite
dmaize.
reproduction
Limite
dreproduction
produced Limite
dproduced withoutLim
ited
withoutasexualLim
ited
asexual
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
139
D. Multiple Choice Questions
1. ( b) 62. ( b) 63. ( c) 64. ( d) 65. ( d)
. (d) . (a) . (c) . (c) . (d)
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c)
. (d) . (c) . (d) . (c) . (c)
D. Questions Based on Higher Thinking Skills
1. (a) Pistil (b) vary (c) Stamen (d) Pollen grains (e)
2. (a) yphae (b) Sporangium (c) Spores
3. (a) Rose (b) Bryophyllum (c) Sweet potato (d) Fern (e) east (f) Spirogyra
4. (a) Papaya, Corn, Cucumber (b) Mustard, Rose, Petunia
5. (a) rumstick, Maple, Grass, Madar (Aak), Sunflower (b) Coconut (c) anthium, rena (d) Castor, Balsam
(C) S
Cha
nd And
Com
pany
Limite
dSpirogyra
Limite
dSpirogyra
Limite
d
(c)Limite
d(c) anthium,Lim
ited
anthium,
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
140
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions 1. amethemodeofreproductioninthefollowing:
(a) Potato
( b) Bryophyllum
( c) Sweet potato
( d) Y east
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) The fusion of male and female gametes is called .… … … … … .................. .
(b) Production of new individuals from the vegetative parts of the parent plant is called .… … … … … .................. .
( c) Seed dispersal takes place by the means of .… … … … … .................., .… … … … … .................. and .… … … … … ...................
( d) .… … … … … .................. is the male reproductive part of the flower.
3. Write true or false:
( a) In self pollination, only one parent is involved.
(b) Cross pollination takes place between flowers of different types.
( c) Ferns and mosses reproduce by producing seeds.
( d) Dispersal of seeds is necessary for the better survival of plants.
4. G ive two examples of:
( a) Winged seeds ( b) Hard fruits
(c) Plants which reproduce by spores (d) Plants which reproduce by cuttings
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between self pollination and cross pollination.
( b) How do spores help the plant to survive unfavourable conditions?
( c) Give two advantages of vegetative propagation.
( d) Define pollination and fertilization.
(C) S
Define pollination and fS Define pollination and fChand
B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
following
Chand
following
Chand
questions
Chand
questions
entiate between self pollination and cross pollination.
Chand
entiate between self pollination and cross pollination.
How do spores help the plan
Chand
How do spores help the plan
Give two advChand
Give two adv
Define pollination and fChand
Define pollination and f
And
reproduce And
reproduce byAnd
by sporesAnd
spores
Compa
ny akes place by the means of .… … … … … .................., .… … … … … ..................
Compa
ny akes place by the means of .… … … … … .................., .… … … … … ..................
e part of the flower.
Compa
ny
e part of the flower.
t is involved.
Compa
ny
t is involved.
flowers
Compa
ny
flowers of
Compa
ny
of different
Compa
ny
different
oduce by producing seeds.
Compa
ny
oduce by producing seeds.
or the better survival of plants. Compa
ny
or the better survival of plants.
Limite
dtes is called .… … … … … .................. .
Limite
dtes is called .… … … … … .................. .
parent
Limite
dparent plant
Limite
dplant
akes place by the means of .… … … … … .................., .… … … … … .................. Limite
dakes place by the means of .… … … … … .................., .… … … … … ..................
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
141
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 5
ame ............................................................... Class ......................... ate ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. amethemodeofreproductioninthefollowingplants:
( a) Algae ( b) Ferns ( c) Money plant ( d) Dahlia (e) Cactus 2. G ive one example of plant reprod ucing through:
( a) Seeds ( b) Stem cuttings ( c) Roots ( d) Leaves ( e) Fragmentation 3. Correct the following statements:
( a) Leaves are known to be the reproductive part of the plant.
( b) The anther contains ovules.
( c) In a flower, male gametes are produced by ovary.
( d) The method of budding occurs in ferns.
( e) Seeds of Drumstick plant get dispersed by water.
B. Subjective Type Questions
4. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between unisexual flowers and bisexual flowers.
( b) Give the fate of the following parts of the flower after fertilisation: petals, sepals, ovary and ovules.
( c) Explain the process of fragmentation in Spirogyra.
( d) What is pollination and name its various agents.
( e) What is germination?
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) What is meant by dispersal of seeds? How do plants benefit from seed dispersal?
( b) What is the function of the flower? Show the various parts of the flower with the help of a diagram.
( c) Name the various means of vegetative propagation. Give examples of plants reproducing by these means.
( d) Distinguish between asexual reproduction and sexual reproduction in plants.
( e) Explain how fertilisation takes place in flowers of the plants?
(C) ( a)
(C) ( a)
( b)
(C) ( b) What is the function
(C) What is the function
of a diagram.(C)
of a diagram.
( c)(C)
( c)
S What is germina
S What is germina
5. AnswerS 5. AnswerS theS the
What is meant bS What is meant b
Chand
entiate between unisexual flowers and bisexual flowers.
Chand
entiate between unisexual flowers and bisexual flowers.
te of the following parts of the flower after fertilisation: petals, sepals,
Chand
te of the following parts of the flower after fertilisation: petals, sepals, ovary and ovules.
Chand
ovary and ovules.
Explain the process of fragmen
Chand
Explain the process of fragmen
What is pollination and name its v
Chand
What is pollination and name its v
What is germinaChand
What is germina
followingChand
following
And et dispersed by water.
And et dispersed by water.
questionsAnd
questions inAnd
in short:And
short:
entiate between unisexual flowers and bisexual flowers. And
entiate between unisexual flowers and bisexual flowers.
Compa
ny
e known to be the reproductive part of the plant.
Compa
ny
e known to be the reproductive part of the plant.
, male gametes are produced by ovary.
Compa
ny
, male gametes are produced by ovary.
erns.
Compa
ny
erns.
et dispersed by water.Compa
ny
et dispersed by water.
Limite
d( d) Dahlia
Limite
d( d) Dahlia
( d) LeavesLimite
d
( d) Leaves
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
142
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Whichofthefollowingplantsisnotproduced thecu ngmethod?
( a) Rose ( b) Sugarcane ( c) Money plant ( d) Maize 2. heseeds fruitsofwhichofthefollowingplantarenotdispersed wind?
( a) Drumstick ( b) Grass ( c) Coconut ( d) Cotton 3. Bryophyllum can reprod uce by:
( a) Stem ( b) Leaves ( c) Roots ( d) Flowers 4. hestructurewhichproducesmalegametesinafloweris:
( a) Stem ( b) Pollen grains ( c) Ovary ( d) Stigma 5 . A spore prod ucing plant is:
( a) Rose ( b) Bread mould ( c) Potato ( d) Ginger
(C) S
Cha
nd And
Com
pany
Limite
dtigma
Limite
dtigma
( d)
Limite
d( d) G
Limite
dGinger
Limite
dinger
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
143
13
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The different types of motion.
• The concept of speed and measurement of speed.
• To represent motion graphically.
• The concept of time.
• About simple pendulum.
Textbook: Refer to pages 204 to 226
Periods allocated: 14 Periods
VOCABULARY
Rectilinear motion, circular motion, rotational motion, periodic motion, speed, speedometer, odometer, uniform motion, non-uniform motion, bar graph, pie chart, sun dial, sand clock, water clock, simple pendulum, oscillation, time period, amplitude.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Types of motion (Page 204)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students the term rest and motion would be good start for the topic and recapitulation of the content studied in Class V I.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked the different types of motion- Rectilinear motion, circular motion, rotational motion and periodic motion.
Motion and TimeMotion and Time
(C) Types of motion (Page 204)
(C) Types of motion (Page 204)
Learning Tools (C)
Learning Tools (C)
Interactive warm up exercise:(C)
Interactive warm up exercise:
S S Types of motion (Page 204) S Types of motion (Page 204)
Chand
Chand
Rectilinear motion, circular motion, rotational motion, periodic motion, speed, speedometer,
Chand
Rectilinear motion, circular motion, rotational motion, periodic motion, speed, speedometer, odometer, uniform motion, non-uniform motion, bar graph, pie chart, sun dial, sand clock, water
Chand
odometer, uniform motion, non-uniform motion, bar graph, pie chart, sun dial, sand clock, water clock, simple pendulum, oscillation, time period, amplitude.
Chand
clock, simple pendulum, oscillation, time period, amplitude.
And
And
And
And Textbook: Refer to pages 204 to 226
And Textbook: Refer to pages 204 to 226 Com
pany
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Lim
ited
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
144
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that rectilinear motion is motion in a straight line, circular motion is movement of an obj ect along a circular path, rotational motion is the spinning of an obj ect about a fixed axis and periodic motion is the motion which repeats itself after regular intervals of time. Students should be able to cite examples of all these types of motion.
Suggested home assignment
State the type of motion in case of: ball rolling on the ground, blades of the moving fan.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2
Slow and fast moving objects (Page 205)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that the distance moved by an obj ect in a unit time is called speed of the obj ect. Students should know that a slow moving obj ect is said to have low speed and a fast moving obj ect is said to have a high speed.
Suggested home assignment
Why does it take more time to reach school if you go by a bicycle than by the school bus?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 3 AND 4
Speed (Page 205)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that speed of an obj ect is the distance travelled in a unit time. Students should know that to calculate the average speed of a moving obj ect, the distance travelled is divided by the time taken. Students should be familiarized with the units of speed- the standard unit is metres per second and the largest unit is kilometres per hour. Students should be aware of the instruments used to measure speed and distance- Speedometer on the vehicle’s dashboard indicates the speed of the running vehicle and Odometer is used to measure the distance travelled by a vehicle.
Suggested home assignment
Numerical Problem: Naina takes 15 minutes from her house to reach her school on a bicycle. If the bicycle has a speed of 2 m/s, calculate the distance between her house and the school.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Measuring speed (Page 210)
Teacher guided discussion
Students should be able to define uniform motion as the motion of an obj ect along a straight line
(C)
(C) Numerical Problem: Naina takes 15 minutes from her house to reach her school on a bicycle. If the
(C) Numerical Problem: Naina takes 15 minutes from her house to reach her school on a bicycle. If the
bicycle has a speed of 2 m/s, calculate the distance between her house and the school.
(C) bicycle has a speed of 2 m/s, calculate the distance between her house and the school. S Suggested home assignmentS Suggested home assignment
Numerical Problem: Naina takes 15 minutes from her house to reach her school on a bicycle. If the S Numerical Problem: Naina takes 15 minutes from her house to reach her school on a bicycle. If the
Chand
Explain them that speed of an obj ect is the distance travelled in a unit time. Students should know
Chand
Explain them that speed of an obj ect is the distance travelled in a unit time. Students should know that to calculate the average speed of a moving obj ect, the distance travelled is divided by the time
Chand
that to calculate the average speed of a moving obj ect, the distance travelled is divided by the time taken. Students should be familiarized with the units of speed- the standard unit is metres per
Chand
taken. Students should be familiarized with the units of speed- the standard unit is metres per second and the largest unit is kilometres per hour. Students should be aware of the instruments
Chand
second and the largest unit is kilometres per hour. Students should be aware of the instruments used to measure speed and distance- Speedometer on the vehicle’s dashboard indicates the speed
Chand
used to measure speed and distance- Speedometer on the vehicle’s dashboard indicates the speed of the running vehicle and Odometer is used to measure the distance travelled by a vehicle. Cha
nd
of the running vehicle and Odometer is used to measure the distance travelled by a vehicle.
Suggested home assignmentChand
Suggested home assignment
And
And
Explain them that speed of an obj ect is the distance travelled in a unit time. Students should know And
Explain them that speed of an obj ect is the distance travelled in a unit time. Students should know
Compa
ny
Compa
ny Discuss that the distance moved by an obj ect in a unit time is called speed of the obj ect. Students
Compa
ny Discuss that the distance moved by an obj ect in a unit time is called speed of the obj ect. Students
should know that a slow moving obj ect is said to have low speed and a fast moving obj ect is said
Compa
ny
should know that a slow moving obj ect is said to have low speed and a fast moving obj ect is said
Why does it take more time to reach school if you go by a bicycle than by the school bus?
Compa
ny
Why does it take more time to reach school if you go by a bicycle than by the school bus?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 3 AND 4 Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 3 AND 4
Limite
d
Limite
d
Discuss that the distance moved by an obj ect in a unit time is called speed of the obj ect. Students Limite
d
Discuss that the distance moved by an obj ect in a unit time is called speed of the obj ect. Students
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
145
path with constant speed and non-uniform motion as the motion of an obj ect along a straight line path with changing speed.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Numerical Problem: A sprinter attains a maximum speed of 10 m/s. what will be his speed in km/hr?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 6 AND 7
Graphical representation of motion (Page 212)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the motion of obj ects can be represented in diagram form by drawing their distance-time graphs. Students should be able to represent distance and time on graph and state their advantages. They should be aware of the bar graph and pie chart also.
Using resources
Show the students how to represent distance and time of an obj ect with uniform speed, non uniform speed and stationary obj ect on a graph.
Suggested home assignment
The distance covered by a cyclist is given in the following table. Represent it in the form of a line graph and calculate his speed.
Distance ( m) 3 5 9 11 14
Time ( s) 10 15 20 25 30
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Time (Page 217)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain that time is a moment or duration in which things occur. Make the topic interesting by discussing the important time measuring devices used in ancient times like Sundial, sand clock and water clock. Students should know that the standard unit of time is second. They should be aware that clocks and watches which are used to measure time in the modern times are based on the principle of periodic motion.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
(C) Explain that time is a moment or duration in which things occur. Make the topic interesting by
(C) Explain that time is a moment or duration in which things occur. Make the topic interesting by
discussing the important time measuring devices used in ancient times like Sundial, sand clock
(C) discussing the important time measuring devices used in ancient times like Sundial, sand clock
(C)
and water clock. Students should know that the standard unit of time is second. They should be (C)
and water clock. Students should know that the standard unit of time is second. They should be aware that clocks and watches which are used to measure time in the modern times are based on (C
) aware that clocks and watches which are used to measure time in the modern times are based on
S Teacher guided discussionS Teacher guided discussion
Explain that time is a moment or duration in which things occur. Make the topic interesting by S Explain that time is a moment or duration in which things occur. Make the topic interesting by
Chand
Chand
Time (Page 217) Cha
nd
Time (Page 217)
And
The distance covered by a cyclist is given in the following table. Represent it in the form of a line
And
The distance covered by a cyclist is given in the following table. Represent it in the form of a line
Compa
ny
Explain them that the motion of obj ects can be represented in diagram form by drawing their
Compa
ny
Explain them that the motion of obj ects can be represented in diagram form by drawing their distance-time graphs. Students should be able to represent distance and time on graph and state
Compa
ny
distance-time graphs. Students should be able to represent distance and time on graph and state their advantages. They should be aware of the bar graph and pie chart also.
Compa
ny
their advantages. They should be aware of the bar graph and pie chart also.
Show the students how to represent distance and time of an obj ect with uniform speed, non uniform
Compa
ny
Show the students how to represent distance and time of an obj ect with uniform speed, non uniform
Limite
d
Limite
dNumerical Problem: A sprinter attains a maximum speed of 10 m/s. what will be his speed in km/hr?
Limite
dNumerical Problem: A sprinter attains a maximum speed of 10 m/s. what will be his speed in km/hr?
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
146
Suggested home assignment
Explain briefly how sand clock was used to measure time in ancient times?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 9 AND 10
Simple pendulum (Page 219)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that a simple pendulum consists of a small metal ball called bob suspended by a long thread from a rigid support, such that the bob is free to swing back and forth. Students should be able to define periodic motion, oscillation, time period and amplitude. Explain the use of pendulum for measuring time and the reason why pendulum clocks have been replaced by quartz clocks and watches.
Suggested home assignment
Describe a pendulum clock.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
The latest trend in measurement of time: Use of Quartz crystals (Page 222)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that these days, the regular oscillations of a tiny quartz crystal are used for measuring time very accurately.
Suggested home assignment
What is the smallest time interval that can be measured with commonly available clocks and watches?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 13
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 14
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
(C)
(C)
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
(C)
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter. (C)
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
S Using resources
S Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book. S Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book. Cha
nd
Chand
What is the smallest time interval that can be measured with commonly available clocks and
Chand
What is the smallest time interval that can be measured with commonly available clocks and
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Chand
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources Chand
Using resources
And Explain them that these days, the regular oscillations of a tiny quartz crystal are used for measuring
And Explain them that these days, the regular oscillations of a tiny quartz crystal are used for measuring
What is the smallest time interval that can be measured with commonly available clocks and And
What is the smallest time interval that can be measured with commonly available clocks and
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
The latest trend in measurement of time: Use of Quartz crystals (Page 222)
Compa
ny
The latest trend in measurement of time: Use of Quartz crystals (Page 222)
Explain them that these days, the regular oscillations of a tiny quartz crystal are used for measuring Compa
ny
Explain them that these days, the regular oscillations of a tiny quartz crystal are used for measuring
Limite
dExplain them that a simple pendulum consists of a small metal ball called bob suspended by a long
Limite
dExplain them that a simple pendulum consists of a small metal ball called bob suspended by a long thread from a rigid support, such that the bob is free to swing back and forth. Students should be
Limite
dthread from a rigid support, such that the bob is free to swing back and forth. Students should be able to define periodic motion, oscillation, time period and amplitude. Explain the use of pendulum
Limite
dable to define periodic motion, oscillation, time period and amplitude. Explain the use of pendulum for measuring time and the reason why pendulum clocks have been replaced by quartz clocks and
Limite
dfor measuring time and the reason why pendulum clocks have been replaced by quartz clocks and
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
147
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. metres/second 2. kilometres per hour 3. Speed
4. kilometres per hour 5. ( a) Odometer ( b) Speedometer
6. ( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) True ( f) True ( g) False
7. Bar graphs and pie chart. 8. Time 9. Second
10. Hour, minutes, seconds 11. 60 12. Sundial, sand clock
13. Pendulum 14. full moon and sunrise 15. bob
16. oscillatory motion (periodic motion) 1 . Quartz crystal
18. Clocks and watches
19. The smallest time interval that can be measured with commonly available clocks and watches is 1 second. The clocks and watches used in sports meets can measure time intervals that are one-tenth of a second or one-hundredth of a second.
20. Microsecond 21. Quartz clock 22. Quartz clock
23. 0.25 m/s 24. 50 km/h
25. An instrument on a vehicle’s dashboard which indicates the speed of the vehicle when it is running is called speedometer.
26. Odometer is an instrument for measuring the distance travelled by a vehicle.
27. When the object is stationary (not moving)
28. The distance moved by an object in a unit time is called speed of the object.
29. ‘ Distance travelled’ divided by ‘ Time taken’
30. ( a) speed ( b) non-uniform ( c) uniform ( d) straight ( e) month ( f) day ( g) periodic ( h) simple pendulum (i) time-period
B. Short Answer Type Questions
31. (a) periodic motion (b) rectilinear motion (c) periodic motion (d) periodic motion
(e) rectilinear motion
32. A bar graph is a diagram which shows information as bars (thin rectangles) of different heights. Bar graphs are frequently used in newspapers, magazines and TV to present various types of information in an interesting way. Refer to figure 1 for bar graph representation. A pie chart is a kind of graph or diagram which shows the percentage composition of ‘something’ in the form of slices of a circle (the whole circle representing 1 per cent). Refer to figure 11 for the pie chart representation.
33. (a) rectilinear motion (b) circular motion (c) periodic motion (d) rectilinear motion
(e) rotational motion
34. (a) Refer to figure 4 for the graph. (b) Refer figure for the graph
35. 450 km 36. 4.5 hours 37. 10 cm/s
38. 2 km 39. 15 km 40. 60 km/h
(C) types of information in an interesting way. Refer to figure 1 for bar graph representation.
(C) types of information in an interesting way. Refer to figure 1 for bar graph representation.
A pie chart is a kind of graph or diagram which shows the percentage composition of
(C) A pie chart is a kind of graph or diagram which shows the percentage composition of
‘something’ in the form of slices of a circle (the whole circle representing 1 per cent). (C) ‘something’ in the form of slices of a circle (the whole circle representing 1 per cent).
Refer to figure 11 for the pie chart representation. (C)
Refer to figure 11 for the pie chart representation.
((C)
(
S A bar graph is a diagram which shows information as bars (thin rectangles) of different
S A bar graph is a diagram which shows information as bars (thin rectangles) of different heights. Bar graphs are frequently used in newspapers, magazines and TV to present various S heights. Bar graphs are frequently used in newspapers, magazines and TV to present various types of information in an interesting way. Refer to figure 1 for bar graph representation. S types of information in an interesting way. Refer to figure 1 for bar graph representation. A pie chart is a kind of graph or diagram which shows the percentage composition of S A pie chart is a kind of graph or diagram which shows the percentage composition of
Chand
pendulum (i) time-period
Chand
pendulum (i) time-period
B. Short Answer Type Questions
Chand
B. Short Answer Type Questions
a) periodic motion (b) rectilinear motion (c) periodic motion (d) periodic motion
Chand
a) periodic motion (b) rectilinear motion (c) periodic motion (d) periodic motion
(e) rectilinear motion
Chand
(e) rectilinear motion
Chand
A bar graph is a diagram which shows information as bars (thin rectangles) of different Chand
A bar graph is a diagram which shows information as bars (thin rectangles) of different heights. Bar graphs are frequently used in newspapers, magazines and TV to present various Cha
nd
heights. Bar graphs are frequently used in newspapers, magazines and TV to present various
And When the object is stationary (not moving)
And When the object is stationary (not moving)
The distance moved by an object in a unit time is called speed of the object.
And The distance moved by an object in a unit time is called speed of the object.
‘ Distance travelled’ divided by ‘ Time taken’
And
‘ Distance travelled’ divided by ‘ Time taken’
( a) speed ( b) non-uniform ( c) uniform ( d) straight ( e) month ( f) day ( g) periodic ( h) simple And
( a) speed ( b) non-uniform ( c) uniform ( d) straight ( e) month ( f) day ( g) periodic ( h) simple
Compa
ny is 1 second. The clocks and watches used in sports meets can measure time intervals that
Compa
ny is 1 second. The clocks and watches used in sports meets can measure time intervals that
22.
Compa
ny
22. Quartz clock
Compa
ny
Quartz clock
An instrument on a vehicle’s dashboard which indicates the speed of the vehicle when it
Compa
ny
An instrument on a vehicle’s dashboard which indicates the speed of the vehicle when it
Odometer is an instrument for measuring the distance travelled by a vehicle.
Compa
ny
Odometer is an instrument for measuring the distance travelled by a vehicle.
When the object is stationary (not moving) Compa
ny
When the object is stationary (not moving)
The distance moved by an object in a unit time is called speed of the object. Compa
ny
The distance moved by an object in a unit time is called speed of the object.
Limite
dSundial, sand clock
Limite
dSundial, sand clock
Quartz crystal
Limite
dQuartz crystal
The smallest time interval that can be measured with commonly available clocks and watches Limite
dThe smallest time interval that can be measured with commonly available clocks and watches is 1 second. The clocks and watches used in sports meets can measure time intervals that Lim
ited
is 1 second. The clocks and watches used in sports meets can measure time intervals that
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
148
41. 1.3 m/s 42. 16.66 m/s 43. 216 km/h
44. (a) niform motion (Constant speed) (b) on-uniform motion (Changing speed)
45. (a) circular motion b. periodic motion c. periodic motion d. periodic motion
C. Long Answer Type Questions
46. An object moving along a straight line path is said to have uniform motion if its speed remains constant. The motion of a car running at a constant speed is an example of uniform motion. An object moving along a straight line path is said to have non-uniform motion if its speed keeps changing (it does not remain constant). The motion of a train starting from a Railway Station is an example of non-uniform motion. This is because when a stationary train starts from a Railway Station, its speed goes on increasing and it covers more and more distance in each ‘1 second’ time interval. And when the train approaches next station, its speed goes on decreasing due to which it covers less and less distance in each ‘ 1 second’ time interval.
47. ( b) Constant speed 48. ( b) 25 km
49. (a) Refer to figure for the graph. b. Some of the advantages of distance-time graphs are
1. The variation of distance travelled by an obj ect with time can be seen more easily from a distance-time graph than from the distance and time values given in the table form.
2. The data given in table form may give information about the distance moved by the obj ect only at certain definite time intervals but from a distance-time graph we can find the distance moved by the obj ect at any point of time.
3. The speed of an obj ect can be obtained from its distance-time graph.
50. (a) A simple pendulum consists of a small metal ball ( called bob) suspended by a long thread from a rigid support, such that the bob is free to swing back and forth. The time taken by pendulum bob to make one complete oscillation is called time-period of the pendulum.
( b) 1.8 s
D. Multiple Choice Questions
51. ( b) 52. ( d) 53. ( a) 54. ( c) 55. ( b)
56. ( b) 57. ( d) 58. ( c) 59. ( d) 60. ( b)
61. ( d) 62. ( b) 63. ( c) 64. ( d) 65. ( c)
66. ( c) 67. ( c) 68. ( c) 69. ( c) 70. ( c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
71. V ehicle A is moving faster
72. ( a) Bar graph ( b) Line graph ( c) Pie chart
73. ( a) See Figure 4 on page 212 ( b) See Figure 7 on page 213 ( c) See Figure 6 on page 213
74. ( c)
5. The object is stationary (not moving)
(C)
( d)
(C)
( d)
66.
(C) 66. ( c)
(C) ( c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills(C)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
71.(C)
71. V ehicle A is moving faster (C)
V ehicle A is moving faster
S Cha
nd time taken by pendulum bob to make one complete oscillation is called time-period
Chand
time taken by pendulum bob to make one complete oscillation is called time-period of the pendulum.
Chand
of the pendulum.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
Chand
D. Multiple Choice Questions
52.Chand
52.
And The speed of an obj ect can be obt
And The speed of an obj ect can be obtained from its distance-time graph.
And ained from its distance-time graph.
consists of a small metal ball ( called bob) suspended by a long
And
consists of a small metal ball ( called bob) suspended by a long thread from a rigid support, such that the bob is free to swing back and forth. The And
thread from a rigid support, such that the bob is free to swing back and forth. The And
time taken by pendulum bob to make one complete oscillation is called time-period And
time taken by pendulum bob to make one complete oscillation is called time-period
Compa
ny
a) Refer to figure for the graph. b. Some of the advantages of distance-time graphs are
Compa
ny
a) Refer to figure for the graph. b. Some of the advantages of distance-time graphs are
tion of distance travelled by an obj ect with time can be seen more easily
Compa
ny
tion of distance travelled by an obj ect with time can be seen more easily from a distance-time graph than from the distance and time values given in the table
Compa
ny
from a distance-time graph than from the distance and time values given in the table
en in table form may give information about the distance moved by the
Compa
ny
en in table form may give information about the distance moved by the obj ect only at certain definite time intervals but from a distance-time graph we can
Compa
ny
obj ect only at certain definite time intervals but from a distance-time graph we can find the distance moved by the obj ect at any point of time. Com
pany
find the distance moved by the obj ect at any point of time.
ained from its distance-time graph. Compa
ny
ained from its distance-time graph.
Limite
dmotion. An object moving along a straight line path is said to have non-uniform motion if
Limite
dmotion. An object moving along a straight line path is said to have non-uniform motion if its speed keeps changing (it does not remain constant). The motion of a train starting from
Limite
dits speed keeps changing (it does not remain constant). The motion of a train starting from a Railway Station is an example of non-uniform motion. This is because when a stationary
Limite
da Railway Station is an example of non-uniform motion. This is because when a stationary train starts from a Railway Station, its speed goes on increasing and it covers more and more
Limite
dtrain starts from a Railway Station, its speed goes on increasing and it covers more and more distance in each ‘1 second’ time interval. And when the train approaches next station, its
Limite
ddistance in each ‘1 second’ time interval. And when the train approaches next station, its speed goes on decreasing due to which it covers less and less distance in each ‘ 1 second’
Limite
dspeed goes on decreasing due to which it covers less and less distance in each ‘ 1 second’
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
149
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The standard unit of speed.
( b) The instrument used to record the distance covered by a vehicle.
( c) Standard unit of time.
( d) A device used for measuring time in ancient times.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) The time taken by the pendulum to complete one oscillation is called .… … … … … ............ .
( b) The to-and-fro motion of a simple pendulum is an example of .… … … … … ............ motion.
( c) The time from one full moon to the next was called .… … … … … ............ .
( d) The distance moved by an obj ect in a unit time is called .… … … … … ............ .
. Statethet peofmotione hi ited thefollowing:
( a) Motion of a child in a merry go round.
( b) Motion of earth around the sun.
( c) Motion of a swinging pendulum.
( d) Motion of a swing moving to and fro.
4. Write true or false:
( a) The basic unit of time is second.
( b) Speedometer indicates the speed in km/s.
( c) The speed of an airplane is expressed in m/h.
( d) The time period of a pendulum is not constant.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Define speed. What is the formula for calculating speed?
( b) The distance between two stations is 240 km. A train takes 4 hours to reach its destination. Calculate the speed of the train.
( c) Define the terms Length and Amplitude of pendulum.
( d) Differentiate between uniform motion and non-uniform motion.
(C) ( c)
(C) ( c)
( d)
(C) ( d) Differ
(C) DifferS destination. Calculate the speed of the train. S destination. Calculate the speed of the train. S
Define the terms LengS Define the terms Leng
Chand
The time period of a pendulum is not const
Chand
The time period of a pendulum is not const
B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
following
Chand
following questions
Chand
questions
Define speed. What is the f
Chand
Define speed. What is the f
The distChand
The distance between two stations is 240 km. A train takes 4 hours to reach its Chand
ance between two stations is 240 km. A train takes 4 hours to reach its destination. Calculate the speed of the train. Cha
nd
destination. Calculate the speed of the train.
And The basic unit of time is second.
And The basic unit of time is second.
ates the speed in km/s.
And
ates the speed in km/s.
The speed of an airplane is expressed in m/h. And
The speed of an airplane is expressed in m/h.
The time period of a pendulum is not constAnd
The time period of a pendulum is not const
Compa
ny ved by an obj ect in a unit time is called .… … … … … ............ .
Compa
ny ved by an obj ect in a unit time is called .… … … … … ............ .
o and fro.
Compa
ny
o and fro.
Limite
de taken by the pendulum to complete one oscillation is called .… … … … … ............
Limite
de taken by the pendulum to complete one oscillation is called .… … … … … ............
fro motion of a simple pendulum is an example of .… … … … … ............ motion.
Limite
dfro motion of a simple pendulum is an example of .… … … … … ............ motion.
xt was called .… … … … … ............ . Limite
dxt was called .… … … … … ............ .
ved by an obj ect in a unit time is called .… … … … … ............ . Limite
d
ved by an obj ect in a unit time is called .… … … … … ............ .
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
150
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 50
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) A small metal bob in the simple pendulum.
( b) The standard unit of measuring time.
( c) A time measuring device used in ancient times.
( d) A moment or duration in which things occur.
( e) A diagram which shows information as bars of different heights.
2. Write True or False:
( a) The speed of an obj ect can be obtained from its distance-time graph.
( b) An obj ect moving along a straight line path is said to have uniform motion if its speed is changing.
( c) The standard unit of distance is metre.
( d) When an obj ects spins about a fixed axis, it is called circular motion.
( e) A slow moving obj ect is said to have slow speed.
. Whatt peofmotionisrepresented thefollowing:
( a) Bullock cart moving on a straight road.
( b) Spinning of earth on its axis.
( c) Soldiers in a march past.
( d) Motion of a child in a see-saw.
( e) Motion of a simple pendulum.
4. Correct the following statements:
( a) In modern times, we use pendulum clocks.
( b) The time from one sunrise to the next sunrise was called a month in ancient times.
( c) If the distance-time graph of an obj ect is a horizontal line parallel to the time axis, then the speed of the obj ect is changing.
( d) The motion of a train starting from a railway station is an example of uniform motion.
( e) The large speed values are expressed in the units metres per minute.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between rotational motion and circular motion.
(C) ( c)
(C) ( c)
then the speed of the obj ect is changing.
(C) then the speed of the obj ect is changing.
( d)(C)
( d)
( e)(C)
( e)
S In modern times, we use pendulum clocks.
S In modern times, we use pendulum clocks.
The time from one sunrise to the neS The time from one sunrise to the ne
If the distance-time grS If the distance-time gr
Chand
Spinning of earth on its axis.
Chand
Spinning of earth on its axis.
Soldiers in a march pas
Chand
Soldiers in a march past.
Chand
t.
Motion of a child in a see-saw.
Chand
Motion of a child in a see-saw.
Chand
Motion of a simple pendulum.
Chand
Motion of a simple pendulum.
Correct the folloChand
Correct the following statements:Cha
nd
wing statements:
In modern times, we use pendulum clocks. Chand
In modern times, we use pendulum clocks.
And o have slow speed.
And o have slow speed.
represented
And represented
And the
And the
Bullock cart moving on a sAnd
Bullock cart moving on a straight road. And
traight road.
Spinning of earth on its axis. And
Spinning of earth on its axis.
Compa
ny s information as bars of different heights.
Compa
ny s information as bars of different heights.
ained from its distance-time graph.
Compa
ny
ained from its distance-time graph.
a straight line path is said to have uniform motion if its speed
Compa
ny
a straight line path is said to have uniform motion if its speed
d unit of distance is metre.
Compa
ny
d unit of distance is metre.
When an obj ects spins about a fixed axis, it is cCompa
ny
When an obj ects spins about a fixed axis, it is c
o have slow speed. Compa
ny
o have slow speed.
Limite
d
s information as bars of different heights. Limite
d
s information as bars of different heights.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
151
( b) Define speed. What is speedometer?
( c) What is meant by ‘ uniform motion’ and ‘ non-uniform motion’? Give one example motion and one of non-uniform motion.
( d) A bus takes 2 hours to cover a distance of 80 km. Calculate its speed in km/h and m/s.
( e) What are the limitations of a sundial?
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) The distance covered by a cyclist is given in the following table. Represent it in the form of a line graph and calculate his speed.
Distance ( m) 3 5 9 11 14
Time ( s) 10 15 20 25 30
( b) What is a simple pendulum? Define the time period of a simple pendulum.
( c) State the advantages of drawing distance-time graphs for moving obj ects.
( d) Explain the mechanism of working of a pendulum clock.
( e) Mention an activity to determine the time period of a simple pendulum.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Whichofthefollowingisthemostappropriatetodemonstratetherunsscoredinthevarious overs of a cricket match?
( a) Time graph ( b) Bar graph ( c) Pie chart ( d) Line graph 2. hecloc sandwatchesareusedformeasuringtimeare asedon:
( a) Rectilinear motion ( b) Circular motion ( c) Periodic motion ( d) Rotational motion. . hesundialisadeviceformeasuring:
( a) Speed ( b) Distance ( c) Time ( d) Height 4. hespeedofamovingo ectisdeterminedto e . 6m s. hisspeedisequalto:
( a) 2.16km/h ( b) 1.08km/h ( c) 0.216km/h ( d) 0.0216km/h 5. Whichamongthefollowingisthesmallestunitoftime?
( a) Second ( b) Millennium ( c) Nanosecond ( d) Microsecond.
(C) S
Cha
nd moving
Chand
moving o ect
Chand
o ect
( b) 1.08km/h
Chand
( b) 1.08km/h
the
Chand
the following
Chand
following
Second
Chand
Second
And
measuring:
And
measuring:
( b) And
( b) DAnd
Distance And
istance isAnd
is
Compa
ny Explain the mechanism of working of a pendulum clock.
Compa
ny Explain the mechanism of working of a pendulum clock.
termine the time period of a simple pendulum.
Compa
ny
termine the time period of a simple pendulum.
appropriat
Compa
ny
appropriate
Compa
ny
e to
Compa
ny
to demonstra
Compa
ny
demonstra
( c)
Compa
ny
( c) P
Compa
ny
Pie chart
Compa
ny
ie chartmeasuringCom
pany
measuring timeCompa
ny
time
Limite
dance covered by a cyclist is given in the following table. Represent it in the
Limite
dance covered by a cyclist is given in the following table. Represent it in the
What is a simple pendulum? Define the time period of a simple pendulum.
Limite
dWhat is a simple pendulum? Define the time period of a simple pendulum.
e the advantages of drawing distance-time graphs for moving obj ects. Limite
de the advantages of drawing distance-time graphs for moving obj ects.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
152
14
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The components of an electric circuit.
• The symbols used to represent components of electric circuit.
• The heating effect of electric current.
• The magnetic effect of electric current.
• Electromagnets and their uses.
• Construction and working of electric bell.
Textbook: Refer to pages 227 to 247
Periods allocated:12 periods
VOCABULARY
Electric current, circuit, battery, resistance, electric fuse, short circuit, overloading, Miniature Circuit Breaker, electromagnet.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Electric current (Page 227)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students the uses of electricity in our daily life would be a good start for the topic. Ask the students why electricity is considered as dangerous.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked to make a simple electric circuit using a small bulb, switch, connecting wires and cell. Ask them to light the bulb.
Electric Current and its EffectsElectric Current and its Effects
(C) Electric current (Page 227)
(C) Electric current (Page 227)
Learning Tools (C)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: (C)
Interactive warm up exercise:
S S Electric current (Page 227) S Electric current (Page 227)
Chand
Chand
Chand
Chand
Chand
Periods allocated:12 periods
Chand
Periods allocated:12 periods
Electric current, circuit, battery, resistance, electric fuse, short circuit, overloading, Miniature Circuit
Chand
Electric current, circuit, battery, resistance, electric fuse, short circuit, overloading, Miniature Circuit Breaker, electromagnet.
Chand
Breaker, electromagnet.
And Construction and working of electric bell.
And Construction and working of electric bell.
Textbook: Refer to pages 227 to 247
And
Textbook: Refer to pages 227 to 247 Com
pany
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
The symbols used to represent components of electric circuit.
Compa
ny
The symbols used to represent components of electric circuit.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
153
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that the flow of electricity through a conductor is called electric current. Students should know that it is produced at power stations for distribution in our homes. In laboratories, students can use an electric cell to perform experiments.
Suggested home assignment
Mention the possible dangers of electricity.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 2 AND 3
Electric circuits (Page 228)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that a continuous conducting path between the two terminals of a cell or battery along which electric current flows, is called a circuit. Students should be familiarized with the symbols for electrical components. They should be able to draw the electric circuit diagram. Explain that a group of cells j oined in series is called a battery. Students should know that for making a battery, the positive terminal of one cell is kept in contact with the negative terminal of another cell. Uses of battery should be known by students.
Suggested home assignment
Draw a neat diagram of an electric circuit showing its various components.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 4 TO 6
Heating effect of electric current (Page 232)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that when an electric current is passed through a high resistance wire, the resistance wire becomes hot and produces heat and this is called the heating effect of current. Students should be able to define the term resistance and they should be aware that greater the resistance of a wire, greater will be the heat produced in it by a given current. The applications of heating effect of current should be known to students. Familiarize them with the electrical appliances, electric bulb, electric fuse and MCB. Students should be sensitized about the fact that wastage of electricity needs to be reduced and for that CFLs should be used. The cause of short circuit and overloading should be explained to students. Explain them why are MCB used in place of fuse these days.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
(C) of current should be known to students. Familiarize them with the electrical appliances, electric
(C) of current should be known to students. Familiarize them with the electrical appliances, electric
(C) bulb, electric fuse and MCB. Students should be sensitized about the fact that wastage of electricity
(C) bulb, electric fuse and MCB. Students should be sensitized about the fact that wastage of electricity
needs to be reduced and for that CFLs should be used. The cause of short circuit and overloading (C) needs to be reduced and for that CFLs should be used. The cause of short circuit and overloading (C)
should be explained to students. Explain them why are MCB used in place of fuse these days. (C)
should be explained to students. Explain them why are MCB used in place of fuse these days.
S be able to define the term resistance and they should be aware that greater the resistance of a
S be able to define the term resistance and they should be aware that greater the resistance of a wire, greater will be the heat produced in it by a given current. The applications of heating effect S wire, greater will be the heat produced in it by a given current. The applications of heating effect of current should be known to students. Familiarize them with the electrical appliances, electric S of current should be known to students. Familiarize them with the electrical appliances, electric bulb, electric fuse and MCB. Students should be sensitized about the fact that wastage of electricity S bulb, electric fuse and MCB. Students should be sensitized about the fact that wastage of electricity
Chand
Heating effect of electric current (Page 232)
Chand
Heating effect of electric current (Page 232)
Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that when an electric current is passed through a high resistance wire, the resistance
Chand
Explain them that when an electric current is passed through a high resistance wire, the resistance wire becomes hot and produces heat and this is called the heating effect of current. Students should Cha
nd
wire becomes hot and produces heat and this is called the heating effect of current. Students should be able to define the term resistance and they should be aware that greater the resistance of a Cha
nd
be able to define the term resistance and they should be aware that greater the resistance of a wire, greater will be the heat produced in it by a given current. The applications of heating effect Cha
nd
wire, greater will be the heat produced in it by a given current. The applications of heating effect
And
And Draw a neat diagram of an electric circuit showing its various components.
And Draw a neat diagram of an electric circuit showing its various components.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 4 TO 6 And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 4 TO 6
Heating effect of electric current (Page 232) And
Heating effect of electric current (Page 232)
Compa
ny Discuss with them that a continuous conducting path between the two terminals of a cell or battery
Compa
ny Discuss with them that a continuous conducting path between the two terminals of a cell or battery
along which electric current flows, is called a circuit. Students should be familiarized with the symbols
Compa
ny
along which electric current flows, is called a circuit. Students should be familiarized with the symbols for electrical components. They should be able to draw the electric circuit diagram. Explain that a
Compa
ny
for electrical components. They should be able to draw the electric circuit diagram. Explain that a group of cells j oined in series is called a battery. Students should know that for making a battery,
Compa
ny
group of cells j oined in series is called a battery. Students should know that for making a battery, the positive terminal of one cell is kept in contact with the negative terminal of another cell. Uses
Compa
ny
the positive terminal of one cell is kept in contact with the negative terminal of another cell. Uses
Draw a neat diagram of an electric circuit showing its various components. Compa
ny
Draw a neat diagram of an electric circuit showing its various components.
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
154
Suggested home assignment
What is the full form of: CFL and MCB.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 7 TO 9
Magnetic effect of electric current (Page 239)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that when electric current passes through a wire, the current carrying wire behaves like a magnet and this is called the magnetic effect of current. Explain that electromagnets are made by using electric current and it consists of a coil of insulated wire wrapped around a piece of iron that is magnetised only when electric current is passed through the coil. Students should realize the advantages of electromagnets over permanent magnets. They should be aware of the uses of electromagnets. Explain the construction and working of an electric bell in detail to the students.
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on page no. 23 of the book to show the magnetic effect of current.
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Draw a neat diagram showing the electric bell. Explain its working.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 11
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Switch 2. Connecting wires
(C)
(C)
(C) Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
(C) Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
for the chapter.(C)
for the chapter.
S S Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
S Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter. Chand
Chand
Chand
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Chand
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
Chand
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter. Chand
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
And
And
And
And
And Draw a neat diagram showing the electric bell. Explain its working.
And Draw a neat diagram showing the electric bell. Explain its working.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 10
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.And
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Compa
ny
book
Compa
ny
book to
Compa
ny
to show
Compa
ny
show the
Compa
ny
the
using
Compa
ny
using the
Compa
ny
the R
Compa
ny
R
Compa
ny
Draw a neat diagram showing the electric bell. Explain its working.Compa
ny
Draw a neat diagram showing the electric bell. Explain its working.
Limite
dDiscuss with them that when electric current passes through a wire, the current carrying wire
Limite
dDiscuss with them that when electric current passes through a wire, the current carrying wire behaves like a magnet and this is called the magnetic effect of current. Explain that electromagnets
Limite
dbehaves like a magnet and this is called the magnetic effect of current. Explain that electromagnets are made by using electric current and it consists of a coil of insulated wire wrapped around a piece
Limite
dare made by using electric current and it consists of a coil of insulated wire wrapped around a piece of iron that is magnetised only when electric current is passed through the coil. Students should
Limite
dof iron that is magnetised only when electric current is passed through the coil. Students should realize the advantages of electromagnets over permanent magnets. They should be aware of the uses
Limite
drealize the advantages of electromagnets over permanent magnets. They should be aware of the uses of electromagnets. Explain the construction and working of an electric bell in detail to the students. Lim
ited
of electromagnets. Explain the construction and working of an electric bell in detail to the students.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
155
3. (a) Battery of two cells (b) lectric bulb ( lectric lamp)
4. Electric cell
5. ( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) False ( e) False ( f) False ( g) False ( h) False ( i) True ( j ) True
6. (i) eating effect (ii) Magnetic effect . (a) eating effect (b) eating effect
8. ichrome . Tungsten
10. The heating effect of electric current is utilised in a safety device called ‘electric fuse’.
11. Compact fluorescent lamps 12. ( a) Short-circuit ( b) Overloading
13. ( a) Miniature circuit breaker ( MCB) ( b) Electric fuse
14. MCB
15. The magnetic effect of current was discovered by a scientist named ans Christian ersted.
16. The magnetic effect of current was discovered by a scientist named ans Christian ersted.
1 . Electromagnet 18. The piece of iron
1 . Electric motors, electric fans
2 . The magnet made by using electric current is called an electromagnet.
21. Iron 22. Magnetic effect
23. lectric bell 24. Electromagnets
25. Magnetic effect 2 . Copper
2 . lectromagnet 2 . No
2 . Miniature Circuit Breaker
3 . (a) electric circuit (b) positive (c) negative (d) battery (e) red-hot (f) fuse (g) electromagnet (h) magnetic (i) electromagnet (j) magnet
B. Short Answer Type Questions
31. A continuous conducting path (consisting of wires, bulb, switch, etc.) between the two terminals of a cell or battery along which an electric current flows, is called a circuit. Refer to figure 3 for the diagram.
32. lectric cell and electric switch. Refer to figure 3 for the diagram.
33. Refer to figure 3 for the diagram.
34. Refer to figure 4 for the diagram.
35. Refer to figure 3 for the diagram.
3 . Refer to figure 3 for the diagram.
3 . Refer to figure 3 for the diagram.
3 . lectric cells are used in torches, radios, TV remote controls, cassette players, electric clocks.
3 . Some of the important applications of the heating effect of current are given below (i) The heating effect of electric current is utilised in the working of electrical heating appliances such as electric room heater, electric iron, electric kettle, electric toaster, electric oven, water heater (geyser), immersion rod, and soldering iron, etc. (ii) The heating effect of
(C) Refer
(C) Refer
3 .(C) 3 . Refer(C) Refer to(C) to
3 .(C)
3 . lectric(C)
lectric
S Refer
S Refer to
S to figure
S figure
Refer S Refer toS to figureS figure
toS to
Chand
conducting
Chand
conducting path
Chand
pathor
Chand
or batter
Chand
battery
Chand
y along
Chand
along
the
Chand
the diagram.
Chand
diagram.
and
Chand
and electric
Chand
electric
figureChand
figureCha
nd
3Chand
3 forCha
nd
for
figureChand
figure 4Chand
4
And negativ
And negative
And e
(j)
And
(j) magnet
And
magnet
B. Short Answer Type Questions And
B. Short Answer Type Questions
pathAnd
path (consistingAnd
(consisting
Compa
ny
The magnet made by using electric current is called an electromagnet.
Compa
ny
The magnet made by using electric current is called an electromagnet.
Magnetic
Compa
ny
Magnetic effect
Compa
ny
effect
Compa
ny
Electromagnets
Compa
ny
Electromagnets
Copper
Compa
ny
Copper
2 .
Compa
ny
2 . No
Compa
ny
No
(d)Compa
ny
(d) batterCompa
ny
batter
Limite
dans
Limite
dans Christian
Limite
dChristian
ans
Limite
dans Christian
Limite
dChristian
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
156
electric current is utilised in electric bulbs (or electric lamps) for producing light.
40. If the plastic insulation of the live wire and neutral wire gets torn due to wear and tear, then the two naked wires touch each other. The touching of live wire and neutral wire directly is known as short circuit.
41. When a house or some other building is wired, the wiring is protected by fuses. When a short circuit or overloading occurs, the fuse wire blows out cu ng off the electricity supply. This prevents the electric fires.
42. When too many electrical appliances are connected to a single socket, they draw an extremely large current from the household circuit. This is known as overloading ( the circuit) .
43. The fuse wire is usually made from tin-plated copper wire having low melting point so that it may melt easily. A copper metal wire ( or any other metal wire or metal strip) should not be used as a fuse wire because it has a high melting point due to which it will not melt easily when a large current passes through it.
44. A fuse consists of a short length of a thin, tin-plated copper wire having low melting point. The thin fuse wire has a much greater resistance than the rest of the electric wiring in the house. So, when the current in a household circuit suddenly increases too much, then the thin fuse wire gets heated too much, melts and breaks the circuit ( due to which current stops flowing in the circuit). Refer to figure 2 for diagram.
45. o, I would not agree. The fuse wire is usually made from tin-plated copper wire having low melting point so that it may melt easily. A copper metal wire (or any other metal wire or metal strip) should not be used as a fuse wire because it has a high melting point due to which it will not melt easily when a large current passes through it.
46. If there were no fuse in the household wiring, then the large current flowing through the wiring could heat up the wires to very high temperatures and cause electric fires. The large current flowing through electrical appliances such as TV and refrigerator could also damage them.
4 . An electric bulb is basically used for producing light but it also gives out heat. In fact, a major part of the electricity consumed by the filament of an electric bulb is converted into heat ( due to which the bulb becomes hot) , only a small part of electricity is converted into light. The production of heat by an electric bulb is not desirable because it leads to the wastage of electricity. So, the filament-type electric bulbs are not power e cient (because they waste a lot of electricity as heat) . The wastage of electricity can be reduced by using fluorescent tube lights and compact fluorescent lamps (CF s) for producing light.
48. We cannot use an electromagnet for separating plastic bags from a garbage heap. This is because plastic bags do not stick to the electromagnet.
4 . Some of the important uses of electromagnets are:
1. Electromagnets are used in the construction of a large number of devices like electric bells, loudspeakers, electric motors, electric fans, toys and telephone instruments, etc.
2. lectromagnets are used to lift heavy loads like big machines, steel girders and scrap iron obj ects for loading and unloading purposes. The electromagnets which are used
(C) fluorescent
(C) fluorescent
48.
(C) 48. We
(C) We cannot
(C) cannot
because(C)
because
4 .(C)
4 . Some of the important uses of electromagnets are: (C)
Some of the important uses of electromagnets are:
S wastage
S wastagethey waste a lot of electricity as heat) . The wastage of electricity can be reduced by using S they waste a lot of electricity as heat) . The wastage of electricity can be reduced by using fluorescentS fluorescent
Chand
elec
Chand
elec
An electric bulb is basically used for producing light but it also gives out heat. In fact, a
Chand
An electric bulb is basically used for producing light but it also gives out heat. In fact, a
the
Chand
the electricity
Chand
electricity
heat ( due to which the bulb becomes hot) , only a small part of electricity is converted into
Chand
heat ( due to which the bulb becomes hot) , only a small part of electricity is converted into
The Chand
The productionCha
nd
productionof Cha
nd
of electricity.Chand
electricity.
And as
And as a
And a
to which it will not melt easily when a large current passes through it.
And to which it will not melt easily when a large current passes through it.
household
And
household wiring,
And
wiring,wires And
wires toAnd
toAnd
veryAnd
very
tricalAnd
trical appliancAnd
applianc
Compa
ny copper
Compa
ny copper wire
Compa
ny wire having
Compa
ny having
The thin fuse wire has a much greater resistance than the rest of the electric wiring in the
Compa
ny
The thin fuse wire has a much greater resistance than the rest of the electric wiring in the house. So, when the current in a household circuit suddenly increases too much, then the
Compa
ny
house. So, when the current in a household circuit suddenly increases too much, then the thin fuse wire gets heated too much, melts and breaks the circuit ( due to which current
Compa
ny
thin fuse wire gets heated too much, melts and breaks the circuit ( due to which current for
Compa
ny
for diagram.
Compa
ny
diagram.
usually
Compa
ny
usually made
Compa
ny
made from
Compa
ny
fromeasily.Com
pany
easily. ACompa
ny
A copperCompa
ny
copperfuseCom
pany
fuse wireCompa
ny
wireto which it will not melt easily when a large current passes through it. Com
pany
to which it will not melt easily when a large current passes through it.
Limite
dWhen too many electrical appliances are connected to a single socket, they draw an
Limite
dWhen too many electrical appliances are connected to a single socket, they draw an extremely large current from the household circuit. This is known as overloading ( the
Limite
dextremely large current from the household circuit. This is known as overloading ( the
melting
Limite
dmelting point
Limite
dpoint
it may melt easily. A copper metal wire ( or any other metal wire or metal strip) should not
Limite
dit may melt easily. A copper metal wire ( or any other metal wire or metal strip) should not
to Limite
dto whichLim
ited
which
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
157
for loading and unloading heavy iron and steel obj ects are fitted on cranes.
50. Only iron is used for making electromagnets. This is because when current is switched off in the coil of an electromagnet made of iron piece, then the iron piece loses all its magnetism. Steel is not used for making electromagnets because when current is switched off from the coil of an electromagnet made of a steel piece, the steel piece does not lose all its magnetism. The steel piece retains the magnetism and becomes a permanent magnet.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
51. The magnet made by using electric current is called an electromagnet. We can make an electromagnet ourselves as follows Take about 5 centimetre long insulated copper wire ( The insulated copper wire should be quite thin) . Also take a large iron nail about 10 centimetre long. Wind the insulated copper wire round and round closely on the iron nail so that it may form a coil. The coil can be held on to the iron nail by pu ng some cellotape over it. Connect the free ends of the coil of wire to the two terminals of an electric cell through a switch. Switch on the current in the coiled wire by closing the gap in the switch.
ow, place some steel pins near one of the ends of iron nail. We will find that the steel pins cling to the iron nail. The iron nail attracts the steel pins because the electric current flowing in copper wire coil ( wrapped around it) has turned the iron nail into an electromagnet. Refer to figure 23 for the diagram.
52. Some of the advantages of the electromagnets over the permanent magnets are as follows:
1. The magnetism of an electromagnet can be switched on or switched off as desired. This is not possible with a permanent magnet.
2. An electromagnet can be made very strong (i) by increasing the number of turns in the coil, and ( ii) by increasing the current passing through the coil. On the other hand, a permanent magnet cannot be made so strong.
The electric bell has a -shaped electromagnet. Refer to figure 25 for the diagram.
53. When an electric current is passed through a high resistance wire ( like nichrome wire) , the resistance wire becomes hot and produces heat. This is called the heating effect of current. Room heater and electric iron work on the heating effect of current. The ‘elements’ of electric heating appliances (such as electric room heater, electric iron, etc.) become very hot or red-hot on passing electric current because they have very high resistance ( due to which the heat produced in them is very large) .
54. A group of cells joined in series is called a battery. When the positive terminal of one cell is joined with the negative terminal of the other cell, then the cells are said to be joined in series. The cells are j oined in such a way that the brass cap of one cell touches the zinc bottom of the other cell. Refer to figure for the diagram.
55. (a) The heating effect of electric current is utilised in the working of electrical heating appliances such as electric room heater, electric iron, electric kettle, electric toaster, electric oven, water heater ( geyser) , immersion rod, and soldering iron, etc.
( b) The deflection of compass needle here shows that the current-carrying wire placed above it is behaving like a magnet and producing a magnetic field around it. It is the magnetism produced by current-carrying wire which is exerting a force on the compass
(C) is
(C) is joined
(C) joined
in series. The cells are j oined in such a way that the brass cap of one cell touches the zinc
(C) in series. The cells are j oined in such a way that the brass cap of one cell touches the zinc
bottom(C) bottom
55.(C)
55. ((C)
(a)(C)
a)
S which the heat produced in them is very large) .
S which the heat produced in them is very large) .
groupS group ofS ofjoinedS joined withS
within series. The cells are j oined in such a way that the brass cap of one cell touches the zinc S in series. The cells are j oined in such a way that the brass cap of one cell touches the zinc
Chand
-shaped
Chand
-shaped
When an electric current is passed through a high resistance wire ( like nichrome wire) , the
Chand
When an electric current is passed through a high resistance wire ( like nichrome wire) , the becom
Chand
becomes
Chand
es
Chand
hot
Chand
hot and
Chand
and
and
Chand
and electric
Chand
electric
heating
Chand
heating appliances
Chand
appliances
hot or red-hot on passing electric current because they have very high resistance ( due to
Chand
hot or red-hot on passing electric current because they have very high resistance ( due to which the heat produced in them is very large) . Cha
nd
which the heat produced in them is very large) .
cellsChand
cells
And made
And made very
And very
the coil, and ( ii) by increasing the current passing through the coil. On the other hand,
And the coil, and ( ii) by increasing the current passing through the coil. On the other hand,
a permanent magnet cannot be made so strong.
And
a permanent magnet cannot be made so strong.
-shapedAnd
-shaped electromagnet.And
electromagnet.
When an electric current is passed through a high resistance wire ( like nichrome wire) , the And
When an electric current is passed through a high resistance wire ( like nichrome wire) , the
Compa
ny through a switch. Switch on the current in the coiled wire by closing the gap in the switch.
Compa
ny through a switch. Switch on the current in the coiled wire by closing the gap in the switch.
nail.
Compa
ny nail. We
Compa
ny We will
Compa
ny will find
Compa
ny find
because
Compa
ny
because the
Compa
ny
the electric
Compa
ny
electricin copper wire coil ( wrapped around it) has turned the iron nail into an electromagnet.
Compa
ny
in copper wire coil ( wrapped around it) has turned the iron nail into an electromagnet.
Some of the advantages of the electromagnets over the permanent magnets are as follows:
Compa
ny
Some of the advantages of the electromagnets over the permanent magnets are as follows:
omagnet can be switched on or switched off as desired.
Compa
ny
omagnet can be switched on or switched off as desired. This is not possible with a permanent magnet. Com
pany
This is not possible with a permanent magnet.
very Compa
ny
very strongCompa
ny
strongthe coil, and ( ii) by increasing the current passing through the coil. On the other hand,
Compa
ny
the coil, and ( ii) by increasing the current passing through the coil. On the other hand,
Limite
dThe magnet made by using electric current is called an electromagnet. We can make
Limite
dThe magnet made by using electric current is called an electromagnet. We can make insulated
Limite
dinsulated copper
Limite
dcopperwire ( The insulated copper wire should be quite thin) . Also take a large iron nail about 10
Limite
dwire ( The insulated copper wire should be quite thin) . Also take a large iron nail about 10
closely
Limite
dclosely on
Limite
don the
Limite
dthe
pu ng
Limite
dpu ng some
Limite
dsome
over it. Connect the free ends of the coil of wire to the two terminals of an electric cell Limite
dover it. Connect the free ends of the coil of wire to the two terminals of an electric cell through a switch. Switch on the current in the coiled wire by closing the gap in the switch. Lim
ited
through a switch. Switch on the current in the coiled wire by closing the gap in the switch.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
158
needle and deflecting it from its usual north-south position.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
56. (c) 5 . (d) 5 . (c) 5 . (c) . (d)
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c)
. (b) . (c) . (c) . (b) . (d)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
1. Problem The positive terminal of one cell is in touch with the positive terminal of the other cell ecessary changes eep the positive terminal of one cell in touch with the negative terminal of the other cell.
2. 3.
4. (a) ichrome (b) Tungsten
5. (a) o (b) All the bulbs will glow together.
Set 1 Set 2
(C) S
Cha
nd And
Com
pany
Compa
ny Li
mitedof
Limite
dof the
Limite
dthe other
Limite
dotherwith
Limite
dwith the
Limite
dthe negativ
Limite
dnegativ
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
159
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The device in which electromagnet is used.
( b) Metal used to make the filament of the bulb.
( c) Magnet made by using current.
( d) Material used for making electromagnet.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) .… … … … … ............... effect of electric current is utilized in an electric bell.
( b) .… … … … … ............... is used to load heavy iron girders on to a ship.
( c) Coil of an electromagnet is usually made on .… … … … … ............... .
( d) Full form of CFL is .… … … … … ............... .
3. Write true or false:
( a) A car battery is j ust one cell.
( b) A battery is made by connecting positive terminal of one cell with the negative terminal of another cell.
( c) The magnetism of an electromagnet remains as long as the current is flowing in the coil.
( d) We use a thin wire in a fuse.
4. D raw the electric symbol for the following:
( a) Switch ( b) Bulb ( c) Cell ( d) Battery with two cells
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) In an electromagnet, which of the two really becomes a magnet: The piece of iron or the coil of wire?
( b) Which of the two is used to load heavy iron girders on to a ship-an electromagnet or a permanent magnet?
(C) S
Which of the two is used to load
S Which of the two is used to load a permanent magnet? S a permanent magnet? Cha
nd B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
following
Chand
following questions
Chand
questions
In an electromagnet,
Chand
In an electromagnet, the coil of wire?
Chand
the coil of wire?
Which of the two is used to load Chand
Which of the two is used to load a permanent magnet? Cha
nd
a permanent magnet?
And We use a thin wire in a fuse.
And We use a thin wire in a fuse.
D raw the electric symbol for the following:
And
D raw the electric symbol for the following:
( b) BulbAnd
( b) Bulb
Compa
ny Coil of an electromagnet is usually made on .… … … … … ............... .
Compa
ny Coil of an electromagnet is usually made on .… … … … … ............... .
tery is made by connecting positive terminal of one cell with the negative terminal
Compa
ny
tery is made by connecting positive terminal of one cell with the negative terminal
The magnetism of an electromagne Compa
ny
The magnetism of an electromagnet remains as long as the current is flowing in the Compa
ny
t remains as long as the current is flowing in the
Limite
dent is utilized in an electric bell.
Limite
dent is utilized in an electric bell.
y iron girders on to a ship. Limite
dy iron girders on to a ship.
Coil of an electromagnet is usually made on .… … … … … ............... . Limite
d
Coil of an electromagnet is usually made on .… … … … … ............... .
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
160
( c) Write the full form of MCB and CFL.
( d) What is an electric circuit? Explain with the help of a diagram.
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 50
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The device used to make or break a circuit.
( b) The alloy used to make the heating elements of the electrical heating appliances.
( c) The device which is being used increasingly in the place of fuse.
( d) Effect of electric current utilized in electric bell.
( e) The scientist who discovered the magnetic effect of current.
2. Write True or False:
( a) An electromagnet is a temporary magnet.
( b) An electric bell has an electromagnet.
( c) CFL works on the heating effect of current.
( d) An electromagnet does not attract a piece of iron.
( e) MCB works on the heating effect of current.
3. G ive the electric symbols of:
( a) A cell ( b) A battery of two cells ( c) A closed switch ( d) Electric bulb ( e) An open switch 4. Correct the following statements:
( a) Copper is used for making electromagnet.
( b) An electromagnet is a permanent magnet.
( c) The touching of live wire and neutral wire directly is called overloading.
( d) We should always use a thick wire for a fuse wire.
( e) Greater the magnitude of current passed through a given wire, lesser will be the heat produced in it.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Why do we use iron for making an electromagnet and not steel?
( b) Explain why, when the current is switched on through a wire, the needle of a compass
(C)
( c)
(C)
( c)
( d)
(C) ( d)
( e)(C) ( e) Great(C) Great
S An electromagnet is a permanen
S An electromagnet is a permanen
The touching of live wirS The touching of live wir
We should alwaS We should alwa
Chand
G ive the electric symbols of:
Chand
G ive the electric symbols of:
( b) A batt
Chand
( b) A batt
Electric bulb
Chand
Electric bulb
Correct the following statements:
Chand
Correct the following statements:
Chand
Copper is used for making electromagneCha
nd
Copper is used for making electromagne
An electromagnet is a permanenChand
An electromagnet is a permanen
And An electric bell has an electromagnet.
And An electric bell has an electromagnet.
ting effect of current.
And ting effect of current.
An electromagnet does not a
And
An electromagnet does not attract a piece of iron.
And
ttract a piece of iron.
MCB works on the hea And
MCB works on the heating effect of current. And
ting effect of current.
Compa
ny e the heating elements of the electrical heating appliances.
Compa
ny e the heating elements of the electrical heating appliances.
The device which is being used increasingly in the place of fuse.
Compa
ny
The device which is being used increasingly in the place of fuse.
ect of electric current utilized in electric bell.
Compa
ny
ect of electric current utilized in electric bell.
overed the magnetic effect of current.
Compa
ny
overed the magnetic effect of current.
emporary magnet.
Compa
ny
emporary magnet.
An electric bell has an electromagnet. Compa
ny
An electric bell has an electromagnet.
ting effect of current. Compa
ny
ting effect of current.
Limite
dDate: ...........................
Limite
dDate: ...........................
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
161
kept nearby gets deflected from its north-south position.
( c) What is electric resistance? How is it used in an electric bulb?
( d) What are the causes of fire in electric circuits?
( e) What might happen if a fuse is not inserted in the household electric wiring?
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) Mention the applications of heating effect of current.
( b) State the advantages of using CFLs.
( c) Explain short circuit and overloading.
( d) Why is MCB used in place of fuse nowadays?
( e) Write an activity to show the magnetic effect of current.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. na lament t pe ul alotofelectricenerg iswastedintheformof:
( a) Magnetism ( b) Sound ( c) Light ( d) Heat 2. hemagnetice ectofelectriccurrentwasdiscovered :
( a) Maxwell ( b) Darwin ( c) Oersted ( d) Newton . hecompactfluorescentelectriclamphas. ............. lament:
( a) Nichrome ( b) Chromium ( c) Tungsten ( d) No filament 4. Whichofthefollowingmaterialso ersminimumresistancetotheflowofelectriccurrent?
( a) Copper ( b) Tungsten ( c) Nichrome ( d) Silver 5. hesoundproducedinadoor ellisdueto:
( a) Chemical effect of current ( b) Magnetic effect of current ( c) Heating effect of current ( d) Sound effect of current
(C) S
Cha
nd And
ell
And ell is
And is due
And due
fect of current
And
fect of current fect of current And
fect of current
Compa
ny the
Compa
ny the form
Compa
ny form
discovered
Compa
ny
discovered :
Compa
ny
:
( c) Oerst
Compa
ny
( c) Oersted
Compa
ny
ed . .............
Compa
ny
. .............
( c) Tungst
Compa
ny
( c) Tungstmini
Compa
ny
minimum
Compa
ny
mumresi
Compa
ny
resistance
Compa
ny
stance
en Compa
ny
en ( c) Nichrome Compa
ny
( c) Nichrome Compa
ny
to:Compa
ny
to:
Limite
d
formLimite
d
form of:Limite
d
of:
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
162
15
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• Rectilinear propagation of light.
• The concept of reflection of light.
• Concave mirrors and convex mirrors, the nature of images formed by them and their uses.
• Concave lens and convex lens, the nature of images formed by them and their uses.
• The concept of dispersion of light.
Textbook: Refer to pages 248 to 277
Periods allocated: 16 periods
VOCABULARY
Reflection, incident ray, reflected ray, mirror, image, real image, virtual image, lateral inversion, concave mirror, convex mirror, convex lens, concave lens, focal length, dispersion, rainbow.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Light travels in straight lines (Page 248)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing with the students the working of pinhole camera would be a good topic to start the topic and recapitulation of the content studied in Class V I. Ask students the principle on which the pinhole camera is based.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked what would happen if light from torch is allowed to fall on a mirror.
LightLight
(C) Learning Tools
(C) Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: (C)
Interactive warm up exercise: (C)
be a good topic to start the topic and recapitulation of the content studied in Class V I. Ask students (C)
be a good topic to start the topic and recapitulation of the content studied in Class V I. Ask students
S S Light travels in straight lines (Page 248) S Light travels in straight lines (Page 248) Cha
nd
Chand
Reflection, incident ray, reflected ray, mirror, image, real image, virtual image, lateral inversion,
Chand
Reflection, incident ray, reflected ray, mirror, image, real image, virtual image, lateral inversion, concave mirror, convex mirror, convex lens, concave lens, focal length, dispersion, rainbow.
Chand
concave mirror, convex mirror, convex lens, concave lens, focal length, dispersion, rainbow.
And
And
And
And Textbook: Refer to pages 248 to 277
And Textbook: Refer to pages 248 to 277 Com
pany
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Concave mirrors and convex mirrors, the nature of images formed by them and their uses.
Compa
ny
Concave mirrors and convex mirrors, the nature of images formed by them and their uses.
Concave lens and convex lens, the nature of images formed by them and their uses.
Compa
ny
Concave lens and convex lens, the nature of images formed by them and their uses.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
163
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss that the light rays always travel in straight lines. But its path changes when it falls on a mirror. Mirror changes the direction of light and this is called reflection of light.
Suggested home assignment
Show a neat diagram to show the bouncing of light rays by polished surface/ mirror.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 2 TO 4
Reflection of light (Page 249)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that the process of sending back the rays of light which fall on the surface of an obj ect is called reflection of light. Students should know why we can see our face in the mirror. Explain them that images are of two types: Real images and virtual images. Students should be familiarized with the characteristics of images formed by a plane mirror. They should be aware of the term lateral inversion.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Give an example to show that image formed in a plane mirror is laterally inverted.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Spherical mirrors (Page 254)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that a spherical mirror is that mirror whose reflecting surface is the part of a hollow sphere of glass. Students should know that spherical mirrors are of two types: concave mirror and convex mirror. They should be able to differentiate between the concave mirror and convex mirror and explain why concave mirror is called a converging mirror and convex mirror is called a diverging mirror.
Suggested home assignment
Draw a neat ray diagrams to show that concave mirror is a converging mirror and convex mirror is a diverging mirror.
(C) mirror and explain why concave mirror is called a converging mirror and convex mirror is called a
(C) mirror and explain why concave mirror is called a converging mirror and convex mirror is called a
diverging mirror.
(C) diverging mirror.
(C)
Suggested home assignment(C)
Suggested home assignment
Draw a neat ray diagrams to show that concave mirror is a converging mirror and convex mirror is (C)
Draw a neat ray diagrams to show that concave mirror is a converging mirror and convex mirror is
S sphere of glass. Students should know that spherical mirrors are of two types: concave mirror
S sphere of glass. Students should know that spherical mirrors are of two types: concave mirror and convex mirror. They should be able to differentiate between the concave mirror and convex S and convex mirror. They should be able to differentiate between the concave mirror and convex mirror and explain why concave mirror is called a converging mirror and convex mirror is called a S mirror and explain why concave mirror is called a converging mirror and convex mirror is called a diverging mirror. S diverging mirror.
Chand
Chand
Spherical mirrors (Page 254)
Chand
Spherical mirrors (Page 254)
Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that a spherical mirror is that mirror whose reflecting surface is the part of a hollow Chand
Explain them that a spherical mirror is that mirror whose reflecting surface is the part of a hollow sphere of glass. Students should know that spherical mirrors are of two types: concave mirror Cha
nd
sphere of glass. Students should know that spherical mirrors are of two types: concave mirror and convex mirror. They should be able to differentiate between the concave mirror and convex Cha
nd
and convex mirror. They should be able to differentiate between the concave mirror and convex
And
And
Give an example to show that image formed in a plane mirror is laterally inverted.
And
Give an example to show that image formed in a plane mirror is laterally inverted.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5 And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Compa
ny of an obj ect is called reflection of light. Students should know why we can see our face in the mirror.
Compa
ny of an obj ect is called reflection of light. Students should know why we can see our face in the mirror.
Explain them that images are of two types: Real images and virtual images. Students should be
Compa
ny Explain them that images are of two types: Real images and virtual images. Students should be
familiarized with the characteristics of images formed by a plane mirror. They should be aware of
Compa
ny
familiarized with the characteristics of images formed by a plane mirror. They should be aware of
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Compa
ny
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Limite
d
Limite
dDiscuss with the students that the process of sending back the rays of light which fall on the surface Lim
ited
Discuss with the students that the process of sending back the rays of light which fall on the surface of an obj ect is called reflection of light. Students should know why we can see our face in the mirror. Lim
ited
of an obj ect is called reflection of light. Students should know why we can see our face in the mirror.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
164
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 6 AND 7
Images formed by concave mirror (Page 256)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that the nature and size of the image formed by a concave mirror depends on the distance of the obj ect from the concave mirror. Students should be able to list the characteristics of image formed by concave mirror when- obj ect is placed at a distance many times the focal length of concave mirror; when it is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length; when it is placed at a distance between focal length and twice the focal length of concave mirror; when it is placed at a distance less than its focal length. Discuss the uses of concave mirror.
Using resources
• Conduct the activities given on Pages 25 -2 of the book.
Suggested home assignment
List the uses of concave mirror.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Images formed by convex mirror (Page 261)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that whether an obj ect is placed at a larger distance or it is close to the convex mirror, it always forms an image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect. Uses of convex mirrors should be discussed.
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 2 2 of the book.
Suggested home assignment
Mention the uses of convex mirror.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Spherical lenses (Page 263)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that a lens is a piece of transparent glass bound by two spherical surfaces. Students should be able to identify convex lens and concave lens. Explain why convex lens is a converging lens and concave lens is a diverging lens.
(C)
(C)
(C) Spherical lenses (Page 263)
(C) Spherical lenses (Page 263)
(C)
Teacher guided discussion(C)
Teacher guided discussion
S S Mention the uses of convex mirror.
S Mention the uses of convex mirror. Chand
Conduct the activity given on Pag
Chand
Conduct the activity given on Pag
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Mention the uses of convex mirror. Chand
Mention the uses of convex mirror.
And
Explain them that whether an obj ect is placed at a larger distance or it is close to the convex mirror,
And
Explain them that whether an obj ect is placed at a larger distance or it is close to the convex mirror, it always forms an image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect. Uses of convex mirrors
And
it always forms an image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect. Uses of convex mirrors
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Images formed by convex mirror (Page 261)
Compa
ny
Images formed by convex mirror (Page 261)
Limite
dimage formed by concave mirror when- obj ect is placed at a distance many times the focal length
Limite
dimage formed by concave mirror when- obj ect is placed at a distance many times the focal length of concave mirror; when it is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length; when it is
Limite
dof concave mirror; when it is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length; when it is placed at a distance between focal length and twice the focal length of concave mirror; when it is
Limite
dplaced at a distance between focal length and twice the focal length of concave mirror; when it is placed at a distance less than its focal length. Discuss the uses of concave mirror.
Limite
dplaced at a distance less than its focal length. Discuss the uses of concave mirror.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
165
Suggested home assignment
Draw ray diagrams to show why convex lens is a converging lens and concave lens is a diverging lens.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 10 AND 11
Images formed by convex lens (Page 265)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the nature and size of the image formed by a convex lens depends on the distance of the obj ect from it. Students should be able to list the characteristics of image formed by convex lens when- obj ect is placed at a distance many times the focal length of convex lens; when it is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length; when it is placed at a distance between focal length and twice the focal length of convex lens; when it is placed at a distance less than its focal length. Discuss the uses of convex lens.
Using resources
• Conduct the activities given on Pages 2 5-2 of the book
• Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Explain the working of a magnifying glass.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Image formed by concave lens (Page 269)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that whether an obj ect is placed at a larger distance or close to the concave lens, it always forms a image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect. Discuss the uses of concave lens.
Suggested home assignment
Mention the uses of concave lens.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 13
Dispersion of light (Page 270)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that the splitting of white light into seven colors on passing through a transparent medium like a glass prism is called dispersion of light. Students should comprehend that white light
(C)
(C) Mention the uses of concave lens.
(C) Mention the uses of concave lens.
Dispersion of light (Page 270) (C)
Dispersion of light (Page 270)
S Suggested home assignment
S Suggested home assignment
Mention the uses of concave lens. S Mention the uses of concave lens.
Chand
Image formed by concave lens (Page 269)
Chand
Image formed by concave lens (Page 269)
Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that whether an obj ect is placed at a larger distance or close to the concave lens,
Chand
Explain them that whether an obj ect is placed at a larger distance or close to the concave lens, it always forms a image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect. Discuss the uses of
Chand
it always forms a image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect. Discuss the uses of
Suggested home assignmentChand
Suggested home assignment
And
And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 12
Image formed by concave lens (Page 269) And
Image formed by concave lens (Page 269)
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
es 2 5-2 of the book
Compa
ny
es 2 5-2 of the book
Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter
Compa
ny
Students may run the video for the given topic using the R Code given at the end of the chapter
Limite
dExplain them that the nature and size of the image formed by a convex lens depends on the distance
Limite
dExplain them that the nature and size of the image formed by a convex lens depends on the distance of the obj ect from it. Students should be able to list the characteristics of image formed by convex
Limite
dof the obj ect from it. Students should be able to list the characteristics of image formed by convex lens when- obj ect is placed at a distance many times the focal length of convex lens; when it is
Limite
dlens when- obj ect is placed at a distance many times the focal length of convex lens; when it is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length; when it is placed at a distance between
Limite
dplaced at a distance greater than twice the focal length; when it is placed at a distance between focal length and twice the focal length of convex lens; when it is placed at a distance less than its Lim
ited
focal length and twice the focal length of convex lens; when it is placed at a distance less than its
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
166
is a mixture of seven colors. Discuss that the rainbow is produced by the dispersion of sunlight by tiny rain drops suspended in the atmosphere.
Using resources
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 2 1 of the book to show that white light consists of seven colours.
• Conduct the activity given on Page no. 2 2 of the book to show that mixing of seven colours of the spectrum can give us white light.
Suggested home assignment
Why does a compact disc ( CD) placed in the sun shines by producing many colors?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 14
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 15
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 16
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Virtual 2. 1 cm
3. (a) V irtual ( b) Real 4. LEFT will seem laterally inverted
5. Surface of water in the lake . Plane mirror
. Laterally inversion . Reflection of light
9. When an obj ect is placed in front of a plane mirror, then the right side of obj ect appears to become the left side of image and the left side of object appears to become the right side of image.
1 . ateral inversion 11. ( a) True ( b) False ( c) False ( d) True ( e) True
12. (a) Convex mirror (b) Concave mirror 13. (a) Concave mirror ( b) Convex mirror
14. Concave 15. Convex mirror
1 . Concave lens
1 . When an obj ect is placed close to a concave mirror
(C) When an obj ect is placed in front of a plane mirror, then the right side of obj ect appears
(C) When an obj ect is placed in front of a plane mirror, then the right side of obj ect appears
to become the left side of image and the left side of object appears to become the right
(C) to become the left side of image and the left side of object appears to become the right
side of image. (C)
side of image.
1 .(C)
1 . ateral inversion (C)
ateral inversion
S Surface of water in the lake
S Surface of water in the lake
aterally inversion S aterally inversion
When an obj ect is placed in front of a plane mirror, then the right side of obj ect appears S When an obj ect is placed in front of a plane mirror, then the right side of obj ect appears
Chand
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
Chand
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
Chand
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
a) V irtual ( b) Real Chand
a) V irtual ( b) Real
Surface of water in the lake Chand
Surface of water in the lake
And
And Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
And Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
TEXT BOOK ANSWERSAnd
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
Compa
ny
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 15
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 15
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
Compa
ny
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 16Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 16
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet Com
pany
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
Limite
d
Limite
dWhy does a compact disc ( CD) placed in the sun shines by producing many colors?
Limite
dWhy does a compact disc ( CD) placed in the sun shines by producing many colors?
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
167
1 . Concave mirror
1 . Concave lens is diverging lens. Convex Lens is a Converging Lens.
2 . Concave lens 21. Convex lens
22. Convex Lens
23. To use a convex lens as a magnifying glass, the obj ect to be viewed should be placed close to the convex lens so that a magnified and erect image of the small object can be seen on looking through the convex lens.
24. Concave lens 25. Convex lens
2 . Glass prism 2 . Tiny drops of water
2 . ispersion of light 2 . White light consists of seven colors.
3 . (a) straight (b) reflection (c) real (d) virtual (e) plane (f) convex (g) concave (h) thicker thinner ( i) diverges; converges ( j ) concave; convex ( k) lens ( l) smaller ( m) seven ( n) seven ( o) white ( p) white ( q) seven
B. Short Answer Type Questions
31. A spherical mirror is that mirror whose reflecting surface is the part of a hollow sphere of glass. Concave mirror forms real image.
32. The image which can be obtained on a screen is called a real image. A real image can be formed on a screen because light rays actually pass through it. The image which cannot be obtained on a screen is called a virtual image. Our image in a plane mirror is an example of virtual image. So, virtual images are also called unreal images. In the still water of a lake, virtual image is formed.
33. A concave surface means ‘ bent-in’ surface. A concave mirror is that spherical mirror in which the reflection of light takes place at the concave surface (or bent-in surface). A convex surface means ‘ bulging-out’ surface. A convex mirror is that spherical mirror in which the reflection of light takes place at the convex surface (bulging out surface). Concave mirrors are used by dentists to see the large images of teeth of patients. Big convex mirrors are used as ‘ shop security mirrors’.
34. The lens which is thicker in the middle than at the edges is called a convex lens. The lens which is thinner in the middle than at the edges is called a concave lens. Convex Lens is a Converging Lens. Concave Lens is a Diverging Lens. Convex lens is used as a magnifying glass. Concave lenses are used in making spectacles.
35. ( i) e ( ii) b; f ( iii) a ( iv) c ( v) f
3 . The characteristics of the images formed by a plane mirror are as follows
( i) The image formed in a plane mirror is behind the mirror.
( ii) The image formed in a plane mirror is virtual ( or unreal) . It cannot be obtained on a screen.
( iii) The image in a plane mirror is of the same size as the obj ect. It is neither enlarged nor diminished.
( iv) The image in a plane mirror is erect. It is the same side up as the obj ect.
(C) ( i) e ( ii) b; f ( iii) a ( iv) c ( v) f
(C) ( i) e ( ii) b; f ( iii) a ( iv) c ( v) f
3 .
(C) 3 . The characteristics of the images formed by a plane mirror are as follows
(C) The characteristics of the images formed by a plane mirror are as follows
( i)(C)
( i) The image formed in a plane mirr(C)
The image formed in a plane mirr
( ii)(C)
( ii)
S a Converging Lens. Concave Lens is a Diverging Lens. Convex lens is used as a magnifying
S a Converging Lens. Concave Lens is a Diverging Lens. Convex lens is used as a magnifying glass. Concave lenses are used in making spectacles. S glass. Concave lenses are used in making spectacles.
( i) e ( ii) b; f ( iii) a ( iv) c ( v) f S ( i) e ( ii) b; f ( iii) a ( iv) c ( v) f
Chand
surface means ‘ bulging-out’ surface. A convex mirror is that spherical mirror in which the
Chand
surface means ‘ bulging-out’ surface. A convex mirror is that spherical mirror in which the reflection of light takes place at the convex surface (bulging out surface). Concave mirrors
Chand
reflection of light takes place at the convex surface (bulging out surface). Concave mirrors are used by dentists to see the large images of teeth of patients. Big convex mirrors are
Chand
are used by dentists to see the large images of teeth of patients. Big convex mirrors are used as ‘ shop security mirrors’.
Chand
used as ‘ shop security mirrors’.
The lens which is thicker in the middle than at the edges is called a convex lens. The lens
Chand
The lens which is thicker in the middle than at the edges is called a convex lens. The lens which is thinner in the middle than at the edges is called a concave lens. Convex Lens is
Chand
which is thinner in the middle than at the edges is called a concave lens. Convex Lens is
Chand
a Converging Lens. Concave Lens is a Diverging Lens. Convex lens is used as a magnifying Chand
a Converging Lens. Concave Lens is a Diverging Lens. Convex lens is used as a magnifying glass. Concave lenses are used in making spectacles. Cha
nd
glass. Concave lenses are used in making spectacles.
And
A concave surface means ‘ bent-in’ surface. A concave mirror is that spherical mirror in
And
A concave surface means ‘ bent-in’ surface. A concave mirror is that spherical mirror in which the reflection of light takes place at the concave surface (or bent-in surface). A convex
And
which the reflection of light takes place at the concave surface (or bent-in surface). A convex surface means ‘ bulging-out’ surface. A convex mirror is that spherical mirror in which the And
surface means ‘ bulging-out’ surface. A convex mirror is that spherical mirror in which the reflection of light takes place at the convex surface (bulging out surface). Concave mirrors And
reflection of light takes place at the convex surface (bulging out surface). Concave mirrors
Compa
ny
A spherical mirror is that mirror whose reflecting surface is the part of a hollow sphere of
Compa
ny
A spherical mirror is that mirror whose reflecting surface is the part of a hollow sphere of
The image which can be obtained on a screen is called a real image. A real image can be
Compa
ny
The image which can be obtained on a screen is called a real image. A real image can be formed on a screen because light rays actually pass through it. The image which cannot be
Compa
ny
formed on a screen because light rays actually pass through it. The image which cannot be obtained on a screen is called a virtual image. Our image in a plane mirror is an example of
Compa
ny
obtained on a screen is called a virtual image. Our image in a plane mirror is an example of virtual image. So, virtual images are also called unreal images. In the still water of a lake, Com
pany
virtual image. So, virtual images are also called unreal images. In the still water of a lake,
Limite
dWhite light consists of seven colors.
Limite
dWhite light consists of seven colors.
(a) straight (b) reflection (c) real (d) virtual (e) plane (f) convex (g) concave (h) thicker
Limite
d(a) straight (b) reflection (c) real (d) virtual (e) plane (f) convex (g) concave (h) thicker thinner ( i) diverges; converges ( j ) concave; convex ( k) lens ( l) smaller ( m) seven ( n) seven Lim
ited
thinner ( i) diverges; converges ( j ) concave; convex ( k) lens ( l) smaller ( m) seven ( n) seven
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
168
( v) The image formed in a plane mirror is at the same distance behind the mirror as the obj ect is in front of it.
( vi) The image in a plane mirror is laterally inverted ( sideways reversed) with respect to the obj ect.
3 . When the face is held close to a concave mirror, then an enlarged image of the face is seen in the concave mirror ( This helps a man in making a smooth shave) .
3 . The image formed by concave mirror is real, inverted and much smaller than the obj ect.
39. The image is virtual, erect, and larger than the object (enlarged or magnified).
4 . When an obj ect is placed close to a convex lens ( at a distance less than its focal length) , the image formed by convex lens is: ( i) virtual, ( ii) erect, and ( iii) larger than the obj ect (enlarged or magnified).
41. When an obj ect is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length of convex lens, the image formed by convex lens is : ( i) real, ( ii) inverted, and ( iii) smaller than the obj ect ( or diminished) .
42. When an obj ect is placed at a distance between focal length and twice the focal length of a convex lens, then the image formed by convex lens is : ( i) real, ( ii) inverted, and ( iii) larger than the object (enlarged or magnified).
43. (a) Magnified (b) Smaller
44. epending on the distance of object, convex lens forms mainly two different kinds of images: ( i) real and inverted, and ( ii) virtual and erect. Whether an obj ect is placed at a large distance or it is close to the concave lens, a concave lens always forms an image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect.
45. Take a glass prism. Allow a narrow beam of sunlight through a small hole in the window of a dark room to fall on one face of the glass prism. Let the light coming out of the other face of the prism fall on a white sheet of paper or on a white wall ( which will act as screen) . A patch of seven colours will be formed on the sheet of white paper ( or on white wall) . This shows that sunlight consists of seven colours. Newton discovered by his experiments with glass prisms that white light ( like sunlight) consists of a mixture of lights of seven colours.
4 . If we shine a torch on a dark night, we will see that the beam of light produced by torch travels straight into darkness. This observation shows that light travels in straight lines. Similarly, the beams of light from the headlights of cars, scooters, buses, trucks, aeroplanes and engines of trains also go straight in the darkness of night showing that light travels in a straight line path. Newton discovered by his experiments with glass prisms that white light ( like sunlight) consists of a mixture of lights of seven colours.
4 . (a) Pencil would look very small Virtual image (b) Close to the convex lens (at a distance less than the focal length of convex lens)
4 . If a beam of white light is passed through a glass prism, then the white light splits to form a band of seven colours on a white screen. The band of seven colours formed on a white screen, when a beam of white light is passed through a glass prism, is called spectrum of white light.
49. It has seven colors. They are: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet.
(C)
a straight line path. Newton discovered by his experiments with glass prisms that white
(C)
a straight line path. Newton discovered by his experiments with glass prisms that white light ( like sunlight) consists of a mixture of lights of seven colours.
(C) light ( like sunlight) consists of a mixture of lights of seven colours.
4 .(C) 4 . (a) Pencil would look very small Virtual image (b) Close to the convex lens (at a distance (C) (a) Pencil would look very small Virtual image (b) Close to the convex lens (at a distance
less than the focal length of convex lens) (C)
less than the focal length of convex lens)
S Similarly, the beams of light from the headlights of cars, scooters, buses, trucks, aeroplanes
S Similarly, the beams of light from the headlights of cars, scooters, buses, trucks, aeroplanes and engines of trains also go straight in the darkness of night showing that light travels in S and engines of trains also go straight in the darkness of night showing that light travels in a straight line path. Newton discovered by his experiments with glass prisms that white S a straight line path. Newton discovered by his experiments with glass prisms that white light ( like sunlight) consists of a mixture of lights of seven colours. S light ( like sunlight) consists of a mixture of lights of seven colours.
Chand
of the prism fall on a white sheet of paper or on a white wall ( which will act as screen) . A
Chand
of the prism fall on a white sheet of paper or on a white wall ( which will act as screen) . A patch of seven colours will be formed on the sheet of white paper ( or on white wall) . This
Chand
patch of seven colours will be formed on the sheet of white paper ( or on white wall) . This shows that sunlight consists of seven colours. Newton discovered by his experiments with
Chand
shows that sunlight consists of seven colours. Newton discovered by his experiments with glass prisms that white light ( like sunlight) consists of a mixture of lights of seven colours.
Chand
glass prisms that white light ( like sunlight) consists of a mixture of lights of seven colours.
Chand
If we shine a torch on a dark night, we will see that the beam of light produced by torch
Chand
If we shine a torch on a dark night, we will see that the beam of light produced by torch travels straight into darkness. This observation shows that light travels in straight lines.
Chand
travels straight into darkness. This observation shows that light travels in straight lines. Similarly, the beams of light from the headlights of cars, scooters, buses, trucks, aeroplanes Cha
nd
Similarly, the beams of light from the headlights of cars, scooters, buses, trucks, aeroplanes and engines of trains also go straight in the darkness of night showing that light travels in Cha
nd
and engines of trains also go straight in the darkness of night showing that light travels in
And is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect.
And is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect.
Take a glass prism. Allow a narrow beam of sunlight through a small hole in the window of
And
Take a glass prism. Allow a narrow beam of sunlight through a small hole in the window of a dark room to fall on one face of the glass prism. Let the light coming out of the other face
And
a dark room to fall on one face of the glass prism. Let the light coming out of the other face of the prism fall on a white sheet of paper or on a white wall ( which will act as screen) . A And
of the prism fall on a white sheet of paper or on a white wall ( which will act as screen) . A patch of seven colours will be formed on the sheet of white paper ( or on white wall) . This And
patch of seven colours will be formed on the sheet of white paper ( or on white wall) . This
Compa
ny the image formed by convex lens is : ( i) real, ( ii) inverted, and ( iii) smaller than the obj ect
Compa
ny the image formed by convex lens is : ( i) real, ( ii) inverted, and ( iii) smaller than the obj ect
When an obj ect is placed at a distance between focal length and twice the focal length of
Compa
ny
When an obj ect is placed at a distance between focal length and twice the focal length of a convex lens, then the image formed by convex lens is : ( i) real, ( ii) inverted, and ( iii) larger
Compa
ny
a convex lens, then the image formed by convex lens is : ( i) real, ( ii) inverted, and ( iii) larger
epending on the distance of object, convex lens forms mainly two different kinds of
Compa
ny
epending on the distance of object, convex lens forms mainly two different kinds of images: ( i) real and inverted, and ( ii) virtual and erect.
Compa
ny
images: ( i) real and inverted, and ( ii) virtual and erect.large distance or it is close to the concave lens, a concave lens always forms an image which Com
pany
large distance or it is close to the concave lens, a concave lens always forms an image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect. Com
pany
is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect.
Limite
dWhen an obj ect is placed close to a convex lens ( at a distance less than its focal length) ,
Limite
dWhen an obj ect is placed close to a convex lens ( at a distance less than its focal length) , the image formed by convex lens is: ( i) virtual, ( ii) erect, and ( iii) larger than the obj ect
Limite
dthe image formed by convex lens is: ( i) virtual, ( ii) erect, and ( iii) larger than the obj ect
When an obj ect is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length of convex lens,
Limite
dWhen an obj ect is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length of convex lens, the image formed by convex lens is : ( i) real, ( ii) inverted, and ( iii) smaller than the obj ect Lim
ited
the image formed by convex lens is : ( i) real, ( ii) inverted, and ( iii) smaller than the obj ect
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
169
5 . es. Take a circular cardboard disc of about 1 cm diameter. ivide this disc into seven equal segments. Paint the seven colours of white light (red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet) on these segments. Instead of painting the segments, we can also paste seven coloured papers on these segments. This disc painted with the seven colours of spectrum is called Newton’s disc. Make a small hole at the centre of the disc. Fix the disc loosely on the tip of a refill of a ball pen. Make sure that the disc can rotate freely. ow, rotate the disc quickly in daylight. When the disc is rotated very fast, all the seven colours mix together due to which the disc appears to be white.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
51. (a) A lens is a piece of transparent glass bound by two spherical surfaces. Lenses are of two types 1. Convex lens, and 2. Concave lens. enses are used in making spectacles, cameras, microscopes, telescopes, film proj ectors.
( b) Convex lens
( c) Concave mirror
52. (a) The splitting up of white light into seven colours on passing through a transparent medium like a glass prism is called dispersion of light. The rainbow is produced by the dispersion of sunlight by tiny rain-drops suspended in the atmosphere.
( b) Lateral inversion
53. (a) The rainbow is an arch of seven colours seen in the sky. The rainbow is produced by the dispersion of sunlight by tiny rain-drops suspended in the atmosphere. The formation of rainbow having seven colours shows that white sunlight consists of seven colours.
( b) The word AMBULANCE on the hospital vans is written in the form of its mirror image. This is because when we are driving in our car and see the hospital van coming from behind in our rear-view mirror, then we will get the laterally inverted image of and read it as AMBULANCE.
54. (a) The image which can be obtained on a screen is called a real image. A real image can be formed on a screen because light rays actually pass through it. Example: images formed on a cinema screen.
( b) The image which cannot be obtained on a screen is called a virtual image. Our image in a plane mirror is an example of virtual image.
( c) The characteristics of the images formed by a plane mirror as follows:
( i) The image formed in a plane mirror is behind the mirror.
( ii) The image formed in a plane mirror is virtual ( or unreal) . It cannot be obtained on a screen.
( d) Whether an obj ect is placed at a large distance or it is close to the concave lens, a concave lens always forms an image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect.
55. (a) The table reflects the light of the sunlight in the room.
( b) Whether an obj ect is placed at a large distance or it is close to convex mirror, a convex mirror always forms an image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect.
(C)
( d)(C)
( d)
S The characteris
S The characteris
( i)S ( i) The image formed in a plane mirrS
The image formed in a plane mirr
( ii)S ( ii)
Chand
read it as AMBULANCE.
Chand
read it as AMBULANCE.
The image which c
Chand
The image which can be obtained on a screen is called a real image. A real image can
Chand
an be obtained on a screen is called a real image. A real image can be formed on a screen because light rays actually pass through it. Example: images
Chand
be formed on a screen because light rays actually pass through it. Example: images formed on a cinema screen.
Chand
formed on a cinema screen.
Chand
The image which
Chand
The image which in a plane mirror is an example of virtual image. Cha
nd
in a plane mirror is an example of virtual image.
The characterisChand
The characteris
And of rainbow having seven colours shows that white sunlight consists of seven colours.
And of rainbow having seven colours shows that white sunlight consists of seven colours.
on the hospital vans is written in the form of its mirror image.
And on the hospital vans is written in the form of its mirror image.
This is because when we are driving in our car and see the hospital van coming from
And
This is because when we are driving in our car and see the hospital van coming from behind in our rear-view mirror, then we will get the laterally inverted image of and And
behind in our rear-view mirror, then we will get the laterally inverted image of and read it as AMBULANCE. And
read it as AMBULANCE.
Compa
ny
of white light into seven colours on passing through a transparent
Compa
ny
of white light into seven colours on passing through a transparent medium like a glass prism is called dispersion of light. The rainbow is produced by the
Compa
ny
medium like a glass prism is called dispersion of light. The rainbow is produced by the dispersion of sunlight by tiny rain-drops suspended in the atmosphere.
Compa
ny
dispersion of sunlight by tiny rain-drops suspended in the atmosphere.
The rainbow is an arch of seven colours seen in the sky. The rainbow is produced by the
Compa
ny
The rainbow is an arch of seven colours seen in the sky. The rainbow is produced by the dispersion of sunlight by tiny rain-drops suspended in the atmosphere. The formation
Compa
ny
dispersion of sunlight by tiny rain-drops suspended in the atmosphere. The formation of rainbow having seven colours shows that white sunlight consists of seven colours. Com
pany
of rainbow having seven colours shows that white sunlight consists of seven colours.
on the hospital vans is written in the form of its mirror image. Compa
ny
on the hospital vans is written in the form of its mirror image.
Limite
dA lens is a piece of transparent glass bound by two spherical surfaces. Lenses are of
Limite
dA lens is a piece of transparent glass bound by two spherical surfaces. Lenses are of two types 1. Convex lens, and 2. Concave lens. enses are used in making spectacles,
Limite
dtwo types 1. Convex lens, and 2. Concave lens. enses are used in making spectacles,
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
170
( c) Concave mirror. When a tooth is close to a concave mirror, then an enlarged image of the tooth is seen in the concave mirror. Due to this, it becomes easier to locate the defect in the tooth.
( d) It has seven colors. They are: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
5 . (b) 5 . (d) 5 . (c) 5 . (b) . (a)
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (d)
. (b) . (c) . (b) . (c) . (b)
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (d)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
. (a) ess then 1 cm from concave mirror (b) Virtual (c) arger than the object
. (i) 15 cm (ii) cm (iii) 25 cm
. (a) Convex lens (b) Convex lens (c) Convex lens (d) Concave lens
. (i) 25 cm (ii) 15 cm (iii) cm
. m
1. 1.5 m s
2. (a) F (b) ateral inversion
3. (a) Convex lens (b) Concave lens
4. Similarity Both convex mirror and plane mirror always form a vitual and erect image of an object ifference Convex mirror always forms an image which is smaller than the object but a plane mirror always forms an image which is of the same size as the obj ect
5. A
(C) S
Cha
nd And
convex mirror and plane mirror always form a vitual and erect image of an
And convex mirror and plane mirror always form a vitual and erect image of an
object ifference Convex mirror always forms an image which is smaller than the object
And object ifference Convex mirror always forms an image which is smaller than the object
And
but a plane mirror always forms an image which is of the same size as the obj ect
And
but a plane mirror always forms an image which is of the same size as the obj ect
Compa
ny
x lens (b) Convex lens (c) Convex lens (d) Concave lens
Compa
ny
x lens (b) Convex lens (c) Convex lens (d) Concave lens
al inversion
Compa
ny
al inversion
Compa
ny
convex mirror and plane mirror always form a vitual and erect image of an Compa
ny
convex mirror and plane mirror always form a vitual and erect image of an object ifference Convex mirror always forms an image which is smaller than the object
Compa
ny
object ifference Convex mirror always forms an image which is smaller than the object
Limite
d(d)
Limite
d(d)
.
Limite
d. (b)
Limite
d(b)
5.
Limite
d5. (d)
Limite
d(d)
ave mirror (b) Virtual (c) arger than the object Limite
dave mirror (b) Virtual (c) arger than the object
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
171
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The kind of mirror required for obtaining a virtual image of the same size as the obj ect.
( b) The mirror used as a shaving mirror.
( c) The mirror used by doctors for examining the eyes, ears, nose and throat.
( d) Type of lens that can form real and inverted images, as well as virtual and erect image of an obj ect.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) Image formed on a cinema screen is an example of .… … .......… … … ...... image.
( b) The image which cannot be obtained on a screen is called a .… … .......… … … ...... image.
( c) The lens which is thinner in the middle than at the edges is called .… … .......… … … ...... lens.
( d) Big .… … .......… … … ...... mirrors are used as shop security mirrors.
3. Write true or false:
( a) White light consists of a mixture of lights of five colors.
( b) A concave lens always forms a virtual image.
( c) A magnifying glass is a convex lens.
( d) Convex mirror is known as converging mirror.
4. entionthemirror lenswhich ndsusein:
( a) Magnifying glasses
( b) Making microscopes
( c) Making peep holes in the doors.
( d) Rear view mirrors in vehicles.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) What reflects light when we see the images of trees and other obj ect in a lake?
( b) When we sit in front of a plane mirror and write with our right hand, it appears in the mirror that we are writing with the left hand. Name the phenomenon responsible for the following effect.
( c) Which of the two is a converging lens: convex or concave?
( d) Where should an obj ect be placed in order to use a convex lens as magnifying glass? (C
) ( b)
(C)
( b)mirror that we are writing with the left hand. Name the phenomenon responsible for
(C) mirror that we are writing with the left hand. Name the phenomenon responsible for
the following effect.
(C) the following effect.
( c)(C)
( c)
( d)(C
) ( d)
S What re
S What re
When we sit in S When we sit in mirror that we are writing with the left hand. Name the phenomenon responsible for S mirror that we are writing with the left hand. Name the phenomenon responsible for
Chand
Making microscopes
Chand
Making microscopes
Making peep holes in the doors.
Chand
Making peep holes in the doors.
Rear view mirr
Chand
Rear view mirr
Chand
ors in vehicles.
Chand
ors in vehicles.
B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
theChand
the followingCha
nd
following
What reChand
What reflects light when we see the images of trees and other obj ect in a lake? Chand
flects light when we see the images of trees and other obj ect in a lake?
And x mirror is known as converging mirror.
And x mirror is known as converging mirror.
which
And which nds
And nds use
And use
Making peep holes in the doors. And
Making peep holes in the doors.
Compa
ny is thinner in the middle than at the edges is called .… … .......… … … ......
Compa
ny is thinner in the middle than at the edges is called .… … .......… … … ......
e used as shop security mirrors.
Compa
ny
e used as shop security mirrors.
onsists of a mixture of lights of five colors.
Compa
ny
onsists of a mixture of lights of five colors.
ve lens always forms a virtual image.
Compa
ny
ve lens always forms a virtual image.
vex lens. Compa
ny
vex lens.
x mirror is known as converging mirror. Compa
ny
x mirror is known as converging mirror.
in:Com
pany
in:
Limite
dt can form real and inverted images, as well as virtual and erect image
Limite
dt can form real and inverted images, as well as virtual and erect image
een is an example of .… … .......… … … ...... image.
Limite
deen is an example of .… … .......… … … ...... image.
cannot be obtained on a screen is called a .… … .......… … … ...... image. Limite
dcannot be obtained on a screen is called a .… … .......… … … ...... image.
is thinner in the middle than at the edges is called .… … .......… … … ...... Limite
d
is thinner in the middle than at the edges is called .… … .......… … … ......
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
172
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 5
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) Mirror whose reflecting surface is the part of a hollow sphere of glass.
( b) The process of sending back the rays of light which fall on the surface of an obj ect.
( c) The image which can be obtained on a screen.
( d) Another name of convex mirror.
( e) Mirror used as shop security mirror.
2. Write True or False:
( a) The distance from the focus up to the centre of concave lens is called focal length of concave lens.
( b) Convex lens is a diverging lens.
( c) A magnifying glass is a concave lens.
( d) A concave lens always forms an image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the obj ect.
( e) Convex lens and concave lens both can be used to make spectacles.
. entionthemirror lenswhich ndsuseas:
( a) Rear view mirror in cars ( b) Shaving mirror ( c) Magnifying glass
( d) Microscope lens ( e) Lens in camera
4. Correct the following statements:
( a) The rainbow is produced because of the reflection of sunlight.
( b) Convex lens is a diverging lens.
( c) When an obj ect is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length of a concave mirror, the image formed by concave mirror is virtual and larger than the obj ect.
( d) The image which can be obtained on a screen is called a virtual image.
( e) Image in a plane mirror is an example of real image.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Differentiate between concave mirror and convex mirror.
( b) Why concave lens is termed a diverging lens?
( c) Mention the uses of convex mirrors.
(C) ( d)
(C) ( d)
( e)
(C) ( e) Image in a plane mirror is an e
(C) Image in a plane mirror is an e
(C)
B. Subjective Type Questions(C)
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answer(C
) 5. Answer
S When an
S When anmirror, the image formed by concave mirror is virtual and larger than the obj ect. S mirror, the image formed by concave mirror is virtual and larger than the obj ect.
The image which can be obS The image which can be ob
Chand
or in cars
Chand
or in cars
Microscope lens
Chand
Microscope lens
Chand
Chand
Correct the following statements:
Chand
Correct the following statements:
The rainbow is pr
Chand
The rainbow is produced because of the reflection of sunlight.
Chand
oduced because of the reflection of sunlight.
Chand
Conve
Chand
Convex lens is a diverging lens.
Chand
x lens is a diverging lens.
When anChand
When an obj ect is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length of a concave Chand
obj ect is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length of a concave mirror, the image formed by concave mirror is virtual and larger than the obj ect. Cha
nd
mirror, the image formed by concave mirror is virtual and larger than the obj ect.
And x lens and concave lens both can be used to make spectacles.
And x lens and concave lens both can be used to make spectacles.
which
And
which nds
And
nds
or in cars And
or in cars ( b) Shaving mirror And
( b) Shaving mirror
Compa
ny
om the focus up to the centre of concave lens is called focal length of
Compa
ny
om the focus up to the centre of concave lens is called focal length of
ave lens always forms an image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the Compa
ny
ave lens always forms an image which is virtual, erect and smaller than the
x lens and concave lens both can be used to make spectacles. Com
pany
x lens and concave lens both can be used to make spectacles.
Limite
dflecting surface is the part of a hollow sphere of glass.
Limite
dflecting surface is the part of a hollow sphere of glass.
ys of light which fall on the surface of an obj ect.
Limite
dys of light which fall on the surface of an obj ect.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
173
( d) Define dispersion of light. Name the scientist who discovered the splitting of light through a glass prism.
( e) Give the characteristics of image formed when an obj ect is placed at a distance greater than twice the focal length of a concave mirror.
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) Explain the formation of rainbow. Name the scientific principle it is based on.
( b) What type of images can a convex lens make?
( c) Write the characteristics of images formed by a plane mirror.
( d) Write three characteristics of the image formed by a concave mirror when the obj ect is close to it.
( e) Why are concave mirrors used as shaving mirrors?
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Ano ectisplacedatdistanceof15cmfromaconve lensoffocallength1 cm. heimageo tainedonthescreenis:
( a) upright and magnified ( b) inverted and magnified ( c) inverted and diminished ( d) upright and diminished. 2. Whenao ectis eptatan distanceinfrontofaconcavelens theimageformedis
always:
( a) virtual, erect and magnified ( b) virtual, inverted and diminished ( c) virtual, erect and diminished ( d) virtual, erect and same size as obj ect. . hespli ngupofwhitelightintosevencoloursonpassingthroughaglassprismiscalled:
( a) refraction ( b) deflection ( c) dispersion ( d) scattering 4. heimageformed aplanemirroris:
( a) virtual, behind the mirror and enlarged.
( b) virtual, behind the mirror and of the same size as the obj ect.
( c) real, at the surface of the mirror and enlarged.
( d) real, behind the mirror and of the same size as the obj ect.
5. Aconcavemirrorhasafocallengthof1 cm.Atwhichofthefollowingdistanceshouldano ect eplacedsothatitma formvirtual erectandmagni edimage?
(a) 12 cm (a) 25cm (c) cm (d) 15cm
(C) S
o ect
S o ect
12 cm S 12 cm Cha
nd virtual, behind the mirror and enlarg
Chand
virtual, behind the mirror and enlarg
virtual, behind the mirror and of the same size as the obj ect.
Chand
virtual, behind the mirror and of the same size as the obj ect.
real, at the surf
Chand
real, at the surface of the mirror and enlarged.
Chand
ace of the mirror and enlarged.
real, behind the mirror and of the same siz
Chand
real, behind the mirror and of the same siz
concave Chand
concave mirrorCha
nd
mirror hasChand
has
eChand
e placedChand
placed
And seven
And seven colour
And colour
( b) deflection
And
( b) deflection
And
plane And
plane mirrorAnd
mirror
virtual, behind the mirror and enlargAnd
virtual, behind the mirror and enlarg
Compa
ny lens
Compa
ny lens of
Compa
ny of focal
Compa
ny focal
( b) invert
Compa
ny
( b) inverted and magnified
Compa
ny
ed and magnified ( d) upright and diminished.
Compa
ny
( d) upright and diminished. front
Compa
ny
front of
Compa
ny
of a
Compa
ny
a conca
Compa
ny
conca
( b) virtual, invert
Compa
ny
( b) virtual, invert( d) virtual, erect and same size as obj ect. Com
pany
( d) virtual, erect and same size as obj ect. colourCom
pany
colour
Limite
dee characteristics of the image formed by a concave mirror when the obj ect
Limite
dee characteristics of the image formed by a concave mirror when the obj ect
focalLimite
d
focal
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
174
16
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• The different states of matter.
• The important sources of water.
• Importance of groundwater.
• The reasons for water scarcity and depletion of water table.
• The distribution of water.
Textbook: Refer to pages 278 to 288
Periods allocated: 8 periods
Vocabulary
Freshwater, saline water, water cycle, groundwater, transpiration, evaporation, condensation, clouds, precipitation, infiltration, water table, rain, aquifer, rainwater harvesting, bawri, drip irrigation
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
States of matter (Page 278)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing the uses of water and its importance for the survival of living organisms would be a good topic to start the chapter.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked the various processes taking place in the water cycle.
Water: A Precious ResourceWater: A Precious Resource
(C) Learning Tools
(C) Learning Tools
(C) Interactive warm up exercise: (C) Interactive warm up exercise:
living organisms would be a good topic to start the chapter. (C)
living organisms would be a good topic to start the chapter.
Chapter opening exercise: (C
) Chapter opening exercise:
S States of matter (Page 278) S States of matter (Page 278)
Learning Tools S Learning Tools
Chand
Chand
Freshwater, saline water, water cycle, groundwater, transpiration, evaporation, condensation, clouds,
Chand
Freshwater, saline water, water cycle, groundwater, transpiration, evaporation, condensation, clouds, precipitation, infiltration, water table, rain, aquifer, rainwater harvesting, bawri, drip irrigation
Chand
precipitation, infiltration, water table, rain, aquifer, rainwater harvesting, bawri, drip irrigation
States of matter (Page 278) Chand
States of matter (Page 278)
And
And
And
And Textbook: Refer to pages 278 to 288
And Textbook: Refer to pages 278 to 288 Com
pany
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
The reasons for water scarcity and depletion of water table.
Compa
ny
The reasons for water scarcity and depletion of water table.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
175
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students the water cycle occurring in nature. Explain that there are three states of water- soild, liquid and gas. Sensitize the students regarding the scarcity of water and discuss its causes.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
How many buckets of water have been recommended by the UN per person per day?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2
Groundwater as an important source of water (Page 281)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that water present below the surface of earth is called groundwater and its main source is the rain. The upper level of water under the ground which occupies all the spaces in the soil and rocks is called water table. Students should also know that aquifer is the underground layer of soil and permeable rocks in which water collects under the ground.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
How is groundwater recharged?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Depletion of water table (Page 282)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that due to some factors like increase in population, industrial and agricultural activities, scanty rainfall, deforestation etc., there is depletion of water table. Discuss all these factors in detail.
Suggested home assignment
How is increasing population responsible for depletion of water table?
(C)
Teacher guided discussion
(C)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that due to some factors like increase in population, industrial and agricultural activities,
(C) Explain them that due to some factors like increase in population, industrial and agricultural activities,
scanty rainfall, deforestation etc., there is depletion of water table. Discuss all these factors in detail. (C) scanty rainfall, deforestation etc., there is depletion of water table. Discuss all these factors in detail.
Suggested home assignment(C)
Suggested home assignment
S Depletion of water table (Page 282)
S Depletion of water table (Page 282)
Teacher guided discussionS Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that due to some factors like increase in population, industrial and agricultural activities, S
Explain them that due to some factors like increase in population, industrial and agricultural activities,
Chand
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
How is groundwater recharged?
Chand
How is groundwater recharged?
Depletion of water table (Page 282) Chand
Depletion of water table (Page 282)
And
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
And
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter Com
pany
Groundwater as an important source of water (Page 281)
Compa
ny Groundwater as an important source of water (Page 281)
Discuss with them that water present below the surface of earth is called groundwater and its main
Compa
ny
Discuss with them that water present below the surface of earth is called groundwater and its main source is the rain. The upper level of water under the ground which occupies all the spaces in the
Compa
ny
source is the rain. The upper level of water under the ground which occupies all the spaces in the soil and rocks is called water table. Students should also know that aquifer is the underground layer
Compa
ny
soil and rocks is called water table. Students should also know that aquifer is the underground layer of soil and permeable rocks in which water collects under the ground.
Compa
ny
of soil and permeable rocks in which water collects under the ground.
Limite
d
Limite
dHow many buckets of water have been recommended by the UN per person per day?
Limite
dHow many buckets of water have been recommended by the UN per person per day?
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
176
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 4 AND 5
Distribution of water (Page 283)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss how the mismanagement of water is taking place in our country. Suggest ways for proper management of water. Students should be sensitized towards their role to minimize the wastage of water.
Suggested home assignment
What will be the effect of water scarcity on plants?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Water exists in three forms: solid, liquid and gas.
2. ( a) Ice ( or Snow) ( b) Water vapour 3. rip irrigation
4. ( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) True ( e) False 5. Rain
6. Bawris 7. Aquifer
8. Rain 9. Water cycle
10. 50 L 11. Water table will fall drastically
12. (a) solid liquid gas (b) 1 (c) infiltration (d) hand-pumps tube-wells (e) aquifer (f) groundwater (g) aquifer (h) water (i) mismanagement (j) recharge (k) rainwater harvesting ( l) taps
(C) Bawris
(C) Bawris
8.
(C) 8. Rain
(C) Rain
10.(C)
10. 50 L (C)
50 L
12.(C)
12. (a) solid liquid gas (b) 1 (c) infiltration (d) hand-pumps tube-wells (e) aquifer (f) (C)
(a) solid liquid gas (b) 1 (c) infiltration (d) hand-pumps tube-wells (e) aquifer (f)
S ( a) Ice ( or Snow) ( b) Water vapour
S ( a) Ice ( or Snow) ( b) Water vapour
( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) True ( e) False S ( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) True ( e) False
Bawris S Bawris
Chand
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
Chand
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
Chand
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
Water exists in three forms: solid, liquid and gas.
Chand
Water exists in three forms: solid, liquid and gas.
( a) Ice ( or Snow) ( b) Water vapour Chand
( a) Ice ( or Snow) ( b) Water vapour
( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) True ( e) False Chand
( a) False ( b) False ( c) True ( d) True ( e) False
And
And ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
And ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
And
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
TEXT BOOK ANSWERSAnd
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
Compa
ny
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
Compa
ny
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8 Compa
ny
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Limite
d
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
177
B. Short Answer Type Questions
13. The earth appears blue from space because a maj or part of the surface of earth is covered with water in seas and oceans. It is this water on the earth which makes it appear blue.
14. The upper level of water under the ground which occupies all the spaces in the soil and rocks, is called water table. If there is more rainfall and more rainwater seeps into ground, the water table rises.
15. Some of the factors which affect the water table (or deplete the water table) at a place and make it go down are (i) Increase in population (ii) Industrial and agricultural activities (iii) Scanty rainfall (iv) eforestation, and (v) ecrease in the effective area for seepage of rainwater.
16. The underground layer of soil and permeable rocks in which water collects under the ground is called an aquifer. The top of aquifer is referred to as water table.
17. The water found below the water table is called groundwater. The main source of groundwater is the rain.
18. rip irrigation is a technique of watering plants by making use of a system of narrow pipes or tubes with small holes, which deliver water directly at the base of the plants. rip irrigation gives water directly to the root zone of plants at a slow rate so that it can be absorbed by the soil without any runoff (or wastage).
19. If the potted plants are not watered even for a few days, the plants will ‘wilt’ (become limp) and ultimately ‘dry up’. And if potted plants are not given water for a considerable time, they will die.
20. The scarcity of water will affect the nutrient uptake by the plants and the process of food making ( photosynthesis) in plants. So, due to scarcity of water, the plants will not be able to make su cient food for themselves and for animals (including human beings). This will lead to severe shortage of food leading to famine.
21. ( i) Get the leaking taps repaired immediately. Leaking taps waste a lot of water. Turn off the tap immediately after use. Do not keep the tap running all the time while brushing the teeth.
( ii) Take bath by filling water in a bucket and not directly under the flowing tap. Wash the utensils by filling water in a basin and not under the running tap.
( iii) Use the water from washing rice, vegetables or fruits for watering the plants at home.
22. We can minimise the use of water for the irrigation of plants and trees in the garden by using the drip irrigation technique.
23. When it rains, the rainwater seeps into the ground and the groundwater is recharged.
24. Refer to figure 4 for the diagram.
25. In order to attract the attention of everybody towards the importance of conserving water, 22nd March is celeberated as World Water D ay every year.
(C) using the drip irrigation technique.
(C) using the drip irrigation technique.
23.
(C) 23. When it rains, the rainwater seeps into the ground and the groundwater is recharged.
(C) When it rains, the rainwater seeps into the ground and the groundwater is recharged.
24.(C)
24. Refer to figure 4 for the diagram. (C)
Refer to figure 4 for the diagram.
25.(C)
25. In order to attract the attention of everybody towards the importance of conserving water, (C)
In order to attract the attention of everybody towards the importance of conserving water,
S Use the wa
S Use the wa
We can minimise the use of water for the irrigation of plants and trees in the garden by S We can minimise the use of water for the irrigation of plants and trees in the garden by using the drip irrigation technique. S using the drip irrigation technique.
Chand
Get the leaking taps repaired immediately. Leaking taps waste a lot of water. Turn off
Chand
Get the leaking taps repaired immediately. Leaking taps waste a lot of water. Turn off
Chand
the tap immediately after use. Do not keep the tap running all the time while brushing
Chand
the tap immediately after use. Do not keep the tap running all the time while brushing
th by filling water in a bucket and not directly under the flowing tap. Wash the
Chand
th by filling water in a bucket and not directly under the flowing tap. Wash the
utensils by filling water in a basin and not under the running tap. Chand
utensils by filling water in a basin and not under the running tap.
Use the waChand
Use the water from washing rice, vegetables or fruits for watering the plants at home. Chand
ter from washing rice, vegetables or fruits for watering the plants at home.
And The scarcity of water will affect the nutrient uptake by the plants and the process of food
And The scarcity of water will affect the nutrient uptake by the plants and the process of food
making ( photosynthesis) in plants. So, due to scarcity of water, the plants will not be able
And making ( photosynthesis) in plants. So, due to scarcity of water, the plants will not be able
to make su cient food for themselves and for animals (including human beings). This will
And
to make su cient food for themselves and for animals (including human beings). This will lead to severe shortage of food leading to famine. And
lead to severe shortage of food leading to famine.
Get the leaking taps repaired immediately. Leaking taps waste a lot of water. Turn off And
Get the leaking taps repaired immediately. Leaking taps waste a lot of water. Turn off
Compa
ny The water found below the water table is called groundwater. The main source of
Compa
ny The water found below the water table is called groundwater. The main source of
rip irrigation is a technique of watering plants by making use of a system of narrow pipes or
Compa
ny
rip irrigation is a technique of watering plants by making use of a system of narrow pipes or tubes with small holes, which deliver water directly at the base of the plants. rip irrigation
Compa
ny
tubes with small holes, which deliver water directly at the base of the plants. rip irrigation gives water directly to the root zone of plants at a slow rate so that it can be absorbed by
Compa
ny
gives water directly to the root zone of plants at a slow rate so that it can be absorbed by
If the potted plants are not watered even for a few days, the plants will ‘wilt’ (become limp)
Compa
ny
If the potted plants are not watered even for a few days, the plants will ‘wilt’ (become limp) and ultimately ‘dry up’. And if potted plants are not given water for a considerable time,
Compa
ny
and ultimately ‘dry up’. And if potted plants are not given water for a considerable time,
The scarcity of water will affect the nutrient uptake by the plants and the process of food Compa
ny
The scarcity of water will affect the nutrient uptake by the plants and the process of food
Limite
dSome of the factors which affect the water table (or deplete the water table) at a place
Limite
dSome of the factors which affect the water table (or deplete the water table) at a place and make it go down are (i) Increase in population (ii) Industrial and agricultural activities
Limite
dand make it go down are (i) Increase in population (ii) Industrial and agricultural activities (iii) Scanty rainfall (iv) eforestation, and (v) ecrease in the effective area for seepage of
Limite
d(iii) Scanty rainfall (iv) eforestation, and (v) ecrease in the effective area for seepage of
The underground layer of soil and permeable rocks in which water collects under the ground
Limite
dThe underground layer of soil and permeable rocks in which water collects under the ground
The water found below the water table is called groundwater. The main source of Limite
dThe water found below the water table is called groundwater. The main source of
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
178
C. Long Answer Type Questions
26. ( a) Mismanagement of Water by Water Supply Department. At many places water is supplied through a well-planned network of big and small pipes. When water is supplied by the Water Supply Department through pipes, not all the water may reach the destination. Many times we have seen the big water supply pipes leaking and a lot of water gushing out of these pipes. The leaking pipes lead to the wastage of precious water. It is the responsibility of the Water Supply Department of the town or city to stop this mismanagement of water by fixing the leaking water pipes quickly. Sometimes the dirty sewer water also gets mixed with the drinking water supply. This is also a case of mismanagement of water on the part of Water Supply Department.
( b) Mismanagement of Water at the Individual Level. All of us, knowingly or unknowingly, waste a lot of water while brushing teeth, shaving, bathing, washing clothes, washing utensils, watering the plants and during many other activities. Leaking taps in our houses are another source of huge water wastage.
27. Some of the steps which can be taken for the proper management of water are given below:
( i) Rainwater Harvesting. One way of increasing the availability of water to overcome its shortage is rainwater harvesting. The most important technique of rainwater harvesting is to make rainwater seep into the ground more efficiently by constructing percolation pits and recharge wells so as to recharge groundwater. This water can be pumped out in the times of water shortage.
( ii) Revival of Bawris. Bawri is a step-well ( in which a person can go down by using steps to fetch water) . Bawris were the ancient water storage and water recharge systems. Bawris were mainly set up in cities and big towns for collecting water so as to provide a water supply to the people during drought periods.
28. The increasing population needs more and more water for its day to day activities. As the population is increasing, more houses, shops, o ces, schools, industries, roads and pavements, etc., need to be constructed. A huge amount of water is required for the construction work. sually, groundwater is used for construction work. This leads to the consumption of a lot of groundwater. ow, when more and more houses, shops, o ces, schools, industries, roads and pavements, etc., are constructed, then the open spaces like parks and playgrounds having unpaved ground for the seepage of rainwater into ground are reduced. This decreases the seepage of rainwater into the ground. So, due to increasing population, on one hand we are consuming more groundwater and on the other hand we are allowing less rainwater to seep into the ground. This leads to the depletion of water table.
29. Industries produce ( or make) a large number of various types of things which we use in our everyday life. Almost everything that is made in industries needs water at some stage during its production process. ue to this, water is used by all the industries. As the population is increasing, the demand for various industrial goods is increasing, and hence the number of industries is also increasing continuously. Water used by most of the industries is drawn (or pumped out) from the ground. As the number of industries is increasing, the water drawn from the ground for their use is also increasing. This results in the depletion of water table.
(C) are allowing less rainwater to seep into the ground. This leads to the depletion of water
(C) are allowing less rainwater to seep into the ground. This leads to the depletion of water
table.
(C) table.
29.(C)
29. Industries produce ( or make) a large number of various types of things which we use in our (C)
Industries produce ( or make) a large number of various types of things which we use in our everyday life. Almost everything that is made in industries needs water at some stage during (C)
everyday life. Almost everything that is made in industries needs water at some stage during
S are reduced. This decreases the seepage of rainwater into the ground. So, due to increasing
S are reduced. This decreases the seepage of rainwater into the ground. So, due to increasing population, on one hand we are consuming more groundwater and on the other hand we S population, on one hand we are consuming more groundwater and on the other hand we S are allowing less rainwater to seep into the ground. This leads to the depletion of water S are allowing less rainwater to seep into the ground. This leads to the depletion of water
Chand
the population is increasing, more houses, shops, o ces, schools, industries, roads and
Chand
the population is increasing, more houses, shops, o ces, schools, industries, roads and pavements, etc., need to be constructed. A huge amount of water is required for the
Chand
pavements, etc., need to be constructed. A huge amount of water is required for the construction work. sually, groundwater is used for construction work. This leads to the
Chand
construction work. sually, groundwater is used for construction work. This leads to the consumption of a lot of groundwater. ow, when more and more houses, shops, o ces,
Chand
consumption of a lot of groundwater. ow, when more and more houses, shops, o ces, schools, industries, roads and pavements, etc., are constructed, then the open spaces like
Chand
schools, industries, roads and pavements, etc., are constructed, then the open spaces like parks and playgrounds having unpaved ground for the seepage of rainwater into ground Cha
nd
parks and playgrounds having unpaved ground for the seepage of rainwater into ground are reduced. This decreases the seepage of rainwater into the ground. So, due to increasing Cha
nd
are reduced. This decreases the seepage of rainwater into the ground. So, due to increasing
And to fetch water) . Bawris were the ancient water storage and water recharge systems.
And to fetch water) . Bawris were the ancient water storage and water recharge systems.
Bawris were mainly set up in cities and big towns for collecting water so as to provide
And Bawris were mainly set up in cities and big towns for collecting water so as to provide
a water supply to the people during drought periods.
And
a water supply to the people during drought periods.
The increasing population needs more and more water for its day to day activities. As And
The increasing population needs more and more water for its day to day activities. As And
the population is increasing, more houses, shops, o ces, schools, industries, roads and And
the population is increasing, more houses, shops, o ces, schools, industries, roads and
Compa
ny Some of the steps which can be taken for the proper management of water are given below:
Compa
ny Some of the steps which can be taken for the proper management of water are given below:
ter Harvesting. One way of increasing the availability of water to overcome its
Compa
ny
ter Harvesting. One way of increasing the availability of water to overcome its shortage is rainwater harvesting. The most important technique of rainwater harvesting
Compa
ny
shortage is rainwater harvesting. The most important technique of rainwater harvesting is to make rainwater seep into the ground more efficiently by constructing percolation
Compa
ny
is to make rainwater seep into the ground more efficiently by constructing percolation pits and recharge wells so as to recharge groundwater. This water can be pumped out
Compa
ny
pits and recharge wells so as to recharge groundwater. This water can be pumped out
al of Bawris. Bawri is a step-well ( in which a person can go down by using steps Compa
ny
al of Bawris. Bawri is a step-well ( in which a person can go down by using steps to fetch water) . Bawris were the ancient water storage and water recharge systems. Com
pany
to fetch water) . Bawris were the ancient water storage and water recharge systems. Bawris were mainly set up in cities and big towns for collecting water so as to provide Com
pany
Bawris were mainly set up in cities and big towns for collecting water so as to provide
Limite
dor city to stop this mismanagement of water by fixing the leaking water pipes quickly.
Limite
dor city to stop this mismanagement of water by fixing the leaking water pipes quickly. Sometimes the dirty sewer water also gets mixed with the drinking water supply. This
Limite
dSometimes the dirty sewer water also gets mixed with the drinking water supply. This is also a case of mismanagement of water on the part of Water Supply Department.
Limite
dis also a case of mismanagement of water on the part of Water Supply Department.
nt of Water at the Individual Level. All of us, knowingly or unknowingly,
Limite
dnt of Water at the Individual Level. All of us, knowingly or unknowingly,
waste a lot of water while brushing teeth, shaving, bathing, washing clothes, washing
Limite
dwaste a lot of water while brushing teeth, shaving, bathing, washing clothes, washing utensils, watering the plants and during many other activities. Leaking taps in our Lim
ited
utensils, watering the plants and during many other activities. Leaking taps in our
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
179
30. The growing of various crops in agriculture requires a lot of water for irrigation. In India, a majority of farmers depend on rains for irrigating their crops. Irrigation systems such as reservoirs, dams and canals exist in some places but these irrigation systems usually get their water supply from rains. So, in the times of erratic rainfall (irregular rainfall) or scanty rainfall (inadequate rainfall), the farmers have to use groundwater for the irrigation of their crops. As more and more food has to be grown for the increasing population, the use of groundwater for agriculture is increasing day by day. This leads to the depletion of water table.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
31. ( c) 32. ( d) 33. ( c) 34. ( b) 35. ( c)
36. ( d) 37. ( b) 38. ( d) 39. ( c) 40. ( d)
41. (a) groundwater (b) evaporation (c) condensation (d) clouds (e) transpiration (f) infiltration (g) precipitation
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
42. ( a) Area B is Assam ( b) Area A is Raj asthan
43. ( a) As snow ( or ice) on snow-covered mountains, glaciers and polar ice caps ( b) As water in seas and oceans, rivers, lakes, ponds and groundwater ( c) As water vapour in the atmosphere
44. W: Water; X : Photosynthesis; Y : Food; Z : Oxygen
45. P: Aquifer; Q: Soil; R: Permeable rocks; S: Water table
(C) S
Cha
nd And
Com
pany
( or ice) on snow-covered mountains, glaciers and polar ice caps ( b) As water in
Compa
ny
( or ice) on snow-covered mountains, glaciers and polar ice caps ( b) As water in seas and oceans, rivers, lakes, ponds and groundwater ( c) As water vapour in the atmosphere
Compa
ny
seas and oceans, rivers, lakes, ponds and groundwater ( c) As water vapour in the atmosphere
er; X : Photosynthesis; Y : Food; Z : Oxygen
Compa
ny
er; X : Photosynthesis; Y : Food; Z : Oxygen
ocks; S: Water tableCompa
ny
ocks; S: Water table
Limite
d35.
Limite
d35. ( c)
Limite
d( c)
40.
Limite
d40.
(a) groundwater (b) evaporation (c) condensation (d) clouds (e) transpiration (f) infiltration Limite
d(a) groundwater (b) evaporation (c) condensation (d) clouds (e) transpiration (f) infiltration
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
180
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) Water which is fit for use by the human beings.
( b) The gaseous form of air.
( c) The water which falls from the clouds as rain or snow.
( d) One use of water.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) The three states of water are .… … .......… … … ......, .… … .......… … … ...... and .… … .......… … … ...... .
( b) A rock which allows water to pass through it is called .… … .......… … … ...... rock.
( c) The upper level of water under the ground which occupies all the spaces in the soil and rocks is called .… … .......… … … ...... .
( d) The process of seeping of water into the ground is called .… … .......… … … ...... .
3. Write true or false:
( a) The water table varies from place to place.
( b) The main source of groundwater is rain.
( c) Increasing population has not affected on the scarcity of water.
( d) 16th March is celebrated as the World Water day.
4. e ne:
( a) Rainwater harvesting ( b) Aquifer ( c) Bawri ( d) Drip irrigation
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) How is groundwater recharged?
( b) Why does the earth appear blue from space?
( c) What are the various factors which affect water table?
( d) How will you minimize the wastage of water at home?
(C) S
How will you minimiz
S How will you minimizChand
following
Chand
following
Chand
questions
Chand
questions
How is groundw
Chand
How is groundwater recharged?
Chand
ater recharged?
Why does the earth appear blue from space?
Chand
Why does the earth appear blue from space?
Chand
What are the v
Chand
What are the various factors which affect water table?
Chand
arious factors which affect water table?
Chand
How will you minimizChand
How will you minimiz
And
( b) Aquifer
And
( b) Aquifer
questionsAnd
questions
Compa
ny vel of water under the ground which occupies all the spaces in the soil
Compa
ny vel of water under the ground which occupies all the spaces in the soil
ter into the ground is called .… … .......… … … ...... .
Compa
ny
ter into the ground is called .… … .......… … … ...... .
ffected on the scarcity of water.
Compa
ny
ffected on the scarcity of water.
ted as the World Water day. Compa
ny
ted as the World Water day.
Limite
de states of water are .… … .......… … … ......, .… … .......… … … ...... and .… … .......… … … ......
Limite
de states of water are .… … .......… … … ......, .… … .......… … … ...... and .… … .......… … … ......
s water to pass through it is called .… … .......… … … ...... rock.
Limite
ds water to pass through it is called .… … .......… … … ...... rock.
vel of water under the ground which occupies all the spaces in the soil Limite
dvel of water under the ground which occupies all the spaces in the soil
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
181
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 50
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The water bearing layer of the earth.
( b) One way to increase the availability of water to overcome its shortage.
( c) Ancient water recharge system.
( d) Technique of watering plants directly at the base of plant.
( e) A factor which has been responsible for the depletion of water table.
2. Write True or False:
( a) The top of aquifer is referred to as water table.
( b) The amount of water recommended by the United Nations for use per person per day is 25 mL.
( c) The process of water going into the ground is called seepage.
( d) Condensation of water vapour forms clouds.
( e) The water which is fit for use by human beings is called freshwater.
. e nethefollowing:
( a) Water table ( b) Rainwater harvesting ( c) Aquifer ( d) Water conservation
( e) Evaporation
4. Correct the following statements:
( a) Bawris are ancient water storage system and there has been no effort to revive them.
( b) Evaporation leads to the formation of clouds.
( c) The water which falls from the clouds as rain or snow is called rainfall.
( d) Lakes are the ultimate source of freshwater.
( e) Mismanagement of water is not considered as a factor for depletion of water table.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Explain the effects of water scarcity on plants.
( b) What is freshwater? What pollutes freshwater?
( c) Explain any on cause of water scarcity.
(C) ( e)
(C) ( e)
(C)
B. Subjective Type Questions(C)
B. Subjective Type Questions(C)
5. Answer(C)
5. Answer
S The wat
S The wat
Lakes are the ultimaS Lakes are the ultima
Mismanagement of wS Mismanagement of w
Chand
Rainwa
Chand
Rainwa
wing statements:
Chand
wing statements:
Bawris are ancien
Chand
Bawris are ancient water storage system and there has been no effort to revive them.
Chand
t water storage system and there has been no effort to revive them.
EvaporChand
Evaporation leads to the formation of clouds. Cha
nd
ation leads to the formation of clouds.
The watChand
The water which falls from the clouds as rain or snow is called rainfall. Chand
er which falls from the clouds as rain or snow is called rainfall.
And ter vapour forms clouds.
And ter vapour forms clouds.
er which is fit for use by human beings is called freshwater.
And
er which is fit for use by human beings is called freshwater.
RainwaAnd
Rainwater harvesting And
ter harvesting
Compa
ny tering plants directly at the base of plant.
Compa
ny tering plants directly at the base of plant.
esponsible for the depletion of water table.
Compa
ny
esponsible for the depletion of water table.
eferred to as water table.
Compa
ny
eferred to as water table.
ter recommended by the United Nations for use per person per day
Compa
ny
ter recommended by the United Nations for use per person per day
ter going into the ground is called seepage. Compa
ny
ter going into the ground is called seepage.
ter vapour forms clouds. Compa
ny
ter vapour forms clouds.
Limite
do increase the availability of water to overcome its shortage.
Limite
do increase the availability of water to overcome its shortage.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
182
( d) What role can you play to minimise the wastage of water?
( e) What are the different forms of water which occur in nature?
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) Describe any two steps which can be taken for the proper management of water.
( b) Describe how the increasing population is responsible for depletion of water table?
( c) Explain how the increasing industrial activities are causing the depletion of water table?
( d) How are the agricultural activities responsible for the depletion of water table?
( e) Comment about the water scarcity in Raj asthan.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Which of the following d oes not d eplete water the water table?
( a) increasing snowfall ( b) scanty rainfall ( c) increasing deforestation ( d) increasing number of tube wells
2. hec damswere uiltontheriver u mavatianditstri utariesin u aratmainl to:
( a) generate hydropower ( b) provide water to wild animals ( c) grow crops ( d) recharge ground water
. heminimumamountofwaterrecommended the nited ationsperpersonperda is:
( a) 25 L ( b) 50 L ( c) 75 L ( d) 40 L
4. The water bearing layer of the earth is:
( a) aquifer ( b) water table ( c) hydrosphere ( d) none of these
5 . Water which falls from the cloud s as rain or snow is called :
( a) condensation ( b) precipitation ( c) infiltration ( d) transpiration
(C) S
Cha
nd ( b) precipita
Chand
( b) precipitaAnd er bearing layer of the earth is:
And er bearing layer of the earth is:
And
( b) wat
And
( b) water table
And
er table
Water which falls from the cloud s as rain or snow is called : And
Water which falls from the cloud s as rain or snow is called :
( b) precipitaAnd
( b) precipita
Compa
ny ainfall
Compa
ny ainfall
( d) increasing number of tube wells
Compa
ny ( d) increasing number of tube wells
tri utaries
Compa
ny
tri utaries in
Compa
ny in
( b) provide w
Compa
ny
( b) provide water to wild animals
Compa
ny
ater to wild animals ( d) recharg
Compa
ny
( d) recharge ground water
Compa
ny
e ground water
recommended
Compa
ny
recommended
Compa
ny
the
Compa
ny
the nited
Compa
ny
nited
( c) 75 L Compa
ny
( c) 75 L
Limite
dal activities responsible for the depletion of water table?
Limite
dal activities responsible for the depletion of water table?
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
183
17
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• Forests and its components.
• Importance of forests.
• How plants and animals are interdependent on each other.
• Deforestation and its threat to forests.
Textbook: Refer to pages 289 to 301
Periods allocated: 9 periods
VOCABULARY
Decomposers, humus, scavengers, ecosystem, crown, canopy, understorey, shrubs, herbs, trees.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 TO 3
Forests and its components (Page 289)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing the various living organisms which are found in a forest would be a good topic to start the chapter. Ask the names of flora and fauna found in the forests.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked what happens to the dead and decaying plants and animals in the forest.
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that the living organisms in a forest are the plants, animals and decomposers. These decomposers include the bacteria and fungi which break down the dead parts of plants
Forests: Our LifelineForests: Our Lifeline
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
(C) would be a good topic to start the chapter. Ask the names of flora and fauna found in the forests.
(C) would be a good topic to start the chapter. Ask the names of flora and fauna found in the forests.
Chapter opening exercise: (C)
Chapter opening exercise: (C)
and animals in the forest. (C)
and animals in the forest.
S Learning Tools S Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: S Interactive warm up exercise:
Chand
Chand
Decomposers, humus, scavengers, ecosystem, crown, canopy, understorey, shrubs, herbs, trees.
Chand
Decomposers, humus, scavengers, ecosystem, crown, canopy, understorey, shrubs, herbs, trees.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 TO 3
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 1 TO 3
Forests and its components (Page 289) Chand
Forests and its components (Page 289)
And
And
And
And C
ompa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
How plants and animals are interdependent on each other.
Compa
ny
How plants and animals are interdependent on each other.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Limite
d
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
184
and dead bodies of animals into simple substances, which can be re-used by the plants. Students should be able to list the importance of decomposers and scavengers in removing the waste from the forest. Explain how forests are an ecosystem. Students should be aware of the terms crown of trees, canopy and understorey. They should understand the structure of forest consisting of canopy, understorey, shrubs, herbs and forest floor.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
There is no waste in a forest. Explain.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIODS 4 TO 6
Importance of forests (Page 294)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that forests provide us with a large number of products; they have a profound effect on the air quality, water supply, soil maintenance and climate. Discuss the importance of forests in detail. Reasons for destruction of forests and its effects should be discussed. Students should be sensitized to conserve forests and its ways should be suggested.
Suggested home assignment
List some ways to conserve forests.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter. (C
) (C
) (C
) Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
(C)
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet (C)
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter. (C
) for the chapter.
S S S Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter. S Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter. Cha
nd
Chand
Chand
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Chand
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
Chand
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
And
And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7 And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Discuss with them that forests provide us with a large number of products; they have a profound
Compa
ny
Discuss with them that forests provide us with a large number of products; they have a profound effect on the air quality, water supply, soil maintenance and climate. Discuss the importance of
Compa
ny
effect on the air quality, water supply, soil maintenance and climate. Discuss the importance of forests in detail. Reasons for destruction of forests and its effects should be discussed. Students
Compa
ny
forests in detail. Reasons for destruction of forests and its effects should be discussed. Students
Compa
ny
should be sensitized to conserve forests and its ways should be suggested. Compa
ny
should be sensitized to conserve forests and its ways should be suggested.
Limite
d
Limite
dStudents may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Limite
dStudents may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
185
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Decomposers
2. Crown
3. Sal, Teak; Monkeys, Boar
4. Canopy
5. The uppermost branches and leaves of tall trees which act like a roof over the forest ground is called canopy.
6. Understorey
7. The layer of vegetation in a forest which is just below the understorey, is called shrub layer.
8. Herb layer
9. The herb layer is the lowest layer of vegetation in the forest (having leafy plants).
10. True
11. Saprotrophs
12. Humus
13. Canopy
14. Fruits, Oils, Spices, Natural rubber, Cork
15. (a) lowest (b) soil (c) air water (d) pollination (e) decomposers
B. Short Answer Type Questions
16. The branchy part of a tree above the stem is known as the crown of the tree. Refer to figure 5 for the diagram.
17. The five layers (or zones) of a forest vegetation starting from top and going down are Canopy, nderstorey, Shrub layer, erb layer and Forest floor.
18. When an animal dies in a forest, then the dead animal becomes food for vultures, crows, jackals, hyena, some insects and beetles, etc.
19. Nobody has planted any trees in the natural forests. The natural forests contain trees and plants which have grown on their own.
20. (i) estruction of forests will lead to a shortage of wood and other forest products.
(ii) estruction of forests will disturb the balance of carbon dioxide and oxygen in the atmosphere. Due to cutting down of forest trees, the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere will increase leading to an increase in earth’s temperature.
(iii) estruction of forests will cause soil erosion making the soil infertile to support crops.
21. The conservation of forests is necessary (i) to maintain the supply of wood and other forest products (ii) to maintain a healthy balance between carbon dioxide and oxygen in the atmosphere (iii) to maintain the water cycle in nature and bring su cient rain (iv) to prevent soil erosion and floods (v) to protect wild animals and plants from extinction, and (vi) to protect climate.
(C) (ii)
(C) (ii)
atmosphere. Due to cutting down of forest trees, the amount of carbon dioxide in the
(C) atmosphere. Due to cutting down of forest trees, the amount of carbon dioxide in the
atmosphere will increase leading to an increase in earth’s temperature. (C)
atmosphere will increase leading to an increase in earth’s temperature.
(iii)(C)
(iii)
S plants which have grown on their own.
S plants which have grown on their own.
estruction of forests will lead to a shortage of wood and other forest products. S estruction of forests will lead to a shortage of wood and other forest products.
estruction of S estruction of
Chand
The five layers (or zones) of a forest vegetation starting from top and going down are
Chand
The five layers (or zones) of a forest vegetation starting from top and going down are Canopy, nderstorey, Shrub layer, erb layer and Forest floor.
Chand
Canopy, nderstorey, Shrub layer, erb layer and Forest floor.
When an animal dies in a forest, then the dead animal becomes food for vultures, crows,
Chand
When an animal dies in a forest, then the dead animal becomes food for vultures, crows, jackals, hyena, some insects and beetles, etc.
Chand
jackals, hyena, some insects and beetles, etc.
Nobody has planted any trees in the natural forests. The natural forests contain trees and
Chand
Nobody has planted any trees in the natural forests. The natural forests contain trees and plants which have grown on their own. Cha
nd
plants which have grown on their own.
estruction of forests will lead to a shortage of wood and other forest products. Chand
estruction of forests will lead to a shortage of wood and other forest products.
And
The branchy part of a tree above the stem is known as the crown of the tree. Refer to figure
And
The branchy part of a tree above the stem is known as the crown of the tree. Refer to figure
The five layers (or zones) of a forest vegetation starting from top and going down are And
The five layers (or zones) of a forest vegetation starting from top and going down are
Compa
ny The herb layer is the lowest layer of vegetation in the forest (having leafy plants).
Compa
ny The herb layer is the lowest layer of vegetation in the forest (having leafy plants).
(a) lowest (b) soil (c) air water (d) pollination (e) decomposers Compa
ny
(a) lowest (b) soil (c) air water (d) pollination (e) decomposers
Limite
dThe uppermost branches and leaves of tall trees which act like a roof over the forest ground
Limite
dThe uppermost branches and leaves of tall trees which act like a roof over the forest ground
The layer of vegetation in a forest which is just below the understorey, is called shrub layer.
Limite
dThe layer of vegetation in a forest which is just below the understorey, is called shrub layer.
The herb layer is the lowest layer of vegetation in the forest (having leafy plants). Limite
d
The herb layer is the lowest layer of vegetation in the forest (having leafy plants).
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
186
22. Paper is made from wood pulp that is produced from the wood of forest trees. So, to make paper, many trees have to be cut down from the forests. If all of us keep on collecting old newspapers, magazines, books and notebooks, etc., and send them to paper mills for recycling through a junk dealer (kabadi wala), we will be able to save many forest trees from being cut down.
23. The animals help the forests to grow and regenerate in two ways (i) The dead animals and animal wastes decay (by the action of decomposers) and provide nutrients to the forest soil and make it fertile. (ii) The animals carry out pollination in flowers, and also disperse the seeds of plants and trees throughout the forest.
24. (i) Forests are cut down to obtain firewood (wood used as fuel).
(ii) Forests are cut down to obtain timber (wood for building houses and furniture).
(iii) Forests are cut down to obtain wood for making paper.
25. Those animals which eat the dead animals are called scavengers. Vultures, crows, jackals and hyena eat the dead animals, so vultures, crows, jackals and hyena are scavengers.
26. When the animals die in a forest, they are eaten up by some other animals called scavengers (such as vultures, crows, etc.). The decomposer organisms (bacteria and fungi) decompose the dead plant material, dead animals and animal wastes present in the forest into mineral salts (in the form of humus), water and carbon dioxide, which go into soil and air (and hence recycled for the growth of plants). Since dead animals are eaten up, and the materials present in dead plants, dead animals and animal wastes are recycled, therefore, there is no waste left in a forest.
27. Grass is a kind of plant. In a forest, grass (or plant) is eaten by insects (such as grasshopper), the insects are eaten by frogs, the frog is eaten up by snake, and finally, the snake may be eaten up by an eagle.
28. Humus mixes up with the soil in the forest and the nutrients present in it are used for the growth of plants.
29. As leaves, trees, other plants and animals die, they all fall on the forest floor. The animal wastes (animal dung or droppings) also fall on the forest floor and collect there. n the forest floor, there are a large number of decomposers such as bacteria and fungi. The decomposers break down dead leaves, branches and tree trunks; dead animals; and animal wastes to form humus which contains the nutrients (mineral salts). umus mixes up with the soil in the forest and the nutrients present in it are used for the growth of plants. In this way, decomposers help in maintaining the supply of nutrients to the trees and other plants in the forest.
30. Refer to figure for the diagram.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
31. As leaves, trees, other plants and animals die, they all fall on the forest floor. The animal wastes (animal dung or droppings) also fall on the forest floor and collect there. n the forest floor, there are a large number of decomposers such as bacteria and fungi. The decomposers break down dead leaves, branches and tree trunks; dead animals; and animal wastes to form humus which contains the nutrients (mineral salts). umus mixes up with
(C) plants in the forest.
(C) plants in the forest.
30.
(C) 30. Refer to figure for the diagram.
(C) Refer to figure for the diagram.
C. Long Answer Type Questions (C)
C. Long Answer Type Questions
S the soil in the forest and the nutrients present in it are used for the growth of plants. In
S the soil in the forest and the nutrients present in it are used for the growth of plants. In this way, decomposers help in maintaining the supply of nutrients to the trees and other S this way, decomposers help in maintaining the supply of nutrients to the trees and other plants in the forest. S plants in the forest.
Chand
As leaves, trees, other plants and animals die, they all fall on the forest floor. The animal
Chand
As leaves, trees, other plants and animals die, they all fall on the forest floor. The animal wastes (animal dung or droppings) also fall on the forest floor and collect there. n the
Chand
wastes (animal dung or droppings) also fall on the forest floor and collect there. n the forest floor, there are a large number of decomposers such as bacteria and fungi. The
Chand
forest floor, there are a large number of decomposers such as bacteria and fungi. The
Chand
decomposers break down dead leaves, branches and tree trunks; dead animals; and animal
Chand
decomposers break down dead leaves, branches and tree trunks; dead animals; and animal wastes to form humus which contains the nutrients (mineral salts). umus mixes up with Cha
nd
wastes to form humus which contains the nutrients (mineral salts). umus mixes up with the soil in the forest and the nutrients present in it are used for the growth of plants. In Cha
nd
the soil in the forest and the nutrients present in it are used for the growth of plants. In
And Grass is a kind of plant. In a forest, grass (or plant) is eaten by insects (such as grasshopper),
And Grass is a kind of plant. In a forest, grass (or plant) is eaten by insects (such as grasshopper),
the insects are eaten by frogs, the frog is eaten up by snake, and finally, the snake may be
And the insects are eaten by frogs, the frog is eaten up by snake, and finally, the snake may be
Humus mixes up with the soil in the forest and the nutrients present in it are used for the And
Humus mixes up with the soil in the forest and the nutrients present in it are used for the
Compa
ny and hyena eat the dead animals, so vultures, crows, jackals and hyena are scavengers.
Compa
ny and hyena eat the dead animals, so vultures, crows, jackals and hyena are scavengers.
When the animals die in a forest, they are eaten up by some other animals called scavengers
Compa
ny When the animals die in a forest, they are eaten up by some other animals called scavengers
(such as vultures, crows, etc.). The decomposer organisms (bacteria and fungi) decompose
Compa
ny
(such as vultures, crows, etc.). The decomposer organisms (bacteria and fungi) decompose the dead plant material, dead animals and animal wastes present in the forest into mineral
Compa
ny
the dead plant material, dead animals and animal wastes present in the forest into mineral salts (in the form of humus), water and carbon dioxide, which go into soil and air (and hence
Compa
ny
salts (in the form of humus), water and carbon dioxide, which go into soil and air (and hence recycled for the growth of plants). Since dead animals are eaten up, and the materials
Compa
ny
recycled for the growth of plants). Since dead animals are eaten up, and the materials present in dead plants, dead animals and animal wastes are recycled, therefore, there is
Compa
ny
present in dead plants, dead animals and animal wastes are recycled, therefore, there is
Grass is a kind of plant. In a forest, grass (or plant) is eaten by insects (such as grasshopper), Compa
ny
Grass is a kind of plant. In a forest, grass (or plant) is eaten by insects (such as grasshopper), the insects are eaten by frogs, the frog is eaten up by snake, and finally, the snake may be Com
pany
the insects are eaten by frogs, the frog is eaten up by snake, and finally, the snake may be
Limite
dsoil and make it fertile. (ii) The animals carry out pollination in flowers, and also disperse
Limite
dsoil and make it fertile. (ii) The animals carry out pollination in flowers, and also disperse
ts are cut down to obtain timber (wood for building houses and furniture).
Limite
dts are cut down to obtain timber (wood for building houses and furniture).
Those animals which eat the dead animals are called scavengers. Vultures, crows, jackals Limite
dThose animals which eat the dead animals are called scavengers. Vultures, crows, jackals and hyena eat the dead animals, so vultures, crows, jackals and hyena are scavengers. Lim
ited
and hyena eat the dead animals, so vultures, crows, jackals and hyena are scavengers.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
187
the soil in the forest and the nutrients present in it are used for the growth of plants. In this way, decomposers help in maintaining the supply of nutrients to the trees and other plants in the forest.
32. The roots of trees and plants growing in the forest bind the particles of top soil and hold the soil together firmly. ue to this binding of soil particles, the strong winds and flowing rainwater are not able to carry away the top soil and hence the soil erosion is prevented.
33. By holding back rainwater and then releasing it slowly into rivers, the forests prevent the occurrence of floods in the rivers.
34. The green plants and trees of the forest absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere for the process of food making (called photosynthesis). In this way, the plants reduce the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. We also know that the green plants and trees of the forest release oxygen during the process of food making (called photosynthesis). So, forests are the major suppliers of oxygen needed by humans and other animals for breathing and respiration. Since the green plants and trees of the forest supply oxygen for breathing and respiration, therefore, forests are known as green lungs. Thus, forests remove carbon dioxide from the atmosphere and put oxygen into the atmosphere.
35. 1. Forests provide us many useful products: the various things which are obtained from the forests are called forest products. Forests give us a large number of useful products. Some of the important products which we get from the forests are: wood, honey, gum, sealing wax (or lac), catechu (kattha), fruits, oils, spices, natural rubber, cork, dyes, medicinal plants and fodder for cattle. 2. Forests maintain the balance between carbon dioxide and oxygen in the atmosphere. 3. Forests help in maintaining water cycle in nature. 4. Forests keep the climate cool.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
36. (c) 3 . (d) 3 . (b) 3 . (b) 4 . (b)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (d)
4 . (c) 4 . (c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
4 . (a) (i) Bacteria (ii) Fungi (b) ecmposers (c) (i) utrients (ii) Carbon dioxide (iii) Water (d) Plants
4 . (a) Crow, Vulture (b) Mushroom, Toadstool (c) Birds, Insects
(d) Grass → Deer → Tiger
5 . (a) Scavengers (b) Vulture (c) ecomposers (d) Fungi (like mushrooms)
(C) (d) Grass
(C) (d) Grass
5 .
(C) 5 . (a) Scav
(C) (a) Scav
S Plants
S Plants
(a) CrowS (a) Crow, Vulture (b) Mushroom, Toadstool (c) Birds, Insects S , Vulture (b) Mushroom, Toadstool (c) Birds, Insects (a) Crow, Vulture (b) Mushroom, Toadstool (c) Birds, Insects (a) CrowS (a) Crow, Vulture (b) Mushroom, Toadstool (c) Birds, Insects (a) Crow
(d) Grass S (d) Grass
Chand
(c)
Chand
(c)
Chand
4 .
Chand
4 . (c)
Chand
(c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
Chand
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
(a) (i) Bacteria (ii) Fungi (b) ecmposers (c) (i) utrients (ii) Carbon dioxide (iii) Water (d) Chand
(a) (i) Bacteria (ii) Fungi (b) ecmposers (c) (i) utrients (ii) Carbon dioxide (iii) Water (d)
And C
ompa
ny respiration. Since the green plants and trees of the forest supply oxygen for breathing
Compa
ny respiration. Since the green plants and trees of the forest supply oxygen for breathing
and respiration, therefore, forests are known as green lungs. Thus, forests remove carbon
Compa
ny and respiration, therefore, forests are known as green lungs. Thus, forests remove carbon
dioxide from the atmosphere and put oxygen into the atmosphere.
Compa
ny
dioxide from the atmosphere and put oxygen into the atmosphere.
1. Forests provide us many useful products: the various things which are obtained from the
Compa
ny
1. Forests provide us many useful products: the various things which are obtained from the forests are called forest products. Forests give us a large number of useful products. Some
Compa
ny
forests are called forest products. Forests give us a large number of useful products. Some of the important products which we get from the forests are: wood, honey, gum, sealing
Compa
ny
of the important products which we get from the forests are: wood, honey, gum, sealing wax (or lac), catechu (kattha), fruits, oils, spices, natural rubber, cork, dyes, medicinal plants
Compa
ny
wax (or lac), catechu (kattha), fruits, oils, spices, natural rubber, cork, dyes, medicinal plants and fodder for cattle. 2. Forests maintain the balance between carbon dioxide and oxygen
Compa
ny
and fodder for cattle. 2. Forests maintain the balance between carbon dioxide and oxygen in the atmosphere. 3. Forests help in maintaining water cycle in nature. 4. Forests keep the Com
pany
in the atmosphere. 3. Forests help in maintaining water cycle in nature. 4. Forests keep the
Limite
dThe green plants and trees of the forest absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere for the
Limite
dThe green plants and trees of the forest absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere for the process of food making (called photosynthesis). In this way, the plants reduce the amount
Limite
dprocess of food making (called photosynthesis). In this way, the plants reduce the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. We also know that the green plants and trees of the
Limite
dof carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. We also know that the green plants and trees of the forest release oxygen during the process of food making (called photosynthesis). So, forests
Limite
dforest release oxygen during the process of food making (called photosynthesis). So, forests are the major suppliers of oxygen needed by humans and other animals for breathing and Lim
ited
are the major suppliers of oxygen needed by humans and other animals for breathing and respiration. Since the green plants and trees of the forest supply oxygen for breathing Lim
ited
respiration. Since the green plants and trees of the forest supply oxygen for breathing
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
188
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
(a) A large area of land covered mainly with trees and other plants.
(b) Micro-organisms present in the forest floor.
(c) Animals which eat the dead animals.
(d) A self-sufficient unit of living things and non-living environment needing only the Sun’s energy for its functioning.
2. Fill in the blanks:
(a) ecomposers like . ....... ...... and . ....... ...... play an important role in sustaining the forests.
(b) xamples of scavengers are . ....... ...... and . ....... ...... .
(c) The branchy part of the tree above the stem is called . ....... ...... .
(d) nderstorey is above the . ....... ...... layer.
(e) . ....... ...... is the highest layer of vegetation in a forest.
(f) The third step in a food chain is always a . ....... ...... .
(g) . ....... ...... help in maintaining the supply of nutrients to the trees and other plants in the forest.
(h) . ....... ...... layer is the lowest layer of vegetation in the forest.
4. Match the following:
(a) Grass (i) Herbivore
(b) Grasshopper (ii) Producer
(c) Frog (iii) Large carnivore
(d) Snake (iv) Carnivore
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
(a) ist some products obtained from forests which are useful to us.
(b) What is humus
(c) What role do the decomposers play in the recycling of nutrients
(d) Why is there no waste in a forest (C) (b)
(C) (b)
(c)
(C) (c) What role do the dec
(C) What role do the dec
(d)(C)
(d) Why is there no w(C)
Why is there no w
S ist some products ob
S ist some products ob
What is humus S What is humus
Chand
(iii)
Chand
(iii)
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
Chand
B. Subjective Type Questions
theChand
the followingCha
nd
following
ist some products obChand
ist some products ob
And . ....... ...... layer is the lo
And . ....... ...... layer is the lowest layer of vegetation in the forest.
And west layer of vegetation in the forest.
(i)
And
(i) Herbivore
And
Herbivore
(ii)And
(ii) ProducerAnd
Producer
(iii)And
(iii)
Compa
ny vengers are . ....... ...... and . ....... ...... .
Compa
ny vengers are . ....... ...... and . ....... ...... .
ee above the stem is called . ....... ...... .
Compa
ny
ee above the stem is called . ....... ...... .
orey is above the . ....... ...... layer.
Compa
ny
orey is above the . ....... ...... layer.
er of vegetation in a forest.
Compa
ny
er of vegetation in a forest.
ep in a food chain is always a . ....... ...... .
Compa
ny
ep in a food chain is always a . ....... ...... .
maintaining the supply of nutrients to the trees and other
Compa
ny
maintaining the supply of nutrients to the trees and other
west layer of vegetation in the forest. Compa
ny
west layer of vegetation in the forest.
Limite
dficient unit of living things and non-living environment needing only the Sun’s
Limite
dficient unit of living things and non-living environment needing only the Sun’s
like . ....... ...... and . ....... ...... play an important role in
Limite
dlike . ....... ...... and . ....... ...... play an important role in
vengers are . ....... ...... and . ....... ...... . Limite
d
vengers are . ....... ...... and . ....... ...... .
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
189
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 50
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
(a) The large scale cutting down of forest trees.
(b) Green lungs of the nature.
(c) The layer of vegetation in a forest which is just below the canopy.
(d) The uppermost branches and leaves of tall trees which act like a roof over the forest ground.
(e) A self sufficient unit of living things and non-living environment needing only the input of sunlight energy for its functioning.
2. Write true or false:
(a) Saprotrophs play an important role in sustaining the environment.
(b) Green plants are called producers.
(c) Scavengers perform the function of decomposers.
(d) There is no waste in a forest.
(e) The branchy part of a tree above the stem is called canopy.
3. Match the following:
(a) Eagle (i) Producer
(b) Snake (ii) Herbivore
(c) Frog (iii) Carnivore
(d) Grasshopper (iv) Large carnivore
(e) Grass (v) Top carnivore
4. Correct the following statements:
(a) xamples of decomposers are the scavengers like maggots, crows, jackals, etc.
(b) Bacteria and fungi are the scavengers and help in the cleansing of forests.
(c) Scientists usually divide a forest into seven layers of vegetation based on the living environment.
(d) Canopy consists of smaller trees and tree saplings.
(e) erb layer is the highest layer of vegetation in a forest.
(C) (a)
(C) (a)
(b)
(C) (b) Bacteria and fungi are the sc
(C) Bacteria and fungi are the sc
(c)(C)
(c)
S Correct the folloS Correct the follo
xamples of decomposerS xamples of decomposer
Chand
(i)
Chand
(i)
(ii)
Chand
(ii)
Grasshopper
Chand
Grasshopper
Grass Chand
Grass
Correct the folloChand
Correct the follo
And engers perform the function of decomposers.
And engers perform the function of decomposers.
te in a forest.
And te in a forest.
ee above the stem is called canopy.
And
ee above the stem is called canopy.
Compa
ny branches and leaves of tall trees which act like a roof over the forest
Compa
ny branches and leaves of tall trees which act like a roof over the forest
lf sufficient unit of living things and non-living environment needing only the input
Compa
ny
lf sufficient unit of living things and non-living environment needing only the input
y an important role in sustaining the environment.
Compa
ny
y an important role in sustaining the environment.
engers perform the function of decomposers. Compa
ny
engers perform the function of decomposers.
Limite
degetation in a forest which is just below the canopy. Lim
ited
egetation in a forest which is just below the canopy.
branches and leaves of tall trees which act like a roof over the forest Limite
d
branches and leaves of tall trees which act like a roof over the forest
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
190
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
(a) What happens if an animal dies in a forest
(b) Why is it necessary to conserve forests State any two ways to conserve forests.
(c) There is no waste in a forest. Give reasons.
(d) What is the importance of humus in a forest
(e) raw a flow chart to show how forests help in maintaining the balance of carbon dioxide and oxygen in the atmosphere (details not to be mentioned).
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
(a) Give the reasons for the large scale cutting down of forest trees.
(b) ow can forests grow and regenerate on their own
(c) Forests provide food and shelter to forest dwelling people. Give reasons.
(d) ow do forests prevent soil erosion
(e) ame the products obtained from the forests.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Whichofthefollowingdonothelpthefloweringplantsofaforestinpollination?
(a) Honeybees (b) Butterflies (c) Deers (d) Kingfishers 2. Whichofthefollowingwillhelpintheconservationofforest?
(a) Recycling of jute bags (b) Recycling of cotton bags (c) Rcycling of paper bags (d) Recycling of plastic bags. 3. Which of the following help in maintaining the supply of nutrients to the growing plants
andtreesinaforest?
(a) Saprotrophs (b) Autotrophs (c) Carnivores (d) Heterotrophs 4. Whichofthefollowingisnotaforestproduct?
(a) Gum (b) Plywood (c) Sealing wax (d) Kerosene 5. Seedlingsinaforestgerminateandgetnutritionfrom:
(a) Decaying animal dung (b) Microorganisms (c) Mushrooms (d) None of these
(C) S
M
S M Chand
(b)
Chand
(b)
Chand
following
Chand
following is
Chand
is not
Chand
not
(b)
Chand
(b)
a
Chand
a forest
Chand
forest germinate
Chand
germinate
ecaying animal dung
Chand
ecaying animal dung
Chand
ushrooms Chand
ushrooms
And
Which of the following help in main
And
Which of the following help in maintaining the supply of nutrients to the growing plants
And
taining the supply of nutrients to the growing plants
(b) And
(b) AAnd
Autotrophs And
utotrophs
Compa
ny ts provide food and shelter to forest dwelling people. Give reasons.
Compa
ny ts provide food and shelter to forest dwelling people. Give reasons.
flowering
Compa
ny
flowering plants
Compa
ny
plants of
Compa
ny
of
(c)
Compa
ny
(c) D
Compa
ny
Deers
Compa
ny
eers conservationCom
pany
conservation
(b) Compa
ny
(b)
Limite
da flow chart to show how forests help in maintaining the balance of carbon
Limite
da flow chart to show how forests help in maintaining the balance of carbon dioxide and oxygen in the atmosphere (details not to be mentioned).
Limite
ddioxide and oxygen in the atmosphere (details not to be mentioned).
ts provide food and shelter to forest dwelling people. Give reasons. Limite
dts provide food and shelter to forest dwelling people. Give reasons.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
191
18
Lesson Plan
Expected Learning Outcomes
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be able to learn:
• What is sewage.
• How sewage is harmful to the people and the environment.
• Treatment of wastewater in waste water treatment plant.
• Alternative arrangements for sewage disposal.
• How sanitation can be maintained at public places.
Textbook: Refer to pages 302 to 312
Periods allocated: 9 periods
Vocabulary
Wastewater, sewage, sewer, sewerage, sewage treatment, screening, sludge, sanitation, disease, septic tanks, composting pits, chemical toilets, vermi-processing toilet.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 1
Sewage (Page 302)
Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: Discussing the necessity to have clean water for our day to day activities would be a good topic to start the chapter.
Chapter opening exercise: Students should be asked why it is necessary to re-use waste water after cleaning it. Discuss the topic of water scarcity and the reasons for the same.
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with them that the used water is called wastewater. Students should know that wastewater may contain human excreta. Students should be familiarized with the terms sewage, sewer and sewerage. Discuss the composition of sewage in detail.
Wastewater StoryWastewater Story
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
(C) Interactive warm up exercise:
activities would be a good topic to start the chapter.
(C) activities would be a good topic to start the chapter.
Chapter opening exercise: (C)
Chapter opening exercise: cleaning it. Discuss the topic of water scarcity and the reasons for the same. (C
) cleaning it. Discuss the topic of water scarcity and the reasons for the same.
S Learning Tools S Learning Tools
Interactive warm up exercise: S Interactive warm up exercise:
Chand
Chand
Wastewater, sewage, sewer, sewerage, sewage treatment, screening, sludge, sanitation, disease,
Chand
Wastewater, sewage, sewer, sewerage, sewage treatment, screening, sludge, sanitation, disease, septic tanks, composting pits, chemical toilets, vermi-processing toilet.
Chand
septic tanks, composting pits, chemical toilets, vermi-processing toilet.
Sewage (Page 302) Chand
Sewage (Page 302)
And
And
And
And
Wastewater, sewage, sewer, sewerage, sewage treatment, screening, sludge, sanitation, disease, And
Wastewater, sewage, sewer, sewerage, sewage treatment, screening, sludge, sanitation, disease,
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
Compa
ny The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
How sewage is harmful to the people and the environment.
Compa
ny
How sewage is harmful to the people and the environment.
Treatment of wastewater in waste water treatment plant.
Compa
ny
Treatment of wastewater in waste water treatment plant.
How sanitation can be maintained at public places.
Compa
ny
How sanitation can be maintained at public places.
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
d
Limite
dThe present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be Lim
ited
The present chapter will help the students to imbibe the following concepts. He/She will be
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
192
Suggested home assignment
Write the composition of sewage.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 2
Sewage is harmful to people and environment (Page 303)
Teacher guided discussion
Sensitize students that it is essential to treat sewage in a treatment plant because if it is discarded into rivers, it will contaminate water leading to death of aquatic organisms.
Suggested home assignment
What will happen if drinking water is contaminated with sewage?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 3
Waste water treatment plant (Page 304)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that a place where wastewater from houses and other buildings is brought for processing is called waste-water treatment plant. The various processes of treatment of wastewater should be discussed in detail.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
Make a flowchart to explain the various processes taking place in WWTP.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 4
Sanitation and disease (Page 307)
Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that poor sanitation and contaminated drinking water is the cause of large number of diseases. Students should be able to name the water borne diseases.
Suggested home assignment
Write names of two water borne diseases.
(C) Teacher guided discussion
(C) Teacher guided discussion
Discuss with the students that poor sanitation and contaminated drinking water is the cause of (C)
Discuss with the students that poor sanitation and contaminated drinking water is the cause of large number of diseases. Students should be able to name the water borne diseases. (C
) large number of diseases. Students should be able to name the water borne diseases.
S Sanitation and disease (Page 307) S Sanitation and disease (Page 307)
Teacher guided discussionS Teacher guided discussion
Chand
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Chand
Suggested home assignment
Make a flowchart to explain the various processes taking place in WWTP.
Chand
Make a flowchart to explain the various processes taking place in WWTP.
Sanitation and disease (Page 307) Chand
Sanitation and disease (Page 307)
And
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter And
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Explain them that a place where wastewater from houses and other buildings is brought for
Compa
ny
Explain them that a place where wastewater from houses and other buildings is brought for processing is called waste-water treatment plant. The various processes of treatment of wastewater
Compa
ny
processing is called waste-water treatment plant. The various processes of treatment of wastewater
Limite
d
Limite
dSensitize students that it is essential to treat sewage in a treatment plant because if it is discarded
Limite
dSensitize students that it is essential to treat sewage in a treatment plant because if it is discarded
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
193
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 5
Alternative arrangements for sewage disposal (Page 307)
Teacher guided discussion
Explain them that in order to improve sanitation, low cost, onsite sewage disposal systems are being encouraged. Septic tanks, composting pits, chemical toilets, vermi-processing toilet and toilets in aeroplanes should be well explained to students.
Using resources
Students may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter on the Study Gear app.
Suggested home assignment
How is waste disposed off in the aeroplanes?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 6
Sanitation at public places (Page 309)
Teacher guided discussion
Motivate students to become active citizens and maintain sanitation at public places by observing some simple practices like not throwing garbage in open, not spitting and not urinating on roadsides.
Suggested home assignment
How can you maintain sanitation at public places?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Using resources
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 8
Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 9
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet for the chapter.
(C)
(C)
(C)
(C) Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
(C) Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet (C
) Assessment of understanding of the chapter could be done with the help of the given worksheet
S S Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter. S Discuss the exercises given at the end of the chapter.
Chand
Chand
Chand
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Chand
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Chand
Revise all the topics covered in the previous lessons.
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book. Chand
Refer to the corresponding chapter in the CD given in the book.
And some simple practices like not throwing garbage in open, not spitting and not urinating on roadsides.
And some simple practices like not throwing garbage in open, not spitting and not urinating on roadsides.
And
And
How can you maintain sanitation at public places?And
How can you maintain sanitation at public places?
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7 And
ACTIVITIES FOR PERIOD 7
Compa
ny
Compa
ny
Motivate students to become active citizens and maintain sanitation at public places by observing
Compa
ny
Motivate students to become active citizens and maintain sanitation at public places by observing some simple practices like not throwing garbage in open, not spitting and not urinating on roadsides. Com
pany
some simple practices like not throwing garbage in open, not spitting and not urinating on roadsides.
Limite
dStudents may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
Limite
dStudents may run the video for the given topic using the QR Code given at the end of the chapter
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
194
TEXT BOOK ANSWERS
A. Very Short Answer Type Questions
1. Human faeces, Animal waste 2. Nitrates, Phosphates
3. Nitrogen and Phosphorus 4. Bacteria
5. Cholera and typhoid 6. Protozoa ( Dysentery)
7. Waste Water Treatment Plant 8. Chlorine and Ozone
9. Sludge 10. Biogas and Manure
11. Poor sanitation and contaminated drinking water is the cause of a large number of diseases in our country.
12. Cholera, Typhoid, Polio, Meningitis 13. True
14. (i) Septic tanks (ii) Composting pits 15. Septic tank toilets
16. Chemical toilets 17. Composting toilets
18. V acuum toilets
19. ( a) Anaerobic bacteria ( b) Aerobic bacteria
20. ( a) sewage ( b) pollutants ( c) sludge ( d) solid food remains ; sanitary towels ( e) health ( f) soil ; water ( g) earthworms ( h) chemical ( i) diseases
B. Short Answer Type Questions
21. An underground pipe which carries away dirty drainage water and waste matter (such as from toilets) is called a sewer. Sewerage is an underground network of interconnected pipes ( called sewers) that transports or carries the sewage from the place where it is produced ( homes and other buildings) , to the sewage treatment plant ( or wastewater treatment plant) where it is processed.
22. The bar screen removes the large rubbish objects like rags, sticks, cans, plastic bags ( polythene bags) , napkins, sanitary towels, etc., from the wastewater ( because they cannot pass through the holes of bar screen.
23. The solid part of sewage is called sludge. The sludge is taken out from the bottom of first sedimentation tank and put into a large, closed tank called digester tank. In the digester tank, many types of anaerobic bacteria decompose the organic matter present in sludge to produce biogas ( also called sewage gas) . ( The anaerobic bacteria do not need oxygen of air to carry out the process of decomposition. That is why the digester tank is a closed tank) . The biogas produced here can be used as a fuel directly or it can be used to generate electricity. The digested sludge left after the removal of biogas is taken out, dried and used as a manure (or fertiliser).
24. The wastewater treatment ( or sewage treatment) gives us two useful products : ( i) biogas, and ( ii) sludge. The biogas is used as a fuel whereas sludge ( or rather ‘ digested sludge’) is used as manure (or fertiliser). The use of dried sludge as a manure returns the nutrients to the soil.
(C)
of air to carry out the process of decomposition. That is why the digester tank is a closed
(C)
of air to carry out the process of decomposition. That is why the digester tank is a closed tank) . The biogas produced here can be used as a fuel directly or it can be used to generate
(C) tank) . The biogas produced here can be used as a fuel directly or it can be used to generate
electricity. The digested sludge left after the removal of biogas is taken out, dried and used
(C) electricity. The digested sludge left after the removal of biogas is taken out, dried and used
as a manure (or fertiliser). (C)
as a manure (or fertiliser).
24.(C)
24. The wastewater treatment ( or sewage treatment) gives us two useful products : ( i) biogas, (C)
The wastewater treatment ( or sewage treatment) gives us two useful products : ( i) biogas,
S tank, many types of anaerobic bacteria decompose the organic matter present in sludge
S tank, many types of anaerobic bacteria decompose the organic matter present in sludge to produce biogas ( also called sewage gas) . ( The anaerobic bacteria do not need oxygen S to produce biogas ( also called sewage gas) . ( The anaerobic bacteria do not need oxygen S of air to carry out the process of decomposition. That is why the digester tank is a closed S of air to carry out the process of decomposition. That is why the digester tank is a closed tank) . The biogas produced here can be used as a fuel directly or it can be used to generate S tank) . The biogas produced here can be used as a fuel directly or it can be used to generate
Chand
The bar screen removes the large rubbish objects like rags, sticks, cans, plastic bags
Chand
The bar screen removes the large rubbish objects like rags, sticks, cans, plastic bags ( polythene bags) , napkins, sanitary towels, etc., from the wastewater ( because they cannot
Chand
( polythene bags) , napkins, sanitary towels, etc., from the wastewater ( because they cannot pass through the holes of bar screen.
Chand
pass through the holes of bar screen.
The solid part of sewage is called sludge. The sludge is taken out from the bottom of first
Chand
The solid part of sewage is called sludge. The sludge is taken out from the bottom of first sedimentation tank and put into a large, closed tank called digester tank. In the digester
Chand
sedimentation tank and put into a large, closed tank called digester tank. In the digester tank, many types of anaerobic bacteria decompose the organic matter present in sludge Cha
nd
tank, many types of anaerobic bacteria decompose the organic matter present in sludge to produce biogas ( also called sewage gas) . ( The anaerobic bacteria do not need oxygen Cha
nd
to produce biogas ( also called sewage gas) . ( The anaerobic bacteria do not need oxygen
And from toilets) is called a sewer. Sewerage is an underground network of interconnected pipes
And from toilets) is called a sewer. Sewerage is an underground network of interconnected pipes
( called sewers) that transports or carries the sewage from the place where it is produced
And ( called sewers) that transports or carries the sewage from the place where it is produced
( homes and other buildings) , to the sewage treatment plant ( or wastewater treatment
And
( homes and other buildings) , to the sewage treatment plant ( or wastewater treatment plant) where it is processed. And
plant) where it is processed.
The bar screen removes the large rubbish objects like rags, sticks, cans, plastic bags And
The bar screen removes the large rubbish objects like rags, sticks, cans, plastic bags
Compa
ny Composting toilets
Compa
ny Composting toilets
( a) sewage ( b) pollutants ( c) sludge ( d) solid food remains ; sanitary towels ( e) health ( f)
Compa
ny
( a) sewage ( b) pollutants ( c) sludge ( d) solid food remains ; sanitary towels ( e) health ( f) soil ; water ( g) earthworms ( h) chemical ( i) diseases
Compa
ny
soil ; water ( g) earthworms ( h) chemical ( i) diseases
An underground pipe which carries away dirty drainage water and waste matter (such as Compa
ny
An underground pipe which carries away dirty drainage water and waste matter (such as from toilets) is called a sewer. Sewerage is an underground network of interconnected pipes Com
pany
from toilets) is called a sewer. Sewerage is an underground network of interconnected pipes ( called sewers) that transports or carries the sewage from the place where it is produced
Compa
ny
( called sewers) that transports or carries the sewage from the place where it is produced
Limite
dPoor sanitation and contaminated drinking water is the cause of a large number of diseases
Limite
dPoor sanitation and contaminated drinking water is the cause of a large number of diseases
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
195
25. Compressed air is bubbled through the watery waste in the aeration tank to provide oxygen to activate aerobic bacteria and make them grow rapidly in this water. The large number of aerobic bacteria produced in this way digest ( or consume) any human waste, food waste, soaps and other unwanted and harmful matter still remaining in the wastewater, leaving behind fairly pure water. In this way, aerobic bacteria clean the clarified watery waste and make it almost harmless.
26. The wastes such as solid food remains, used tea leaves, sanitary towels, polythene bags, used cotton, hair, and soft toys, etc., should not be thrown down the drain. This is because if these wastes are thrown in ‘ piped drains’ carrying wastewater, they block the drains ( or choke the drains), and do not allow the free flow of wastewater through them. By blocking the drains, these wastes also do not allow free flow of oxygen (of air) to the useful microbes in the drain which help to decompose the wastes. This hampers the natural process of purification of wastewater.
27. This is because cooking oils and fats can harden and block the drainage pipes. On the other hand, in an open drain, the fats clog (or block) the soil pores reducing its effectiveness in filtering water.
28. In the vermi-processing toilet, the human excreta is treated by earthworms in a pit. The earthworms gradually eat up all the organic matter present in human excreta, decompose it and pass out from their body in the form of worm castings (also called vermi-cakes). The vermi-cakes are a kind of high quality manure which can be added to soil for growing plants. The vermi-processing toilet is a low water-use toilet for the safe processing of human waste.
29. If all the wastes produced at public places are not disposed of regularly and properly, even epidemics could break out (An infectious disease that spreads quickly through a large part of the population, is called an epidemic).
30. We can become an active citizen and approach the Municipality (or Gram panchayat) and insist that the open dirty water drains in our area be covered at the earliest. The covering of open drains will make the environment healthy which will be free from disease-causing organisms.
C. Long Answer Type Questions
31. The wastewater and faeces ( human excreta) from homes and other buildings which is carried away in sewers, is called sewage. Sewage includes household wastewater from kitchen sink, washing machine, washbasin, bathroom shower, bath tub and faeces ( human excreta) from the toilet. An underground pipe which carries away dirty drainage water and waste matter (such as from toilets) is called a sewer.
32. (a) The sewage ( or wastewater) released by houses and other buildings contains a large number of harmful substances and disease-causing micro-organisms. If this untreated sewage is discharged into rivers, lakes or ground, it will contaminate our freshwater sources ( like rivers, lakes and groundwater) . Drinking of water contaminated with sewage will spread diseases in people which can even lead to deaths. The discharge of untreated sewage into rivers ( and sea) can also kill fish and other aquatic animals. Since it is very harmful, untreated sewage should not be allowed to run into rivers, lakes, sea or underground.
(C) excreta) from the toilet. An underground pipe which carries away dirty drainage water and
(C) excreta) from the toilet. An underground pipe which carries away dirty drainage water and
waste matter (such as from toilets) is called a sewer.
(C) waste matter (such as from toilets) is called a sewer.
32.(C) 32. ((C) (a)(C) a) The sewage ( or wastewater) released by houses and other buildings contains a large (C) The sewage ( or wastewater) released by houses and other buildings contains a large
S carried away in sewers, is called sewage. Sewage includes household wastewater from
S carried away in sewers, is called sewage. Sewage includes household wastewater from kitchen sink, washing machine,S kitchen sink, washing machine,excreta) from the toilet. An underground pipe which carries away dirty drainage water and S excreta) from the toilet. An underground pipe which carries away dirty drainage water and waste matter (such as from toilets) is called a sewer. S waste matter (such as from toilets) is called a sewer.
Chand
insist that the open dirty water drains in our area be covered at the earliest. The covering
Chand
insist that the open dirty water drains in our area be covered at the earliest. The covering of open drains will make the environment healthy which will be free from disease-causing
Chand
of open drains will make the environment healthy which will be free from disease-causing
C. Long Answer Type Questions
Chand
C. Long Answer Type Questions
The wastewater and faeces ( human excreta) from homes and other buildings which is Chand
The wastewater and faeces ( human excreta) from homes and other buildings which is carried away in sewers, is called sewage. Sewage includes household wastewater from Cha
nd
carried away in sewers, is called sewage. Sewage includes household wastewater from kitchen sink, washing machine,Cha
nd
kitchen sink, washing machine,
And epidemics could break out (An infectious disease that spreads quickly through a large part
And epidemics could break out (An infectious disease that spreads quickly through a large part
of the population, is called an epidemic).
And of the population, is called an epidemic).
We can become an active citizen and approach the Municipality (or Gram panchayat) and And
We can become an active citizen and approach the Municipality (or Gram panchayat) and And
insist that the open dirty water drains in our area be covered at the earliest. The covering And
insist that the open dirty water drains in our area be covered at the earliest. The covering of open drains will make the environment healthy which will be free from disease-causing And
of open drains will make the environment healthy which will be free from disease-causing
Compa
ny This is because cooking oils and fats can harden and block the drainage pipes. On the other
Compa
ny This is because cooking oils and fats can harden and block the drainage pipes. On the other
hand, in an open drain, the fats clog (or block) the soil pores reducing its effectiveness in
Compa
ny hand, in an open drain, the fats clog (or block) the soil pores reducing its effectiveness in
In the vermi-processing toilet, the human excreta is treated by earthworms in a pit. The
Compa
ny
In the vermi-processing toilet, the human excreta is treated by earthworms in a pit. The earthworms gradually eat up all the organic matter present in human excreta, decompose
Compa
ny
earthworms gradually eat up all the organic matter present in human excreta, decompose it and pass out from their body in the form of worm castings (also called vermi-cakes). The
Compa
ny
it and pass out from their body in the form of worm castings (also called vermi-cakes). The vermi-cakes are a kind of high quality manure which can be added to soil for growing plants.
Compa
ny
vermi-cakes are a kind of high quality manure which can be added to soil for growing plants. The vermi-processing toilet is a low water-use toilet for the safe processing of human waste.
Compa
ny
The vermi-processing toilet is a low water-use toilet for the safe processing of human waste.
If all the wastes produced at public places are not disposed of regularly and properly, even Compa
ny
If all the wastes produced at public places are not disposed of regularly and properly, even epidemics could break out (An infectious disease that spreads quickly through a large part Com
pany
epidemics could break out (An infectious disease that spreads quickly through a large part
Limite
dused cotton, hair, and soft toys, etc., should not be thrown down the drain. This is because
Limite
dused cotton, hair, and soft toys, etc., should not be thrown down the drain. This is because if these wastes are thrown in ‘ piped drains’ carrying wastewater, they block the drains ( or
Limite
dif these wastes are thrown in ‘ piped drains’ carrying wastewater, they block the drains ( or choke the drains), and do not allow the free flow of wastewater through them. By blocking
Limite
dchoke the drains), and do not allow the free flow of wastewater through them. By blocking the drains, these wastes also do not allow free flow of oxygen (of air) to the useful microbes
Limite
dthe drains, these wastes also do not allow free flow of oxygen (of air) to the useful microbes in the drain which help to decompose the wastes. This hampers the natural process of
Limite
din the drain which help to decompose the wastes. This hampers the natural process of
This is because cooking oils and fats can harden and block the drainage pipes. On the other Limite
dThis is because cooking oils and fats can harden and block the drainage pipes. On the other hand, in an open drain, the fats clog (or block) the soil pores reducing its effectiveness in Lim
ited
hand, in an open drain, the fats clog (or block) the soil pores reducing its effectiveness in
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
196
( b) Sewage water should be treated suitably ( or processed) before releasing it back to the environment. The processing of sewage to remove pollutants and make it harmless so that it may be disposed of safely in the rivers, etc., is called sewage treatment ( or wastewater treatment) . The main purpose of sewage treatment is to reduce the pollutants ( or harmful substances) present in it to such a low level that it may not remain a health hazard for any one.
33. Refer to figure 2 for the diagram.
( i) Screening. The wastewater ( or sewage) entering the sewage treatment plant is first passed through bar screens ( This process is called screening) . The bar screen removes the large rubbish obj ects like rags, sticks, cans, plastic bags ( polythene bags) , napkins, sanitary towels, etc., from the wastewater ( because they cannot pass through the holes of bar screen) .
( ii) G rit and Sand Removal. The wastewater ( or sewage) passing through the bar screen is made to flow slowly through a tank called ‘ grit and sand removal tank’. As wastewater flows slowly, the grit and sand present in it settle down at the bottom of the tank.
( iii) First Sed imentation Tank. The wastewater ( or sewage) is then passed into a sedimentation tank and allowed to stand there for a while. Most of the solid organic matter ( faeces, etc.) settles down on the sloping bottom of the sedimentation tank in the form of sludge. Thus, the solid part of sewage is called sludge. In this way, the first sedimentation tank separates the solid organic sludge from the rest of wastewater.
( a) The sludge is taken out from the bottom of first sedimentation tank and put into a large, closed tank called digester tank. In the digester tank, many types of anaerobic bacteria decompose the organic matter present in sludge to produce biogas ( also called sewage gas) . Thus,
The wastewater treatment ( or sewage treatment) gives us two useful products : ( i) biogas, and ( ii) sludge.
( b) The wastewater left in the first sedimentation tank still has some organic waste in the form of tiny suspended particles ( which do not settle at the bottom of the tank) , as well as soluble organic matter. There may also be some oil and grease floating on the surface of wastewater in the sedimentation tank. These floating materials are removed by a skimmer. Thus, mainly watery waste is left in the first sedimentation tank. It is also called clarified water.
( iv) Aeration Tank. The mainly watery waste ( or clarified water) from the first sedimentation tank is passed into aeration tank ( The tank in which air is put into water is called aeration tank) . The watery waste already contains aerobic bacteria in it. Compressed air is bubbled through the watery waste in the aeration tank to provide oxygen to activate aerobic bacteria and make them grow rapidly in this water.
The large number of aerobic bacteria produced in this way digest ( or consume) any human waste, food waste, soaps and other unwanted and harmful matter still remaining in the wastewater, leaving behind fairly pure water. In this way, aerobic bacteria clean the clarified watery waste and make it almost harmless.
(C) aeration tank) . The watery waste already contains aerobic bacteria in it. Compressed
(C) aeration tank) . The watery waste already contains aerobic bacteria in it. Compressed
air is bubbled through the watery waste in the aeration tank to provide oxygen to (C) air is bubbled through the watery waste in the aeration tank to provide oxygen to
S Aeration Tank.S Aeration Tank.tank is passed into aeration tank ( The tank in which air is put into water is called S tank is passed into aeration tank ( The tank in which air is put into water is called
Chand
( i) biogas, and ( ii) sludge.
Chand
( i) biogas, and ( ii) sludge.
ewater left in the first sedimentation tank still has some organic waste
Chand
ewater left in the first sedimentation tank still has some organic waste in the form of tiny suspended particles ( which do not settle at the bottom of the
Chand
in the form of tiny suspended particles ( which do not settle at the bottom of the tank) , as well as soluble organic matter. There may also be some oil and grease
Chand
tank) , as well as soluble organic matter. There may also be some oil and grease floating on the surface of wastewater in the sedimentation tank. These floating
Chand
floating on the surface of wastewater in the sedimentation tank. These floating materials are removed by a skimmer. Thus, mainly watery waste is left in the first
Chand
materials are removed by a skimmer. Thus, mainly watery waste is left in the first sedimentation tank. It is also called clarified water. Cha
nd
sedimentation tank. It is also called clarified water.
Aeration Tank.Chand
Aeration Tank.
And anaerobic bacteria decompose the organic matter present in sludge to produce
And anaerobic bacteria decompose the organic matter present in sludge to produce
biogas ( also called sewage gas) . Thus,
And biogas ( also called sewage gas) . Thus,
And
ewater treatment ( or sewage treatment) gives us two useful products :
And
ewater treatment ( or sewage treatment) gives us two useful products : ( i) biogas, and ( ii) sludge. And
( i) biogas, and ( ii) sludge.
ewater left in the first sedimentation tank still has some organic waste And
ewater left in the first sedimentation tank still has some organic waste
Compa
ny made to flow slowly through a tank called ‘ grit and sand removal tank’. As wastewater
Compa
ny made to flow slowly through a tank called ‘ grit and sand removal tank’. As wastewater
flows slowly, the grit and sand present in it settle down at the bottom of the tank.
Compa
ny flows slowly, the grit and sand present in it settle down at the bottom of the tank.
The wastewater ( or sewage) is then passed into a
Compa
ny
The wastewater ( or sewage) is then passed into a sedimentation tank and allowed to stand there for a while. Most of the solid organic
Compa
ny
sedimentation tank and allowed to stand there for a while. Most of the solid organic matter ( faeces, etc.) settles down on the sloping bottom of the sedimentation tank in
Compa
ny
matter ( faeces, etc.) settles down on the sloping bottom of the sedimentation tank in the form of sludge. Thus, the solid part of sewage is called sludge. In this way, the first
Compa
ny
the form of sludge. Thus, the solid part of sewage is called sludge. In this way, the first sedimentation tank separates the solid organic sludge from the rest of wastewater.
Compa
ny
sedimentation tank separates the solid organic sludge from the rest of wastewater.
e is taken out from the bottom of first sedimentation tank and put
Compa
ny
e is taken out from the bottom of first sedimentation tank and put into a large, closed tank called digester tank. In the digester tank, many types of Com
pany
into a large, closed tank called digester tank. In the digester tank, many types of anaerobic bacteria decompose the organic matter present in sludge to produce Com
pany
anaerobic bacteria decompose the organic matter present in sludge to produce biogas ( also called sewage gas) . Thus,
Compa
ny
biogas ( also called sewage gas) . Thus,
Limite
d The wastewater ( or sewage) entering the sewage treatment plant is first
Limite
d The wastewater ( or sewage) entering the sewage treatment plant is first passed through bar screens ( This process is called screening) . The bar screen removes
Limite
dpassed through bar screens ( This process is called screening) . The bar screen removes the large rubbish obj ects like rags, sticks, cans, plastic bags ( polythene bags) , napkins,
Limite
dthe large rubbish obj ects like rags, sticks, cans, plastic bags ( polythene bags) , napkins, sanitary towels, etc., from the wastewater ( because they cannot pass through the
Limite
dsanitary towels, etc., from the wastewater ( because they cannot pass through the
The wastewater ( or sewage) passing through the bar screen is Limite
d The wastewater ( or sewage) passing through the bar screen is
made to flow slowly through a tank called ‘ grit and sand removal tank’. As wastewater Limite
dmade to flow slowly through a tank called ‘ grit and sand removal tank’. As wastewater flows slowly, the grit and sand present in it settle down at the bottom of the tank. Lim
ited
flows slowly, the grit and sand present in it settle down at the bottom of the tank.
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
197
( v) Second Sed imentation Tank. From the aeration tank, the treated watery waste goes into the second sedimentation tank and allowed to stand there. In this tank, the micro-organisms ( aerobic bacteria, etc.) used in the aeration tank settle down at the bottom of the tank forming a fine sludge called ‘activated sludge’. It is called activated sludge because active micro-organisms ( or living micro-organisms) such as aerobic bacteria, and oxygen are present in it.
Sometimes it may be necessary to disinfect the treated water with chemicals like chlorine or ozone before releasing it into the distribution system. The biogas is used as a fuel.
34. Sanitation means to create hygienic environment (or clean environment) around us which is essential for preventing diseases and keeping good health. Poor sanitation and contaminated drinking water is the cause of a large number of diseases in our country. In order to prevent water-borne diseases, people should not defecate in the open spaces ( or near the water bodies) . People should realise their responsibility in maintaining the ‘ water sources’ in a healthy state by preventing their pollution (or contamination).
35. A septic tank usually consists of a big, covered, underground tank made of concrete having an inlet pipe at one end and an outlet pipe at the other end. The toilet seat is connected to the inlet pipe of the septic tank. The human excreta from the toilet seat enters into the septic tank through the inlet pipe. The solid part of excreta keeps on collecting at the bottom of the septic tank in the form of a sludge whereas watery waste remains above it. Septic tanks (or septic tank toilets) are suitable for those places where there is no sewerage system. Refer to figure 4 for the diagram.
D. Multiple Choice Questions
36. ( b) 37. ( c) 38. ( a) 39. ( c) 40. ( b)
41. ( a) 42. ( d) 43. ( c)
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
44. (a) Bar screen, Grit and sand removal tank, First sedimentation tank, Aeration tank, Second sedimentation tank (b) First sedimentation tank
45. (a) Vermi-processing toilets (b) Vacuum toilets (c) Chemical toilets (d) Composting toilets (e) Septic tank toilets.
(C) S
Cha
nd E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
Chand
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
(a) Bar screen, Grit and sand removal tank, First sedimentation tank, Aeration tank, Second
Chand
(a) Bar screen, Grit and sand removal tank, First sedimentation tank, Aeration tank, Second sedimentation tank (b) First sedimentation tank
Chand
sedimentation tank (b) First sedimentation tank
(a) Vermi-processing toilets (b) Vacuum toilets (c) Chemical toilets (d) Composting toilets
Chand
(a) Vermi-processing toilets (b) Vacuum toilets (c) Chemical toilets (d) Composting toilets
Chand
(e) Septic tank toilets.
Chand
(e) Septic tank toilets.
And 38.
And 38. ( a)
And ( a)
43.
And
43.
And
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking SkillsAnd
E. Questions Based on Higher Order Thinking Skills
Compa
ny A septic tank usually consists of a big, covered, underground tank made of concrete having
Compa
ny A septic tank usually consists of a big, covered, underground tank made of concrete having
an inlet pipe at one end and an outlet pipe at the other end. The toilet seat is connected
Compa
ny
an inlet pipe at one end and an outlet pipe at the other end. The toilet seat is connected to the inlet pipe of the septic tank. The human excreta from the toilet seat enters into
Compa
ny
to the inlet pipe of the septic tank. The human excreta from the toilet seat enters into the septic tank through the inlet pipe. The solid part of excreta keeps on collecting at the
Compa
ny
the septic tank through the inlet pipe. The solid part of excreta keeps on collecting at the bottom of the septic tank in the form of a sludge whereas watery waste remains above it.
Compa
ny
bottom of the septic tank in the form of a sludge whereas watery waste remains above it. Septic tanks (or septic tank toilets) are suitable for those places where there is no sewerage
Compa
ny
Septic tanks (or septic tank toilets) are suitable for those places where there is no sewerage
Limite
dThe biogas is used as a fuel.
Limite
dThe biogas is used as a fuel.
Sanitation means to create hygienic environment (or clean environment) around us which is
Limite
dSanitation means to create hygienic environment (or clean environment) around us which is essential for preventing diseases and keeping good health. Poor sanitation and contaminated
Limite
dessential for preventing diseases and keeping good health. Poor sanitation and contaminated drinking water is the cause of a large number of diseases in our country. In order to prevent
Limite
ddrinking water is the cause of a large number of diseases in our country. In order to prevent water-borne diseases, people should not defecate in the open spaces ( or near the water
Limite
dwater-borne diseases, people should not defecate in the open spaces ( or near the water bodies) . People should realise their responsibility in maintaining the ‘ water sources’ in a
Limite
dbodies) . People should realise their responsibility in maintaining the ‘ water sources’ in a
A septic tank usually consists of a big, covered, underground tank made of concrete having Limite
d
A septic tank usually consists of a big, covered, underground tank made of concrete having
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
198
WORKSHEET
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) The used water discarded from our homes and other buildings.
( b) The liquid waste which is carried away in sewers.
( c) An underground pipe which carries away dirty drainage water and waste matter.
( d) Process taking place in waste water treatment plant in which large pieces of rubbish from wastewater are removed.
2. Fill in the blanks:
( a) Poor .… … … … … ...... and contaminated drinking water is the cause of large number of diseases.
( b) The human waste can also be used for making .… … … … … ...... which can be used as a fuel.
( c) All the portable toilets are .… … … … … ...... toilets.
( d) .… … … … … ...... are suitable for those places where there is no sewerage system.
3. Write true or false:
( a) The aeroplanes have special type of toilets called vacuum toilets.
( b) Open dirty water drains are breeding places for flies, mosquitoes and other disease causing organisms.
(c) In vermi-processing toilet, the human excreta is treated with chemicals in a pit.
( d) Chemicals like paints and solvents should be thrown down the drains.
4. Match the onsite sewage d isposal system with its place:
( a) V acuum toilet ( i) Places with no sewerage system
( b) Septic tanks ( ii) In Aeroplanes
( c) Composting pit ( iii) At construction sites
( d) Chemical toilets ( iv) Where water supply is limited
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) Name two chemicals used to disinfect water.
( b) Name any four water-borne diseases which are caused by drinking contaminated water.
( c) Name any two low-cost, onsite sewage disposal systems for human waste.
( d) At a sewage treatment plants, what type of bacteria work in the digester tank and in the aeration tank.
(C) ( a)
(C) ( a)
( b)(C) ( b) Name an(C) Name an
S B. Subjective Type Questions
S B. Subjective Type Questions
5. AnswerS 5. Answer theS the
Name two chemicals used tS Name two chemicals used t
Chand
Septic tanks
Chand
Septic tanks
Composting pit
Chand
Composting pit
Chemical toilets
Chand
Chemical toilets
B. Subjective Type QuestionsChand
B. Subjective Type Questions
And oilet, the human excreta is treated with chemicals in a pit.
And oilet, the human excreta is treated with chemicals in a pit.
ts and solvents should be thrown down the drains.
And
ts and solvents should be thrown down the drains.
Match the onsite sewage d isposal system with its place: And
Match the onsite sewage d isposal system with its place:
Compa
ny aste can also be used for making .… … … … … ...... which can be used as a
Compa
ny aste can also be used for making .… … … … … ...... which can be used as a
or those places where there is no sewerage system.
Compa
ny
or those places where there is no sewerage system.
e special type of toilets called vacuum toilets.
Compa
ny
e special type of toilets called vacuum toilets.
er drains are breeding places for flies, mosquitoes and other disease Compa
ny
er drains are breeding places for flies, mosquitoes and other disease
oilet, the human excreta is treated with chemicals in a pit. Compa
ny
oilet, the human excreta is treated with chemicals in a pit.
Limite
darries away dirty drainage water and waste matter.
Limite
darries away dirty drainage water and waste matter.
waste water treatment plant in which large pieces of rubbish
Limite
dwaste water treatment plant in which large pieces of rubbish
and contaminated drinking water is the cause of large number of
Limite
dand contaminated drinking water is the cause of large number of
aste can also be used for making .… … … … … ...... which can be used as a Limite
d
aste can also be used for making .… … … … … ...... which can be used as a
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
199
SAMPLE PAPER
M.M. 50
Name: ............................................................... Class: ......................... Date: ...........................
A. Objective Type Questions
1. Name the following:
( a) Water borne disease.
( b) Type of bacteria which decomposes sludge.
( c) Chemical which should not be thrown down the drain.
( d) Tank used in WWTP in which grit and sand is removed.
( e) Kitchen waste which blocks the drainage pipe.
2. Write True or False:
( a) Herbicides are organic impurities present in sewage.
( b) Manholes are provided at the j unction of two or more sewers.
( c) Poor sanitation leads to the spread of diseases.
( d) All the portable toilets are chemical toilets.
( e) Cotton and hair should be thrown down the drain as sewage.
3. Fill in the blanks:
( a) V ermi- processing toilets use .… … .......… … … ...... to treat human waste.
( b) Untreated human excreta is a .… … .......… … … ...... hazard.
( c) Dried sludge is used .… … .......… … … ...... .
( d) Untreated human excreta may cause .… … .......… … … ...... pollution and .… … .......… … … ......pollution.
4. Correct the following statements:
( a) Mango trees are planted all along the sewage ponds because they absorb all the surplus wastewater from the sewage ponds rapidly.
( b) Copper sulphate is used to disinfect water.
( c) Sewage treatment gives only sludge as a useful product.
( d) Sewer is an underground network of interconnected pipes that transport and carry wastewater.
( e) Nitrogen and phosphorus are the organic impurities present in the sewage.
B. Subjective Type Questions
5. Answerthefollowingquestionsinshort:
( a) What is sludge? Explain how it is treated.
(C) ( b)
(C) ( b)
( c)
(C) ( c) Sewag
(C) Sewag
( d)(C)
( d) Sewer (C)
Sewer
S surplus wastewater from the sewage ponds rapidly.
S surplus wastewater from the sewage ponds rapidly.
Copper sulphate is used tS Copper sulphate is used t
Chand
ted human excreta is a .… … .......… … … ...... hazard.
Chand
ted human excreta is a .… … .......… … … ...... hazard.
Dried sludge is used .… … .......… … … ...... .
Chand
Dried sludge is used .… … .......… … … ...... .
reated human excreta may cause .… … .......… … … ...... pollution and .… … .......… … … ......
Chand
reated human excreta may cause .… … .......… … … ...... pollution and .… … .......… … … ......
pollution.
Chand
pollution.
Correct the follo
Chand
Correct the following statements:
Chand
wing statements:
Mango trees arChand
Mango trees arsurplus wastewater from the sewage ponds rapidly. Cha
nd
surplus wastewater from the sewage ponds rapidly.
And own down the drain as sewage.
And own down the drain as sewage.
oilets use .… … .......… … … ...... to treat human waste.
And
oilets use .… … .......… … … ...... to treat human waste.
ted human excreta is a .… … .......… … … ...... hazard. And
ted human excreta is a .… … .......… … … ...... hazard.
Dried sludge is used .… … .......… … … ...... . And
Dried sludge is used .… … .......… … … ...... .
Compa
ny
anic impurities present in sewage.
Compa
ny
anic impurities present in sewage.
vided at the j unction of two or more sewers.
Compa
ny
vided at the j unction of two or more sewers.
tion leads to the spread of diseases.
Compa
ny
tion leads to the spread of diseases.
ts are chemical toilets. Compa
ny
ts are chemical toilets.
own down the drain as sewage. Compa
ny
own down the drain as sewage.
Limite
d
SCIENCE 7 TEXT BOOK
200
( b) Why should oils and fats not be released in the drain?
( c) What is a vermi-processing toilet?
( d) What is a septic tank?
( e) Give any 2 harmful effects of untreated or inadequately treated wastes.
6. Answerthefollowingquestionsindetail:
( a) Explain the steps taking place in a waste water treatment plant with the help of a flowchart.
( b) Mention the composition of sewage.
( c) How can we maintain sanitation at public places?
( d) Mention some good housekeeping practices to minimise undesirable wastes going from our house into the sewers.
( e) Explain the sewerage system of a place.
C. Multiple Choice Questions
1. Water from which slud ge has been removed :
( a) filtered water ( b) clarified water ( c) purified water ( d) clear water 2. ercentageofwaterinactivatedsludgeis:
( a) 75% ( b) 97% ( c) 99% ( d) 32% 3. Which of these statements about oz one is correct?
( a) it is essential for breathing ( b) it is used to disinfect water ( c) both ( a) and ( b) ( d) none of these 4. Bar screens in a treatment plant help to remove:
( a) sand, grit and pebbles ( b) rags, sticks and cans ( c) oil and grease ( d) all of these 5 . Which of the following is not a water borne d isease?
( a) typhoid ( b) cholera ( c) influenza ( d) hepatitis
(C) S
Cha
nd
Chand
Which of the following is not a w
Chand
Which of the following is not a w
( b) cholera
Chand
( b) cholera
And tment plant help to remove:
And tment plant help to remove:
Which of the following is not a wAnd
Which of the following is not a w
Compa
ny
( c) purified wat
Compa
ny
( c) purified water
Compa
ny
er
( c) 99%
Compa
ny
( c) 99% tements about oz one is correct?
Compa
ny
tements about oz one is correct?
( b) it is used to disinfCompa
ny
( b) it is used to disinf
Limite
dood housekeeping practices to minimise undesirable wastes going
Limite
dood housekeeping practices to minimise undesirable wastes going